Bokeh - The Photography Podcast: Recent Episodes

Nathan Holritz

Welcome to The Bokeh Podcast, where we help photographers build sustainable businesses!

Host Nathan Holritz and his guests will help you build your brand, focus your marketing efforts, refine your workflows, and dial in your photographic technique - all with efficiency in mind.

In the end, we not only want you to succeed as a photography business owner, but to still have a life through it all.

See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Join Bokeh Podcast host Nathan Holritz for the last episode of the show, as he shares the most important lessons from the podcast over the last 7 years!

Many thanks to all of our listeners for being part of the Bokeh Podcast community, and to all the guests for giving their time and wisdom over so many episodes! 🤗

Show Notes

Highlighting the intentions and accomplishments of the Bokeh Podcast over the last 7+ years (0:40)

Why this is the last episode of the Bokeh Podcast (7:25)

Reviewing the most important principles from The Bokeh Podcast over the last 7+ years (9:25)

Choice and Belief (11:28)

Finding Ourselves (18:58)

Big Picture View (24:27)

Proactive vs Reactive (34:20)

From Shawn Lee: Look for opportunities to serve and add value (47:51)

Will Bokeh Podcast content live on? (53:29)

Links

The Bokeh Podcast is produced by Photographer's Edit - https://www.photographersedit.com

Nathan's website - https://www.nathanholritz.com

Nathan's Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/nathanholritz

Learn about Cheezoo - https://www.cheezoo.com/photography-industry

ReAwaken the Giant Within, Tony Robbins - https://core.tonyrobbins.com/atgw-ebook

Bokeh Episode 464 with Shawn Lee - https://www.photographersedit.com/bokeh-podcast/episodes/developing-a-brand-that-makes-a-difference

View Details

Interested in using your photography skills in the beautiful outdoors? Join photographer Roo Smith - who has photographed for brands like Patagonia, North Face, and Outside Magazine - to learn how to break into the adventure photography genre, and build a successful business!

Show Notes:

Introduction of Roo (0:49)

The important principles that enables Roo to manage your time effectively in order to maximize freedom and flexibility as an entrepreneur (2:04)

The 2 elements of the adventure photography genre that make it Roo's favorite (14:19)

3 common misconceptions about adventure photography, or building an adventure photo business (27:25)

The 5 most important principles that will enable a photographer to build a successful adventure photography brand (36:57)

Links

The Bokeh Podcast is produced by Photographer's Edit - https://www.photographersedit.com

Roo's website - https://www.roosmith.com

Roo's Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/roosmith6

View Details

Most of us know we should be using video content to promote our photography business, but how do you go about creating a compelling video that will grab the attention of potential clients and draw them in? Join us for a conversation with videographer Alexandros Tzorouchof to learn how!

Show Notes

Introduction of Alex (1:01)

Important principles that enable Alex to manage his time effectively in order to maximize freedom and flexibility as an entrepreneur (3:01)

Alex's favorite gear for filming reels? (10:23)

4 key ideas to keep in mind if you're going to film your promotional reels with your phone (instead of dslr or mirrorless cameras) (16:45)

7 important principles that enable a photographer to create a compelling reel for the purpose of promoting their photography business (37:18)

Links

The Bokeh Podcast is produced by Photographer's Edit - https://www.photographersedit.com

Alex's website - https://www.chromaodyssey.com

Alex's Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/chroma_odyssey_films

View Details

Any established photographer knows what it's like to get bogged down during the busy season, barely keeping up with the work that needs to be done. Free time? Time to travel? Time to hang out with friends and family? Is that even a thing during those busy months?!

Photographer McKenzie Bigliazzi is here to share with us how she runs her business AND has time to do more than just work. Make sure to listen in to find out how you can get your life back as a photography business owner - and not just during busy season!

Show Notes

Introducing McKenzie (0:59)

How long did it take McKenzie to realize that life wasn't all about running her business? That having freedom and flexibility as a business owner needed to be more of a priority? (6:50)

Does organization and structure to create freedom come naturally for McKenzie? (10:36)

What does an average day or week look like for McKenzie? (16:45)

How did McKenzie develop a business model that would enable more freedom and flexibility as a photography business owner? (21:40)

How McKenzie chose Dubsado as her CRM (33:14)

Three ways that McKenzie uses Dubsado to streamline her business workflows for the sake of more freedom in her daily life (34:38)

The importance of simplicity in choosing tools to server our customers (44:10)

Three ways that McKenzie uses Cloudspot to streamline her business workflows for the sake of more freedom in her daily life (46:38)

How does McKenzie make herself accessible to clients - without getting overwhelmed with the communication process? (50:27)

What has enabled McKenzie to give up her editing to Photographer's Edit so that her work week isn't taken up with editing? (53:09)

Links

The Bokeh Podcast is produced by https://www.photographersedit.com

McKenzie's website - https://mckenziebigliazzi.com

McKenzie's Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/mckenzie_bigliazzi

Dubsado's website - https://www.dubsado.com

Cloudspot's website - https://www.cloudspot.io

Photographer's Edit's website - https://www.photographersedit.com

McKenzie's Discount Codes -

Dubsado: 20% off their first month or year using code: mckenziebigliazzi

Cloudspot: 20% Off https://cloudspot.io/?af2=_VbFWkDxBdPu

Photographer's Edit, 50% off your first order: oes.photographersedit.com/mckenziebigliazzi or code: mckenziebigliazzi at checkout

View Details

Putting ourselves out there as introverts in an effort to build a personal photography brand can feel a bit overwhelming! How can we step beyond that discomfort and build the business that we want? Join us for a conversation with photographer Caitlin Wilcox to learn how!

Show Notes

Introduction of Caitlin (1:00)

What important principle enables Caitlin to manage your time effectively in order to maximize freedom and flexibility as an entrepreneur (2:57)

Caitlin's definition of "introversion" (9:38)

What Caitlin feels is behind her introversion (10:59)

What Caitlin has felt was most challenging about marketing her business as an introvert (20:47)

Four specific ways that introverted photographers can step beyond the label and still put themselves out there on social media, on their website, during in-person meetings, or when photographing sessions or events for the sake of their brand (23:42)

Three specific ways that photographers can promote their business that feels more comfortable in light of being an introvert (37:09)

The education Caitlin offers to photographers (53:23)

LinksThe Bokeh Podcast is produced by https://www.photographersedit.comCaitlin’s website – https://www.caitlinwilcoxphotography.comCaitlin’s Instagram – https://www.instagram.com/caitlinwilcoxphotographyFREEBIE – Five Personal Content Ideas for When Your Social Battery is Low - https://caitlinwilcoxphotography.com/personal-content-freebieFREEBIE – Five Questions to Ask on Your Next Inquiry Call - http://caitlinwilcoxphotography.com/bookmore

View Details

It's easy for someone to create a motivational post on social media telling you to "go chase your dreams", but how do you actually do that on a tangible, practical level? Join us for a conversation with photographer Amelia Soegijono to learn how!

Show Notes

Introduction of our guest, Amelia (0:47)

What important principle enables Amelia to manage your time effectively in order to maximize freedom and flexibility as an entrepreneur? (2:37)

How does Amelia define a dream? (16:14)

The backstory behind Amelia's dream (24:56)

How Amelia learned to dream practically (33:30)

What can photographers do to take the first step to chasing their dream? (36:45)

Now that photographers have taken that first step toward their dream, what steps do they need to take to follow through and actually make the dream a reality? (44:20)

Information about Amelia's photography workshop (62:15)

LinksThe Bokeh Podcast is produced by https://www.photographersedit.comAmelia's website - https://www.ameliasoegijono.comAmelia's Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/ameliasoegijonoAmelia's photography workshop - https://www.ameliasoegijono.com/workshops

View Details

If you could implement a new strategy in your business that would help you increase revenue AND bring more freedom to your life as a business owner, you'd go for it, right?!

Building an associate photographer team can bring both of these benefits, but there are some innate challenges to the process. Photographer Jill Smith is on The Bokeh Podcast to help us overcome those challenges so we can build our business and have more independence from that same business! Make sure to listen in!

Show Notes

Introduction of our guest, Jill Smith (1:15)

Jill's tip for creating a photography business that encourages freedom and flexibility (2:35)

Three ways an associate photographer team can translate to business growth (12:56)

How to establish baseline, standard operating procedures for your business before you build a team (19:04)

Three ways an associate team can mean more freedom and flexibility in our lives as photography biz owners (27:37)

Three ways that photographers can minimize overwhelm in the process of building and running an associate team (30:49)

Three ways that photographers can more effectively communicate - and thus delegate - in order to have a positive experience with an associate photographer team (53:51)

Additional education that Jill offers for those that want to build an associate photographer team for their family photography businesses (63:45)

Links

The Bokeh Podcast is produced by photographersedit.com

Jill's website - jillcsmithphotography.com

Jill's Instagram - instagram.com/jillcsmithphotography

Jill's associate photography team course (for family photographers) - jillcsmithphotography.com/roadmap

FREEBIE! An intro to associate photography team building - jillcsmithphotography.com/scale

View Details

It's a busy marketplace with LOTS of photographers. You may be friends with those photographers, but you still have to stand out amongst those photographers to capture the attention of your potential clients! In this episode, host Nathan Holritz helps super-talented senior portrait photographer Clark Sanders explore how to best position his brand and business in his local marketplace in order to more effectively grab the attention of potential clients that come across his website and social media!Show NotesIntroducing Clark Sanders (1:51)Definition of Brand Position (3:38)The significance of Brand Position (6:26)The reasons Clark got into photography (8:10)The reason for asking Clark questions about his business when considering Brand Position (12:15)The markets Clark is currently working in (13:30)Why Brand Position matters when most of your business already comes from word of mouth (15:34)What genre or type of photography Clark specializes in (17:50)What is unique about Clark's senior photography in his marketplace (22:45)What are Clark's clients' pain points? (27:03)What kind of help does Clark need with his Brand Position? (33:38)The value of sharing prices on our websites (37:04)4 ways to establish a distinct Brand Position (40:03)The importance of a Big Picture View in establishing a Brand Position (45:17)The importance of market research for establishing a Brand Position (46:32)Observations of what other photographers' brand positions are in the marketplace Clark is serving (49:44)Initial suggestions of Brand Position statements for Clarks' business after observing his competition (62:29)The importance of sharing the Brand Position statement prominently on your website (68:14)The significance of matching the client experience and images to the Brand Position statement (70:27)SEO tips as a Brand Position statement is implemented on a website (73:00)Linksclarksandersphotography.cominstagram.com/clarksanders

View Details

Here on The Bokeh Podcast, we've emphasized the importance of niching down when building a photography business for the sake of growing more easily. But is that always the best way to go?

Listen in to this conversation with photographer Simon Yau for a different perspective on generalizing versus specializing!

Show Notes

Introduction of our new guest, Simon Yau (1:00)

The importance of focusing on adding value to your client, versus talking about yourself so much on your website (3:02)

Simon's recommendation for maintaining freedom and flexibility as a photography business owner (7:23)

The most important lesson Simon has learned so far as a photography business owner (12:19)

What led Simon to start his sports photography business (17:21)

Potential misconceptions of sports photography by others in the photography industry (20:13)

The three most important elements of good sports photography (22:07)

How to begin thinking about pricing for sports photography (25:50)

Why Simon added an additional brand and genre of photography to his work as a photographer (30:47)

The challenges of juggling multiple photography brands (36:23)

The benefits of running multiple photography brands in different genres (38:15)

Simon's suggestions for how to best juggle multiple photography brands (39:34)

Links

The Bokeh Podcast is produced by https://www.photographersedit.com

Simon's Websites - https://www.syausportography.co.uk/ https://www.bysimonyau.co.uk/

Simon's Instagrams - https://www.instagram.com/syau.sportography https://www.instagram.com/bysimonyau

View Details

While many SEO specialists may focus on the importance of keywords and backlinks, photographer and SEO consultant Cody McCracken thinks there's a lot of value in two other principles for improving SEO! Listen in to this episode to learn more!

Show Notes

Plans for the Bokeh Podcast in the near future (0:22)

Introduction of our guest, Cody McCracken (1:47)

Cody's tip for creating a photography business that encourages freedom and flexibility (3:14)

Cody's tips for improving keyword density and backlinks for the sake of improving SEO (12:23)

Cody explains how user experience is tied to SEO (17:59)

Cody's three recommendations for improving user experience on your photography website (19:51)

Cody's definition of "topical content" (28:57)

How to come up with topical content relevant to your target audience (33:07)

Cody's three recommendations for adding and improving topical content on your photography website or blog (35:05)

Links

The Bokeh Podcast is produced by https://www.photographersedit.com

Cody's Website - https://www.onefocusphotos.com

Cody's Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/onefocusphotos (make sure to DM him to set up an SEO consult!)

Episode 455, Brand Position Consultation with Cody McCracken - https://www.photographersedit.com/bokeh-podcast/episodes/brand-position-cody-mccracken/

Ubersuggest - https://neilpatel.com/ubersuggest/

AnswerThePublic - https://answerthepublic.com/

View Details

There is a lot of conversation in our culture - and even our photography industry - about "finding ourselves". But is this concept of finding ourselves one that enables us to be better  humans and business owners? Is it even rooted in a healthy premise? Listen in to an exploration of what it means to find ourselves, what the notion is rooted in, and a potentially more powerful alternative - all with Bokeh Podcast host, Nathan Holritz.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

View Details

One of the most important elements of both launching and building a photography business is your website. Listen in to this conversation with website designer Kelsey Christine to learn how to build and launch your new website quickly and with minimal stress! 😅

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

Kelsey's Introduction (2:12)

What big principle allows Kelsey to run a business while still having flexibility in her own life? (4:00)

Why does Kelsey use Showit for website design when working with photographers? (14:07)

What are the advantages and disadvantages of using templates when designing websites? (19:15)

What does the process look like when working with Kelsey to design a website? (23:00)

What does "strategy" mean when designing a website? (26:15)

What should photographers be working on prior to working with a website designer? (30:20)

How can photographers get in touch with Kelsey about working with her on building or tweaking a website? (35:00)

Links:

Kelsey's first Bokeh episode

https://instagram.com/launchyourdaydream

https://launchyourdaydream.com

https://showit.co

https://seoforphotographers.com

View Details

Pinterest is more than just a place to create inspiration boards! Listen in to this conversation with Meg Mohyla to learn how to use the Pinterest platform to convert potential clients and grow your business!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

Meg's introduction (2:00)

What is one big idea that enables Meg to maintain freedom and flexibility while running a business? (5:00)

What is one of the biggest mistakes photographers make when using Pinterest in their business? (10:00)

What big ideas will help photographers convert visitors to paying clients? (14:40)

  1. Provide value and next steps

  2. Have your website set up for conversions

  3. Utilize lead magnets

  4. Blog

What type of content should photographers focus on in their blog posts? (44:50)

How can photographers find the questions searched or asked on Pinterest that can help guide what to include in their blog content? (48:49)

Links:

https://instagram.com/leanonmeg

https://leanonmeg.com

View Details

Curious how to create better candid photos for your portrait or wedding clients? Listen in to this conversation with photographer Charles Moll to learn the key principles that drive his candid photography!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

Charles's introduction and background (2:35)

What big idea has allowed Charles to find a balance between work and personal life (5:20)

How does Charles define "candid" photography? (14:30)

8 Ideas for taking great candid photos (16:50)

Mindset:

  1. People over portfolio
  2. Be fully present
  3. Be confident - practice!

Practical:

  1. Blend in
  2. Get close to your subjects
  3. Look outside of the big moments
  4. Eliminate distracting elements
  5. Pose and wait!

Links:

https://charlesmoll.com

https://instagram.com/charles.moll_photo

View Details

One of our most valuable sources of business is referrals, and referral business is driven in large part by customer reviews! Misha Guseynov is a successful, Miami-based wedding photographer who has amassed over 500 reviews in less than 3 years, and he's on the show to share his strategy so you can increase the number of public reviews you're getting from your clients, and grow your business as a result!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

How does Misha run a successful business yet still have time for himself? (3:20)

Which platforms does Misha get the majority of his reviews on? (11:20)

How customer experience drives positive reviews (16:47)

  1. Communication
  2. Quality

How does Misha encourage clients to share reviews? (26:35)

  1. Expectations management
  2. Remind clients after the session

How does Misha handle a negative review? (32:07)

How can photographers leverage their reviews to get more clients? (39:50)

Links:

https://qmflorida.com

https://instagram.com/qualitymediaflorida

View Details

While social media is the most convenient and most popular method of business-building to discuss in 2023, we can’t forget that there are a variety of alternative sources of business! Photographer and entrepreneur, Jane Goodrich, is here to shed light on a few of those alternatives that will help you build your photography business this year!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

What is one big principle that Jane follows to allow her to effectively manage time? (4:00)

Why does Jane encourage photographers to go beyond social media for marketing efforts? (11:18)

3 specific ways that photographers can market in ways other than social media (14:45)

  1. Connect with others in person
  2. Utilize your website through SEO optimization
  3. Build and nurture your email list

How can Picsello help photographers with marketing outside of social media? (35:10)

Use code "Bokeh30" to receive 30% off your first year with Picsello at https://picsello.com!

Links:

https://instagram.com/teampicsello

https://picsello.com

https://janegoodrich.com

https://facebook.com/picsello

View Details

Make money traveling to beautiful locations to photograph couples in love? Destination weddings seem idyllic, but how do you even get your first? And then if you want to build a business around destination weddings, how do you go about that process? Listen in to this conversation with Lilly and Vic to learn how!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

What big principle enables Lilly and Vic to run a successful business while still having a life? (6:45)

Lilly and Vic's photography backstory (13:02)

Tips and strategies for diving into destination wedding photography (20:20)

  1. Identify your style and brand

  2. Create content

  3. Develop marketing funnels using your content

  4. Provide an epic client experience

  5. Stay consistent in the small steps

Links:

https://instagram.com/elisabettalillyred

https://lillyred.it

View Details

We live in a world that makes it seem like we can have overnight success at the drop of a hat! But is that realistic? And more importantly, is that the healthiest approach to building and running a business? Mary Marantz is on the show to discuss why a slow-growth approach might be your better bet!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

Mary's Introduction (5:08)

What is the driving principle that allows Mary to run multiple businesses while still having a life? (9:55)

At what point did Mary realize that slow growth was the key to success in business? (14:48)

Principles that will enable photographers to approach their business through slow growth (23:30)

  1. Embrace the character, wisdom, and good stewardship of business that can only be built over time

  2. Focus on doing less, better, than doing more just for the sake of doing more

  3. Avoid the tendency of comparison

Links:

https://marymarantz.com

https://instagram.com/marymarantz

https://achieverquiz.com

View Details

Show Notes:
What drives a great customer experience? (2:45)

What does capturing a client's "higher self" mean tangibly to Madi and Micah? (5:40)

What big principle enables Madi and Micah to find the balance between running a business and having time for their personal lives? (9:00)

What are Madi and Micah's favorite business or self-help books? (19:10)

What is Micah and Madi's favorite piece of gear? (29:00)

The focus of this episode is a discussion on how Madi and Micah invest in their personal growth, and how that growth translates to growth in their business as well. The conversation is driven by posts that Madi shared on Facebook over the last few months. Those posts are listed below, but make sure to listen to the full episode to hear a deeper dive into the backstory behind the posts (34:05).

April 20
"The past few years I knew where I was headed but instead of looking the part, pretending I was already there, I’ve been quietly doing the inner work to become the person I knew I could be from the inside out first."

April 13
"Not sure there is a human alive who holds more love, vision, and strength all wrapped up in one person.

He’s so freaking stubborn he won’t do anything not aligned with deep purpose, trust me I’ve tried.

He empowers himself, our family, anyone he meets to live their best life - like the amount of conversations he’s had with people where they end up in tears, realizing they had their own answers all along

He is sexy, athletic, smart, can learn and become anything he wants to, and he has the biggest shoulders imaginable to hold space for me and the kids."

March 16
"I used to be a break pad in all my relationships.

A LOT of you women know what I mean.

I’d change and morph myself to make sure everyone was happy and then share whatever was safe after I knew what they wanted.

I did that in our marriage too.

A few years ago Micah and I noticed our polarity/chemistry wasn’t where we wanted. We had everything else…

We were best friends, business partners, parents, amazing communicators, etc

I even shared what I thought was all of me…

Hint: it wasn’t.

In the last couple years I’ve started doing something I didn’t know I was capable of and it’s changed our chemistry so much I want to jump him all day long.

I bring him ALL OF ME: my storm, my anger, my love, my excitement, my LIFE, all of it.

And I do it with an OPEN heart, trusting that he can handle and hold me.

Guess what? He can.

And watching just how much he can might be the sexiest thing I’ve ever seen.

I don’t know who needs to hear this but the people you value most in your life deserve to be given the chance to show you just how much they can handle all of you (with an open heart)

March 27
"It’s Monday and that means you get to create the week, life, business, family, mindset etc that you want to live in."

May 4
"If you don't love it, change it."

Links:

Madi and Micah's firs Bokeh Podcast episode: #277
https://instagram.com/7seconds_media
https://7secondsmedia.us

View Details

Nothing builds business like community, and one way to leverage community to grow your business is Facebook groups! Listen in as photographer Olivia Smith shares how she’s built a Facebook group that has enabled her to build a multiple six-figure photography business!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

What has been a key strategy for providing clients with a great customer experience? (1:35)

Olivia's introduction (3:50)

How does Olivia manage time so that she has a life outside of her business? (4:45)

What is the most impactful self-help or business book that Olivia has read? (11:50)

What was the "aha" moment that made Olivia decide to try Facebook groups as a way to build her business? (17:15)

3 ideas for photographers when creating a FB group with potential clients (23:15)

  1. Research other FB groups that potential clients would be a part of, and engage with those groups to gain members
  2. Have current members invite friends
  3. Create intentional giveaways for the group

Questions to include in your FB group new member sign up (31:00)

  1. Obtain their email address (an offer to send a free guide)
  2. Ask if you can contact them about boudoir photography

How does Olivia use FB Messenger for booking clients? (36:00)

How does Olivia determine what to post in her FB group that provides enough value to encourage members to be active? (42:40)

  1. Share value-added content
  2. Ask compelling questions to the group
  3. Use Canva auto-fill to import text for posts

Links:

https://photographersedit.com

https://bellemarieboudoir.com/free

https://instagram.com/bellemarieboudoir

https://www.youtube.com/@RachelPedersensocial

https://elite360.io

View Details

What is outsourcing and why should I do it? In this bonus episode of the Bokeh Podcast, we are sharing a conversation between our host, Nathan Holritz, and the Picsello Facebook group that dives into why outsourcing is so important for your business. Listen in as Nathan shares how outsourcing can help photographers not only have more time to spend with the important people in their lives, but also to build and grow their businesses!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

What is outsourcing? (4:07)

Why it is ok to "let go" of the editing or culling of your images to an expert (13:35)

Questions to ask yourself when determining what to outsource (16:31)

Steps to beginning a successful outsourcing experience (22:30)

  1. Establish a big-picture view for your life and your business
  2. Understand the process - it is not an overnight thing
  3. Be clear with what you want - share in detail what your editing preferences and expectations are
  4. Effectively communicate from start to finish
  5. Provide detailed feedback

Try Photographer's Edit for free! Submit up to 25 images for our color correction services and we'll edit them to match your style at no cost to you! No code needed - discount will be applied at checkout.

Links:

https://photographersedit.com

https://picsello.com

https://bokehpodcast.com

View Details

Are you having a difficult time booking clients? Or maybe you'd just like to book more jobs than you currently are? You're in luck! Emily and Erin from E-Squared Photography are here to share the important steps they've learned for booking clients more effectively!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

What is one of the most important principles behind providing a great experience for clients (1:51)

What principle or strategy have Erin and Emily implemented to allow them to save time in order to have a life while running their business? (4:42)

How do Emily and Erin utilize automation in their business? (7:40)

What are your favorite self-help books? (10:55)

Favorite piece of camera gear (15:30)

The 8 C's for booking more clients

  1. Communication (19:25) - clear communication with both potential and current clients
  2. Confidence (26:25) - practice and build your portfolio
  3. Consistency (31:15) - be consistent online (post regularly and with brand consistency)
  4. Collaboration (36:23) - learn as much about your client as possible to make the session more special for them
  5. Commitment (41:20) - committing to learning and growing to become better; commitment to timelines and clients
  6. Convincing (46:10) - find a way to convince potential clients to book you
  7. Creativity (54:30) - utilize your client's interests to be creative
  8. Client Experience (1:01:35) - evaluate each step of the client journey with you and determine what the pain points might be in order to address them proactively

Links:

https://esquaredphotography.com

https://instagram.com/esquared.photography

https://www.youtube.com/@esquared.photography

View Details

Photographer Byron Hopkins wasn’t always a photographer. An athlete, a multi-tour Marine, an author, a speaker - Byron has experienced and accomplished a lot! In this Bokeh Podcast episode, Byron shares the important lessons he’s learned about mindset - and how those lessons have enabled growth and accomplishment in his life!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

What is the most important principle that allows Byron to provide customers with a great experience? (1:25)

What is one tip Byron can share about practicing effective time management? (4:58)

What is one book that Byron would recommend? (11:30)

What does it look like when making decisions about who you want to be and what direction you want to go in? (14:00)

What is Byron's favorite piece of camera gear? (20:35)

Byron's introduction and back story (23:35)

How did Byron transition from the Marines to motivational speaking and other business ventures? (35:43)

3 shifts for changing your worldview (45:35)

  1. Don't be so "Me-Centered"
  2. Seek thankfulness
  3. Focus on serving others

How can photographers who struggle with insecurity work to find confidence? (51:45)

Use "Bokeh" as the discount code for 30% off on any item at burselffirst.com

Links:

https://instagram.com/candidcameraimaging

https://instagram.com/justbeingbyron_

https://candidcameraimaging.com

https://burselffirst.com

View Details

Our industry has been talking a lot about imposter syndrome in the last few years - when it wasn't really a point of conversation previously. Why has this issue become mainstream, and how can we move beyond it? Learn more in this conversation with Miles Boyer on the Bokeh Podcast!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

Is there a point at which we maintain ideals for ourselves, yet accept what is actually our reality? (3:55)

Why is it so normal for most people to be ok in a state of "ok" vs pushing beyond that? (10:30)

How does Miles provide a great customer experience in order to set himself apart? (16:45)

What is a principle that has allowed Miles to manage time more efficiently? (22:10)

Why has "Imposter Syndrome" become such a widespread topic in the industry recently? (40:03)

Definition of Imposter Syndrome (52:40)

What steps can photographers take to move beyond Imposter Syndrome (1:00:25)

  1. Focus on your health
  2. Surround yourself with a positive community
  3. Revisit often what "success" is for you
  4. Create a roadmap to get to that level of success

What is the line between "faking it til you make it" and actually just trying to learn as you go? (1:15:30)

Links:

https://instagram.com/mileswittboyer

https://mileswittboyer.com

https://photographic-collective.com

View Details

We have a lot of moving parts to keep up with as photography business owners, and the whole experience can get quite overwhelming at times! Fortunately, there are incredible tools in CRM's that will help us streamline our workflow, minimize overwhelm, and have more freedom as business owners. Listen in to this conversation with photographer Jorge Bernardes to learn how!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

Jorge's Introduction (3:50)

What is one big principle that has enabled Jorge to maintain a life while running his business? (6:00)

Can being organized and structured actually allow you to be more creative? (9:45)

What is one big idea or principle that has allowed Jorge to grow his business? (13:20)

How does Jorge decide what to focus his time on? (18:20)

How would Jorge define organization or "being organized"? (25:35)

3 important principles of strong organization (28:11)

  1. Simplify

  2. Systematize workflow

  3. Analyze the work and start over

What are a few key features photographers should look for in a CRM? (37:36)

  1. Ability to handle common tasks

  2. Flexibility to meet your workflow

  3. Ability to integrate with other systems

How can photographers minimize the frustrations and time it takes to set up a CRM? (46:00)

  1. Have faith in the benefit of implementing systems

  2. Outline workflow prior to setting up the CRM

  3. Remember that it doesn't have to be perfect from the start

  4. Hire a service to set up the CRM for you

Links:

https://carpemomentumfoto.com

https://carpemomentumfoto.com/studioninja

https://instagram.com/carpemomentumfoto

https://studioninja.co

View Details

Do you feel overwhelmed when you realize how many images you've taken during a session? Photographer, Ellen Cramblet joins us to share her journey toward realizing that “clarity is kindness,” and that quality is more important than quantity when it comes to deliverables. Tune in as we discuss shooting with intention, and how the images that we deliver are a reflection of our brand!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

Ellen’s introduction (1:10)

Ellen’s photography business background (2:03)

Ellen’s brand position (4:00)

What is the one big idea Ellen wishes she knew when she started her business? (5:46)

How long did it take Ellen to realize quality was better than quantity? (8:55)

Terminology for context (11:00)

What are the next steps to make toward cutting back on quantity and focusing on quality? (12:28)

  1. Shoot with intention
  2. Be mindful that what you deliver is a reflection of your brand
  3. Confidence and shooting with purpose take time

Links:

https://setapartphoto.com

https://instagram.com/setapart.photostudio

View Details

Whether you want to photograph your own dog, or you're building a dog photography business - there are ways to connect with and photograph that dog to better capture its personality! Listen in to this episode of the Bokeh Podcast with dog photographer Carol Arscott to learn how!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

Carol's introduction (2:00)

What is the backstory to Carol's dedication to pet photography for rescue dogs? (4:55)

What is a principle that Carol has implemented in her business that helps her maintain a healthy work-life balance (7:15)

What big idea or principle has done the heavy lifting for Carol's business?(14:45)

Carol explains how she helps dogs feel comfortable in a shoot (19:55)

How does Carol help the dog's owner feel comfortable? (23:30)

How does Carol figure out the personality of dogs and how to engage with different types? (29:40)

What does it mean to "capture the dog's soul"? (32:38)How does Carol set up the shot with the dog and their owner? (40:02)

Links:

https://carolarscott.com

https://instagram.com/carolarscottphotography

View Details

Planning for the financial needs of running a photography business can be truly overwhelming - but it doesn't have to be! Check out this bonus episode as Bobbi Brinkman shares what smart financial planning is, and who the most important people are when it comes to creating connections!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

Bobbi’s introduction (0:49)

What is smart financial planning? What is the big idea that Bobbi wishes she would have known when she started (2:29)

Who are the most important people to connect with? (6:28)

The distinction between profit and revenue (8:40)

Recommendations (13:17)

Links:

https://bobbibrinkman.com

https://instagram.com/bobbi.brinkman

View Details

Do you want to charge more for your work? Photographer Kristin Sweeting says that you need to get your portfolio dialed in! Listen in to our conversation to learn how to improve the quality of work that you share in order to raise your prices!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

Kristin's introduction (1:26)

What principle has Kristin learned that has allowed her to run a business while still having a life? (3:40)

What is one idea or principle that Kristin has implemented that has done a lot of the heavy lifting in her business? (9:03)

Where are we as a photography industry in relation to withdrawing from building community due to the idea of being introverted? (14:07)

Introduction to the idea of focusing on your portfolio for pricing (19:20)

How would Kristin respond to the argument that the actual photos don't drive pricing for photographers as much as the experience a photographer provides? (21:35)

What makes a portfolio "strong"? (25:30)

  1. Include the "unexpected"

  2. Consistency (show images that reflect what you say you provide)

  3. Attention to detail

Links:

https://instagram.com/kristinsweeting

https://kristinsweeting.com

https://dangerschool.com

https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/dangerous-creatives-a-photography-and-creative/id1435228087

View Details

Show Notes:

How did the Bokeh Podcast come to fruition? (3:23)

How long did it take to find the flow and rhythm of hosting a podcast? (7:30)

Why the black v-neck T-shirts? (13:45)

What are 3 things Nathan is implementing or focusing on for this year? (22:07)

How can you stay focused and maintain time for yourself while running multiple businesses? (31:00)

Has hosting the podcast changed your life, through one interview or overall? (39:00)

What does a "Nathan Moment" look like - something you do that is just for you and not "productive"? (42:32)

A little discussion on "Finding Yourself" vs creating the life you want. (49:00)

Has there ever been a situation during the podcast where the conversation wasn't going well? (1:00:45)

What's next with Nathan's business ventures? (1:11:48)

Links:

https://nathanholritz.com

https://photographersedit.com

Bokeh episode with Shawn Lee:

https://www.photographersedit.com/bokeh-podcast/episodes/developing-a-brand-that-makes-a-difference/

https://cheezoo.com

View Details

Running a healthy and successful photography business in 2023 is largely about creating an amazing customer experience! Photographer Jasmine Newton is going to share how to up the ante in the experience you create for your branding portrait clients in today’s Bokeh Podcast episode!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

Jasmine's introduction (4:00)

What is the big principle that Jasmine implements in her business to avoid burnout? (13:56)

What is a big idea or principle that has enabled growth in Jasmine's business? (22:10)

What does "full-service branding photography" mean? (30:18)

What drives Jasmine's desire to connect with clients on a deeper level? (32:16)

What key principles drive successful full-service brand photography sessions? (38:20)
1. Know your worth, and charge accordingly
2. Approach everything with love
3. Keep an open mindset

What would Jasmine say to a photographer who doesn't know how to determine their pricing? (44:02)

How can photographers step out of their shells to approach all situations with love and connection? (48:00)

Links:
https://javonreneeportraits.com
https://instagram.com/javonreneeportraits
Love is the Killer App book
Brand Brilliance book

View Details

You can't escape hard work if you want to build a strong business, but how do you balance hard work with enjoying the life you've created for yourself - and minimize the possibility of burnout? Listen in to this important conversation with photographer Sean Oblizalo to learn simple steps you can take to have the business you want while maintaining peace of mind!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

Sean's introduction (2:52)

What is one tip that Sean would share that would allow photographers to create a sustainable business while maintaining some freedom and flexibility (5:40)

What motivated Sean's effort to create more boundaries in his business this year? (13:15)

How would Sean sum up what his motivation is as a photographer? (18:20)

What leads to photographers being so focused on the numbers that they lose their motivation and joy? (21:36)

Boundaries that Sean has put into place for himself and his business in 2023 (25:42)
1. Only working Monday-Thursday
2. Limiting screen time (response time to emails, texts, and social media messages)
3. Capping the number of elopements shot per week
4. Only taking on ideal clients - not chasing after any and all clients
5. Not offering discounts

Links:https://vowsandpeaks.com/best-place-to-elope-colorado/
https://instagram.com/vows_and_peaks
Sean's previous Bokeh episodes:
https://www.photographersedit.com/bokeh-podcast/episodes/3-elements-of-strong-elopement-photography/
https://www.photographersedit.com/bokeh-podcast/episodes/how-to-photograph-a-first-look/
https://tave.com

View Details

In a world where taking a good picture is no longer a differentiator in photography business, creating an amazing client experience is more important than ever! On today's Bokeh Podcast episode, photographer John DeMato shares how he uses strategy calls to take client experience to the next level!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

John's introduction (3:45)

How does John run his business in order to minimize burnout? (5:05)

What key business principle has enabled John to build his business? (9:00)

How do client strategy calls help to create a great experience - prior to the session? (13:10)
1. Communicates care
2. Creates awareness as to what is needed

What is the difference between a general pre-session call and a strategy call? (15:20)

What are the 3 main categories of questions asked on the strategy calls? (20:40)
1. "Who are you?" questions
2. "Who do you serve?"
3. "How do you solve your client's problems?"

How does John gracefully decline sessions if it isn't a good fit between him and the potential client? (25:06)

How does John translate the information gleaned from the strategy call to how he runs the shoot? (37:35)

How does John make his clients feel more comfortable both on the call and in the session? (40:15)

Links:https://johndemato.com/deliver-magic
https://instagram.com/dematophoto
https://instagram.com/delivermagic
https://www.hbo.com/branson

View Details

Being there to meet a client’s need is one thing, but is there a way to actually create desire for your brand in the mind of a potential client? Tune in to this episode with photographers James and Schulze to learn how!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

James and Schulze's Introduction (1:34)

How long did it take James & Schulze to get to the point of being able to charge $50k for a wedding? (5:35)

What is a principle that they have implemented in order to run their business but still have a life? (9:04)

What key principle has enabled success in business for James & Schulze over the years? (19:20)

Does the type of desire vary between the lower-priced photography client and the higher-priced client? (33:50)

How can photographers create want in the mind of their potential clients? (39:50)
1. Create the idea of scarcity with your services
2. Curation of your images - only show images that your potential clients WANT to see
3. Brand Association - connect with vendors, magazines, etc. that represent your ideal client

Links:https://jamesandschulze.com
https://instagram.com/jamesandschulze
https://sagejourney.co
https://www.facebook.com/groups/thebusinessofluxuryweddings

View Details

In a crowded market with so many photographers, a clear and distinct brand position will enable us to stand out and capture the attention of potential clients more effectively! Join us for today's Bokeh Podcast episode to learn how to establish, communicate, and leverage a strong brand position in your own photography business!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

Definition of a Brand Position (6:00)

What are the top few reasons why Stacy got into photography? (9:40)

What type of photography does Stacy provide? (16:25)

What makes Stacy's photography unique? (19:44)

Why intention behind both the photographer's business as well as the market is important to consider when creating a brand position statement (32:40)

Analysis of Stacy's competition (44:20)

A template for creating a brand position statement (55:13)

Four ways to stand out in your market and establish a unique brand position (58:05)
1. Offer a new service
2. Be the first to "own" a service
3. Offer a unique variation on a service
4. Offer services to a specific market segment

Links:https://stacysavagephotography.com
https://instagram.com/stacysavagephotos
https://keywordseverywhere.com

View Details

In this bonus episode of the Bokeh Podcast, Helene Boudreau walks us through three ways to “outwork doubt” so that you can build the confidence to achieve what you set out to accomplish. It may not be perfect in the beginning, but taking messy action is the first step. Tune in as we chat about what this looks like and how you can implement this advice into your own business!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

Helene’s introduction (1:10)

Helene’s photography background (2:16)

What big idea does Helene wish she would have known when she started? (6:37)

When did Helene put the practice of “outworking doubt” into her business? (9:14)

3 Ways to Implement How to Outwork Doubt in Your Business (11:15)
1. Research 70%, jump in with 30%
2. Shoot as much as you can, as quickly as you can
3. Getting reviews and client experience

How did Helene go about getting as many sessions as possible in the shortest amount of time? (13:15)

Was Helene charging for her mini-sessions? (13:55)

How did Helene go about getting client reviews? (15:24)

Links:www.helenephotography.ca
www.instagram.com/helene.b.photography

View Details

In a crowded market with so many photographers, a clear and distinct brand position will enable us to stand out and capture the attention of potential clients more effectively! Join us for today's Bokeh Podcast episode to learn how to establish, communicate, and leverage a strong brand position in your own photography business! And bonus: guest co-host Lisa Aihara of Ellette Studio joins us to give design insight as well!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

What is a brand position? (3:00)

The background of Eden's photography business (4:40)

How does Eden sum up the type of photography she offers? (13:07)

What are a few of Eden's target customer's pain points? (19:00)

Two elements to consider when coming up with a brand position statement (24:05)

Analysis of Eden's competition (26:00)

Design analysis and suggestions from co-host, Lisa Aihara (43:00)

Links:https://edenmitchell.com
https://instagram.com/edenmitchellphotography
https://ellettestudio.com
https://instagram.com/ellettestudio

View Details

The primary purpose of your website is to convert visitors to customers. If it's not doing so consistently, it's time for change! Listen in to this conversation with Jeff Brown to learn how to update your website for higher conversion and business growth!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

Jeff's introduction (1:35)

What big principle can Jeff share to help photographers work more efficiently? (5:27)

What big idea helped enable the growth Jeff saw in his photography business? (10:15)

Why does Jeff think photographers tend to focus on the aesthetic of their website vs the goal of conversion? (15:40)

What are the 5 big ideas that will help photographers improve website conversion? (20:47)
1. Have 1 primary purpose and 1 backup purpose for your website
2. Communicate the benefits of hiring you vs just sharing pretty pictures
3. Delete the testimonial page
4. Include pricing on your website
5. Blog with the intention of showing up for indirect searches

Links:https://thephotographersmentor.com
https://thephotographerssuite.com
https://surferseo.com
https://ubersuggest.com
https://hoth.com

View Details

Cameras on phones are just cheap, lackluster wannabes when it comes to professional photography. Or are they? Join us for really important food for thought in this episode with photographer Kim Kovacik, as we talk about the role of phone cameras in the professional photography world! Oh, and spoiler alert: Kim has photographed an ad campaign for a well-known brand...with her phone!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

Kim's Introduction (2:45)

What was Kim's introduction to using her phone for photography? (4:35)

Will it take some time for the professional photography world to accept a phone as a camera? (10:50)

How did Kim snag the opportunity to photograph for Panera - using her phone? (20:45)

What are some of the technical strategies Kim considered when shooting for Panera? (29:50)
1. Photographed in raw
2. Capture the lo-fi aesthetic
3. Locked lighting manually on the phone screen
4. Shot hand-held at times

Links:
https://instagram.com/kimkovacik
https://kimkovacik.com
https://kimkovacik.com/panera

View Details

There seems to be a subconscious assumption that being a photography business owner equals chaotic, high-hour work weeks - especially during busy season! But what if that wasn't the case?! Photographer Sara Price is here to share with us how to minimize overwhelm with a more intentional approach to workflow!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

Sara's introduction (1:40)

What is one thing that Sara has implemented that has helped her business to move forward and grow? (7:15)

What is a big principle or idea that helped Sara as she started and grew her business? (19:38)

What did Sara's life as a photographer look like before she made changes that minimized overwhelm? (22:30)

What was the turning point that caused Sara to make change? (25:16)

What were some of the areas of Sara's business that she adjusted in order to minimize overwhelm? (31:03)

3 big ideas that allow Sara to minimize overwhelm? (36:41)
1. " I don't do overwhelm" mantra
2. Filtering what you give your attention to
3. Adapt to the mindset of focusing on fun - both in business and life

Where is the balance between having fun and making sure that you're focusing on your business enough? (48:10)

Links:https://saralprice.com
https://instagram.com/saral.price
https://upwellphotography.com

View Details

We all know that social media is an extremely powerful tool to drive brand awareness and new business! However, we can easily forget about getting out from behind the phone and creating in-person relationships with those that can ALSO drive significant business our way. Krista Marie is here to share strategies for engaging in personal relationships to help grow your business!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

Krista Marie's introduction (5:30)

What big idea does Krista wish she'd known when she started her business?

What was the turning point that made Krista realize the importance of building relationships for her business? (10:13)

How does Krista prioritize relationships as a tool for marketing? (12:30)
1. Establish an intentional mindset that relationship marketing is a long-term play
2. Provide value to others for a mutual relationship
3. Develop relationships with other photographers in your area
4. Be active and engaged in your community

Links:

https://instagram.com/heykristamarie
https://heykristamarie.com
https://heykristamarie.com/profitplan

View Details

Show Notes:

Mike's introduction (1:05)

What is a big idea or principle that has helped drive Mike's business over the years? (8:28)

What was Mike's first introduction to using AI? (11:55)

Why are we so "scared" of AI becoming more mainstream? (13:50)

What was the turning point for Mike that pushed him to leverage AI in his business? (17:42)

What AI tools would Mike recommend photographers try? (20:29)

How has Mike implemented AI into marketing his business? (22:10)

  1. Blog writing
  2. Email copy generation
  3. Writing ad copy
  4. Creating client profiles
  5. Social media content generation

Links:https://mikelloydstudios.com
https://boudoirguild.com
https://youtube.com/@boudoirguild
https://instagram.com/mikelloydstudios
https://chat.openai.com
https://app.copy.ai
https://quillbot.com

View Details

So much of creating a great customer experience is about managing expectations, and when it comes to wedding photography, what better way to do this than with a great timeline? Listen in to this conversation with photographer Leah Daniels to learn how to create a powerful timeline for an amazing customer experience!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

Leah's Introduction (2:13)

What was the big idea or principle that Leah wishes she'd known she started her photography business? (4:42)

When did Leah implement timelines into her wedding day shoots? (8:10)

When does Leah work with her clients to create the shot list needed for the timeline? (9:20)

What are the big principles photographers need to implement in order to use timelines successfully? (12:30)

  1. Create awareness with the couple about the use of a timeline
  2. Check in with couples regularly for any updates
  3. Establish the first-look protocol
  4. Get family details/needs for family portraits

What does Leah use for her timeline - paper or electronic? (27:30)

Links:

https://leahdanielsphotograph.com
https://instagram.com/leahdanielsphotography

View Details

Photography industry magazines have become quite dated in their design, which naturally means an opportunity to launch an alternative magazine! Photographer Mandy Lynn saw this opportunity and decided to take on the challenge of conceptualizing and publishing a new photography magazine called The Bokeh Effect. Listen in to learn the why and how behind the new magazine!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

Mandy's Introduction (2:10)

What was the motivation behind starting a photography magazine? (5:08)

How would Mandy sum up the difference between The Bokeh Effect and other photography magazines? (15:45)

What did the process from ideation to publication look like and how long did it take? (28:33)

How does Mandy choose who/what to feature in the magazine? (33:46)

How can photographers learn more about the magazine and get a copy? (38:23)

Links:https://mermaidlakephoto.com
https://instagram.com/mermaidlakephoto
https://instagram.com/thebokeheffectmagazine
https://facebook.com/thebokeheffectmagazine

View Details

Do you want to stand out amongst the mass of photographers in your marketplace and book more clients? It's time to focus on a niche! Listen to photographer Gary Pope's advice in this episode to learn how to build your business with a hyper-niche!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

Gary's introduction and explanation of his business's brand position (2:31)

What did Gary's business look like before he re-branded to his current brand? (10:28)

How does Gary define "hyper-niching"? (14:35)

How can photographers avoid the common feeling of FOMO when hyper-niching? (22:05)

5 steps to take to hyper-nice your business (29:32)
1. Make an avatar of your ideal client
2. Verify the market viability
3. Identify the pain points of your ideal client
4. Present solutions to the client's pain points
5. Be clear in your messaging

Links:https://lovelongandprosperphotography.com
https://instagram.com/lovelongandprosperphotography

View Details

Building your marketing strategy around social media platforms that you don't control can be a bit risky! What if there was a marketing medium that you controlled, and helped you not only build your brand but also book more clients? Make sure to listen to my conversation with photographer Rachel Larsen Weaver to learn more!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

Rachel's Introduction (2:25)

How long has Rachel been using newsletters as a way to grow her business? (5:36)

Do people actually read a long-form newsletter? (6:58)

What are the 3 major benefits of newsletters over other forms of marketing (10:05)
1. It is unique - not all photographers are sending newsletters
2. You own your email list - you are in control and not relying on other businesses
3. Trends don't impact newsletters - they're timeless

What is the main drawback of using newsletters as a marketing tool? (18:40)

Steps for creating a great newsletter marketing plan (23:12)
1. Solidify your email list
2. Choose an email provider that works for you and your business
3. Make it easy for people to sign up for the newsletter
4. Provide value to encourage repeat opens
5. Grow your email list

How Rachel uses webinars to build her email list (38:10)
1. Know your client base to create content
2. Add value to your clients through the content
3. Coordinate with other vendors for webinars

Ideas for building your email list (47:52)
1. Offer freebies or other promotions when appropriate
2. Provide webinars that pique your potential client's interests
3. Promote your newsletter often

Interested in learning how to write effective newsletters? Sign up for Rachel's newsletter to learn about the course!

Links:https://rachellarsenweaver.com
https://instagram.com/rachel.larsen.weaver
https://flothemes.com/

View Details

It's difficult enough to build and run a photography business, but things get a LOT more complicated when family and kids get mixed in! Join the conversation with photographer Gavin Boulware today as we talk about how to best balance photography business life with being a parent!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

Gavin's Introduction (10:40)

How has becoming a father affected Gavin's perspective on his photography business? (14:08)

What has been the most challenging aspect of balancing being a parent and running a photography business? (32:13)

What has been one of the biggest benefits of becoming a parent as it relates to being a business owner? (35:20)

Principles for how photographers can balance parenthood with running a business (46:26)
1. Clear communication with your partner
2. Utilize a shared calendar such as Google calendar
3. Take advantage of apps to simplify workflow
4. Build and leverage your network

How does Gavin handle client requests for evening or weekend work? (1:20:45)

Links:https://gavinboulware.com
https://instagram.com/iam_gavinb
https://www.paidinexposurepodcast.com/

View Details

There's a different way to draw in potential wedding clients that not many photographers are leveraging. Kari Bjorn is here to help us all learn more about the methodology in today's Bokeh Podcast episode!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

Kari's Introduction (2:07)

Kari's thoughts on why photographers do not focus on proposal photography (4:12)

How does Kari photograph proposals without them feeling too "set up"? (9:30)

What does marketing and communication with the future groom look like? (20:15)

What tools does Kari use to find data on proposals in his area? (30:37)

What does the transition from shooting the proposal to marketing to the couple as a wedding photographer look like? (35:40)

Links:

https://karibjorn.com

https://instagram.com/karibjorn_

https://pic-time.com

View Details

Repeat business can make up a large part of the growth of a photography business, but what are you doing to generate that repeat business? Photographer Jakievious Phillips is here to share how to launch and develop a loyalty program for your photography clients! Make sure to listen in!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

Jakievious's Introduction (1:16)

How would you sum up what a loyalty program is? (5:05)

When did Jakievious decide to implement a loyalty program in his business? (9:15)

How does Jakievious sum up the benefits of a loyalty program to his business? (12:12)

Which genres of photography can benefit from a loyalty program? (13:48)

What 5 steps should photographers take to implement a loyalty program? (19:05)
1. Consistency and loyalty to your brand
2. Date your clients (build strong relationships)
3. Track KPI's (Key Performance Indicators)
4. Implement Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs)
5. Loyalty tactics

How does Jakievious make a genuine effort to create relationships with clients? (24:53)

Why is it important to track KPI's? (32:34)

How do Standard Operating Procedures tie in with a loyalty program? (43:32)

Links:
https://www.jepitome.com
https://instagram.com/jepitome_photography
https://smile.io
https://getsproutstudio.com/
https://yotpro.com
https://pagespeed.dev.web
https://ahrefs.com

View Details

Need a fresh start? Maybe you're ready to leave your "normal" job and go full-time with photography, or maybe you just want to shift the direction of your existing business? Join us for this conversation with photographer Jasmin Blais to learn how to pivot to something new intentionally, intelligently, and with minimal stress!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

Jasmin's Introduction (1:18)

Jasmin's recent pivot in her own life and business (3:53)

What are some of the biggest fears that you have to face when making a pivot? (8:56)
1. Financial fears
2. Fear of what others think
3. Fear of letting others down
4. Fear of rejection

How did Jasmin plan for the shift in finances? (15:26)

Where did Jasmin's fear of what others might think come from? (21:14)

Important principles that allowed Jasmin to move beyond the fear to jump into something new (34:45)
1. Understanding your values
2. Life comes in seasons
3. Don't dwell on mistakes
4. The importance of communication

Links:jcphotography.com
https://instagram.com/jcphotographysk

View Details

There's no minimizing hard work, but there's a BIG difference between being busy and being effective. In today's episode with Tracy Kirkland, learn how to structure your business to make more money with less busywork - and free up a bit of time in your life!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

Tracy's Introduction (3:35)

Tracy's backstory into how she developed a shorter workweek (7:55)

Is Tracy's model applicable for all types of photographers - not just portrait photographers? (12:30)

What is the balance between creating freedom and flexibility in your work schedule and putting in the necessary work to grow your business? (16:43)

Where should photographers start when determining how to set up their work schedule? (23:49)

What are the most important principles photographers should implement in order to shorten their workweek? (27:07)
1. Determine your baseline numbers (revenue needed, # of days you want to work, cost per client)
2. Create a strategic workflow for each client
3. Give up time-wasting tasks
4. Plan a marketing strategy

What does "time wasting" mean to Tracy? (34:15)

Where did Tracy start when creating a website that is "high-performing"? (39:25)

What is the best way for photographers to start planning their marketing for the entire year? (45:10)

Links:

https://instagram.com/itstracylynn

https://tracylynncoaching.com

https://later.com

View Details

Look, it's easy for us to get comfortable just going about things the way we normally do. But no one's life ever changed - and certainly no industry grew - by being ok with status quo. And so that brings us to an important conversation with photographer Scott Josuweit in today's episode. Scott has been in the industry for a bit, and he has some thoughts about how the photography industry can be better (online courses, anyone? 🤭). Join us for this thought-provoking conversation, and lend your own insights as well!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

Scott's Introduction (3:03)

What was the impetus for Scott's Facebook post that caught Nathan's attention? (6:45)

What does Scott think has influenced the tendency for photographers to back out or cancel at the last minute post-Covid? (10:03)

What is the solution for photographers who overbook or take on too much work? (14:50)

What is Scott's Plan B for when an emergency pops up? (18:40)

Have we gotten a little "soft" when it comes to self-care? (22:25)

Scott's perspective on photographers "bashing" each other publicly about pricing (25:38)

What are Scott's thoughts about the volume of photographers who are joining the education space? (38:35)

How can we change the dynamic so that "promotors" of photography products aren't simply doing it for kickbacks, but because they truly use and value the product they are promoting? (1:00:45)

Why does Scott feel that photographers are putting too much emphasis on networking with other photographers? (1:10:20)

Links:https://smjphotography.net
https://instagram.com/smjphoto
https://purposeandprocess.co
https://instagram.com/purposeandprocess
https://www.facebook.com/groups/purposeandprocess

View Details

We’ve heard a lot about how to host a styled shoot, but not enough about what to do with the content afterward! Make sure to join us for a fascinating conversation with Shamira Preston to learn a strategy for your images after your next styled shoot!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

Shamira's Introduction (1:35)

From a coordinator's standpoint, why is networking important between photographers and coordinators? (5:45)

How can photographers be more personal when engaging with coordinators and other industry professionals at networking events? (9:00)

Why is there not more conversation about how to use content after a styled shoot? (13:50)

What are the 3 key components of planning how to share your content from a styled shoot? (18:20)
1. Develop your voice
2. Know WHO your audience is on a deeper level
3. Utilize the marketing triangle

How do you get to know your clients on a deeper level in order to speak their language? (21:00)

What exactly is the marketing triangle? (29:30)

How can photographers plan ahead to share the content they create in a styled shoot? (35:47)

Links:
https://instagram.com/magnoliaroseco
https://elevatethestyledshootacademy.com
https://instagram.com/elevatedesignworkshop
https://score.org

View Details

The conversation around pricing has become unnecessarily complicated in the photography industry, and photographer Walid Azami is here to fix that! Listen in to this episode with Walid to learn how to simply establish pricing that not only makes sense to your clients, but also sets your business up for profitability.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

Walid Azami's Introduction (1:24)

What is behind Walid's passion for pricing? (5:48)

At what point did Walid shift his thinking on pricing in photography? (9:36)

What is Walid's opinion on package pricing vs. a la carte pricing? (12:08)

How are packages more profitable than a la carte photography? (22:20)

How should photographers build their package prices? (30:07)
1. Tier packages intentionally to push clients to the higher package
2. Put yourself in the client's shoes in order to customize for each client
3. Look for a "double thank you"

How do you build trust with clients to that a customized package doesn't come across as the client getting "ripped off"? (37:30)

Why should photographers break down pricing to clients? (42:20)

What is the balance between charging a premium based on experience vs. providing less expensive photographic services because of the ease of technology? (49:21)

What steps should photographers take to explain pricing (52:48)
1. Never defend your value, present your value
2. Take a bottle of water when presenting your pricing - share the price, then take a sip of water and let the silence do the heavy lifting
3. Adapt pricing to the economy
4. Maintain confidence in your own ability

Links:
https://walidazami.com
https://instagram.com/walid.azami
https://photographybusinesscourse.com

View Details

You may be missing out on an opportunity to license your work for additional income! Make sure to listen in to photographer Taylor Brumfield's thoughts on how to go about this process safely and profitably!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

Taylor's Introduction (3:12)

Taylor's experience in licensing (6:10)

Is licensing for all types of photography or just commercial photography? (11:18)

What are the biggest mistakes that photographers are making with licensing? (13:23)

  1. Confusing pricing

  2. Not managing licenses efficiently

  3. Giving up on licensing when renewals come around

What are the recommendations Taylor has for implementing licensing? (28:06)

  1. Learn and use specific verbiage when talking with clients

  2. Understand the market(s) you have access to

  3. Clearly communicate the licensing stipulations with clients

Links:

https://taylorbphotographie.com

https://instagram.com/taylorrbee

https://cradocfotosoftware.com/

View Details

It's inevitable that we'll face challenges in the middle of launching or building our photography business. The question is: how do we keep going despite the adversity? Join us for this powerful conversation with Katrina Cross-Daniels to not only learn how to keep your business running in the middle of troubles, but even level up in the process!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

Katrina's Introduction (1:05)

What adversities has Katrina dealt with in her life/business (6:25)

How did Katrina build her support group that helped her through adversity? (12:45)

What is the balance between vulnerably sharing and "trauma dumping"? (19:44)

What is the significance of automation when dealing with adversity in business? (21:02)

What does it mean to say "yes" to yourself? (26:51)

Does taking small steps in moving forward help with accomplishing goals? (30:42)

How did Katrina step back and focus on things that made her smile? (33:50)

How did Katrina take what she learned in her personal adversity and translate that to her photography business? (37:31)

What recommendations does Katrina have relating to using professional help in dealing with adversity? (39:17)

Links:

https://katrinacrossphotography.com

https://instagram.com/katrinacrossphotography

https://instagram.com/katrinacrossboudoir

Bokeh episode with LaJoy Cox:

https://www.photographersedit.com/bokeh-podcast/episodes/cracking-the-code-to-making-more-money/

Bokeh episode with Tomayia Colvin:

https://www.photographersedit.com/bokeh-podcast/episodes/lets-simplify-pricing-for-photography/

Bokeh episode with Andrew Funderburg:

https://www.photographersedit.com/bokeh-podcast/episodes/introduction-to-ips/

View Details

“That’s a really good question. It’s storytelling. I see many photographers flood albums with just images, but I’m not selling the images. I’m selling the story. As a storyteller, I focus on their story during the consultations and then reveal it in their albums. Every page and spread has a purpose. Once my clients fall in with the flow of their story then oftentimes they just say yes with no changes. It’s me being very intentional throughout the entire process.” - MD

It's easy to simply throw a bunch of pictures into an album to increase the page count, but is that really the most effective way to sell a bigger album? Photographer Michael Davis doesn't think so, and he has an alternative approach to suggest on today's episode!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

Michael's Introduction (4:04)

Why do photographers focus on including many images in the album rather than focusing on telling a story? (9:37)

What are the primary drawbacks to focusing on image count vs storytelling? (12:30)

  1. Picture vomit (too many images on a page)

  2. No flow of moments from the day

  3. Details are missed in the story of the day

What steps does Michael take to plan for albums? (17:25)

  1. Learn and understand the couple's story

  2. Shoot with intention

  3. Be the authority on which images should be chosen for the gallery

  4. Intentionality when building the album design

  5. IPS session - the big reveal

How does Michael approach the conversation with couples in order to truly learn their story? (25:17)

The breakdown of Michael's IPS sessions (39:57)

Links:

https://mtdphotography.com

https://instagram.com/mtdphotography1914

View Details

It's so easy to get caught up in just booking clients in order to photograph their portrait sessions or events...and not even think about how to proactively sell prints for additional revenue! Listen in to this conversation with photographer Luci Dumas to learn how to increase your cash flow with large print sales!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

Discussion on the current state of print competitions within the industry (1:50)

Luci's introduction (16:20)

What is behind Luci's passion for selling prints? (19:25)

What behaviors or thought processes are limiting photographers from selling more wall prints? (30:21)

  1. Fear of selling

  2. Lack of sales skills

  3. Fear of feedback

What steps can photographers take to effectively sell more prints? (38:38)

  1. Establish yourself as a trusted advisor with clients

  2. Plant seeds for future print sales

  3. In-person consultation to reveal potential prints

  4. Keep images in mind for specific recommendations

  5. Project images onto the wall for a real-life view/experience

The first 10 people to reach out to Luci will receive a free strategy session! Email Luci at luci@lucidumas.com!

Links:

https://lucidumascoaching.com

https://lucidumas.com

https://instagram.com/theprofitablephotographer_pod

View Details

The first look at a wedding can be some of the most intimate, beautiful images you have the opportunity to capture! And yet all the pressure and variables can make capturing those few moments a bit overwhelming! Listen in to this episode with Sean Oblizalo to learn the 4 elements of successful, stunning first-look photos!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

Sean's Introduction (1:40)

4 Elements of planning for a great first look (9:23)

  1. Choosing a location

  2. Timing

  3. Posing/Positioning

  4. Preparing the reaction

What is the main idea behind choosing a location for a first look? (9:50)

  1. Find a location that is different than where the ceremony/majority of images will be taken

What are the 2 big ideas behind timing when photographing a first look? (14:50)

  1. Include a cushion of extra time in your timeline for a first look to avoid rushing

  2. Vet the couples' timing needs

How to plan ahead with positioning (23:00)

  1. Have your subjects offset instead of in line with where you're standing

  2. Demonstrate the approach

How to prepare your clients for the reaction (28:10)

Links:

https://vowsandpeaks.com/colorado-elopement-package/

https://instagram.com/vows_and_peaks

Sean's 1st Bokeh episode:

https://www.photographersedit.com/bokeh-podcast/episodes/3-elements-of-strong-elopement-photography/

Bokeh episode with Fuel Your Photos (SEO):

https://www.photographersedit.com/bokeh-podcast/episodes/seo-for-photographers/

View Details

We have so many moving parts to keep up with in our photography businesses, and it can become extremely overwhelming! Listen in to this conversation with workflow specialist, Charlotte Isaac, as she shares how to utilize automation to relieve stress, make work easier, and enable you to build a more successful business!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

Charlotte's Introduction (3:05)

Charlotte's definition of automation (5:25)

How automation can be used for lead generation (9:18)

  1. Respond to inquiries

  2. Utilize a services guide

  3. Use a scheduler to allow clients to schedule a call

  4. Follow up with leads

How can photographers use automation without sounding like a robot: (17:22)

Using automation for the onboarding process (22:13)

  1. Proposals

  2. Contracts

  3. Invoices

  4. Welcome communication/confirmation email

  5. Sharing FAQs/managing expectations

What is the "off-boarding process"? (30:45)

Automating the Off-boarding process (31:10)

  1. Thank you email to manage expectations (timelines, etc.)

  2. Request a review

  3. Long-term check-in to stay top of mind

*Free resource for getting started with automation:

https://charlotteisaac.com/bokeh

Links:

https://charlotteisaac.com

https://instagram.com/charlotteisaachq

https://dubsado.com

View Details

It can be so tough to find the right second shooter or photo assistant to represent our brand well! Listen in to the conversation with photographer Nathan Desch today to learn a smarter, more effective approach to connecting with the right people!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Nathan's introduction (1:30)

What are the biggest challenges that photographers face when hiring second shooters (2:54)

What common mistakes do photographers make when hiring a second shooter? (7:14)

What key principles should photographers keep in mind when hiring second shooters? (12:02)

  1. Find a photographer whose style is in alignment with yours

  2. Explore the photographer as an individual to learn about their personality

  3. Read reviews for potential second shooters

How does Shoot With Me apply these key principles when hiring a second shooter? (18:42)

*ShootWith.Me is offering a complimentary profile audit to our listeners! Simply create your account from the link below!***

Links:

https://www.shootwith.me/Bokeh

https://instagram.com/shootwith.me

View Details

How would you like to pull in 5-figures from one day of mini sessions?! Photographer Meg McMillan is here to walk us through marketing, executing, and profiting on an extreme level from just one day of brand mini sessions. You don't want to miss this!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Meg's Introduction (2:19)

How did Meg get into the mini-session world? (6:02)

Meg's first brand mini-session day (9:50)

5 components for marketing a brand mini-session day (13:20)

  1. Leverage social media

  2. Utilize email lists, and communicate the discount the mini-session provides

  3. Provide a giveaway for past client testimonials

  4. Encourage referrals by providing a free add-on

  5. Explain why having brand photos is important to your clients

4 phases of the brand mini-session workflow (26:02)

  1. The booking phase - leverage automation

  2. The planning phase

  3. The photoshoot day

  4. Post-production phase

How to have a profitable mini-session day (40:20)

  1. Start small to learn and fine-tune the process

  2. Keep costs to 20-30%

  3. Set boundaries and stick to them - don't over-give (time, number of images, etc.)

  4. Capture a variety of images

  5. Set pricing based on your needs - stop asking other photographers how much to charge

Links:

https://www.megmariephoto.com

https://www.instagram.com/meg_marie_photo

https://www.photographerfreebies.com

https://www.canva.com

https://www.honeybook.com

View Details

Maybe the most limiting factor in our ability to attain the financial success we'd like is our mindset. Listen in as photographer and coach - Daniel Moyer - shares how we can shift our mindset about money in order to reach our goals.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Daniel's Introduction (1:32)

How Daniel defines a toxic money mindset (3:00)

What is at the root of a toxic money mindset? (6:00)

  1. short-sighted from childhood experiences

  2. scarcity mindset

Three mindsets to overcome in order to have a healthy approach to money (11:30)

  1. Money worship

  2. Money status

  3. Money avoidance

What steps can be taken to move to a more positive money mindset? (18:30)

  1. Educate yourself about finances and budgeting

  2. Be confident in your money decisions by knowing your numbers

  3. Align spending with your values

Story from The Psychology of Money (46:08)

Links:

https://www.instagram.com/getfocusedphotographers

https://www.focusedphotographers.com/newsletter

https://www.instagram.com/danielmoyerphoto

https://www.danielmoyerphotography.com

https://www.instagram.com/fourdadtographers

Total Money Makeover by Dave Ramsey:https://www.amazon.com/The-Total-Money-Makeover-audiobook/dp/B0845YKM1P/ref=sr_1_1?crid=9QX75VE27ZB8&keywords=total+money+makeover+dave+ramsey&qid=1663709731&s=audible&sprefix=total+mone%2Caudible%2C72&sr=1-1

The Single Path to Wealth by J.L. Collins:https://www.amazon.com/The-Simple-Path-to-Wealth-audiobook/dp/B0725RFDPY/ref=sr_1_1?crid=249UASGJW63R6&keywords=the+single+path+to+wealth&qid=1663709777&s=books&sprefix=the+single+path+to%2Cstripbooks%2C75&sr=1-1

The Psychology of Money by Morgan Housel:https://www.amazon.com/Psychology-Money-Timeless-Lessons-Happiness/dp/B08D9WJ9G8/ref=sr_1_1?crid=35LO7ANFVP5TO&keywords=the+psychology+of+money&qid=1663709696&sprefix=the+psychol%2Caps%2C80&sr=8-1

https://www.mrmoneymustache.com/

https://www.rocketmoney.com

View Details

Do you want a better work-life balance? It's not going to happen automatically! Listen in to this conversation with Jenna Henderson as we talk about specific ways to go about CREATING the freedom and flexibility that we all want as business owners!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

Jenna's Introduction (1:45)

Why do photographers tend to associate their identity with their work? (3:20)

What does work-life balance actually mean? (5:15)

4 big ideas for creating work-life balance (11:58)

  1. Establish values and vision

  2. Establish clarity in numbers

  3. Set boundaries

  4. Including white space on your calendar

How did Jenna learn how to understand the numbers in her business? (19:22)

How can we avoid FOMO when we set boundaries? (22:38)

Links:

https://www.noobiepodcast.com

Jenna's Noobie Podcast Interview:

https://www.cheezoo.com/noobie-podcast/episodes/i-wish-i-knew-how-to-create-excellent-work-life-balance/

https://www.jennaclicks.com

https://www.instagram.com/jennahendersonphoto

https://www.brightbossacademy.com

View Details

You can only grow a business so much when you're doing all the work yourself, but delegating editing, album design, administrative tasks - or anything else - can be super stressful! Listen in to this important episode as Rebecca Jones shares 4 important steps photographers should take for a successful outsourcing or hiring experience!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes:

Rebecca's Intro and Business Information (2:25)

Why is there a tendency for photographers to not consider organization and structure? (4:45)

Why is there hesitation to outsource and delegate tasks? (7:05)

How can we change our mindset of needing to have control so that we can outsource? (9:11)

What to consider before outsourcing or hiring in your business (11:40)

  1. Determine your business goals
  2. Evaluate what you want to outsource
  3. Have clear systems set up prior to outsourcing
  4. Leverage technology by using project management tools

Links:

https://www.rebeccajones.co

https://www.instagram.com/rebeccajones_solutions

https://todoist.com/

https://trello.com/en

https://asana.com/

View Details

Nathan Holritz has been in the photography industry for over 20 years - as a wedding photographer, editing company owner, and podcast host. Nathan not only helped build one of the most prominent wedding photography brands in the Chattanooga, Tennessee market, but went on to build a multi-million dollar brand in Photographer's Edit. Listen in as he shares what he's learned about the most important principles behind building a successful business!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Key Takeaways:

  1. Consider where you want to go (4:40)
  2. Position Yourself Against Your Competition (10:48)
  3. Communicate Your Position, Clearly and Simply (16:50)
  4. Establish Systems (for Efficient Workflow) (20:16)
  5. Focus on the Proactive vs Reactive (23:05)
  6. Learn to Embrace and Utilize Numbers (31:53)

Links:

https://www.photographersedit.com

https://www.instagram.com/photogsedit

https://www.noobieconference.com

View Details

"All that to say, we are always thinking of new ways to help you tell your brand’s story more effectively through the clothes that you wear. It might not be your first thought when it comes to your brand messaging, but we know that your clients are making subconscious judgments based on it, and it’s probably what Willow and I will be talking about as we are brushing our teeth tonight."

We all have personal preferences when it comes to the clothing we wear, but what if those preferences don’t align with the client we’re trying to attract? Listen in to this conversation with Willow and Kameron Vogt to learn how to dress to attract your ideal client - and look good doing it!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Willow and Kameron's brand position (1:42)

Why has there been a shift in the photography industry from professional attire to more casual attire? (6:32)

What is the difference between a brand stylist and a personal stylist? (10:13)

What is the value of hiring a brand stylist? (13:00)

What if I can't afford expensive, name-brand clothing and accessories? (18:16)

Elements for choosing the right clothing (20:27)

  1. Appropriate fit of clothing
  2. Choose colors that fit the market you're targeting

3 things photographers can do now to elevate their brand's style (24:50)

  1. Conduct an ideal client analysis
  2. Create 3 "fall-back" outfits based on the client analysis
  3. Invest in 1 statement piece if needed for your client base

Why it is important to prioritize clients versus our own preferences (29:35)

What is the most impactful piece that you can buy if you're limited in your budget? (45:23)

Links:

https://www.refinedelevation.com

https://www.instagram.com/refined.elevation

https://www.brunellocucinelli.com/en/

https://www.manoloblahnik.com/us/

View Details

It is easier than ever to take, create, or edit a pretty picture; none of those things set us apart as professional photographers to any great degree. So how can we set ourselves apart from our competition when potential clients are scrolling through countless photographers' social media accounts trying to select the best option?

As Victoria Saint Martin shares with us in episode 581 of the Bokeh Podcast, experience is EVERYTHING if we want to create a business that will last! From the first interaction a potential client has with your brand until well after the event, photographers set the tone when creating a memorable experience for their clients. Listen in as she shares the 5 main strategies she implements for doing just that!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Victoria's Brand position (1:29)

What was the turning point in Victoria's business for shifting to client experience as a way to set her apart? (8:12)

Five ways that Victoria creates a memorable experience for her clients (12:17)

  1. Provide clear and open communication

  2. Connect with clients on as many levels as possible

  3. Take care of yourself so you can take care of your clients

  4. Be fully aware during the event (people, problems, etc.)

  5. Continue the experience past the contract

How do you blend into the background during a ceremony while still capturing the important moments? (54:20)

Links:

https://www.victoriasaintmartinphotography.com

https://www.instagram.com/victoriasaintmartin

View Details

Have you tried running ads on Facebook or Instagram and found yourself completely overwhelmed? Or maybe you’ve successfully run them but haven’t seen the return on investment that you expected?

In Episode 580 of the Bokeh Podcast, Jesse Morquecho from Till Agency dives into three steps that you can take to improve your paid ads! Tune in as we chat about what a sales funnel is, how you can test different top-of-funnel options and conversion events, and ways that you can be sure that what you’re doing is producing the results that you want!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes

Jesse’s introduction (1:00)

Brand position (2:06)

Creating a great customer experience (4:53)

How does Till effectively manage expectations for their clients? (6:28)

What drives Jesse’s efficiency when it comes to getting work done? (13:08)

Technique for time management (10:14)

Book recommendation (15:23)

Tribes: We Need You to Lead Us by Seth Godin: https://www.amazon.com/Tribes-Seth-Godin/dp/0749939753/ref=monarch_sidesheet

https://bokehbookshelf.com

Does Jesse recommend Facebook as a paid ad platform? (19:57)

Is Jesse seeing a high return on investment with Facebook ads at the moment? (28:20)

The concept of a sales funnel (32:58)

3 Tests to Run if You’re Running Paid Ads (34:15)

  1. Test different top-of-funnel options
  2. Test different conversion events
  3. Test quarterly and ask “Is what I’m doing working?”

Till Agency overview (1:09:41)

Links

www.charitywater.org

www.till.agency

www.instagram.com/till.agency

https://heap.io/

View Details

Are you unsure whether or not your website reflects the heart of what it is that your potential clients want or need? Are you looking for a more targeted and balanced marketing approach when it comes to what information you provide? Do you have too much copy? Not enough? Too many images? Too few?

In Episode 579 of the Bokeh Podcast, Kate Storey shares her expertise in marketing as it relates to the photography industry. When it comes to your website, trying to craft the perfect copy can feel elusive, but it doesn’t have to be! Tune in as we chat about practical ways that you can speak directly to the wants and needs of your clients, by creating a balance between your portfolio images and the copy on your website.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes

Kate’s introduction (0:37)

Brand position (1:56)

Creating a great customer experience (7:25)

Technique for time management (8:47)

How would Kate recommend carrying out time blocking more consistently? (11:48)

Delegation (13:47)

Book recommendation (17:33)

https://bokehbookshelf.com

Start.: Punch Fear in the Face, Escape Average, and Do Work That Matters by Jon Acuff

Finish: Give Yourself the Gift of Done by Jon Acuff

Building a StoryBrand: Clarify Your Message So Customers Will Listen by Donald Miller

What is Kate’s view on the balance between portfolio images and effective copy on a website, for the sake of converting clients? (22:08)

What is Kate’s view on the balance between photographers sharing about themselves and speaking to the needs and desires of their clients? (25:54)

3 Ways To Understand What Clients Need or Want (30:00)

  1. Learn to understand their why
  2. Don’t stop at your first answer
  3. Looking for emotional words or stories that your clients

3 Things to Include in Your Website Copy (42:55)

  1. Speak to what it is that they want (their emotional need)
  2. Tell them how you can deliver on that
  3. Show them the emotional end result

What would the copy sound like in a real life example? (50:29)

Links

www.photographersedit.com

www.charitywater.org

www.bookmorebrides.com

www.instagram.com/bookmorebrides

www.getweddeo.com

www.eighthandsweddings.com

The Book More Brides Podcast

View Details

Does the thought of trying to sell your services cause you to feel anxious or nervous? Have you been spinning your wheels trying to come up with the perfect sales pitch to book a client? Or do you avoid the sales conversation altogether because it feels more transactional than personal?

In Episode 578 of the Bokeh Podcast, Heather Chesky shares her experience with sales and the process that she uses to book clients with a 30 minute call. As photographers, we may shy away from the sales side of the business, but it really can be simple and summed up this way: knowing what it is that you’re selling and knowing who it is that you’re selling to. Tune in as we chat about the five steps you can take when chatting with a potential client, so that you can go into the conversation feeling prepared and leave the conversation with a booked date on the calendar!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes

Heather’s introduction (2:07)

Brand position (2:57)

Creating a great customer experience (6:34)

Technique for time management (9:01)

How does Heather decide what the most important thing is? (11:22)

Delegation (13:06)

How has Heather learned to more effectively communicate for the sake of good delegation? (16:00)

Book recommendation (20:17)

bokehbookshelf.com

Profit First by Mike Michalowicz

Has Heather always been a natural salesperson? (22:14)

How does Heather approach selling something that doesn’t have a personal connection? (23:48)

  1. Knowing what it is that you’re selling
  2. Knowing the person that you’re selling to

Where did Heather learn the sales techniques that she uses? (24:34)

Heather’s tips to move beyond introverted tendencies (26:09)

  1. Doing the most uncomfortable things the most often in your business
  2. Prepare
  3. Practice
  4. Chat map

Does Heather practice conversations with herself before speaking with clients? (28:39)

5 Steps to Drive the 30 Minute Call (30:36)

  1. Introduction and establishment of boundaries
  2. Ask insightful questions
  3. Reaffirm what you heard
  4. Make your offer
  5. Invite them to be your client and invite them to pay

What does it mean to establish boundaries? (32:18)

What does it look like for a photographer to move from surface level questions to deeper, insightful questions? (34:44)

What does it look like to “make your offer”? (39:52)

How can you ask for payment with more ease of mind? (42:35)

What follow up questions might Heather hear from potential clients during the call? (44:01)

Additional education Heather offers (51:11)

Links

www.charitywater.org

www.thebookedphotographer.com

www.instagram.com/heather_chesky

www.facebook.com/heathercheskyphotography

www.asana.com/

www.photographersedit.com

www.calendly.com/

View Details

Have you found yourself in a creative slump, wanting to branch off from your professional work and create something for yourself? Are you looking for a way to shoot more often, while honing your photography skills and creating a stronger business? Welcome to the 365 Project.

In Episode 577 of the Bokeh Podcast, Elora Viano shares her experience with starting a 365 project several years ago and how it has helped to shape and grow her business. While the task may seem daunting at first, there are so many benefits! Tune in as we chat about what those benefits are and five steps you can take to get started with your own personal 365 Project!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes

Elora’s introduction (1:44)

Brand position (2:37)

How long has Elora been in business? (5:03)

Creating a great customer experience (6:34)

What is Elora’s perspective on the balance between putting yourself out there on social media to garner a better connection with your audience and oversharing? (9:20)

Technique for time management (15:39)

What does Elora’s weekday and weekend schedule look like? (17:48)

Delegation (20:28)

How did Elora find someone that was a good fit to outsource her social media tasks? (23:14)

Book recommendation (26:39)

bokehbookshelf.com

You Are a Badass Series 4 Books Collection Set by Jen Sincero

What is the 365 Project? (28:46)

What led Elora to start this project? (29:51)

4 Major Benefits of Running a 365 Project (31:04)

  1. The opportunity to hone photographic skills

  2. Opportunity to share personal work with clients

  3. The opportunity for more opportunities

  4. The opportunity to teach other photographers

What type of equipment does Elora recommend shooting the 365 Project with? (32:59)

5 Steps to Get Started with a 365 Project (43:14)

  1. Use the camera you have with you

  2. If you miss a day, it’s okay

  3. Keep it organized

  4. Find a group for accountability

  5. Do something with your work

Links

www.charitywater.org

www.lifelivedphotography.co.uk

www.instagram.com/lifelivedphoto

www.facebook.com/LifeLivedPhoto

www.instagram.com/lifeiswildandfree/

www.17hats.com/

www.photographersedit.com

www.instagram.com/photogsedit

www.365project.org/

www.blurb.com/

www.dailycollective365.co.uk/

www.adobe.com/products/photoshop-lightroom/mobile.html

View Details

TW: Depression

Are you struggling to find balance as a parent and business owner? Can the two co-exist in such a way that you can thrive at both?

In Episode 576 of the Bokeh Podcast, Emily Magers explores what it looks like to navigate both motherhood and running a successful photography business. While there is freedom and flexibility in being an entrepreneur, there are also challenges that must be faced. Tune in as we chat about topics including lack of sleep, missing out on time with people, and mental health.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Emily’s introduction (1:44)

Brand position (2:46)

How does Emily make a new client feel comfortable? (4:06)

Creating a great customer experience (5:54)

Technique for time management (8:29)

Delegation (10:41)

Podcast and book recommendations (14:40)

https://bokehbookshelf.com

IMomSoHard

What does Emily find appealing about true crime podcasts? (15:16)

How many kids does Emily have? (17:13)

How long has Emily been in business? (18:23)

What was the turning point where Emily felt she needed to find a better balance between motherhood and business? (19:32)

4 Challenges That Come with Being a Mother and Business Owner (21:56)

  1. Lack of sleep
  2. Always facing the unexpected
  3. Missing out on time with people
  4. Depression

What ideas has Emily come up with to address the lack of sleep issue? (23:27)

What draws Emily to being a night owl? (25:22)

How has Emily adapted to facing the unexpected or changed things to be more predictable? (27:03)

What does Emily see as the balance between transparency and oversharing? (29:58)

When sharing information, is it relevant to the service that Emily provides? (31:28)

How has Emily created space to connect with people amidst running a business? (35:23)

What has dealing with depression looked like for Emily and how is she confronting it? (40:23)

Links

https://www.charitywater.org

www.magerimage.com

www.instagram.com/magerimage

www.facebook.com/magerimagephotography

www.photographersedit.com

Living Untethered: Beyond the Human Predicament by Michael A. Singer

View Details

Do you feel like you’ve hit the ceiling of growth for your business? Are you looking for new ways that you can scale beyond where you’re currently at? Have you considered leveraging the community and client-base that is interacting with you day in and day out?

In Episode 575 of the Bokeh Podcast, return guest Jennifer Garcia provides incredible insight into how you can leverage feedback from your community. Tune in as we chat about what a “Win-Win-Win Outcome” looks like, how you can find balance between asserting yourself as the business owner and acknowledging the perspective of others, and three ways that you can start collecting feedback from your community right away!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Jennifer’s introduction (1:30)

Brand position (2:30)

Does Jennifer see this as a business model that will be more sustainable over the long run? (4:27)

Creating a great customer experience (9:36)

What is a tangible example of a “Win-Win-Win Outcome” for Jennifer? (10:30)

Techniques for time management and delegation (11:40)

How did Jennifer make the distinction between what requires her involvement and what does not? (16:00)

Book recommendation (19:20)

https://bokehbookshelf.com

Relentless: From Good to Great to Unstoppable by Tim Grover

https://www.amazon.com/Relentless-Unstoppable-Tim-S-Grover/dp/1476714207

How did Jennifer arrive at finding that the answer to the question about where to go next lies in listening to your community? (12:36)

How long ago did Jennifer arrive at this realization? (22:54)

How can photographers allow others to give direction on what they are doing as a company? (25:07)

What is the balance between asserting yourself as the business owner and acknowledging the perspective of others? (30:25)

Jennifer’s suggestions to getting outside of yourself (33:47)

How can we begin to view the idea of change as something good, rather than something negative? (36:18)

3 Ways You Can Get Feedback From Your Community (38:25)

  1. Start with a conversation
  2. Build a newsletter list
  3. Instagram polls

How can you create email newsletters that stand out amongst the noise and get engagement? (45:25)

Has Jennifer ever experimented with offering gift cards as a ‘thank you’ for completing a survey or poll? (53:34)

The value of specificity (54:09)

Links

https://www.charitywater.org

Episode 312: Taking Your Next Risk

www.sparkstudiosoc.com

www.instagram.com/sparkstudiosoc

www.instagram.com/jennifergarciacreative

https://jayshetty.me/podcast/

https://www.surveymonkey.com/

View Details

If you’ve been part of the wedding industry for any length of time, you know the foundational importance of building relationships for business growth. But have you missed out on a relationship that could scale your business more effectively? From event designers and coordinators to florists and the venues themselves, there is an enormous well to draw from by way of wedding vendors that is largely untapped.

In Episode 574 of the Bokeh Podcast, guest Thomas Bui dives into how photographers can begin to establish working relationships with wedding vendors. Tune in as we chat about the importance of both communication and patience, having passion for the work that you do, and so much more!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Thomas’ introduction (1:56)

Brand position (3:50)

Was it intentional for Thomas to include music on his website? (6:03)

Creating a great customer experience (8:14)

Technique for time management (14:34)

Delegation (18:19)

Book recommendation (25:50)

https://bokehbookshelf.com

Never Split the Difference: Negotiating As If Your Life Depended On It by Christopher Voss and Tahl Raz

What has Thomas’ experience been working with photographers who may have missed the mark on building valuable relationships with wedding vendors? (29:10)

5 Ways to Developing a Valuable Working Relationship with Wedding Vendors (41:53)

  1. Communication in advance
  2. Passion
  3. Pride in your appearance
  4. Patience
  5. Organization

Is there a form of communication that Thomas finds most helpful? (44:57)

Thomas’ big takeaway to working with wedding vendors (57:10)

Links

https://www.charitywater.org

www.thomasbuilifestyle.com

www.instagram.com/thomasbuilifestyle

www.photographersedit.com

View Details

Have you been spinning your wheels trying to create an awkward-free experience for your clients? Are you using the same poses over and over, without really understanding why? Are you unsure of how to communicate with your clients in a way that evokes emotion and connection?

In episode 573 of the Bokeh Podcast, returning guest Taylor Fisher walks through her course, The Not-So-Awkward Guide to Posing Couples. Whether you’re a new photographer looking to start off with a strong foundation or a seasoned professional looking for ways to breathe new life into your business, there’s something for everyone! Tune in as we chat about common mistakes that are made, how trust can be built before and during your sessions, and how you can learn both body language and how to communicate emotion for successful sessions with your clients!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes

Taylor’s introduction (1:50)

What was Taylor’s motivation to create the guide? (4:50)

3 common mistakes photographers make when hosting a session (7:11)

  1. Relying on Pinterest for inspiration
  2. Dismissing that building trust is the number one element to getting couples to show up
  3. Assuming that giving direction and having a plan will eliminate creativity

Where do you get the original ideas to become an expert? (10:49)

4 Pillars to Hosting a Successful, Emotional Couple’s Session (18:14)

  1. Building Trust
  2. Speaking My Language
  3. Master Poser
  4. Connection Creator or Queen

The Not-So-Awkward Guide to Posing Couples course (44:36)

Taylor’s favorite prompts (48:19)

Links:

https://bokehbookshelf.com

https://www.charitywater.org

Episode 162: https://www.photographersedit.com/bokeh-podcast/episodes/design-taylor-fisher/

Episode 558: https://www.photographersedit.com/bokeh-podcast/episodes/how-to-make-more-money-by-refining-your-brand/

www.instagram.com/taylorjonesphotography

www.taylorjones.co

www.taylorjonesphotography.com

www.taylorjones.co/photography-podcast

www.notsoawkwardposing.com

View Details

Have you been struggling with what to do after the money hits your bank account? Are you unsure about taxes, profit margins, and how to manage each payment in a way that sets you up to be profitable down the line?

In episode 572 of the Bokeh Podcast, returning guest Braden Drake sets the stage for financial success by offering practical tips for making your money work for you. Whether you've experienced a lack of education in regard to money, a lack of money talk in your personal life, or an "I'll do it tomorrow" mentality, you're in good company. Tune in as we chat about minimizing stress when it comes to taxes, owner's pay allocation, and more!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Braden’s background (2:38)

Where did Braden’s book idea come from? (4:54)

What was the motivation for creating a book like this and the communication style to go along with it? (6:23)

Defining cash flow (8:40)

Why isn't there a basic understanding of cash flow management? (11:11)

How can you minimize the stress associated with setting aside a designated percentage for taxes? (14:01)

Braden’s recommendation on the best approach to handling funds when you get paid (15:15)

How do photographers go about calculating a profit margin? (18:18)

Should photographers be considering taxes in the profit margin equation? (19:32)

Is there a goal profit margin percentage in the photography industry? (20:07)

The process for owner’s pay allocation (22:26)

Braden’s course, Profit Rx (26:38)

Book Recommendations

https://bokehbookshelf.com

Building a StoryBrand by Donald Miller

Marketing Made Simple by Donald Miller

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org

https://www.photographersedit.com/bokeh-podcast/episodes/top-5-tax-mistakes-and-how-to-fix-them/

www.bradendrake.com

www.instagram.com/bradenadamdrake

https://www.bradendrake.com/podcasts/unf-ck-your-biz-with-braden

https://www.bradendrake.com/book (Available for pre-order now!)

https://www.bradendrake.com/prx

www.qapital.com

View Details

Comparison. We've all heard this word and we're familiar with how it can invade every area of life if you allow it to. While our personal lives are often affected most noticeably, in our fast-paced, social media-driven society, our businesses can be affected as well. Comparison to someone else's journey can lead to feelings of frustration, disappointment, and defeat, but it doesn't have to be that way!

In episode 571 of The Bokeh Podcast, we are joined by Sarah Larae, as she opens up and discusses what her journey has looked like and how she has overcome limiting beliefs! After walking through struggles in her personal life and falling victim to self-deprecation and feelings of insecurity, Sarah discovered that true success comes from being true to yourself. Tune in as we discuss four practical steps that you can take to begin defining success for yourself, too!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Sarah’s thoughts on the importance of in-person community (3:08)

Brand position (7:10)

How does Sarah differentiate “joyful” in her brand? (8:46)

How does Sarah encourage “slow to warm” clients to embrace a joyful attitude? (10:39)

Sarah, on being comfortable with herself (13:39)

How was Sarah able to overcome being insecure? (16:38)

Creating a great client experience (19:15)

How has Sarah learned to ask the right questions? (21:24)

Technique for time management (25:08)

Outsourcing/Delegation (26:58)

Book recommendation (29:34)

  • The Gifts of Imperfection by Brene Brown
  • Atlas of the Heart by Brene Brown
  • Atomic Habits by James Clear
  • https://bokehbookshelf.com

What has driven the tendency in our culture to compare ourselves to another person? (31:47)

Where did Sarah’s perspective come from? (34:12)

Sarah’s perspective on “bravery” (37:22)

Sarah’s transition, moving out of comparison (47:42)

Sarah’s definition of “success” in the past (49:32)

Sarah’s definition of “success” now (52:00)

4 Steps Toward Making a Shift to Defining Success for Yourself (57:15)

  1. Start with self-reflection
  2. Ask “what do I want?”
  3. Block out the noise
  4. Don’t give significance to insignificant people

Links:

Charity Water

Sarah Larae Photography - Website

Sarah Larae - Instagram

The Subtle Art of Not Giving a F*ck: A Counterintuitive Approach to Living a Good Life

View Details

Are you feeling overwhelmed and burned out in your photography business?

In episode 570 of The Bokeh Podcast, we are joined by Aida Glowik, as she provides practical tips on how to minimize feelings of overwhelm, not only in your photography business but in your life. Tune in to gain insight on what the root cause of overwhelm is, how planning can look on a tangible level, and how you can be sure your business is serving your goals.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Show Notes

Aida’s mission and background (4:00)

Photography podcast’s brand position (6:22)

Creating a great customer experience (7:41)

How to balance time more effectively (11:34)

What does planning look like for Aida on a tangible level? (12:30)

Paper planning vs digital planning (13:40)

Practical planning practices (15:18)

Elements of Aida’s business that she’s experimented with delegation (21:09)

Book recommendation (24:40)

Building a StoryBrand: Clarify Your Message So Customers Will Listen by Donald Miller

Atomic Habits: An Easy & Proven Way to Build Good Habits & Break Bad Ones by James Clear

The Thank You Economy By Gary Vaynerchuk

https://bokehbookshelf.com

What did overwhelm look like for Aida, as a business owner? (27:19)

What is the root cause of overwhelm in photographers? (30:53)

Workflow Tips for Minimizing Overwhelm (31:33)

  1. Prepare in advance

  2. Simplify and get organized

  3. Make sure your business is serving your goals

Favorite software (40:40)

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org

www.aidaandtim.com

www.instagram.com/aidaandtim

www.wedding-photography-podcast.com

www.instagram.com/aidaglowik

My Wedding Season – The Podcast

Time Management From the Inside Out by Julie Morgenstern

www.asana.com

https://wedding-photography-podcast.com/planner

View Details

If you've been looking for practical steps on how to improve your website for better conversion, we've got all of that for you..and more!

Tune in to listen in to episode 569 where host, Nathan Holritz is joined by Mia Admire. Together, they walk through her website and social media feed, implement a series of steps that can be put into practice right away, and create a plan to convert visitors into clients!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

6 Steps to Improving Your Website for Better Conversion

  1. Don't put too much emphasis on certifications/awards (8:59)

  2. Establish and communicate a clear brand position (11:56)

  3. Choose a simple website design (29:03)

  4. SEO (41:14)

  5. Clean up social media feeds to showcase what you want to shoot (45:19)

  6. Get out and connect with your target clientele (49:17)

Book Recommendations

https://bokehbookshelf.com

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org\

https://www.miaadmirephotography.com/

https://www.instagram.com/mia_admire_photography/

Photography Education Resources

https://www.ppa.com/

https://wppiexpo.com/

Website & SEO Resources

http://flothemes.com

https://www.wordpress.com

https://yoast.com

SEO Podcast Recommendations

Episode 511: UX and SEO for Higher Website Conversions – Julia Bocchese

Episode 535: A Fresh Approach on SEO Tactics – Feuza Reis

Episode 515: How to Use Keywords to Maximize SEO – Kyle Goldie

Episode 432: SEO for Photographers – Corey Potter & Dylan Howell

View Details

Have you asked yourself lately if what you're doing in your life and your business is helping you move forward?

In episode 568 of The Bokeh Podcast, Cindy Ames joins us to provide advice on how to move beyond introversion tendencies when running your photography business. Tune in to gain insight about behavioral tendencies, limiting beliefs, and ideas on how to shift your perspective to get the most out of your life and your business.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand position (3:16)

Creating a great customer experience (9:31)

Technique for time management (13:52)

Book recommendation (17:41)

Dare to Lead by BrenĂŠ Brown

Fierce Self Compassion by Dr. Kristin Neff

https://bokehbookshelf.com

Defining Introversion (23:25)

Is introversion learned or innate? (23:56)

Is there a reason why someone would lead a conversation stating that they are an introvert? (28:50)

How do you establish what behavioral tendencies serve you? (34:51)

5 Ways to Move Beyond Introverted Tendencies (37:45)

  1. Looking at Your Mindset

  2. Focus on Your Clients Needs

  3. Take small breaks and focus on breathing

  4. Schedule time to reboot after a session

  5. Hire a life coach

Taking note of your behavioral tendencies (47:47)

  • Self-examination

  • Ask "How might I help myself?"

How to be comfortable with yourself and not taking on a client's energy (54:03)

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org

cindyamescoaching.com

instagram.com/cindyamescoach

Madison Thomson Photography

The Untethered Soul by Michael Singer

View Details

Underwater photography is a beautifully unique and niche market to pursue, but before you dive in and buy all new shiny equipment, it's important to know if you're ready for a whole new world of photography!

For episode 567 of The Bokeh Podcast, we are joined by Elizabeth Blank to talk about the ins and outs of underwater portrait photography and how to get started! From learning about the intricacies of shooting in a different environment down to the importance of knowing why you want to pursue a niche genre, Elizabeth covers both the exciting and challenging aspects of underwater photography.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand position (3:38)

What type of environments is Elizabeth photographing in? (5:56)

Was the choice of underwater photography intentional from a competition standpoint? (8:44)

What is the demand like for underwater photography as a niche market? (11:50)

Going outside the local market to find clients (14:38)

Creating a great customer experience (16:07)

Technique for time management (22:31)

Outsourcing/Delegation (24:23)

Book recommendation (32:10)

The 5 Second Rule by Mel Robbins

https://bokehbookshelf.com

Biggest Challenges with Underwater Photography (35:06)

  1. Learning a new genre of photography

  2. Logistics

Favorite Part of Underwater Photography (38:41)

6 Steps to Starting an Underwater Photography Business (40:17)

  1. Liability Insurance

  2. Choose Your Equipment

  3. Know Where to Shoot

  4. Understand Your Ideal Client and Know Your Marketplace

  5. Understand Lightroom and Photoshop

  6. Be Creative with What You Offer

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org

elizabethblankphotography.com

instagram.com/elizabethblank

View Details

Usually, when you think of livestreaming you think of trouble logging in, lousy wifi, and "Grandma can you hear me? Flip your camera!" And in the world we live in now, with smaller weddings, elopements, and destination weddings, even if everyone can't be in attendance, clients still want to share their special moments with loved ones. So, how can you provide a service that's simple to use, and helps your clients, while also growing your business?

Our guest, Julia Eskin of EventLive.pro is here to help in episode 566 of The Bokeh Podcast! Tune in to hear how EventLive started and how it can help you create more income for your wedding photography business while also giving your clients the opportunity to share their wedding with guests that couldn't be in attendance. Definitely a win-win for both parties!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Julia's Photography Background (3:06)

Julia's Website Design (4:27)

Brand position (7:44)

Creating a great customer experience (10:30)

Technique for time management (14:09)

Book recommendation (16:02)

The Dip by Seth Godin

Outsourcing/Delegation (18:20)

The Reasoning for Outsourcing Certain Tasks (22:09)

EventLive Backstory (25:31)

What did you think about competition when creating EventLive? (30:38)

How photographers can use livestreaming as a second stream of revenue? (35:21)

How to minimize potential distraction when both shooting and livestreaming (39:15)

Steps on Offering Livestreaming (40:15)

  1. Visit EventLive.pro/business

  2. Register and Download App

  3. Run Free Testing to Learn How the App Works

  4. Add Your Own Logo and Brand

  5. Get a Phone Mount

  6. A Bluetooth Microphone is recommended

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org

love.juliaeskin.com

instagram.com/juliaeskin

eventlive.pro

instagram.com/eventlivepro

Eat that Frog! by Brian Tracy

https://bokehbookshelf.com

View Details

Taking the leap from journalism photography to wedding photography isn't an easy feat, but if you're going to make the jump, the best way to do it is to land in a (brand) position that you've planned for!

In episode 565 of The Bokeh Podcast, we sit down for a brand consultation with Alex MacNaughton on how to create a wedding photography business with affordable pricing in mind. Listen in to hear advice on branding, marketing, creating a website, and many more facets of a photography business, plus amazing resources to get started!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Alex's Photography Background (6:36)

What drew Alex into wanting to shoot weddings (14:07)

Thoughts on reaching financial goals without becoming burned out (20:51)

Brand Positioning of Competition (24:36)

Brand Position Statement (29:55)

Pricing (33:43)

Post Process Services (38:08)

Website and SEO (44:00)

Marketing (54:32)

  1. Google Performance Max

  2. Facebook and Instagram

Workflow (1:06:37)

  • CRMs

  • Calendly

  • Google Suite

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org

alexmacnaughton.com

instagram.com/alexmacnaughton

keywordseverywhere.com

pic-time.com

wordpress.com

flothemes.com

squarespace.com

nathanholritz.com

yoast.com

Episode 432: SEO for Photographers - Corey Potter & Dylan Howell

Episode 511: UX and SEO for Higher Website Conversions - Julia Bocchese

Episode 535: A Fresh Approach on SEO Tactics – Feuza Reis

calendly.com

CRM Article: blog.bloom.io

View Details

Surprisingly, having an affinity for Sesame Street can be a great way to market your business. But it's all up to how you can turn that interest, or any part of your brand personality, into value for your clients!

In episode 564 of The Bokeh Podcast, we have our amazing returning guest, Lisa Aihara, join us to talk about branding and how to find a balance between presenting personality and value proposition. Tune in for advice on defining both your personality and the value of your brand and how to effectively market your brand to potential clients through your website.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Do you think there's a reason why photographers follow brand style trends? (10:16)

Why is "filling your cup" as a photographer important when the industry is about serving clients? (15:55)

What does "being who you are" mean to Lisa (19:25)

When people only read a website for 55 seconds, do we have time to communicate our personality effectively on our website? (32:50)

Where's the balance between personality and value proposition? (36:40)

How can the stage a business is in can affect the level of priority you give to personality vs value proposition? (40:30)

Ways to bring personality and value proposition to your website (45:00)

  1. Look at your website analytics

  2. Use story prioritization

Recommended Tools for Website Analytics (46:30)

  • Google Analytics

  • Instagram Insights

  • Squarespace

How to use stories to communicate and connect with clients on your website (56:18)

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org

Lisa's Previous Episode 550

ellettestudio.com

instagram.com/ellettestudio

nathanholritz.com

photographersedit.com

squarespace.com

heap.io

View Details

You could always photograph a wedding just to document it, but where's the fun in that? A picture is worth a thousand words, so why not create a beautiful story!

In episode 563 of The Bokeh Podcast, Tom Russo shares the importance of details when photographing a wedding story and how the moments around the typical wedding shot list are just as vital and cherishable to storytelling as the main event! Tune in to hear great advice on how to plan and what to consider when photographing a wedding story.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand position (5:02)

Creating a great customer experience (6:19)

Technique for time management (25:32)

Outsourcing/Delegation (30:05)

Book/Educational recommendation (35:38)

https://bokehbookshelf.com

How Tom Defines Storytelling (40:46)

Do you feel photographers don't focus on the family and guests as much during weddings? (46:39)

Key Touchpoints when Telling a Story for a Wedding (49:17)

Should you base your photography on shot lists from the client or a template when storytelling? (52:41)

With a focus on attention to detail, do you feel there's a tendency to overshoot? (56:45)

Thoughts on delivering clients a large number of images (59:51)

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org

tomrussophotography.com

instagram.com/tomrussophotography

The Capture Crew Podcast

Jordan Correces: Episode 214 & Episode 428

View Details

There are very few people that fall into the 1% of modeling perfection, so why in the world would we expect that of teenagers who are still learning and growing?

In episode 562 of the Bokeh Podcast, Mary Vance explains how she photographs "the other 99%" of seniors with a focus on inclusivity and authenticity. Tune in to hear great advice on how to simplify your approach to senior photography and tips on how to successfully engage with teenagers to simple ways on how to pose seniors during their session.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand position (5:05)

What is it like to be inclusive with seniors who are more outside of the box (6:45)

Creating a great customer experience (12:48)

Technique for time management (15:25)

Outsourcing/Delegation (18:59)

Book recommendation (26:53)

Soundtracks by Johnny Cuff

https://bokehbookshelf.com

How to sum up the approach towards senior photography (31:53)

What made Mary want to change her approach toward senior photography (33:40)

Why in senior photography has the "model look" become the industry standard? (37:52)

Supplementing slower seasons in your business model (40:25)

Engaging and talking with seniors in an authentic way (42:14)

Don't's

  1. Don't add pressure by asking about the future

  2. Don't make assumptions about them

  3. Don't cross the line

Do's

  1. Do ask their pronouns

  2. Do ask about their interests

  3. Do repeat their answers back to them and have follow up questions

Simple Senior Photography Posing (53:23)

What lead Mary to a different approach toward senior photography posing (58:23)

Examples of Simple Poses (1:01:09)

  1. Standing (1:01:35)

  2. Seated (1:03:06)

  3. Walking (1:04:30)

Three Poses to Avoid Visuals (1:07:05)

instagram.com/maryvancephotography

Steps to Simplify Your Approach to Senior Photography (1:08:11)

Practical

  1. Learn your light and gear

  2. Outsourcing

  3. Simplify your intake form

Mindset

  1. Let go of the "shoulds"

  2. Stop focusing on your competition

  3. If you don't know, ask

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org

maryvance.com

instagram.com/maryvancephotography

Crafting the Natural Light Look by Sandra Coan

View Details

From the extreme of over-sharing on social media to hiding behind color schemes and logos, it's important to learn how to find a sense of branding balance for yourself and successfully build a connection with your clients!

In episode 561 of the Bokeh Podcast, Kelsey Kurtis gives fantastic insight on how to build a brand through connection in a thoughtful and balanced way! Listen in to hear more great advice and learn even more in-depth information from her book "The Connection Method".

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand position (3:47)

Creating a great customer experience (7:14)

Technique for time management (8:56)

Outsourcing/Delegation (10:57)

Book recommendation (15:21)

Profit First by Mike Michalowicz

Alter Ego by Todd Herman

WTF Moment (17:23)

Motivation and Backstory of Kelsey's book (19:17)

Who You Are vs What You Offer (24:12)

Confirming That Your Brand Makes Sense for You (28:09)

Defining Connection Based Branding (32:44)

4 Goals of Connection Based Branding (37:00)

  1. Bringing Humanity Back into Your Business

  2. Clarity in Your Direction

  3. Confidence

  4. Connection and Impact

Defining Branding Words (39:35)

The Difference Between Branding Words, Brand Position, and Mission Statement (42:03)

Gap Characteristics (46:38)

Gap Characteristics: Personality vs. Brand (50:16)

How to Be Vulnerable Without Going Overboard (53:46)

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org

https://bokehbookshelf.com

http://kelseykurtis.com

http://instagram.com/kelseymkurtis

The Connection Method by Kelsey Kurtis

View Details

Want to really grab the attention of potential clients? Save the flowery wording for poems and spring flowers!

In episode 560 of the Bokeh Podcast, our host Nathan Holritz goes solo to give insight and advice on how to define your brand position, with a new and improved worksheet to guide you along the way! Tune in and be sure to download the FREE worksheet from mybrandposition.com to have a step-by-step guide through the episode.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Download the Free Updated Brand Position Worksheet at http://mybrandposition.com

Definition of a Brand Position Statement (5:19)

5 Benefits of a Clear and Distinct Brand Position (6:08)

  1. Enables my business to stand out amidst the masses

  2. Potential clients immediately know my unique value proposition

  3. Filters irrelevant potential clients

  4. Simplifies/focuses my marketing efforts

  5. Encourages better time management

6 Steps to Establishing a Clear, Distinct, and Effective Brand Position (9:30)

  1. Establish a Big Picture View (9:36)

  2. Values

  3. Financial Goals

  4. Time Goals

  5. Study Your Market (16:34)

  6. Choose Your Position (21:26)

  7. Be the first to offer a service

  8. Be the first to own a service

  9. Offer a unique variation of a service

  10. Offer the service to a specific market segment

  11. Refine Your Messaging (30:48)

  12. Use relevant language

  13. Be practical and direct

  14. Be simple

  15. Statement template (service, variation on the service, location, target market)

  16. Share Your Brand Position Statement Prominently (46:10)

  17. Above the fold on the home page of your website

  18. Use big, bold font that is easily legible in a few seconds

  19. Copy the same message to all social media profiles

  20. Match the Experience with the Message (54:10)

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org

http://mybrandposition.com

Episode 369

https://www.instagram.com/bokehpodcast/

https://www.photographersedit.com/bokeh-podcast/

https://www.instagram.com/nathanholritz/

View Details

Yes, trips to Dubai and Cancun are exciting, fun, beautiful, and sunny (gosh we wish we were there), but how does a photographer, even without a large social media presence, become so successful? It's all about the values cultivated behind the scenes that build a business!

In episode 559 of the Bokeh Podcast, Andre Brown speaks on the principles for building a business based on important values and multiple learning experiences. Tune in to hear all the amazing advice and insight on the importance of consistency, networking, and most of all, integrity!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

What is the intention of not posting everything happening in your business? (8:26)

Why do you think you have successful business while not having much social media presence? (11:17)

Creating a great customer experience (13:19)

Brand Position (15:23)

Technique for time management (19:08)

Outsourcing/Delegation (21:02)

Handling burnout (24:53)

Book recommendations (29:39)

Goals! by Brian Tracy

The Compound Effect by Darren Hardy

I Will Teach You How to be Rich by Ramit Sethi

Experience in the Music Industry (33:21)

Principles Learned from the Music Industry Used in the Photography Industry (35:13)

  • Networking

  • Nurturing Relationships

How do you stay away from the tendency of "fakeness" when networking? (39:02)

Driving Principles for Building a Business (41:31)

  • Integrity

  • Consistency

  • Relationship Building

What does integrity specifically mean to you? (44:06)

How do you show up consistently for your clients and schedule? (47:58)

Suggestions for stepping beyond introversion (53:43)

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org

https://bokehbookshelf.com

http://andrebrown.com

http://instagram.com/andrebrownphoto

TikTok - @andrebrownphoto

The Subtle Art of Not Giving a F*ck by Mark Manson

View Details

Want to know how to find the right target market for your brand? The first step is to text your mom! (She's probably waiting for you to call anyway.)

On episode 558 of the Bokeh Podcast, we're so happy to have our returning guest, Taylor Fisher, on to talk about how refining your brand cannot only make you more money but also create loyalty with your clients. Listen in to hear some great tips and advice on how to strategically refine your brand through finding your target audience to create an unforgettable brand experience.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand position (7:14)

Creating a great customer experience (9:39)

What differentiates your business from others (12:16)

Technique for time management (21:24)

Outsourcing/Delegation (27:11)

Book recommendation (39:45)

Chillpreneur by Denise Duffield-Thomas

Get Rich, Lucky B*tch! by Denise Duffield-Thomas

Thoughts on Starting Pricing (41:40)

Context on Brand Significance and Brand Experience (46:10)

Significance of Environment for Building Brand Experience (55:45)

Steps for Finding you Target Market (58:00)

  1. Know what to have to bring to the table

  2. Work with what you know

  3. Know what work you're passionate about

  4. Your business should serve your lifestyle

Principles for Developing a Brand Experience (1:05:57)

  1. Awareness

  2. Commitment

  3. Show Your Pricing

  4. Hire a Designer

  5. Pick 1-2 Social Media Platforms to Commit to, and Show Up

  6. Make People Feel Good

Approach on How to Make Clients Feel Good (1:11:30)

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org

taylorjonesphotography.com

instagram.com/taylorjonesphotography

taylorjones.co

How to Win Friends and Influence People by Dale Carnegie

Effortless by Greg McKeown

Essentialism by Greg McKeown

View Details

Sometimes you go into survival mode and come out with a different perspective on both your life and your business realizing that some things are worth the trip!

In episode 557 of the Bokeh Podcast, Madison Hernandez speaks on what led her to run a long-distance business and the valuable lessons she learned along the way! Listen in to hear Madison give so many amazing tips on how to successfully run a long-distance business, from pricing with travel in mind to resources for time management!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand position (3:46)

Creating a great customer experience (8:22)

Technique for time management (11:59)

Outsourcing/Delegation (22:22)

Book recommendation (28:34)

The Four Agreements by Don Miguel Ruiz

The Untethered Soul by Michael A. Singer

The Body Keeps the Score by Bessel van der Kolk M.D.

WTF Moment (34:42)

Thoughts on prioritizing work vs. self-care (17:50)

Madison's journey to having a Long-Distance Business (36:07)

Raising your prices when changing locations (42:33)

Tips for running a long-distance business (43:43)

  • Figure out the costs of travel, the cost of time and compensate those costs with pricing

  • Time management and proactively managing your calendar

  • Refine your services offered

  • Explore different business platforms for time management and client management

  • Have a flexible system that allows for unexpected events

  • Reevaluate and let tasks go that take away from your time

  • Make your services easy to understand for your clients

  • Make your website easy to navigate

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org

https://madisonhernandez.com

https://instagram.com/madisonhernandezphoto

Boundaries by Henry Cloud, John Townsend

The 4 Hour Workweek by Timothy Ferriss

https://usesession.com

View Details

Curious as to why posting cute photos on social media isn't creating business growth? Let's go past surface-level marketing and get into why relationship marketing with clients AND vendors can be the missing piece to a successful business!

In episode 556 of the Bokeh Podcast, we welcome returning guest, Ashley Freehan, to give insight and recommendations on how to successfully use relationship marketing in your business. Learn how to connect with clients and vendors in ways that can create an authentic and valuable relationship for both parties.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Ashley's Take on word-of-mouth referrals and relationship marketing (4:57)

What is the mental block that many photographers have in regards to having an active strategy for referrals? (10:01)

How to redevelop your marketing when changing locations (14:51)

Passion regarding the concerns about lack of development in relationship marketing (16:00)

What is relationship marketing? (17:30)

Importance of distinct brand positioning and relationship marketing (20:38)

Key Relationships for Photographers (25:07)

  1. Complementary Businesses/Vendors

  2. Potential Clients

Steps to successful relationship marketing (27:27)

  1. Commit to the process and make it a priority

  2. Set up a system to keep up with clients

  3. Find and connect with your complementary vendors

  4. Present the idea of collaboration

  5. Use relationship marketing with potential clients

How to help your clients feel comfortable and how to become more comfortable with clients (46:24)

How to use relationship marketing with potential clients (01:02:04)

  1. Hot Leads

  2. Engaged Followers

  3. Researched Leads

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org

Ashley Freehan's Previous Episode 508:

https://www.photographersedit.com/bokeh-podcast/episodes/the-key-steps-from-part-timer-to-ceo/

https://thepurposegathering.com

https://www.instagram.com/thepurposegathering/

https://www.instagram.com/ashleyfreehanphotography/

https://bokehbookshelf.com

View Details

Some might think, "My client received their images so they don't need me anymore." WRONG! There's so much more you can do to retain clients for future shoots!

In episode 555 of the Bokeh Podcast, we talk to returning guest, Gavin Wade, about how to continue a relationship with your clients after their images are delivered. Also learn how important print and product sales are for your business including how you can use cloudspot.io to make it easier for clients to purchase prints from you!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand position (4:36)

Creating a great customer experience (14:04)

Technique for time management (16:08)

Outsourcing/Delegation (18:53)

Book recommendation (22:42)

Extreme Revenue Growth by Victor Cheng

https://bokehbookshelf.com

WTF Moment (24:46)

What are some of the biggest mistakes you made in an effort to grow your business? (28:21)

  1. Only marketing to one demographic

  2. Perfectionistic Paralysis

What are some of the best decisions you made when growing your business? (36:10)

  1. Having a Mentor/Connecting with your Community

  2. Find someone in your market /location

  3. Secondary shooting

  4. Investing in Relationships with Vendors

Growing your Business After Image Delivery (43:11)

  1. Think of image delivery as the start of a continued relationship with a client

  2. Print and Product Sales

How do photographers become more sales minded with print and product sales? (50:18)

  1. Get over the perfection paralysis

  2. Start talking about prints/products from the beginning

Tools Cloud Spot has that enables photographers to market their images successfully (53:49)

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org

cloudspot.io

https://www.instagram.com/cloudspot.io/

https://gavinwadephoto.com

Gavin Wade's Previous Episode:

https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/bokeh-the-photography-podcast/id1140118526?i=1000384604035

https://open.spotify.com/episode/7ANmziyaMwUEvF9ERQu6yz?si=NvDP5uJmRZ2fV8wEWNNfvA

Building a StoryBrand by Donald Miller:

https://www.amazon.com/Building-StoryBrand-Clarify-Message-Customers-ebook/dp/B06XFJ2JGR

View Details

There is so much hard work done behind the glitz and glam of fashion photography — although the gorgeous outcome can be worth it. And just like wedding photography, the "dirty work" is usually the key to the best results.

In episode 554 of the Bokeh Podcast, we have Rago Alasa come on to explain ways you can use skills from fashion photography to implement in wedding photography and vice versa! Listen in to learn tips and recommendations about how to pose clients in a more fashion forward approach and also develop a consistent style in your photography!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand position (5:00)

Creating a great customer experience (8:43)

Technique for time management (13:05)

Outsourcing/Delegation (18:15)

Book recommendation (20:47)

Rising Strong by BrenĂŠ Brown

Atomic Habits by James Clear

Favorite piece of gear (26:38)

Driving Factors of Fashion Photography (33:40)

  1. Authenticity
  2. Don't Be Afraid of Taking a Chance
  3. Letting Your Creativity Flow

Driving Factors of Wedding Photography (42:14)

  1. Customer Service
  2. Doing Work that Invokes Emotion
  3. Having a Consistent Style

Ways to Combine Fashion and Wedding Photography (53:25)

  1. Posing
  2. Angle
  3. Routine and Workflow Consistency
  4. Knowing How to Go with the Flow

Tips for Using Fashion Posing in Wedding Photography (57:29)

  1. Creating Shapes
  2. Facial Expressions

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org

https://www.ragoimages.com

https://www.instagram.com/ragoimages/

https://www.instagram.com/ragoimagesweddings/

Sapiens: A Brief History of Humankind by Yuval Noah Harari: https://www.amazon.com/Sapiens-Humankind-Yuval-Noah-Harari/dp/0062316095

Homo Deus by Yuval Noah Harari:

https://www.amazon.com/Homo-Deus-Brief-History-Tomorrow/dp/0062464345/ref=pd_lpo_2?pd_rd_i=0062464345&psc=1

View Details

You might be thinking to yourself, 'Why would I charge spokesmodels to advertise for me?' The answer is more simple than you might expect!

In episode 554 of the Bokeh Podcast, Leslie Kerrigan joins us to explain the benefits of implementing a senior spokesmodel program for both photographers and clients! Tune in to learn where to start and what mistakes you should avoid while creating a spokesmodel program that fits best for you and your potential clients!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand position

  • Photography (2:25)
  • Education (4:53)

Creating a great customer experience (7:05)

Technique for time management (9:54)

Outsourcing/Delegation (11:56)

Book recommendation (15:26)

GIRLBOSS by Sophia Amoruso

Favorite piece of gear (18:27)

How did Leslie go about getting to know the expectations of her clients and surpass them? (7:54)

How to get your creativity and inspiration back after burnout (21:33)

What is a Senior Spokesmodel Program? (24:05)

How did Leslie implement the Senior Spokesmodel Program into her business? (24:48)

How do photographers make the transition from pro bono to charging with senior photography? (27:13)

Why the Senior Spokesmodel Program is charged as opposed to pro bono (29:00)

Steps for transitioning from pro bono to charging for senior photography (31:45)

  1. Gain confidence
  2. Know your numbers

Recommendations on simplifying the process of running a Senior Spokesmodel Program (35:13)

  • Write out your plan
    • Why you want to implement spokesmodeling
    • What will you offer to clients and what will you get from your clients

Is there a standard approach to the incentives offered? (38:38)

What are the driving factors for figuring out what seniors want in the program? (40:37)

  1. Ask and get feedback
  2. Don't be afraid to test things out
  3. Build a relationship

What are the common mistakes made when implementing a spokesmodel program? (45:54)

  1. Thinking it's all the model's responsibility
  2. Giving everything for free
  3. Not planning beforehand

Key Idea for Implementing a Senior Spokesmodel Program (49:35)

  • Determine the base services your spokesmodels are going to get working with you before you start your program

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org

https://lesliekerriganphotography.com

https://www.instagram.com/lesliekerriganphoto/

https://seniorologie.com

https://www.instagram.com/seniorologie/

The Seniorologie Podcast:

https://seniorologie.com/thepodcast

View Details

Sometimes one moment of chaos — in this case a muddy dog — can make you realize that your workflow needs to change!

In episode 552 of the Bokeh Podcast, Leah O'Connell explains how to create a simplified workflow that fits you — and it's not as difficult as you would think! Listen in to hear Leah give advice and recommendations on how to create a workflow that works best for your business, and how to notice issues before a complicated workflow turns into complete chaos!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand position (3:04)

Creating a great customer experience (8:17)

Technique for time management (11:56)

Outsourcing/Delegation (16:46)

Book recommendation (22:40)

Big Magic: Creative Living Beyond Fear by Elizabeth Gilbert

Leaders Eat Last: Why Some Teams Pull Together and Others Don't by Simon Sinek

Favorite piece of gear (25:10)

What does Leah think complicates a photographer's workflow, and what is a step someone would take to simplify their workflow (5:55)

What is the most important driving principle for a more focused approach to business and workflow? (27:20)

Why you should start designing your workflow now (31:17)

Recommendations on how to simplify workflow (34:26)

  1. Breakdown you process into smaller workflows

  2. Find the problems in your business that need to be solved

Principles to Create a Simple and Efficient Workflow in Business (40:23)

  1. Think openly when creating your workflow

  2. Solve your actual problems in your business

  3. Notice when a task in your workflow takes too much time

Why are photographers opposed to change and how can they get better at being flexible (47:05)

How to gauge whether it's time to create efficiency to grow a business or to create time for other parts of life (51:21)

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org

https://lofirefly.com

https://www.instagram.com/fireflyphoto_leah/

Lateral Thinking: Creativity Step by Step by Edward de Bono

https://www.amazon.com/Lateral-Thinking-Creativity-Step/dp/0060903252

View Details

What does a Dorito chip have to do with using natural light for boudoir photography? Jason Sebastian can explain!

In episode 551 of The Bokeh Podcast, Jason explains how to approach natural lighting from a technical mindset - but don't worry! It is a super simple principle and strategy! Listen in to hear tips for how to set the expectations with clients around natural lighting, and the strategies for capturing the best images through intentional posing and placement!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand position (4:12)

Creating a great customer experience (11:04)

Technique for time management (12:53)

Outsourcing/Delegation (17:29)

Book recommendations (22:36)

The E-Myth Revisited by Michael Gerber

The On-Purpose Person by Kevin McCarthy

https://bokehbookshelf.com

Favorite piece of gear (26:03)

How does Jason handle the trust factor with his wife, considering that he is a male boudoir photographer? (30:17)

What was the driving factor behind using natural light? (37:30)

Jason's favorite characteristics of natural light (40:05)

  1. Client's response to using natural light

  2. The versatility of natural light

What challenges do you face using natural light? (43:17)

  1. Seasonal changes with light

  2. Weather issues

  3. Time frame limitations

Most important principles photographers should keep in mind when shooting boudoir sessions with natural light (47:18)

  1. Get to know the client before the session

  2. Over-communicate before and during the session

  3. Master your poses

  4. Know your light

What technical principles should photographers follow when using natural light? (1:03:09)

The Light Triangle! (You'll think of lighting every time you eat a Dorito from now on!)

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org

https://jseboudoir.com

https://instagram.com/jseboudoir

Michael Sasser's Boudoir Education Courses:

https://www.boudoircourses.com/

View Details

Do you feel that your brand conveys the appropriate message about who you are and what your business offers to potential customers? If not, maybe it is time to rebrand!

Lisa Aihara joins us for episode 550 of The Bokeh Podcast to share insight into why intentionality in branding is so important, and why your brand isn't simply pretty colors and photos on your website. Listen in to hear the building blocks of brand design, as well as how you can create a balance of infusing your personality into your brand while keeping the practicality of a clear value proposition.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand position (2:19)

Creating a great customer experience (5:34)

Technique for time management (9:21)

Outsourcing/Delegation (10:51)

Book recommendation (11:35)

https://brenebrown.com/book/the-power-of-vulnerability/

What is a healthy balance between infusing personality and being practical in your branding? (16:48)

Should we combine our personality into our brand position statement or infuse it on our website in other places? (22:05)

4 Building Blocks of Brand Design: (25:30)

  1. Logo

  2. Colors

  3. Fonts

  4. Photos

(Plus patterns and illustrations are bonuses)

Why does a logo carry less weight than colors or other building blocks? (26:39)

What is the significance of font in branding? (28:40)

How should photographers approach photos for their website? (30:28)

How to build your color palette (33:13)

Why should photographers narrow down their brand position into keywords to help drive decision-making? (37:05)

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org

https://www.ellettestudio.com/

https://www.instagram.com/ellettestudio

https://www.googlefonts.com

https://www.coolors.co

Free Resources from Lisa:

https://view.flodesk.com/pages/6119e452d42241134b1c0b58

View Details

How important is it to have an insurance policy for your business? As long as you take care of your equipment, you're ok without it, right?

Wrong!! Ashley Strickland is here to dispel the misconceptions and share the reasons why it is crucial for all photographers to have a policy to protect not only their equipment but themselves as business owners! Listen in to episode 549 of The Bokeh Podcast to hear both how you can proactively protect yourself and your business as well as the key ideas to keep in mind when shopping for the right insurance policy.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand position (4:00)

Creating a great customer experience (6:27)

Technique for time management (12:17)

Outsourcing/Delegation (15:28)

Book recommendation (18:39)

Rise of the Youprenuer by Chris Ducker

Favorite piece of gear (20:45)

Nikon 85 1.4 lens

Ashley's background in insurance and risk management (23:37)

The biggest misconception that photographers have about business insurance (25:30)

Key ideas to keep in mind when shopping for insurance for your business (29:10)

  1. Be clear about how much risk you want to take

  2. Calculate the value of the equipment you own

  3. Work with an agent who can shop multiple companies for you vs. going straight to one company

How can photographers mitigate risk (40:00)

  1. Pay attention to your surroundings

  2. Break up your valuables so that they aren't all in one bag or location

  3. Only take clean SD cards with you to new shoots

  4. Ensure you have the correct policies to cover all aspects of your business

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org

https://www.ashleynicolephotos.com

https://www.instagram.com/ashleynicolephotosatl

https://www.ashleynicoleeducation.com

https://www.instagram.com/ashleynicoleeducation

View Details

Is there actually a strategy behind writing blog posts? Isn't it good enough if I just share information from my recent sessions with some cool keywords and photos?

Claire Lauer of CL Content Marketing is here to dispel myths and provide strategies for writing blogs that will actually help with SEO! Listen in to episode 548 to hear how to set goals for your blogs, strategically use keywords, and appropriately use tagging to not only help Google find your site, but your ideal clients too!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Image Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand position (3:05)

Creating a great customer experience (7:45)

Technique for time management (10:00)

Outsourcing/Delegation (15:21)

Book recommendation (17:58)

The Slight Edge by Jeff Olson

https://bokehbookshelf.com

What is the significance of blogging in the photography industry? (23:49)

How photographers should approach writing blog content (26:31)

"Create blog content that answers the most frequently asked questions that your customers are searching for."

What is the significance of goals as they relate to your SEO strategy? (29:00)

What is the significance of keywords and the placement of keywords in your content (32:12)

What is meant by tagging your blog content? (36:49)

What are top keywords or tags to use when tagging (41:40)

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org

https://www.clcontentmarketing.com

https://www.instagram.com/clcontentmarketing

https://asana.com/

https://www.keywordseverywhere.com

https://www.semrush.com

View Details

Why is the conversation about money and pricing so complicated? Did you play the guessing game when it came to determining your pricing strategy when starting your business?

Dr. Tomayia Colvin is changing that conversation. Check out episode 547 of The Bokeh Podcast to hear how simple pricing for photography can truly be! Just 3 simple steps to determine your baseline price? Yep, that's all it takes.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position (3:15)

Creating a great customer experience (20:45)

Technique for time management (25:45)

Outsourcing/Delegation (29:56)

Book recommendation (33:25)

Who Moved My Cheese? by Spencer Johnson

How did Tomayia learn the strategy of pricing for her photography business? (38:35)

Why is the conversation about pricing complicated? (42:24)

What can be done to change the perception of money/pricing in the industry? (44:55)

How can photographers adjust to serve the larger population? (52:40)

What questions should photographers ask before setting their pricing? (54:57)

  1. Determine your monthly expenses to set your baseline needs

  2. Determine how many sessions you have time to shoot each month

  3. Set pricing by taking the total amount that you need to make and divide it by the # of sessions you can shoot = per session price is established!

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org

https://www.facebook.com/groups/tomayiacolvineducation/

https://www.facebook.com/groups/masteryourmint/

https://www.facebook.com/groups/masteryourmint/

https://www.tomayiacolvineducation.com

https://tomayiacolvineducation.com/pricing-calculator

https://instagram.com/tomayiacolvin

https://instagram.com/thephotocookout

https://www.fundydesigner.com/

Text "showmethemoney" to (833) 562-0499

View Details

Are you looking for an additional stream of income in your photography business? And even better, one that doesn't require a lot of extra time?

Aubrey Westlund joins us for episode 546 of The Bokeh Photography Podcast to share how stock photography not only supplements her photography business with a consistent revenue stream, but also provided the main source of income during the pandemic! Listen in as she explains the significance of the genre in our current market, and the steps to take to add this specialty to your bag of tricks!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position (4:35)

Creating a great customer experience (6:07)

Technique for time management (10:45)

Outsourcing/Delegation (14:32)

Book Recommendation (15:48)

The Artist's Way by Julia Cameron

Profit First by Mike Michalowicz

The Pumpkin Plan by Mike Michalowicz

https://www.bokehbookshelf.com

Favorite Piece of Gear (18:50)

Pentax 645

What brought Aubrey to stock photography? (21:25)

How do contracts have to change when selling stock photography? (24:14)

Is stock photography a viable business? (26:19)

Should photographers start with royalty-free stock photo sites? (29:17)

What questions should photographers ask when considering entering the stock photography arena? (30:51)

  1. Is the stock agency you're looking to work with a good fit for you and your goals?

  2. What is going to motivate you to create enough images for your portfolio?

Steps photographers should take to enter the stock photography genre (35:00)

  1. Choose the right agency

  2. Upload anything that you can (high volume)

  3. Understand the guidelines of the agency

  4. Pay attention to what is selling and use that data to bulk up your portfolio

  5. Stay consistent in shooting and uploading

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org

https://instagram.com/aubreywestlund

https://www.aubreywestlund.com

https://www.offset.com

https://www.photocase.com

Aubrey's little black book of stock photo agencies:

https://www.aubreywestlund.com/lbb

View Details

Are you overwhelmed with all the moving pieces of your photography business? Do you feel like you're ALWAYS in front of the computer to finish one more thing - and missing out on the freedom that you thought was part of owning your own business?

Make sure to listen in to episode 545 for principles, tips, and tricks to help you dial in your workflow and get more time back in your life! Ethan Righter and host, Nathan Holritz dive into conversation to understand the root of the overwhelm in Ethan's workflow, and explore steps to improve efficiency, productivity, and profit!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Details of Ethan's Photography business (5:05)

What does Ethan's typical workday look like? (7:38)

Primary goal of Ethan's desire to streamline workflow (10:15)

To have more time for growing his business - shoot more and edit less!

The most time-consuming elements of Ethan's business (13:08)

  1. email

  2. editing

Tips for streamlining email and client communication workflow (19:30)

Time-saving tips for editing (48:30)

Links:

https://www.righterportraits.com

instagram.com/schoolkidpix

instagram.com/righterportraits

Calendar and email resources:

https://calendly.com

https://unroll.me

https://textexpander.com

CRM Recommendations:

https://honeybook.com

https://shootproof.com

View Details

Have you ever wondered what happened with our former Brand Position Consultation guests following their episodes? Did they make changes to their brand position statement, website, or marketing efforts that resulted in growth for their business?

You're in luck! Our new series, "Where Are They Now?" welcomes back some of our former Brand Position Consultation guests so that we can check in to hear all of the details! In episode 544 of The Bokeh Podcast, Whitney Smith is back to share how the changes she made helped to triple her revenue for her part-time photography business!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

What is a brand position consultation episode? (3:00)

Description of Whitney's business at the time of the brand position consultation on the Bokeh Podcast (4:03)

New Brand Position Statement created following the Brand Position episode: (6:35)

The most fun you'll have in front of a camera! Lit photography for Midland teens and seniors!

What were your 2-3 biggest takeaways from the brand position consultation? (8:54)

  1. Make sure to focus on who you're talking to in your brand position - speak directly to your client

  2. Carry that message throughout all marketing strategies for consistency

How does Whitney bring the "fun" to her sessions in order to follow through on the messaging? (14:32)

How did the changes with your brand position create growth in your business? (16:54)

In one sentence, how would you sum up the significance of a strong brand position to those photography business owners listening in? (19:16)

"If you're not using the right language and speaking to specific people, they won't find you! It is so, so important to speak their language so that you stand out!"

Links:

https://charitywater.org

https://dandelionseniors.com

https://instagram.com/dandelionphotog

Whitney's Brand Position Consultation Episode:

https://www.photographersedit.com/bokeh-podcast/episodes/brand-position-whitney-smith/

View Details

Hearing opinions and critical feedback from others can sometimes be uncomfortable. But seeking and receiving actionable constructive criticism can truly help you improve your practice and grow your business!

In episode 543 of The Bokeh Podcast, Anna Wright shares strategies for not only how to seek constructive criticism for your business, but how to find the right person to provide that feedback to you! Listen in to hear her steps for connecting with a mentor and creating the expectations for the feedback process.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position (3:20)

Creating a great customer experience (6:37)

Technique for time management (9:06)

  1. Outsourcing

  2. Virtual Assistant

How to best communicate when outsourcing/delegating (11:30)

Book Recommendation (14:40)

Profit First by Mike Michalowicz

Why constructive criticism is so important to Anna in her business (17:19)

Why should photography business owners care about this type of feedback? (20:11)

Anna's explanation of the difference between constructive criticism and opinions? (22:47)

How can photographers seek out the right people to give constructive criticism? (25:12)

  1. Find someone who knows and is invested in your business

  2. Ensure the person is trained in providing feedback/constructive criticism in the field

  3. Ask for specific, actionable feedback/constructive criticism relative to your business

How should photographers approach the conversations asking for constructive feedback? (33:14)

How do photographers filter the feedback to determine what is valuable? (35:13)

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org

https://www.annakayphotography.net

https://www.instagram.com/annakay.photography

Anna's 1st Bokeh Podcast Episode 329:

https://www.photographersedit.com/bokeh-podcast/episodes/fully-booked-in-2-years/

Free checklist for qualifying feedback:

https://view.flodesk.com/pages/61dfa3496758a3ddd643efe5

View Details

Are you consistently searching for how to best market your photography business? Do you try all of the latest trends on social media and follow what everyone else is doing only to feel like you're spinning your wheels, and doing it alone?

Katelyn Workman is here for episode 542 of The Bokeh Podcast to bring us back to the basics with marketing - build a community and engage authentically! Listen in to hear principles driving this philosophy, as well as 3 simple steps that photographers can take to start building community today!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position (2:37)

Creating a great customer experience (5:23)

Technique for time management (9:35)

Outsourcing/Delegation (15:10)

Book Recommendation (22:38)

Traction: Get a Grip on Your Business by Gino Wickman

Favorite piece of gear (30:00)

Canon 85 1.4

How did Katelyn connect her love of connecting with people with marketing? (33:45)

What is the benefit of community for a photography business? (36:31)

Steps to building community (40:58)

  1. Blogging on a regular basis

  2. Instagram - use IG to connect with others in the industry AND use IG stories to share about you

  3. Attend or host in-person events to connect with others in the industry

  4. Be persistent

What principles should photographers keep in mind when marketing to a community (50:05)

  1. Serve before selling

  2. Be honest and practice "real" authentic communication

  3. Be consistent

What are the next steps photographers can take to begin building community (54:45)

  1. Show up on stories authentically

  2. Make a list of vendors to connect with

  3. Create a piece of content that provides value

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org

https://katelynworkmanphotography.com

https://instagram.com/katelynworkmanphotography

https://thriftbooks.com

View Details

How can a photographer set an intimate tone during a session in order to create emotionally evocative images? Robert Hill says, "To capture intimacy, you must create intimacy."

Robert joins us for episode 540 of The Bokeh Podcast to explain the necessary steps photographers must take to create a sense of vulnerability and intimacy with couples in order to capture an image that is not only beautiful, but emotionally driven. Listen in to hear his tips for how to create this environment of trust and openness with clients.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Creating a great customer experience (6:50)

Technique for time management (17:12)

Outsourcing/Delegation (26:53)

Book Recommendations (33:30)

The Answer to How is Yes by Peter Block

Favorite piece of gear (35:55)

Mamiya C330

What is meant by Robert's statement "to capture intimacy, you must create intimacy"? (42:23)

What does the word "intimacy" mean to Robert? (46:46)

How does Robert create a sense of trust and safety for his clients? (55:30)

Where is the balance between vulnerability and over-sharing? (1:00:25)

What does it mean to encourage intimacy with couples during a shoot? (1:05:00)

Robert's tips for how to capture emotionally evocative images:

  1. Build a Relationship

  2. Cultivate trust

  3. Create safety

  4. Encourage them

  5. Direct, don't pose

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org

https://robertjhill.com

https://instagram.com/robertjhill

Robert's First Bokeh Podcast Interview:

https://www.photographersedit.com/bokeh-podcast/episodes/reason-behind-what-we-do/

Robert's Book - Poser:

http://education.robertjhill.com/free-book

Robert's Work Less Make More FB Group:

https://www.facebook.com/groups/worklessmakemore

Bokeh Photo Conference:

https://www.photographersedit.com/bokeh-photo-conference/

View Details

Are you tired of trying to hit the reset button every year with big, unsustainable goals - only to fall off the wagon within weeks? Nathan Holritz, CEO at Photographer's Edit and host of The Bokeh Podcast, has a healthy, more sustainable solution for you - not only for 2022 but for years to come. Listen in to episode 540 and let Nathan encourage you to have a healthier, stronger start to your year!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

What New Year's resolutions usually are (3:42)

A New Year's resolutions alternative (5:16)

Nathan's introduction to the application of values to our lives: (Re)Awaken the Giant Within, by Tony Robbins (7:55)

Definition of values (11:58)

Values - Our most important states of being that bring us a deep sense of happiness and fulfillment

How to establish your values (16:34)

How to live your values (29:19)

Nathan's values:

Healthy - Any time I take care of my body in a way that helps me stay lean, feeling alert, and feeling energetic, food is fuel and sleep is king

Growing - Any time I've learned or tried something new, or pushed myself outside my comfort zone, always asking how/why

Simple - Any time I’ve been able to minimize the number of moving parts in a situation, and focus on what bring the biggest positive results, 80/20 principle

Kind - Any time I've been able to show someone kindness in word or deed, particularly through empathy

Connected - Any time I've been able to connect emotionally with an individual or small group, ideally helping them, teaching them, or giving to them in some way

Proactive - Any time I'm moving forward

Consistent - Any time I've been consistent in my values and/or emotional state

Time - Freedom and flexibility with my time

Thankful - Any time I’ve shown appreciation for that which is in my life

Charismatic - Any time I’ve engaged with people in a spirit of presence, power, and warmth

Fun - Any time I do something that makes me or someone else laugh or get excited

Links:

(Re)Awaken the Giant Within by Tony Robbins:

http://core.tonyrobbins.com/atgw-ebook

bokehpodcast.com

bokehbookshelf.com

View Details

Have you considered venturing into the adventurous world of elopement photography? Do you enjoy capturing the beauty of landscapes and wish you could be outdoors for your work more than you are?

Sean Oblizalo found that he could combine his love of landscape photography with elopement photography by simply adding his clients into the already gorgeous scenery he was photographing! Listen in to episode 539 of The Bokeh Podcast to hear how he transitioned into elopement photography, and the 3 main elements that are needed to run a strong elopement photography business.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position (3:00)

Creating a great customer experience (8:43)

Technique for time management (13:35)

Outsourcing/Delegation (17:14)

Book Recommendation (21:34)

How to Do the Work by Dr. Nicole LePera

What led to Sean's transition from landscape to elopement photography? (27:30)

The 3 factors that set Sean apart from other Colorado elopement photographers (34:53)

  1. Personalized Experience

  2. Excellent Communication

  3. All-Inclusive Experience

How does Sean personalize the experience with his elopement clients? (36:30)

  1. Listen to hear the client's needs

  2. Fill their needs

  3. Don't think about couples as content creation

How did Sean make the decision to go into the "all-inclusive" elopement offering? (47:17)

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org

https://instagram.com/vows_and_peaks

https://www.vowsandpeaks.com

Bokeh Podcast Episode 287 with Rachel Greiman:

https://www.photographersedit.com/bokeh-podcast/episodes/less-website-copy/

https://www.greenchairstories.com/

View Details

How would you like to book fewer sessions yet make more money? Sound too good to be true? Less truly can be more!

In episode 538 of The Bokeh Podcast, Brenna Heater shares how you too can work less and make more by focusing on the luxury portrait market in your area! Hear her six steps for breaking into the luxury market, which include creating a closet, sending client gifts, and more!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position (4:20)

Creating a great customer experience (6:20)

Technique for time management (7:39)

Outsourcing/Delegation (11:27)

Book Recommendations (16:52)

Never Lose a Customer Again by Joey Coleman

Business Made Simple by Donald Miller

Bokeh Bookshelf

How Brenna defines luxury as it relates to portrait photography (19:29)

Brenna's motivation for getting into the luxury market (26:52)

Drawbacks or challenges to focusing on the luxury market (28:29)

Steps for breaking into the luxury market (34:00)

  1. Build a luxury client experience by determining each touchpoint that you have with clients

  2. Incorporate client gifts into your client experience

  3. Start a client closet

  4. Offer albums

  5. Offer prints and products to your clients

  6. Help clients design a gallery wall

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org

https://www.instagram.com/brennaheater

https://www.brennaheater.com

Box Fox gift boxes:

https://RWRD.IO/AGSU35U

https://balticborn.com

https://freepeople.com

Brenna's Client Closet blog post:

https://brennaheater.com/2020/06/for-photographers-how-to-start-your-client-closet/

https://kiss.us

https://whcc.com

View Details

Do you struggle with determining the appropriate pricing strategy for your services? Does the thought of creating a tiered pricing structure make your palms break out in a cold sweat?

Never fear, Catherine is here! In episode 537 of The Bokeh Podcast, Catherine Guidry shares her process for determining a pricing structure for a photography business that will not only allow you to make money, but also encourage your clients to "bump up" to the next pricing level! Listen in to hear the steps for how to determine the best pricing structure for your business!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position (6:07)

Creating a great customer experience (11:51)

Technique for time management (18:30)

Outsourcing/Delegation (21:00)

Book recommendation (24:16)

Boundaries by Henry Cloud and John Townsend

The E-Myth by Michael Gerber

Favorite piece of gear (27:02)

Nikkor-Z 1.2 lens

What was Catherine's early experience with pricing? (29:48)

Catherine's journey to educating other photographers about pricing (34:36)

How pricing impacts different areas of a photography business (37:00)

What big ideas should photographers pay attention to when developing a pricing strategy (47:00)

  1. Determine a solid base pricing guide based on your own needs

  2. Decide what arrangement you will offer to clients

  3. Develop a tiered pricing structure that will provide options for clients

  4. Offer discounts on a la carte items

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org

https://www.catherineguidry.com

https://www.instagram.com/catherineguidry

Catherine's Education Offerings:

https://catherineguidry.com/for-photographers/

View Details

"Brand photography is understanding the mindset of your client's client, not just shooting for the gratification of the business owner or to earn likes on social media."

In episode 536 of the Bokeh Podcast, Abby Grace explains how photographers must approach brand photography in a different way than other forms of photography in order to meet the wants of needs of their clients. Listen in to hear not only what to avoid when transitioning to brand photography, but also key principles to follow when starting a new brand photography business in order to be successful.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position (3:36)

Creating a great customer experience for brand photography (8:00)

Technique for time management (11:54)

Book Recommendations:

Deep Work by Cal Newport

Traction by Gino Wickman

What was the motivation that led Abby to transition from weddings to brand photography (23:08)

How did Abby transition into brand photography without getting lost in the mix (31:55)

Things to avoid when making the move into brand photography (39:10)

  1. Avoid approaching brand photography as you approach wedding or family photography

  2. Don't emulate what everyone else is doing - set your client apart from their competition

Big ideas for building a new brand photography business (41:20)

  1. Hand pick clients who need new brand photos (beta clients)

  2. Prep a website for the new brand photography business (don't mix 2 audiences on 1 website!)

  3. Launch! Make the launch a big event!

  4. Sell socially - solve a client's' problem and highlight that rather than pushing direct CTA's

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org

https://www.instagram.com/abbygracephoto

https://www.abbygracephotography.com

https://www.education.abbygracephotography.com/nine-shots

https://www.facebook.com/groups/brandphotographers

https://www.tonicsiteshop.com

View Details

"Hey, Siri. How much will it cost to have family pictures made?" "Alexa, what wedding venues have the prettiest views in Chicago?" These conversational style searches happen every day. Will potential clients find you with this new approach?

Feuza "Fuse" Reis joins us for episode 535 of the Bokeh Podcast to share how business owners are behind the times when it comes to SEO. The old principle of using formal, specific keywords is not working as well in today's world of conversational voice searches. Listen in to hear a fresh perspective on what you should and should NOT do when setting up your website to maximize SEO.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position (3:35)

Creating a great customer experience (6:25)

Technique for time management (7:50)

Book Recommendation (12:00)

Dr. Joe Dispenza podcast/books

We Should All Be Millionaires by Rachel Rodgers

You're a Badass at Making Money by Jen Sincero

Feuza's photography/SEO business background (16:08)

Recent changes in SEO strategy (20:56)

  1. The role of "Voice Search" - think Alexa, Siri, etc.

  2. The User Experience

  3. The power of "local"

  4. Changes in blogging

How to update your SEO for conversational/voice text and searches (23:15)

Building your site for the best UX (User Experience) (38:53)

Resources Photographers should be using for local search optimization (47:18)

Tips for blogging in the current environment (54:03)

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org

https://www.getfoundwithfuse.com

https://www.instagram.com/fusecreativeinc

Keyword Kit for Branding Photographers:

https://view.flodesk.com/pages/60889304460b0021ba095a0d

Feuza's Mini Keyword Course:

https://www.fuseclasses.com/keyword-strategy-mini-course-join-now

View Details

Time flies. Before you know it, you are several years into your photography business and realize that you haven't quite nailed down exactly what your business focuses on or how to clearly convey to your client base what you offer them. It's never too late to refine your brand position or even create something completely new!

In episode 534 of the Bokeh Podcast, Chris Jones chats with Nathan about how to dial in the messaging for his brand in order to reach the ideal client for his headshot and commercial photography business. Listen in to hear the recommendations and ideas that will help him stand out from his competition!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Definition of a Brand Position Statement: (4:30)

A unique value proposition (UVP) that sets your business apart from the competition in your market.

Benefits of a Clear and Distinct Brand Positioning:

A. Enables Potential Clients to Immediately Know Your UVP

B. Filters Irrelevant Potential Clients

C. Simplifies/Focuses Marketing Efforts

D. Encourages Better Time Management

Focus of Chris's photography business (9:50)

What makes Chris's photography unique? (17:05)

Pain points of client base (25:25)

Background of Chris's journey to photography (27:35)

Analysis of competition (43:00)

Potential Brand Position Statements (54:00)

The Easiest Headshot Experience in Detroit

Effortless Headshots in Detroit

Effortless Portraits for Detroit Professionals

Links:

charitywater.com

https://www.chrisjonesheadshots.com

https://www.instagram.com/pichuredude

Ready to begin working on Brand Positioning for your business? Check out our free downloadable worksheet today, and learn more about how to position yourself in your market!

View Details

We've all heard the quote, "Time is more valuable than money," but how often do we hold on to tasks and processes that take a lot of our time, only to "save" a little bit of money? Are we actually saving money in the end?

Danielle Blewitt found that through outsourcing her editing, she not only saved countless hours of time, but was more profitable because of it! Listen in to episode 533 of The Bokeh Podcast to hear what she learned through outsourcing that ultimately helped her grow her business. Don't miss the tips she shares for how to have the best experience, and how to overcome initial apprehensions most photographers have.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position (4:21)

Creating a great customer experience (18:39)

Technique for time management (25:30)

Book Recommendation (33:03)

Donald Miller's Business Books

Free to Focus by Michael Hyatt

When did Danielle begin outsourcing? (39:07)

Initial apprehensions of photographers when considering outsourcing (40:15)

  1. Cost

  2. Losing "control" of their style

How much time did Danielle spend editing her own images? (47:05)

How did outsourcing editing shift other areas of business for Danielle? (51:00)

What was Danielle's revenue increase after outsourcing editing? (51:54)

Why is communication so important when working with an editor? (59:47)

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org

https://www.photographersedit.com

https://www.danielleblewittphotography.com

https://www.danielleblewitt.com

https://www.instagram.com/photogsedit

Take 50% off your 1st order of $50 or more with Photographer's Edit using this link:

https://oes.photographersedit.com/DBPhotos

View Details

Slowing down and truly being present with clients can lead to beautiful, real-life images being captured. Implementing long-form sessions into your business can help you do just that.

In episode 532 of The Bokeh Podcast, Rachel Larsen Weaver takes us on the journey of her long-form sessions, and explains why this format works for her business. Listen in as she shares how she uses film and everyday messy life to document the true art that is the life of her clients.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position (3:08)

Inspiration for Rachel's photographic style (13:08)

Immediate Family by Sally Mann

At 12 by Sally Mann

Creating a great customer experience (16:13)

Technique for time management (24:02)

Outsourcing/Delegation (27:13)

Book Recommendation (34:42)

Women Who Run with the Wolves by Clarissa Pinkola EstĂŠs

Background of Rachel's transition to long-form sessions (39:08)

"Worry less about creating the perfect image and instead strive for the honest one" (45:44)

What a long-form session looks like with Rachel (50:15)

How many rolls of film are shot in a session? (54:47)

Rachel's Go-To Equipment (55:40)

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org

https://www.rachellarsenweaver.com

https://www.nownowschool.com

https://www.instagram.com/rachel.larsen.weaver

https://www.instagram.com/nownowschool


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

How many memberships or subscriptions do you have as an individual? Have you considered offering a membership to your clients so that they feel like they are part of a "team" or exclusive group?

Consider the benefits: consistent income, minimal education needed after the first session, easy add-ons, and more! In episode 531 of the Bokeh Podcast, Annemie Tonken walks us through her process of portrait memberships for clients. Listen to hear steps and must-do's for starting the membership, as well as tips for how to effectively maintain and grow the membership.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position (3:07)

Book Recommendation (15:10)

Tiny Beautiful Things by Cheryl Strayed

Scary Close by Donald Miller

Creating a great customer experience (17:50)

Technique for time management (21:32)

Michael Hyatt's Full Focus Planner

Outsourcing/Delegation (around 22:52)

What exactly is a portrait membership? (25:30)

What is the pricing structure of the portrait membership? (27:43)

Potential drawbacks to running a portrait membership (32:56)

How to get started with a portrait membership (36:43)

  1. Plan, plan, plan!

  2. Implement legally appropriate contracts

  3. Set up key technical functionality (self-scheduling, automatic billing)

Key ideas for managing the portrait membership (55:04)

  1. Clear and consistent communication is key!

  2. Take care of your members! (locked-in pricing, easily accessible galleries, surprises!)

Links:

https://www.thiscantbethathard.com

https://www.megapixie.com/

https://www.instagram.com/thiscantbethat

https://www.bokehbookshelf.com

Business Brainstorming with Colie James:

https://www.thiscantbethathard.com/podcast/129

The Simple Sales System:

https://www.thiscantbethathard.com/321bpmcsp

View Details

We are in the midst of what has been called "The Great Resignation" in 2021. People are leaving their jobs, and many are starting their own businesses. But is it really that easy?

It can be if you follow the advice that Christora Osters gives in episode 530 of The Bokeh Podcast! Listen in to hear about some of the challenges and unexpected setbacks that most new business owners face, and also the proactive strategies for dealing with them. Heed the advice and you'll be on your way to building and growing a successful company!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position (3:06)

Creating a great customer experience (12:52)

Technique for time management (26:36)

Outsourcing/Delegation (38:41)

Book Recommendation (48:17)

Atomic Habits by James Clear

3 things to expect when starting a business (51:15)

  1. The cost of starting a business and the cost of running a business are 2 different things!

  2. People will not just come to you when they see your photos - marketing is key!

  3. Expect to have moments of failure - figure out why there are failures and make changes!

Marketing challenges and strategies for starting a new business (57:07)

  1. Reactive vs. Proactive marketing strategies

  2. Understand SEO

  3. Conduct market research to learn about your competition

How to create a balance between the "grind" and having a life when starting a business (1:06:39)

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org

https://www.instagram.com/greenapplephotoky

https://greenappleweddings.co/


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

When you have sports or senior clients who want to be photographed in a unique location, it sometimes creates a difficult situation for the photographer when it comes to lighting. How can that situation be resolved so that the client receives the images they want, and the photographer is able to capture well-lit images?

Clark Sanders says, "Take the studio outside!" In episode 529 of the Bokeh Podcast, hear strategies that Clark uses to create both natural and cinematic style lighting scenarios for his sports and senior portraits - with little extra equipment! Check out the simple steps he takes to ensure his images are correct in the camera with little to no extra work needed in post-production.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position (4:10)

Creating a great customer experience (7:30)

Technique for time management (16:58)

Outsourcing/Delegation (20:44)

Book Recommendation (23:52)

Worth Every Penny by Erin Verbeck and Sarah Petty

What does "dramatic lighting" actually mean? (29:02)

Concepts that Drive Clark's Approach to Lighting (37:23)

  1. Use of Ambient Light - expose for the ambient light first and adjust as needed!

  2. Placement of studio light - keep it as close to the subject but out of the frame

  3. Camera settings - manually adjust settings based on the mood/lighting situation

  4. Favorite lighting gear - Godox AD200

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org

https://www.sportsextractions.com

https://www.clarksandersphotography.com

https://www.instagram.com/clarksanders

https://www.zackarias.com

https://www.joeyl.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

As entrepreneurs, we tend to put everything BUT ourselves as a priority. How can we successfully build a business while still taking care of ourselves and those that we care about?

Courtney L. Porter, LCSW shares with us the strategies that she teaches her clients for practicing healthy self-care in order to better serve others. Listen in to episode 528 of the Bokeh Podcast to hear how to balance self-care with work and life responsibilities in order to improve your life both personally and professionally.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position (2:30)

Creating a great customer experience (6:53)

Technique for time management (11:37)

Outsourcing/Delegation (16:35)

Book Recommendation (19:00)

The Power of Your Subconscious Mind by Joesph Murphy

How can we keep our feelings from taking over our behaviors and mindset? (23:55)

Courtney's definition of self-care (27:52)

Where is the balance between self-care and narcissism (32:23)

Do we need as much self-care as we are seeing in our culture? (34:54)

What is the distinction between a want and a need? (38:43)

How photographers can better take care of themselves which will lead to serving others well (42:13)

RIB Method:

  1. Rest - take a break! Don't overextend yourself

  2. Identity - avoid the imposter syndrome

  3. Boundaries - know your limitations in order to capitalize on your strengths

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org

https://www.courtneylporter.com

https://www.instagram.com/courtneylporterlcsw

https://www.marcusdporter.com

https://www.instagram.com/marcusdporterweddings

https://www.instagram.com/marcusdporterstudios

https://hubermanlab.com/

YouTube video by Matt D'Avella


See

View Details

Do you feel stuck with your work? Do you browse social media and wish you or your business were as "successful" as other photographers?

Twyla Jones is here to tell you how to stop playing the comparison game, be brave, and do your thing! Listen in to episode 527 of The Bokeh Podcast to hear the hard truths about the behaviors you may be exhibiting that are causing you to feel stuck, and strategies that you can put into play that can help you to break out of that rut in order to grow your business!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position (4:22)

Creating a great customer experience (8:09)

Technique for time management (13:25)

Outsourcing/Delegation (17:05))

Book Recommendation (23:04)

Show Your Work by Austin Kleon

How can photographers think outside the box to be more creative in their work? (28:06)

What are some behaviors that get in the way of growing a business? (37:50)

  1. Playing it safe to avoid failure and for the sake of consistency

  2. Comparison - ask yourself "why" 3 times if you're finding yourself wanting something you don't have

  3. Imposter syndrome

How can photographers better balance the importance they place on their work as it relates to their identity? (52:11)

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org

https://www.emotionalstorytelling.com

https://www.instagram.com/somethingrad


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

"Referrals are the foundation of the marketing pyramid." - Daniel Moyer, episode 526.

In ep 526, Daniel Moyer shares his technique for building relationships with his clients that go beyond the traditional client/photographer interaction and engagement. Listen in to hear how his deep relationships have not only built connections with his current clients, but have also been the main source of his future referrals.

Brand Position (8:07)

Creating a great customer experience (14:11)

Technique for time management (17:22)

Book Recommendations (22:35)

Profit First by Mike Michalowicz

A Simple Path to Wealth by J. L. Collins

Manage Your Day to Day by 99U

Ask Powerful Questions: Create Conversations that Matter by Will Wise

What were the pain points that led to the change in Dan's business? (27:40)

5 Steps for Transforming Your Photo Business (33:28)

  1. Knowledge is Power - Don't just learn facts to learn about your clients, KNOW them

  2. Differentiate yourself by flipping the wedding photography script

  3. Be along for the journey, not just the booking and the wedding day

  4. Seek positive emotion to anchor decision-making to - sell good feelings, not fear

  5. Referrals are the most valuable form of marketing currency

Links:

https://www.focusedphotographers.com

https://www.danielmoyerphotography.com/

https://www.instagram.com/danielmoyerphoto

https://www.instagram.com/getfocusedphotographers


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Managing a photography business is an art, but managing a high-volume wedding photography business takes that to a different level. How can one person manage all of the moving parts necessary to keep one moving forward?

In episode 525 of The Bokeh Podcast, Rick Liston shares the processes he has developed for his high-volume wedding photography business that have allowed him to manage 100 weddings per year - and keep his sanity. Listen in to hear the pre-and post-wedding workflow strategies for delegating and streamlining the time-consuming tasks that bog down photographers.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position (3:58)

Creating a great customer experience (10:40)

Technique for time management (12:30)

Outsourcing/Delegation (15:20)

Book Recommendation (19:58)

Never Lose a Customer Again by Joey Coleman

Description and background of Rick's business model(24:40)

Principles that drive efficient workflows (33:50)

Most important pre-wedding workflow steps (37:35)

  1. Share ideas and tips with couples prior to the wedding day

  2. Collect vendor data prior to the wedding for post-wedding sharing

  3. Gather information about your couples prior to the wedding for points of connection on the day

Post-wedding workflow (43:00)

  1. Outsource editing, but share a sample slideshow the day after the wedding

  2. Automate the sales process - set up a gift registry!

  3. Utilize a Virtual Assistant for tasks such as album design and blog posts

Key steps for communication when outsourcing editing (45:18)

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org

https://www.rickliston.com

https://www.weddingworkflows.com

https://www.instagram.com/rick_liston

https://www.instagram.com/weddingworkflowsh

ttps://www.studioninja.co/

https://www.shootproof.com/tave

https://www.dubsado.com/

View Details

The dreaded word - taxes. Few of us truly understand them, all of us have to pay them. Can we be proactive in avoiding the most common tax mistakes in order to have a simpler, less stressful tax paying experience?

Pay close attention to episode 524 of The Bokeh Podcast as Braden Drake, Tax Attorney and Accounting Consultant for creatives, breaks down the top 5 tax mistakes that most creatives tend to make, and provides simple explanations and solutions for how to avoid them! Listen in as he shares resources and tips for how to break the cycle of poor management and decision-making when it comes to your financial and tax habits!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position (5:22)

Creating a great customer experience (9:12)

Technique for time management (13:00)

Outsourcing/Delegation (18:30)

Book Recommendation (22:00)

Traction: Get a Grip on Your Business by Gino Wickman

Atomic Habits by James Clear

Unf*ck Your Biz Book by Braden Drake

Top 5 Tax Mistakes (25:25)

  1. Failing to pay quarterly taxes (or saving for quarterly taxes)

  2. Not understanding the basics of taxes

  3. Overspending to "save" in taxes

  4. Poor record-keeping

  5. Forming an S Corporation at the wrong time

Mistake #1 - Information about paying quarterly taxes (26:18)

Mistake #2 - A breakdown of the basics (28:48)

Mistake #3 - How photographers tend to overspend (30:25)

Mistake #4 - Tips for best record-keeping habits (33:25)

Mistake #5 - Explanation of S-Corps and the benefits/drawbacks to creating one (40:05)

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org

https://www.bradendrake.com

https://www.bradendrake.com/podcast

View Details

What do you offer to your clients that sets you apart from your competition? But the bigger question is - how do you share that message with potential clients?

In episode 523 of The Bokeh Podcast, Jess Fernandez of Maui Family Photo dives into what is unique about her photography business, and how she can state those features simply and concisely in order to draw in her ideal clients. Listen in to hear the ideas and potential brand position statements that may help Jess stand apart from the competition in her market.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Background and focus of Jess's photography business (3:20)

Definition of a Brand Position Statement: (9:17)

A unique value proposition (UVP) that sets your business apart from the competition in your market.

Benefits of a Clear and Distinct Brand Positioning: (10:00)

A. Enables Potential Clients to Immediately Know Your UVP

B. Filters Irrelevant Potential Clients

C. Simplifies/Focuses Marketing Efforts

D. Encourages Better Time Management

Focus of Jess's photography business (12:50)

What sets Jess apart from her competition (24:30)

Pain points of Jess's client base (32:11)

Analysis of Jess's competition (40:50)

Potential Brand Position Statements (1:01:02)

Maui's Most Fun Family Photographer

Links:

charitywater.com

https://www.mauifamily.photography/

https://www.instagram.com/mauifamilyphoto


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Potential clients see your amazing work posted on social media. They also see a similar style of images from your competition. What unique strategies can you use to set yourself apart in order to book those clients?

Send your clients on a virtual journey of what it is like to work with you! Sean Brown joins us for episode 522 of The Bokeh Podcast to explain how to convey the client journey in your marketing efforts. Listen in to hear strategies for not only building out the steps for your client journey but also sharing it in a strategic way that will sell them before they even speak with you!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position (3:41)

Biggest lesson learned since Sean's first episode (14:30)

Why photographers need to do more than just "show up" on social media (20:23)

How is "client journey" defined by Sean? (23:50)

Phases in a client journey (36:09)

  1. Before the session

  2. During the session

  3. After the session

  4. Educational/Marketing

What are the keys to the educational/marketing phase? (40:35)

  1. Explain the "why" behind the services you offer (features and benefits)

  2. Differentiate your SM content to best fit the different platforms and phases of the client journey

Advice for photographers to begin thinking like a CEO (48:00)

How to build the "during the session" phase of your client's journey (50:49)

How to multi-task during a session in order to capture content for Social Media (56:05)

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org

Sean's first Bokeh episode - Episode390

instagram.com/seanbrownproductions

https://www.seanbrownproductions.com

https://www.seanbrownproductions.com/photographers

Sean's vlog of the client journey


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

What are you doing to stand out amongst the throngs of photographers in your market? A strong, distinct brand positioning is a great place to start.

In episode 521 of the Bokeh Podcast, Kirsten Ogden of Kirsten J. Photography joins us to dig into how she can set herself apart in her market as a wedding and couple's photographer focusing on adventurous couples. Listen in to hear the recommendations and ideas that will help her stand out from her competition!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Definition of a Brand Position Statement: (2:55)

A unique value proposition (UVP) that sets your business apart from the competition in your market.

Benefits of a Clear and Distinct Brand Positioning: (3:50)

A. Enables Potential Clients to Immediately Know Your UVP

B. Filters Irrelevant Potential Clients

C. Simplifies/Focuses Marketing Efforts

D. Encourages Better Time Management

Focus and location of Kirsten's photography business (6:08)

What sets Kirsten apart from her competition? (13:25)

Pain points of client base (19:15)

Kirsten's motivation for starting her photography business (26:10)

Analysis of competition (39:35)

Potential Brand Position Statements (1:01:27)

Christchurch's Premier Photographic Experience for Couples

Christchurch's Premier Photographer for Couples

The South Island's Premier Photographic Experience

Links:

https://www.charitywater.org/

https://www.kirstenjphoto.com/

http://instagram.com/kirstenjphoto

Ready to begin working on Brand Positioning for your business? Check out our free downloadable worksheet today, and learn more about how to position yourself in your market!


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

The "hustle life" of putting your head down and knocking out tasks can drain you of your creativity. How can you ensure that you are finding ways to mix creativity into your productive work life?

In episode 520 of The Bokeh Podcast, Kalla Ramberg shares her strategies for finding ways to infuse creativity into daily tasks, and for making intentional decisions for her business that allow creativity to shine through. Listen in to hear tips for finding the flow that will allow you to avoid the burnout that comes from focusing on productivity and neglecting your creative drive.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position (3:13)

Creating a great customer experience (13:09)

Technique for time management (18:35)

Book Recommendation (23:20)

The Power of Now by Eckhart Tolle

Delegation/Outsourcing (29:26)

How productivity gives Kalla "flow" to be more creative (43:50)

Tips for how to be both productive and creative (49:28)

  1. Be intentional with what you're doing

  2. Be self-aware to evaluate whether or not what you're doing is killing creativity

  3. Infuse creativity into daily work

  4. Make time to do "fun" work (even if it is unpaid)

Links:

charitywater.org

kallarambergphotography.ca

instagram.com/kallarambergphotography

bokehbookshelf.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

You have the creative aspects of your business down, and you enjoy them immensely. But what about the systems and processes that actually drive your business to be profitable? How structured are you in implementing those to maximize profit?

In episode 519 of The Bokeh Podcast, Olie Moss of Equine Photo School shares how he grew his business to a 6-figure business, several times over! Listen in as he shares the key areas where processes and workflows are crucial, and the tools and tricks that he uses to implement those workflows in order to drive sales, and ultimately maximum profit, for his business.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position (2:55)

Creating a great customer experience (5:04)

Technique for time management (8:08)

Outsourcing/Delegation (10:22)

Book Recommendation (12:55)

The One Thing by Gary Keller

Tools of Titans by Tim Ferris

Rise of the Youpreneur by Chris Ducker

Important principles for leading a team (20:41)

The development and growth of Olie's business (26:17)

Why photographers tend to focus on art over systems (30:18)

What are the most important systems that photographers should implement in their businesses? (41:40)

  1. Customer acquisition and retention

  2. In-person experience

  3. Sales process

How Olie provides the best in-person experience possible for his clients (51:00)

Olie's photographic process (53:55)

The sales process (58:13)

Links:

charitywater.org

instagram.com/oliesimages

equinephotoschool.com/

www.oliesimages.com/home

zenfolio.com/


See

View Details

Just imagine. . .you walk into a restaurant and your favorite foods are already on the table, a server that knows your preferences is waiting for you, and your favorite music is playing in the background. Before you've taken a bite, you're in awe of the experience and raving about the restaurant already. What if your clients felt that way when walking into a session with you?

In episode 518 of The Bokeh Podcast, Stefanie Cole shares with us how she differentiates herself as a photographer by providing a client experience that is unique and first-class. Listen in to hear how she built her brand to attract her ideal client, including tips for how to start a client closet that is unlike anything you've seen!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position (2:40)

Technique for time management (8:30)

Outsourcing/Delegation (13:50)

Book Recommendation (19:30)

Building a StoryBrand by Donald Miller

What was the AHA moment for Stefanie that caused the transition to focusing on client experience (25:38)

What elements of Stefanie's business were "leveled up" to provide a better client experience? (33:20)

  1. The Client Closet and Client Styling

  2. Planning and communication

  3. Marketing the experience that will be provided

  4. Managing kids during a phase

How does Stefanie draw in her ideal client? (45:00)

  1. Controlling the perception of her business's brand

  2. Underpromising and overdelivering

  3. Consistency

  4. Scarcity

What are 3 elements of a strong client closet? (49:23)

  1. Build your brand's style first in order to draw in your ideal client

  2. Charge enough to build and maintain the closet

  3. Buy durable, versatile clothing

Links:

charitywater.org

stefaniecolephotography.com

instagram.com/stefaniecolephotography

https://www.dubsado.com/

https://www.stewleonards.com/

balticborn.com

Reclamation Gowns


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Is your IPS process complicated, stressful, or even non-existent? Having a simple, dare we say enjoyable, IPS process can be accomplished!

Sarah Andrew of Sarah Michal Boudoir has created an IPS process that drives higher sales for her business and provides her clients with an enjoyable, oftentimes emotional experience. Listen in to episode 517 of The Bokeh Podcast to hear the detailed steps she takes to drive sales in a simplistic, low-stress way!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Sarah's explanation of what IPS is for photographers (7:10)

How Sarah shifted her IPS Process (11:15)

Sarah's process for client sessions and IPS (17:20 )

  1. Inquiry phase

  2. Phone Consult to set expectations and explain the process - booking session happens on the call!

  3. Share brochure/email with package options and pricing

  4. Session Day!

  5. Hold the image reveal -same day or schedule in the future

  6. Delivery Process

Image Reveal/IPS (37:40)

  1. Provide clients with sample products (if in person) - tangible products drive more sales!

  2. Lead clients in the direction of the sale you want to make

  3. Keep the product options simple!

How Sarah manages a same-day image reveal! (40:00)

Sarah's delivery process (47:27)

Links:

charitywater.org

Sarah's First Episode: Bokeh Podcast Episode 512

www.sarahmichalphotography.com/

www.instagram.com/sarahmichalboudoir/

www.honeybook.com/

www.canva.com/

whcc.com/


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you struggling with where your business is now versus where you would like for it to be? When was the last time you stepped back to evaluate your focus and the intentionality behind what you do?

In episode 516 of The Bokeh Podcast, LaJoy Cox joins us to share her strategies for helping photography business owners reach their goals and beyond! Listen in to hear the mindset that photographers need to have and practical steps that they can take to move their business forward - and make more money!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position (2:35)

Creating a great customer experience (9:57)

Technique for time management (11:48)

Outsourcing/Delegation (14:42)

Book Recommendation (20:45)

Photography Business Secrets by Lara White

"We love what we do, let's get paid well while we do it" (28:29)

Photographers need to be at least one of the following in order to make money (29:42)

  1. cheap

  2. fast

  3. great

The significance of "slow and steady wins the race" when it comes to running a photography business (33:20)

Steps photographers need to take to start making more money (38:27)

  1. Get out of their own way

  2. Be willing to change along the way

The significance of picking a focus for your business (49:50)

Links:

charitywater.org

lajoyphotography.com

instagram.com/lajoyphotographyllc

huehousestudios.com

instagram.com/huehouseatl


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Keywords: the words potential clients use when searching for a photographer! Are you including keywords on your website that will actually drive traffic to your business?

Kyle Goldie is here to explain how to strategize in order to find and use the best keywords for your website! Listen in to episode 515 as he shares the types of keywords to use, as well as tools for monitoring not only your own site, but also your competitor's in order to stay at the top of the list.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position (2:39)

Creating a great customer experience (10:48)

Technique for time management (15:40)

What are keywords and how do they relate to SEO? (29:00)

How do photographers strategize with keywords? (38:13)

Types of keywords :

  1. Transactional (area + job title)

  2. Brand awareness

  3. Value

Tools for using the "Right" keywords (45:53)

Keywords Everywhere Chrome extension

Keyword Surfer Chrome Extension

Keyword Chef

Main steps to take for optimizing your website (52:31)

  1. Do your SEO keyword research

  2. Optimize your on-page SEO (titles, meta descriptions, etc.)

  3. Check your website structure to ensure you're converting

  4. Use an outside resource to check pricing structure

Links:

charitywater.org

kylegoldie.com/help

instagram.com/kylegoldie


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Styled shoots are only beneficial for creating content for submissions to publications. WRONG! Styled shoots can be maximized to grow relationships and ultimately your business!

Take the lead from Leandra Caprini-Rosica in episode 514 of the Bokeh Podcast, and begin creating styled shoots with the goal of building relationships! Listen in as she shares several opportunities that photographers can capitalize on through these shoots in order to build those relationships that matter!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position (3:52)

Creating a great customer experience (8:11)

Technique for time management (15:30)

Outsourcing/Delegation (19:22)

Podcast Recommendations (25:48)

Learn to Launch with Nicola Dixon

The Jasmine Star Show

The Goaldigger Podcast with Jenna Kutcher

Pursuit of Bliss with Kristen Jenna

Chase Jarvis Show Live

Make Your Break with Jai Long

Expanded with Lacy Phillips

No F*cks Given with Sarah Knight

Leandra's first experience of a styled shoot (33:03)

Opportunities photographers can capitalize on to build relationships in styled shoots (38:08)

  1. Acknowledging that styled shoots are a collaboration - not just yours

  2. Don't just ask - give before you need

  3. Use real couples

  4. Provide a timeline for the shoot

  5. Lead with gratitude and love

Links:

charitywater.org

leandracreativeco.com

instagram.com/leandracreativecophoto

photographersedit.com

miilu.com


See acast.co

View Details

What are you doing to stand out amongst the throngs of photographers in your market? A strong, distinct brand positioning is a great place to start.

In episode 513 of the Bokeh Podcast, Sunshine Miller of Natural Sunshine Photography joins us to explore how she can capitalize on her unique location as a way to grow her business. Listen in to hear the recommendations and ideas that will help her stand out from her competition!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Definition of a Brand Position Statement: (2:00)

A unique value proposition (UVP) that sets your business apart from the competition in your market.

Benefits of a Clear and Distinct Brand Positioning: (3:00)

A. Enables Potential Clients to Immediately Know Your UVP

B. Filters Irrelevant Potential Clients

C. Simplifies/Focuses Marketing Efforts

D. Encourages Better Time Management

Focus of Sunshine's photography business (6:14)

Gatlinburg, TN

Families and couples (occasional weddings)

Outdoor focus in the Great Smoky Mountain National Park

Pain points of Sunshine's client base (23:24)

Driving motivation for Sunshine and her photography business (26:15)

Analysis of Sunshine's competition (32:00)

Potential Brand Position Statements (50:25)

Gatlinburg's Premier Family Photographer

The Smoky Mountain Family Photographer

Smoky Mountain Portrait Family Photographer

Heart-warming Family Photographer in the Smoky Mountains

Links:

charitywater.com

naturalsunshinephotography.com

instagram.com/naturalsunshinephotos

pixieset.com

keywordseverywhere.com

fuelyourphotos.com

Ready to begin working on Brand Positioning for your business? Check out our free downloadable worksheet today, and learn more about how to position yourself in your market!


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do your clients tend to stick to the "basic" package you offer, limiting your revenue? Have you considered increasing what you include in your packages, and nixing the idea of add-ons?

Check out episode 512 of The Bokeh Podcast, as Sarah Andrew of Sarah Michal Boudoir shares how she provides her clients with an all-inclusive package, which has raised her revenue significantly! Gone are the days of upselling and managing options - everything is included for one session fee, and pre-sales of prints and albums make the process even more streamlined!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position (3:00)

Creating a great customer experience (4:10)

Technique for time management (10:00)

Outsourcing/Delegation (15:35)

Podcast Recommendations (20:28)

Manifestation Babe Podcast

Michael Sasser Education

IPS Mastermind - Revive Course

Alex Loveland Education

What was the motivation for Sarah to create an all-inclusive experience for clients? (25:27)

Steps leading up to the shoot:

  1. Phone consult with the potential client

  2. Follow-up email, welcome brochure, and a questionnaire about the client

  3. Pre-shoot consultation (including pre-ordering and paying the session fee)

Day of the shoot:

  1. Getting to know each other during hair and make-up (which is provided)

  2. Client closet selections

  3. During the shoot - demonstrate poses and show the client the images on the back of the camera

Steps Sarah takes following a shoot

  1. Walk the client through product offerings

  2. Schedule a time for the image reveal

  3. Hold the image reveal/ordering session

What Sarah's VIP Facebook group entails (46:55)

Links:

charitywater.org

sarahmichalphotography.com

instagram.com/sarahmichalboudoir

instagram.com/sarahmichalphotoraphy

facebook.com/sarahmichalphotography

honeybook.com

whcc.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

How easy is it for potential clients to navigate through your website? Do you make it clear for them to actually get information about you and easily take the "next step" to book you?

In episode 511 of the Bokeh Podcast, Julia Bocchese of Julia Renee Consulting shares simple, practical steps that any business owner can take to audit their website for optimal user experience. Listen in to ensure you are providing your potential clients with a clear way to engage on your website, which can lead to more bookings!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position (4:30)

Creating a great customer experience (6:56)

Technique for time management (10:38)

Outsourcing/Delegation (13:25)

Book Recommendation (15:04)

Company of One by Paul Jarvis

Rework by Jason Freed

Definition of UX (User Experience) (19:46)

How users interact with either a product or website

How photographers can start auditing their websites (24:14)

Start with Google Analytics to analyze time spent on your site, bounce rate, and number of pages per session

How page speed is related to SEO (37:53)

Steps photographers can do now to make improvements (45:07)

  1. Check navigation and see what you've named your links

  2. Have CTA's (Calls to Action) on every page and at the end of blog posts

  3. Structure blog posts to be visually appealing (photos interspersed in text)

How can photographers track the improvements to their site? (55:10)

  1. Continue to check Google Analytics after making changes to your site

  2. Track the number of leads you're receiving after making changes

Links:

charitywater.org

instagram.com/juliareneeconsulting

juliareneeconsulting.com

PageSpeed Insights

gtmetrix.com


See acast.com/priv

View Details

What are you doing to stand out amongst the throngs of photographers in your market? A strong, distinct brand positioning is a great place to start.

In episode 510 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nikki Shefchik of Daphodil Photo joins us to explore how she can incorporate her focus on IPS to her brand position. Listen in to hear the recommendations and ideas that will help her stand out from her competition!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Location of Nikki's photography business: Appleton, Wisconsin (3:45)

Definition of a Brand Position Statement: (5:25)

A unique value proposition (UVP) that sets your business apart from the competition in your market.

Benefits of a Clear and Distinct Brand Positioning: (6:10)

A. Enables Potential Clients to Immediately Know Your UVP

B. Filters Irrelevant Potential Clients

C. Simplifies/Focuses Marketing Efforts

Nikki's focus: Family and Newborn Photography (8:46)

Pain points of Nikki's client base (23:00)

Driving motivation for Nikki and her photography business (29:32)

Analysis of Nikki's competition (39:00)

Potential Brand Position Statement (57:44)

Heirloom Photographs for Appleton Families

Links:

charitywater.com

daphodilphoto.com

instagram.com/daphodilphoto


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do your marketing efforts feel like single dominos, falling one by one - but not quite close enough to the next to have a continued motion?

Proactively planning and producing marketing strategies that work together to create value and move your business forward can be game-changing! Ben Hartley is here for episode 509 to help set the stage for creating a more cohesive marketing plan - one that will produce a true domino effect!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position (15:17)

Creating a great customer experience (17:05)

Technique for time management (23:36)

Book Recommendation (31:33)

Essentialism by Greg McKeown

How photographers aren't connecting their marketing efforts (36:40)

Where did the idea of a chain reaction marketing plan come from? (52:40)

What questions should photographers be asking regarding their marketing efforts? (58:58)

  1. How can I use this effort to move my business closer to the vision I have for my life?

  2. Who else can I partner with to make this a success?

  3. How can I move this effort off the screen and to a more personal connection?

Links:

charitywater.org

benhartley.com

benartley.com/mastermind

instagram.com/styleandstory

instagram.com/jbenhartley

The Six Figure Photography Podcast


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Taking the leap into owning your own business can be overwhelming, to say the least. Feeling stuck and unsure of how to move forward can impede the process and cause some photographers to let go of their dream.

Ashley Freehan of The Purpose Gathering is here to help photographers push through those hindering feelings, and create that successful business! Listen in to episode 508 of The Bokeh Podcast as Ashley walks us through her journey of going from part-timer to CEO, and the practical steps that photographers, or any business owner, can take to reach the goals and dreams they've set for themselves.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Technique for time management (3:20)

Brand Position (10:25)

Creating a great customer experience (21:42)

Outsourcing/Delegation (31:23)

Book Recommendation (35:18)

Atomic Habits

Hands-free Life by Rachel Macy Stafford

Ashley's background and transition to photography (38:25)

Dealing with overwhelm through transition (around 43:49)

Steps to take in order to make change (49:30)

  1. Prioritize self-care by establishing boundaries

  2. Ditch the victim mentality

  3. Leverage difficult circumstances for growth

  4. Stop comparing yourself to others

  5. Define success for yourself

Links:

charitywater.org

instagram.com/ashleyfreehanphotography

instagram.com/thepurposegathering

thepurposegathering.com

Building a StoryBrand by Donald Miller

View Details

Classy and sassy: two words that somewhat clash in meaning. Finding a way to capture the feel of both words in a boudoir image? Golden!

In episode 507 of The Bokeh Podcast, Magdalena Iskra of Pure Boudoir describes how she uses a minimalistic approach when creating these classy but sassy images with her clients. Listen in to hear how she aims to produce tasteful and elegant images while showing off the bold and confident side of the women she photographs.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position (6:53)

Creating a great customer experience (8:45)

Technique for time management (11:40)

Outsourcing/Delegation (15:10)

Workshop Recommendations (18:00)

WPPI

Rocco Ancora

Why the classic and timeless style is important to Magdalena (26:30)

What is Magdalena's lighting setup? (28:18)

Why less is more when it comes to props and backgrounds (33:16)

What does, "stay classy, stay sassy" mean? (37:08)

Links:

charitywater.org

pureboudoir.com

instagram.com/pureboudoir

facebook.com/pureboudoir


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

What are you doing to stand out amongst the throngs of photographers in your market? A strong, distinct brand positioning is a great place to start.

In episode 506 of the Bokeh Podcast, Loren Haar of Lore Photography joins Nathan to refine her brand positioning and develop a clear and distinct position statement to capture the specific style she offers to clients. Listen in to hear the recommendations and ideas that will help her stand out from her competition!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Location of Loren's photography business: Ventura County, CA (2:40)

Definition of a Brand Positioning Statement: (3:55)A unique value proposition (UVP) that sets your business apart from the competition in your market.

Benefits of a Clear and Distinct Brand Position: (4:50)

A. Enables Potential Clients to Immediately Know Your UVP

B. Filters Irrelevant Potential Clients

C. Simplifies/Focuses Marketing Efforts

D. Encourages Better Time Management

Loren's focus: Documentary family photography and wedding photojournalism (6:05)

Loren's description of documentary-style photography vs. lifestyle photography (9:02)

Driving motivation for Loren and her photography business (32:00)

Analysis of Loren's competition (39:26)

Potential Brand Position Statement (1:03)

Ventura's Documentary Photographer

Ventura's Premier Documentary Photographer

Links:

charitywater.com

lorephotography.com

instagram.com/lorephotographyventura

moz.com

Building a StoryBrand by Donald Miller

Ready to begin working on Brand Positioning for your business? Check out our free downloadable worksheet today, and learn more about how to position yourself in your market!


See acast.com/privacy for

View Details

"You need to work more." "The house isn't clean enough - why are you resting when you should be cleaning?" We all have that inner critic that we tend to listen to, causing us to feel overwhelmed and always "busy."

As business owners, it is easy to get caught up in feeling stressed and overwhelmed, causing us to run our businesses in a way that is not productive. In episode 505 of The Bokeh Podcast, Aja White of Fur and Lace Photography shares not only what causes us to feel overwhelmed, but also practical tools for helping to change our mindset in order to be more positive and productive in life and business!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position (9:28)

Creating a great customer experience (14:56)

Technique for time management (19:08)

Outsourcing/Delegation (24:26)

Book Recommendation (27:40)

Untamed by Glennon Doyle

Playing Big by Tara Mohr

Aja's experiences that led to feeling overwhelmed (29:55)

3 Issues that are at the root of overwhelm: (35:40)

  1. We choose to be overwhelmed

  2. We listen to our inner-critic

  3. Lack of awareness of how time is spent

4 Tools for addressing overwhelm: (39:26)

  1. Start with gratitude

  2. Don't be so serious

  3. Develop a pre-shoot routine

  4. Have systems in place

Links:

charitywater.org

furandlacephotography.com

instagram.com/furandlacephoto

instagram.com/refocus.and.refresh

instagram.com/kimimcoaching

toggl.com

trello.com

Untethered Soul by Michael Singer

View Details

Are you genuinely engaging with your clients and potential clients in a way that makes them feel like more than a number? Don't they deserve to feel valued and appreciated?

John Mansfield of All Heart Photography truly lives out the name of his business - he puts his heart into his interactions with clients. When potential clients shared with him that they have felt like a number with photographers, he made it a goal to change that perception. Listen in to episode 504 of The Bokeh Podcast to hear his proactive approach to building genuine relationships with his clients.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position (7:43)

Creating a great customer experience (12:36)

Technique for time management (18:41)

Outsourcing/Delegation (24:53)

Book Recommendation (35:57)

The Stack by Shaun Gordon

Photographers treating clients like a number (40:48)

4 ways photographers can bring genuine energy to clients (45:43)

  1. Show interest in your clients - ask specific questions, then follow up with more questions!

  2. Give insight into the planning process:

a. Provide resources to help with wedding planning

b. Open line of communication - being available as a resource

c. Take notes when meeting with the client to have all of the details

d. Lead a Facebook group to post tips/tricks for planning

  1. Give gifts to clients

  2. Cheer the clients on through the experience

a. Follow them on social media - then engage!

b. Send emails that aren't only logistics-related

c. Be proactive - anticipate questions and provide answers before they ask

Links:

charitywater.org

allheartphoto.com

lightdarkco.com

kiss.us

instagram.com/allheartphoto

instagram.com/lightdarkco


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

You know the feeling - a knot is forming in your stomach and your hands begin to sweat. It's time to make a sales call to a potential client, and you'd rather be doing anything but this.

Not Carissa! Carissa Woo has found a strategy that combats the uncomfortable, dreaded sales call! Listen in to episode 503 of the Bokeh Podcast to hear how she structures her call to include fun, upbeat conversation, along with a journey through a previous wedding album, to earn the trust and affection of her potential clients.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position (4:26)

Creating a great customer experience (6:50)

Technique for time management (10:28)

Outsourcing/Delegation (13:08)

Book Recommendation (21:50)

Do Less by Katie Northrup

Why are photographers afraid of sales? (29:00)

What was the turning point that caused Carissa to focus more on her sales approach? (31:20)

Steps for a great sales call (38:00)

  1. Create rapport with small talk to get to know each other

  2. Build further rapport with photography-related questions

  3. Learn about the client's wedding day through the process of walking them through one of your albums

  4. Ask the potential client what they like about your work

  5. Presentation of the packages offered

  6. Rapid-fire questions for fun to bring the energy back up

  7. Offer bonuses to wrap up the call (such as extra time on the wedding day, a second shooter, etc.)

  8. Ask for the sale!

Questions that Carissa asks during the call (42:00)

  1. What are you looking for in a wedding photographer?

  2. What is your vision of the wedding - the vibe and the aesthetics?

  3. Fun, rapid-fire questions such as "Who kissed whom first?" and "What do you love most about your partner?"

Links:

charitywater.org

Drew Renner and Chad Brown's Bokeh Podcast Episode

Jordan Correces's Bokeh Podcast Episode 214

Jordan Correces's Bokeh Podcast Episode 428

instagram.com/carissawoo

View Details

Space is limited. Elite members only. Reservations required. All of these statements elicit the assumption of exclusivity, right? How would you like for your photography business to be thought of in that way?

Michael Sasser of Sasser Stills Boudoir has created processes in his photography business that have made him more desirable to clients, due to the feeling of exclusivity! In episode 502 of The Bokeh Podcast, he shares the steps clients must take in order to book a session with him, as well as the benefits he has seen both financially and personally. Listen in as he shares his strategy, along with a hard lesson learned in the process.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Sasser Stills Boudoir Brand Position (6:03)

Creating a great customer experience (8:24)

Technique for time management (11:00)

Outsourcing/Delegation (13:54)

Book Recommendations (18:46)

The 4-hour Workweek by Tim Ferris

This is Marketing by Seth Godin

What exclusivity means to Michael, and how he created a sense of exclusivity in his business (23:10)

  1. Limited the number of shoots and dates available for sessions

  2. Only books clients through a scheduled, personal phone call

  3. Clients receive emails with videos and information about the shoots prior to ever booking

Objectives clients must meet in order to book with Michael (32:53)

  1. Sign up for the waitlist

  2. Clients book a phone call with Michael

  3. Select one of the limited dates for a shoot during the phone call

Motivation for Michael to create this exclusivity model (42:00)

Michael's Courses (47:24)

Links:

charitywater.org

Michael's first Bokeh Podcast Interview- Episode 46

Youtube.com/michaelsasser

sasserstillsboudoir.com

instagram.com/sasserstillsboudoir

boudoircourses.com

View Details

What are you doing to stand out amongst the throngs of photographers in your market? A strong, distinct brand position is a great place to start.

In episode 501 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nadine Nasby of Nadine Nasby Photography joins us to refine her brand position as a senior and wedding photographer. Nadine has extensive experience in documentary photography and would love to incorporate more of that style into her brand. Listen in to hear the recommendations and ideas that will help her stand out from her competition!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Definition of a Brand Positioning Statement: (3:45)

A unique value proposition (UVP) that sets your business apart from the competition in your market.

Benefits of a Clear and Distinct Brand Position: (4:15)

A. Enables Potential Clients to Immediately Know Your UVP

B. Filters Irrelevant Potential Clients

C. Simplifies/Focuses Marketing Efforts

D. Encourages Better Time Management

Based in: Orlando, FL (7:30)

Focused on: Documentary wedding photography and HS Senior photography (16:30)

What Nadine is looking to accomplish with a revised brand position (34:30)

Nadine's Competition Analysis (40:20)

Nathan’s Suggestions (50:00)

  1. Include more of Nadine's past work on her website

  2. Focus on one type of photography, or build a second brand for senior photography

  3. Work with a designer to create a website that builds the brand

Potential Brand Position: "Orlando's documentary photographer"

Links:

nadinenasby.com

instagram.com/nadine_nasby_photography

fiverr.com

Bokeh Podcast Brand Positioning Worksheet


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

The adversities of 2020 caused suffering in multiple areas of life - both personal and professional. How can we move forward from those experiences to get back to a forward-moving, proactive life?

Dee and Kris Robinson were thrown not only into the pandemic, but also dealt with wildfires, riots that caused damage to their studio, racism, and more. In episode 500 of The Bokeh Podcast, Dee and Kris share with us how they dealt with both business and personal adversities, yet found opportunities to move forward and find positivity in times of struggle.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Dee and Kris's Brand Position (9:28)

Creating a great customer experience (16:42)

Technique for time management (21:38)

Outsourcing/Delegation (27:11)

What are key principles in the process of communication in delegation and leadership in business? (30:56)

Book Recommendations (35:24)

Building a StoryBrand

You're a Badass at Making Money

Never Split the Difference

Real Artists Don't Starve

Adversities that Dee and Kris have faced in the past 18 months (42:45)

  1. Wildfires in Northern California

  2. Pandemic

  3. Riots that caused damage to Dee and Kris's studio

  4. Racism directed towards Dee and Kris and their business

  5. Personal emotional struggles

What principles or ideas have helped Dee and Kris move forward from adversity?

  1. Find and acknowledge the good in bad situations

  2. Seek opportunities to help others

Kris's adventure into a new business (1

View Details

You're ready to hire an assistant. You have a friend who would be PERFECT for the position. Could it work?

Andrejka Hirschegger and Becky Gast have been friends since college, and are now in a boss-employee relationship as well! Listen in to episode 499 of The Bokeh Podcast to hear their advice for ensuring your friend is the "right" person for the job, as well as suggestions for how to set boundaries once the working relationship is in place.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Andrejka's experience of delegation through working with Photographer's Edit (4:32)

What was Andrejka's impetus for hiring an assistant? (14:45)

How did Andrejka and Becky handle the apprehension of working together as friends? (18:50)

What were Becky's initial pain points of working for a friend? (25:15)

Understanding that her work was to service Andrejka's brand

What are the top 3 qualities of a good boss - according to Becky? (27:50)

  1. Clear communication

  2. Patience

  3. Empathy

What were the learning opportunities for Andrejka in delegating to Becky? (32:25)

What would be the lines that can't be crossed that would cause Andrejka to not continue in a working relationship? (35:30)

What are the top qualities photographers should look for when hiring an assistant? (41:40)

  1. Shared values

  2. Someone who fills in your gaps

  3. Ensure you can trust who you hire

  4. Strong communication skills

Links:

charitywater.org

andrejkaphotography.com

instagram.com/andrejkaphotography


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

How often do your clients respond with extreme emotion when you deliver their wedding day memories to them? If you aren't experiencing that on a regular basis, maybe it is time to start adding video into your packages!

Taylor Jackson has not only become an expert in providing his clients with a hybrid photo + video package, but also teaches other photographers how to do the same! Listen in to episode 498 of The Bokeh Podcast to hear his advice for what to do and what to avoid when getting started in the hybrid market.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Taylor's Brand Position (19:36)

Creating a great customer experience: (26:28)

Keep efficiency at the forefront of the entire experience - even on the wedding day!

Technique for time management: (32:40)

Outsource and proactively plan in order to combine work and play

Outsourcing/Delegation: (34:55)

Photo and Video Editing

Book Recommendations: (41:30)

The Four-Hour Workweek by Tim Ferris

Medium Raw by Anthony Bourdain

Why add video? (44:27)

  1. Video allows you to tell stories in a different way

  2. Clients connect emotionally to video more than to photos

What questions should photographers ask themselves when considering whether to add video? (52:26)

  1. Are you confident enough in your photography to add in video?

  2. Can you multi-task during the wedding day?

What are a few mistakes photographers make when beginning to shoot video? (57:00)

  1. Forgetting to record video during the wedding day

  2. Selling videography before having proof that they can do it

  3. Offering too much too quickly

What are key technical concepts to keep in mind when beginning video? (1:00:44)

  1. Understand and know how to work in different lighting situations

  2. Shoot with a camera that has a fast buffer, and work with fast memory cards

  3. Don't worry with using ND filters - use a plugin during editing instead!

  4. Shoot in slow motion

  5. Shoot less to cut down on the editing process - focus on the big moments of the wedding day

Links:

charitywater.org

View Details

We all make mistakes. How we respond to them determines whether we fail forward or fail backward.

Madison Banks faced several moments of failure over the last few years, including being bullied on social media. Listen in to episode 497 of The Bokeh Podcast to learn how she was proactive in her response to those situations, which allowed her to not only move forward, but also boost her business and personal growth to the next level.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Best piece of advice for new photographers (6:33)

What does the word "failure" mean to Madison (14:47)

Examples of "failures" Madison has had over the past few years (19:25)

What are the top 3 lessons learned for moving beyond failure? (34:23)

  1. Don't let the failure define your journey as a business owner

  2. Don't let the failure define the way you treat your friends and family

  3. When you make a mistake, stop what you're doing and correct it

How Madison dealt with naysayers (46:29)

How does Madison balance self-confidence with client perception of her work? (56:07)

Links:

charitywater.org

Madison's 1st Bokeh Podcast Episode 408

instagram.com/photographymadisonbanks

madisonbanksphoto.com

withgraceandgold.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you considered offering more than the traditional photography package to your clients? Diversifying can set you apart and lead to exponential growth in your business!

In episode 496 of The Bokeh Podcast, Kelli White introduces us to the steps we can take to include video in our photography packages! Listen in to hear how with a few simple changes, you too can be a one-stop-shop for your clients!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position (4:43)

Creating a great customer experience (10:08)

Technique for time management (16:40)

Outsourcing/Delegation (20:15)

Book Recommendation (26:43)

Big Magic by Elizabeth Gilbert

The War of Art by Steven Pressfield

Kelli's process for adding video into her photography business (31:57)

Ways Video can be impactful for your business (43:48)

  1. Sets your business apart from your competition

  2. Diversifies your income

  3. Improves your photography

  4. Expands your reach

  5. Allows you to better serve your clients

Steps photographers can take to get started with video (52:20)

  1. Learn about the basic gear and settings

  2. Practice, practice, practice!

  3. Find an editing software and learn it well

  4. Do model calls

Links:

charitywater.org

kelliwhitephotography.com

shelearnsvideo.com

youtube.com/shelearnsvideo

instagram.com/kelliwhitephotography


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Sometimes your "why" and your business aren't aligned. When that happens, it might be time to pivot!

Chelsea Hollis found herself needing to pivot more than once since beginning her professional career. In episode 495 of The Bokeh Podcast, she shares how she successfully transitioned to not only a new industry, but also new market segments within the photography industry. Listen in to hear her 4 key steps for making a successful pivot.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position (5:57)

Creating a great customer experience (16:47)

  1. Constant and clear communication while serving them well

  2. Show your face and heart in marketing

Technique for time management (24:12)

Outsourcing/Delegation (31:31)

Book/Podcast Recommendation (37:20)

The Husband-Coached Childbirth - Dr. Robert Bradley

Right Up Your Allee Podcast

Chelsea's business evolution (40:34)

What is a Doula? (43:33)

4 Steps to a Successful Pivot (50:14)

  1. Determine your "why" and share that with your clients

  2. Consider the lifetime value of your current and potential clients

  3. Be present on Social Media - 4 categories for content:

  4. personal

  5. education

  6. entertainment or encouragement

  7. selling

  8. Offer a weekly/recurring resource to reach a broader audience

Links:

charitywater.org

chelseaallegra.com

instagram.com/chelseaallegra

instagram.com/milestonemamapodcast

instagram.com/theprosperworkshop

honeybook.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you including an album in your wedding packages? The simple step of adding a basic album to your most popular package could actually generate thousands of dollars in additional income on each wedding!

In episode 494 of The Bokeh Podcast, James and Jess share with us the steps that they used to not only provide their clients with a physical wedding album, but sell albums to family members of the bride and groom as well! Listen in to hear how using these simple steps generated $60k in additional income in one year!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position (11:06)

Creating a great customer experience (19:32)

Technique for time management (27:15)

Outsourcing/Delegation (34:40)

Background experience with albums (44:25)

Steps for increasing profit from album sales (49:23)

Pre-Wedding:

  1. Add an album credit into your most popular package

  2. Give the best wedding experience possible to your clients!

Post-Wedding:

  1. Design an album with no more than 3 images per page from the beginning of the wedding day to the end of the day

  2. Create a slide show set to music with those chosen images

  3. Send the link to the full gallery of images

  4. Send an email with a discounted offer to upgrade the album

  5. Finalize the album design with the client

  6. Invoice the client for the album

  7. Dropship the album to the client

  8. Repeat and scale - sell to family members!

Links:

charitywater.org

jamesandjess.com

Downloadable worksheet

instagram.com/jameswitty

instagram.com/jessfairchild

Youtube Channel

Link to Erica and Jon's episode: Bokeh Podcast #485

Link to Anna and Ryan's episode: Bokeh Podcast #458

Kiss Books


See acast.com/privacy

View Details

Pala Mikayla Kovacs booked 40 weddings in the first 6 months of starting her photography business. How is that even possible?

In episode 493 of the Bokeh Podcast, she outlines the key strategies that were used to quickly build her business to a level that many photographers spend years working to attain. Listen in for marketing tactics, relationship-building processes, and time management strategies for building and maintaining a highly successful photography business.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position (3:12)

Building relationships with clients (4:55)

Creating a great customer experience (15:18)

Techniques for time management: (20:43)

  1. Implementing a 4-day work week

  2. Planning for the next day before ending the day

Outsourcing/Delegation (27:44)

Book Recommendations: (32:23)

How to Win Friends and Influence People by Dale Carnegie

So Good They Can't Ignore You by Cal Newport

When and why did Pala start her photography business? (38:05)

Marketing tactics Pala used that resulted in booking 40 weddings within the first 6 months of business: (42:50)

  1. Build relationships with industry partners

  2. Offer free headshots for wedding planners and other industry partners

  3. Create videos for venues

  4. Offer free weddings when starting out

  5. Family front porch mini-sessions during Covid

  6. Invest in SEO

  7. Utilize Groupon

Links:

palasphotos.com

instagram.com/photosbypalamikayla


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

"Pinterest is just for moms." "People only use Pinterest to find recipes and cute ideas." Are these common misconceptions keeping you from using Pinterest as a marketing platform?

Not Carolina! In episode 492, Carolina Guzik walks listeners through practical steps of how to utilize Pinterest as a search engine in order to reach potential clients. Listen in to hear how Carolina has leveraged Pinterest to be one of the top platforms for driving potential clients to her website!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Carolina's Brand Position (2:25)

Providing a great customer experience (7:43)

Time Management Techniques (10:15)

Book Recommendation (18:00)

Steal Like an Artist by Austin Kleon

TedTalk on Steal Like an Artist

Pinterest Misconceptions (21:23)

Motivation for Carolina to use Pinterest for marketing (22:10)

Biggest mistakes that photographers are making when using Pinterest (29:11)

  1. Treating Pinterest like a Social Media platform

  2. Assuming that their audience isn't on Pinterest

  3. Not using key words or phrases for search optimization

  4. Pinning other's content

Using Pinterest as a search engine (34:50)

  1. Include information about your business in the bio description

  2. Create specific boards by niche (venues, styles, type)

  3. Provide value to clients that will lead them to your website

How much time does Carolina spend on Pinterest for marketing efforts? (45:30)

Links:

carolinaguzik.com

thetogrepublic.com

instagram.com/thetogrepublic


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

You've likely heard of brand ambassadors, or even ambassadors for senior portrait photographers, but have you ever considered incorporating ambassadors into your family photography business?

In episode 491, Heather Floyd gives away her secrets of how she developed an ambassador program for her adventure family photography business! Join in to hear the most important components for selecting ambassadors, as well as the value proposition for the ambassador. Sign us up!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Heather's Brand Position (4:30)

How Heather began marketing the adventure family photography idea (7:41)

What brought about the idea of starting an ambassador program? (14:14)

What are the most important components of an ambassador program? (16:55)

  1. Find Ambassadors who are willing to "work" with you

  2. Limit the number of Ambassadors

  3. Make the Ambassadors feel special through having responsibilities

  4. You make all of the decisions!

Value proposition for the Ambassador (various times throughout the conversation)

  1. Free images

  2. Surprise gifts throughout the year

  3. Referral credits

Links:

floydfamilyphotography.com

instagram.com/heathermaeflo

Building a StoryBrand by Donald Miller


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Which is more effective in booking clients - the attractive elements of a website or the practical information shared on the pages?

Both! Karie Denny shares with us in episode 490 of The Bokeh Podcast that a professional website should be both aesthetically appealing AND informative! Listen in as she shares tips for what to avoid when designing your website, as well as key elements that are must-haves!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Ace and Whim's Brand Position (5:15)

Creating a great customer experience (9:33)

  • Honesty

  • Patience

  • Persistence

Balancing time between family and running a business (17:49)

Book Recommendation (23:51)

Building a StoryBrand by Donald Miller

Elements of a website that are visually appealing but not necessarily helpful in converting clients: (29:16)

  1. Using pretty fonts that are difficult to read

  2. Too little copy

  3. Designing a website for peers instead of potential clients

Strategies for effective website design: (46:41)

  1. Clear and creative CTA's (Calls to Action)

  2. Include movement and transitions on your pages

  3. Have a clear and present brand position

  4. Offer a freebie that allows you to capture email/contact info

  5. Create a visual flow

Links:

aceandwhim.com

instagram.com/aceandwhim


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

How can personal faith and values transcend into the world of business? Do the habits and tendencies that we possess in our personal lives also shape how we run a business?

Loyalty, trust, honesty and intentionality are not only the core values on which Demetrius Neal built his business, but also the driving motivators in his personal life. Listen in to episode 489 of the Bokeh Podcast to hear how his faith and morals are at the foundation of his business, and how his work ethic is shaped by these guiding principles.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Demetrius' brand position (1:15)

Values that drive Demetrius' work ethic: (13:55)

  1. Loyalty

  2. Trust

Creating a great customer experience (16:55)

Delegation/Outsourcing (24:44)

Educational or Inspirational recommendation (27:50)

Demetrius' journey in religion (38:33)

What is the significance of faith in relation to his business? (46:28)

3 Habits Demetrius implements regularly to grow his business: (53:04)

  1. Pray every morning

  2. Take initiative in reaching out to potential clients

  3. Be honest

Links:

dlneal.com

instagram.com/deelneal


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

We all want to feel accepted as we are, and nowhere else does this hold more true than when we have a little less clothing on than normal!

In episode 488 of the Bokeh Podcast, Jessica Hunt shares how she is intentional about making every client feel comfortable, cared for, and celebrated - regardless of body type, race, ethnicity, gender, or sexual preference. Listen in to hear how she structures her boudoir sessions to turn them into an empowering, confidence-inspiring experience!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Jessica's entrance into and inspiration for boudoir photography (5:32)

Jessica's brand position (19:44)

How does Jessica define "body shaming"? (27:09)

How to avoid the potential of excluding certain body types in your boudoir photography work (32:55)

How Jessica sets the tone prior to the shoot (46:10)

Steps taken during the shoot to ensure clients feels comfortable: (59:28)

  1. Pampering the client with hair/makeup/nails by a professional

  2. Friendly conversation between Jessica and the client in order to get to know each other

  3. Reinforcement of the safe space for the client

  4. Client-specific playlists are created to be played during the session

Hiding a body vs. posing according to how the client wants to be seen (1:08:20)

Links:

jessicahuntphotography.com

jessicahuntphotography.com/boudoir-photographer

instagram.com/jhuntphotos

instagram.com/jhuntbodies/

Goingultraviolet.com

Jessica's First Bokeh Podcast Interview: Episode 153


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

"Street photography is the palate cleanser for my wedding photography.”

Hear this and more in episode 487 of The Bokeh Podcast as Kanayo Adibe describes how he marries skills learned in street photography to his work as a wedding photographer. Listen as Kanayo explains which three main elements of photography are the keys to fusing the two genres together to achieve beautiful, emotional images.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Kanayo's definition of his street photography: Documenting the Human Condition (6:08)

What initially drew Kanayo to street photography? (7:10)

Elements of good street photography (12:12)

  1. Light

  2. Composition

  3. Moment

Inspiration for Kanayo's street photography (18:43)

Aside from light, composition and moment, what additional elements of street photography are useful in wedding photography? (25:20)

  1. Heightened senses

  2. Ability to pull stories together

Kanayo's Brand Position (29:33)

Book Recommendations: (38:29)

The Suffering of Light by Alex Webb

Cuba: Island at a Crossroad by David Alan Harvey

The Secret by Rhonda Byrne

Links:

kanayoadibe.com

instagram.com/kanayo_adibe

instagram.com/projectasphalt

patreon.com/kanayoadibe


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Posting multiple times a day. Liking and commenting on as many posts as possible each day. Responding to DM's within an hour...welcome to social media burnout.

Consistency and frequency are not synonyms when it comes to presence on social media! Take the advice given by Maranda Joiner in episode 486 of the Bokeh Podcast, and start paying attention to the data that your audience is giving you! Listen in as she shares strategies for being intentional and consistent when planning and showing up on Social Media.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

How can we have more clarity when talking with potential clients? (5:10)

Maranda's Brand Position (12:04)

Maranda's book:

A Lot Alike: What Every Entrepreneur Should Know About Branding and Purpose

Should we be spending a lot of time on Social Media if we aren't getting engagement? (17:20)

Questions to ask yourself:

  1. Are you using the language of the platform to speak to that audience?

  2. Is your messaging what your audience really wants to hear?

  3. Is there intention in everything you do on Social Media?

How often should we post to Social Media in order to be "consistent"? (27:16)

Intentionality when posting to Social Media (32:34)

Strategies for engaging and responding on Social Media (35:50)

How can we avoid burnout with Social Media? (48:14)

  1. Planning

  2. Include variety

  3. Outsource if needed

Links:

marandajoiner.com

instagram.com/marandajoiner

facebook.com/marandajoiner

Maranda's previous Bokeh Podcast episode


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Can planning and preparation for brand sessions actually unlock creativity during the shoot?

As photographers, we tend to focus on our own brand and style when going into a shoot. For brand photography, however, Erica and Jon Hayes would like to offer the idea of switching that mindset! Listen in to episode 485 as they share how to get into the mind of not only your client, but your client's client when planning and preparing for brand shoots.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

What Erica and Jon learned about brand photography by shooting for the Chicago White Sox (6:00)

5 things a photographer needs to learn about a client before a branding shoot: (11:36) "Failing to Plan is Planning to Fail!"

  1. What is the client's imagery style (what defines their brand)?

  2. What is the client's brand message?

  3. Who is their ideal client?

  4. Understanding the scope and scale of their project

  5. Knowing the platforms and plans for the images

Planning the logistics of the shoot: (22:30)

  1. Find location(s) for the shoot that match the needs of the brand

  2. Lock in the timeline of the shoot

  3. Create the shot list

  4. Make composition notes for the shoot

  5. Pull photo inspiration (share with client as an example)

Planning for the day of the shoot: (40:00)

  1. Including props

  2. hair and makeup

  3. schedule a break into the session

Erica and Jon's Branding Photography Course (45:00)

Erica and Jon's brand position (48:20)

Creating a great customer experience (51:22)

Technique for Time (53:36)

Book Recommendation (58:25)

Habitudes by Dr. Tim Elmore

Links:

Erica and Jon's previous Bokeh Podcast episode

ericaandjon.com

instagram.com/ericaandjon

ericaandjon.com/bokehpodcast - 30% off the course for Bokeh listeners!


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Bored and uncooperative kids. Frustrated parents. Stiff images. Do these descriptions remind you of your family portrait sessions?

Don't bring the low energy, old-school studio vibe to your in-home family sessions! Set the tone with fun and creative posing and interactions! Listen in to episode 484 of The Bokeh Podcast as Brooke Schultz shares the best tips and tricks for bringing life to your family sessions.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Where did the phrase "Unboring family photography posing" come from? (10:30)

What's the difference between a passive approach vs coming to the shoot with the energy you want from the families? (21:15)

What 3 things are photographers doing that lead to boring, stale photographs? (25:35)

  1. Lining families up on the couch (static posing)

  2. Making kids pose in a still position

  3. Taking the temperature of the clients rather than setting the temperature for the clients

Links:

Brooke's previous Bokeh Podcast episode: Love-Soaked Family Portraits

brookeschultzphotography.com/get-lovesoaked

brookeshultzphotography.com/goodies

instagram.com/brookebschultz

Brooke's article for Rangefinder magazine on the topic: https://www.rangefinderonline.com/news-features/tips-techniques/4-family-posing-tips-for-in-home-portraits/


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Can mini sessions actually be the foundation of a successful photography business? Isn't their focus to fill in the gaps between seasons, or a way to offer more holiday photo opportunities for clients?

Don't let the word "mini" fool you! In episode 483 of The Bokeh Podcast, Phillip and Eileen Blume share how they transitioned their photography business from wedding-centric to mini-session-focused, and grew their business as a result!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: (11:00)

Celebrating lives at their most important moments

Providing a Great Customer Experience: (26:00)

Focus on the client, putting them at the forefront

Time Management: (34:28)

Intentional scheduling of time

Outsourcing/delegation (39:08)

Book Recommendations: (45:00)

Building a StoryBrand by Donald Miller

Marketing Made Simple by Donald Miller

Essentialism by Greg McKeown

How The Blume's Entered the Mini Session Market (51:40)

Advantages to Mini Sessions: (58:52)

  1. Connecting with more clients

  2. Time - for both the photographer and client

  3. Perfect amount of time for children/family

Steps to developing a mini session business: (1:02:52)

  1. Create urgency and scarcity (prior to the session)

  2. Shoot real life scenarios vs. a list of poses

  3. Create partnerships with local businesses as a marketing strategy

Links:

theblumes.co

instagram.com/theblumes

https://bit.ly/5TipsForMaxMinis

Shawn Lee's Bokeh Podcast episode


See

View Details

We've all heard the phrase, "Work smarter not harder," but it is easier said than done, right? Maybe not...

Rachael Crowe found that her creativity and motivation was waning due to being "busy" and not having the opportunity to focus on those aspects of business that motivate her. Listen in to episode 482 as she shares how she uses systems to grow not only one, but two photography businesses, while still having time to prioritize rest and free time to do things that she enjoys.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position (3:21):

OK Crowe Wedding Photography - Clients work specifically with Rachael as an internationally published wedding photographer.

Willow Wedding Co - Providing professional photography services while matching the client's needs - Quality at a lower price point.

Client Experience - Communication is key! (11:54)

Time Management (18:40)

Working Intentionally vs. Being Lazy (29:55)

How Rachael can be an artist while thinking from an entrepreneurial mindset (34:57)

The "5 Why's" Exercise (39:31)

What are Systems? (46:00)

Rachael created her systems by identifying which tasks could be:

  1. Combined

  2. Delegated

  3. Automated

Key Systems that have made the biggest impact on Rachael's businesses (55:28)

  1. Honeybook

  2. Calendly

  3. ClickUp

Links:

okcrowe.com

willowwedding.co

www.instagram.com/okcroweweddings

Honeybook

Calendly

ClickUp


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

How far do you think you could you take your business if you had a team to help you? Being a business owner doesn't mean that you have to do all the things!

Enter Stacey Owen from Meet Pepper! In episode 481, Stacey debunks the myths surrounding delegation, and provides advice and strategies for how to take control of your business by actually letting some of it go.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Customer Experience: Genuinely care about your clients and their success (5:16 )

Insight Behind Stacey's Photography Business: (16:38)

Book Recommendations: (25:07)

Badass Habits: Cultivate the Awareness, Boundaries and Daily Upgrades You Need to Make them Stick - Jen Sincero

Marketing Made Simple by Donald Miller

About Meet Pepper:

Brand Position: Helping Creative Entrepreneurs strategize the marketing and content for their business (32:35)

Delegation/Outsourcing (32:23)

Why Entrepreneurs Don't Outsource or Delegate: (40:07)

  1. Cost of Outsourcing

  2. No one will be as good as me

  3. Client care won't be the same

  4. Don't know how to delegate

  5. It will take too much time

Links:

meetpepper.ca

staceykrolow.com

Instagram.com/meet.pepper

instagram.com/_noirstories

Stacey's Previous Bokeh Podcast Interview: Episode 242


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

What are you doing to stand out amongst the throngs of photographers in your market? A strong, distinct brand position is a great place to start. In these special Brand Position Consultations, we explore developing unique brand positions with professional photographers.

In episode 480 of the Bokeh Podcast, Whitney Smith of Dandelion Photography joins us to refine her brand position as a senior and teen photographer who brings fun and happiness to her clients through their experience with her. Listen in to hear the recommendations and ideas that will help her stand out from her competition even more.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: The unique value prop that our businesses offer to our market.

Benefits of a Clear and Distinct Brand Position:

A. Enables Potential Clients to Immediately Know Your UVP

B. Filters Irrelevant Potential Clients

C. Simplifies/Focuses Marketing Efforts

D. Encourages Better Time Management

Based in: Midland, Texas

Focus: Fun and creative sessions for teens and seniors

Biggest pain points for clients: (13:14)

People can't relate to them due to the age difference

Motivation for starting a photography business in this market (15:54)

Analysis of the competition (22:47)

4 Ways to Establish a Clear and Distinct Brand Position: (31:20)

  1. Be the first to offer a service in your marketplace

  2. Be the first to own a position for a service that already exists

  3. Offer a variation on a service

  4. Name a target market

Diving into Whitney's current position statement (33:40)

Suggestions:

  1. Add more color to website to highlight target market

  2. Include images that show extreme happiness

  3. Update copy on website to communicate what clients will experience with Whitney vs the other area photographers

  4. Include a Call to Action

Links:

dandelionseniors.com

instagram.dandelionphotog

facebook.com/dandelionphotography

powerthesaurus.org


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you overcomplicate things when it comes to living a healthy lifestyle? Or maybe you're worried that you won't have the time or resources for truly dialing in your health and fitness?

Never fear, Todd is here! In episode 479 of The Bokeh Podcast, former personal trainer turned photographer, Todd M. Caldwell, shares 5 steps for making changes that are simple, smart, and sustainable when it comes to living a healthier lifestyle. Listen in to get a jump start on your new health journey!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: (1:42)

Creating a consistent experience for clients, where they feel like the director!

Time Management: Outsourcing Editing (7:08)

Book Recommendation: (16:05)

The Seven Habits of Highly Effective People - Stephen Covey

Thinking from a Big Picture View: (18:08)

Episode 309: Building a Business on Your Strengths

Episode 342: The 4 Pillars of Branding

Todd's Background as a Personal Trainer (23:12)

How Photographers are Hurting Their Health: (28:05)

  1. Not understanding the power of water

  2. Focusing on duration rather than intensity of a workout

  3. Choosing bad food over quality food

  4. Making the process too fancy - not keeping it simple

  5. Not having a team

The significance of the types of food we eat (44:03)

How motivation drives long-term benefits (1:03:30)

Links:

moseawell.com

instagram.com/moseawell_photography

fb.com/moseawellphotography

photographersedit.com

My Fitness Pal


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Everybody scream, "Monkey"! Do you find ways to create memorable experiences for your clients, or are you still stuck in the "say cheese" rut that everyone else is a part of?

In episode 478 of The Bokeh Podcast, Lisa Gilbert brings the energy and ideas that we all want to experience when interacting with a photographer! Listen in to hear her tips and tricks for forging memorable client relationships.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: (5:28)

Wedding and Portrait photographer in coastal Massachusetts focused on bright, fun, colorful photography capturing the moments that tell a story.

Customer Experience: (12:12)

Time Management (17:18)

Delegation/Outsourcing: (22:52)

  1. Accounting

  2. Editing

  3. CRM

Book Recommendations: (32:35)

Decisive Moment by Henri Cartier-Bresson

You Are a Badass by Jen Sincero

Untamed by Glennon Doyle

Picture Perfect Practice by Roberto Valenzuela

What is energy? (39:50)

How to Bring Positive Energy to Client Relationships: (52:50)

  1. Keep interactions conversational

  2. Keep up with trends and memes to stay relevant

  3. Get to know the client as a person

  4. Bring humor to the experience

  5. Be confident in your technical skills so that you are free to be in the moment with clients

Links:

lisagilbertphotography.com

instagram.com/lisagilbertphotography

fb.com/lisagilbertphotography

View Details

Tequila, transparency, and top-notch service: the perfect recipe for a high-end wedding photography business?

In episode 477 of The Bokeh Podcast, John Lyons pours us a sample of his favorite ingredients for maintaining a successful business in the high-end wedding market. Listen in as he shares his secret sauce for making all of his clients feel like a million bucks.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: (1:56)

Photography for fun and stylish couples

Creating a great customer experience: (5:41)

Make your customer/client feel like they are your only client!

Technique for Time: (17:35)

  1. Outsource non-creative tasks

  2. Time chunk

Book Recommendation (28:04)

Never Eat Alone by Keith Ferrazzi

Definition of a High-End Wedding (33:17)

How John entered the margarita world (41:15)

Important people skills for working with high end clients: (45:38)

  1. Grace Under Fire

  2. Be Prepared for Anything

  3. Always Be on Your Game

Maintaining your style over time (55:01)

How to enter the high-end market: (58:26)

  1. Serve the PEOPLE who have high end events

  2. The Law of Attraction - you don't find them, they find you

  3. Remember that you're on stage at every event

John's Favorite Tequilas: (1:08:11)

1800 Silver

Casamigos

Don Julio

Cabo Wabo

Links:

johnlyonsweddings.com

thesaltedrim.com

instagram.com/johnlyonsphoto

instagram.com/thesaltedrim

fb.com/johnlyonsphotography

fb.com/thesaltedrim


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

You're invited to @kschurrphoto's Instagram party! Don't be late - you may miss key ideas for growing your business!

Join Kristen for episode 476 of The Bokeh Podcast, as she shares her approach to using Instagram in an authentic way - and has over 16K followers as a result! Listen in to hear how she built a full time photography business in less than a year, largely on the foundation of true engagement on social media.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: (1:21)

Specializing in capturing how you live, love or work out west

Creating a Great Customer Experience: (8:17)

Technique for Time: (12:00)

Don't be afraid to say no!

Book Recommendation: (17:16)

Dotcom Secrets by Russell Brunson

Motivation for using Instagram more strategically: (24:47)

Kristen's approach to using Instagram: (32:44)

  1. Be authentic vs. oversharing - treat Instagram like a party!

  2. Build Trust

  3. Engage others as you would want to be engaged

Links:

Instagram.com/kschurrphoto

fb.com/kschurrphoto

kschurrphoto.com

Preview App


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Times of transition can be challenging as a business owner. Do you shy away from the discomfort of change, or are you ready to face it head on in order to see growth in your business?

Listen in to episode 475 of The Bokeh Podcast, and be challenged by Bryan Caporicci to push past that fear and uncertainty in order to think differently about moving your businesses forward after Covid.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: (8:46)

Wedding and Portrait Photographer based in Ontario, Canada

Sprout Studio - Inclusive, holistic studio management suite for photographers

Client Experience (14:14)

"It's not about us as photographers, it's about our clients" - put yourself in your client's shoes!

Time Management (19:41)

Creating guardrails around your time; time chunking

Communication in Delegation (23:47)

Book Recommendations: (26:43)

How to Win Friends and Influence People by Dale Carengie

How to Stop Worrying and Start Living by Dale Carnegie

Building a StoryBrand by Donald Miller

Who Moved My Cheese? by Spencer Johnson

The War of Art by Stephen Pressfield

bokehbookshelf.com

Why do we stay in our comfort zones instead of pushing for growth? (30:49)

Mindsets to have when addressing the fears that co

View Details

Are you trying to be a superhero business owner, yet feeling, and even acting, more like a villain when trying to handle it all yourself?

In episode 474 of The Bokeh Podcast, Lesleann Brackney highlights how she utilizes industry experts to support her business so that she can have more time to focus on what she enjoys most as a business owner. Listen in for strategies that you can implement to help you find joy in your work.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Atlanta-based wedding and portrait photographer who positions herself as "your bridesmaid with a camera" (3:17)

Creating a Great Customer Experience (8:45)

Time Management: Outsourcing and Delegation (15:25)

What does Lesleann delegate? (20:58)

  1. Editing

  2. Social Media Management

  3. Blog Writing

  4. Copywriting for ads

  5. Website Design

  6. Brand Development

Motivation for delegating (23:55)

Factoring in cost for delegation (31:34)

Previous Bokeh Episodes focused on finance:

Episode 153 with Michael Klipper

Episode 372 with Matt Odom

Episode 384 with Tanya Hirschy

Presumed challenges of outsourcing: (33:33)

  1. Concern of losing the "artist voice"

  2. It has to be all or nothing

Benefits of Outsourcing: (41:32)

  1. Time back for yourself

  2. Bringing in experts to your business

  3. Ability to focus on the parts of the business that you enjoy

Links:

brackneyphoto.co

Instagram.com/brackneyphoto

Honeybook.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Exciting as launching a business can be, sometimes the momentum carries us to a crazy place, and we find ourselves depleted! What if there was a way to not only pull ourselves out of that messy place, but avoid burnout in the future?

Listen in to episode 473 of the Bokeh Podcast as Drew Renner and Chad Brown of @epicmantrips share the hard lessons they learned about burnout, and the 4 big ideas that enabled them to overcome and avoid it moving forward!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: (2:02) Creating experiences for men to learn how to deepen their relationships with family and friends.

Customer Experience: Listen to your clients! (5:45)

Technique for Time Management (18:09)

Delegation/Outsourcing: Utilizing freelancers (30:28)

Book Recommendations (35:25)

The Courage To Be Disliked by Ichiro Kishimi and Fumitake Koga

Leadership and Self-Deception by the Arbinger Institute

The Four Agreements - by Don Miguel Ruiz

A More Beautiful Question by Warren Berger

What led to burnout for Drew and Chad? (39:34)

Principles that enabled the shift from burnout: (51:27)

  1. Vision

  2. Treat your time like gold

  3. Do the hard thing first

  4. Question your stories

Thought exercise for creatives (1:02:00)

Email Chad: chad@takenewground.com

Podcasts:

Naked Leadership hosted by Chad

Hey What's Up Man? hosted by Drew and Chad

Links:

https://epicmantrips.com

shadetreefilms.com

https://www.instagram.com/epicmantrips


See

View Details

Marketing budgets are tight for new business owners, but what if you could bring in new clients without spending a dime on marketing?

In episode 471 of the Bokeh Podcast, Brittney shares how she leveraged personal branding to make $6K a month as a brand new, part-time photographer while spending $0 on marketing. Listen in to hear her 5 strategies for booking clients without a marketing budget.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: (5:41)

Helping female entrepreneurs grow their business and brand through strategic brand photography that captures their authenticity and authority in their industry.

Client Experience: (14:44) Clear communication and setting expectations are crucial to an enjoyable and successful experience.

Outsourcing/Delegation: Website and Editing (25:21)

Book Recommendations: (29:12)

The Defining Decade: Why Your 20's Matter by Meg Jay

Biggest lessons learned from starting a business in her 20's (33:24)

Mindset shift from victim to victor through self development (37:15)

What is personal branding? (47:31)

5 ways to book clients without a marketing budget: (49:05)

  1. Show your face and show up on social media

  2. Use yourself and your own success as an example

  3. Give expert advice and inspirational content ahead of time

  4. Networking

  5. Creating an online community

Links:

https://brittneyjeanphotography.com

https://www.instagram.com/brittneyjeanphotography

Facebook.com/brittneyjeanphoto

Marketing Made Simple by Donald Miller


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Experiencing down time in your business doesn't have to result in stress or worry. Being proactive in preparing for those lulls can be a game changer!

In episode 471 of The Bokeh Podcast, Chris Evans takes us on his journey of experiencing a positive shift while running his business during a slow season. Listen in as he shares his strategies for leveraging extra time to move his business forward, as well as steps that you can take now to be prepared for the next lull.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Customer Experience: (1:27)

3 tenants in all areas of Chris's business: Style, Grace, and Gratitude

Delegation: Honeybook for CRM (7:03)

Significance of Reflection: (14:04)

Steps to Proactively Establish Your Business Financially to Prepare for a Downturn: (18:15)

  1. Setting up multiple bank accounts for expenses

  2. Structure your business as an S Corporation

  3. Classify each purchase as a need or a want

Book Recommendation: (18:31)

Profit First by Michael Michalowicz

Key Principles for Going With the Flow: (25:30)

  1. Embrace the "sliding doors" mentality

  2. Use the time to learn new skills

3 R's for Leveraging Downtime: (38:19)

  1. Reset

  2. Relax

  3. Recharge

Links:

Bokeh Podcast episode 289

chrisjevans.com

instagram.com/chrisjevansphoto

honeybook.com

twitter.com/cjevans325


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Fear. Doubt. Insecurity. Do these self-imposed emotions emerge when you begin to push yourself, and your business, to the next level?

In episode 470 of the Bokeh Podcast, Katie Snyder discusses limiting beliefs that are common with creatives, and shares strategies that she uses as a life coach to help push past those barriers. Listen in to hear ideas for how to move beyond your limiting beliefs for the sake of growth in your business and personal lives.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position (4:35)

Wedding and portrait photographer based in Atlanta

Life Coach - Helping clients to think outside the box to create new freedoms for themselves.

Providing a Great Customer Experience (6:40)

Time Management (15:46)

Delegation: Outsourcing editing (24:05)

Book Recommendation: (30:05)

Playing Big: Practical Wisdom for Women Who Want to Speak Up, Create, and Lead by Tara Mohr

Driving Factors that Led Katie to Start a Mind Coaching Business (33:10)

Is Fear a Liar? (37:26)

Common Limiting Beliefs in the Creative Industry: (55:27)

  1. Money

  2. I'm afraid of looking stupid if I try and fail

  3. Am I good enough?

Addressing Limiting Beliefs: (56:40)

  1. Write out the limiting belief and reframe it to a positive statement

  2. Identify and acknowledge the limiting belief

Katie's "Do It Now" guide: (1:19:35)

Do It Now Guide

Links:

katiesnyder.com

facebook.com/thekatiesnyder

instagram.com/thekatiesnyder

Doing Scary Things Podcast

Katie's First Bokeh Podcast Interview (Episode 61)


See

View Details

Does the idea of focusing on your health and fitness seem like a time consuming chore? Can it really be as simple as doing small things consistently in order to see results?

In episode 469 of the Bokeh Podcast, Jamenda Whitehead shares what she learned as a professional body builder that is now shaping her routine for maintaining a healthy lifestyle as a photographer. Listen in as she provides simple steps that we can take now to build a stronger, healthier body for better quality of life in the future.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Technique for Time: Time blocking and having a to do list (6:06)

Brand Position: (10:02) Cleveland, OH and Atlanta, GA wedding and portrait photographer: "Grace My Lens and I'll Grace Your Memories"

Client Experience: Provides customers with experiences that they don't expect (13:08)

Delegation/Outsourcing: Editing and Finances/bookkeeping (16:00)

Book Recommendation: (20:45 )

The Power of Habit by Charles Duhigg

Motivation to Be a Competitive Body Builder (26:59)

Workout Routine Now as a Photographer (34:25)

Top 5 Exercises to Get Started: (38:57)

  1. Squats

  2. Lunges

  3. Pushups

  4. Sit-ups (or crunches)

  5. Tricep dips

Important Dietary Principles: (1:02:54)

  1. Snacks vs meals

  2. Be aware of what works best for your body

  3. Have a cheat meal!

  4. Hydration

  5. Give your self grace

Supplementation (1:18:55)

Links:

jgracedphotography.com

instagram.com/jgracedphotography

facebook.com/jgracedphotography

Honeybook.com

Todoist.com

wellnessfx.com

Thorne.com


See

View Details

Does your monthl newsletter give off the vibe of being a stuffy suit and tie or soft, warm PJ's? Finding the balance between providing value as a professional and connecting on a personal level may feel overwhelming.

In episode 468 of the Bokeh Podcast, Gustavo Fernandez breaks down how he uses his monthly newsletter to provide his clients with relevant information while also inviting them into his personal life. Listen in as he shares the components of his newsletter as well as the reasons why he does not include a call-to-action for his readers.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Deeper Conversations (1:00)

Client Experience: (4:23)

  1. Being memorable to your clients.

  2. Putting yourself in your clients’ shoes.

Why Send a Newsletter (14:31)

  1. Keep building a relationship with my clients. (14:56)

  2. Reminds them of what I do. (15:39)

  3. It’s for me. (16:05)

How Gustavo Plans Content for His Monthly Newsletter (16:10)

  1. Look back through my Google Photos for the Last Month

  2. Look through Calendar

  3. Look through Lightroom

Staying Top of Mind for Clients (18:48)

Email Metrics Aren’t Everything (20:36)

Segment from Gustavo’s Newsletter (23:06)

A two-hour drive southeast put me in the company of a few friends who were gathering for a holiday party. We enjoyed an evening at Wave, an outdoor restaurant set within 1 Beach Club. Wave features a modern sea-to-table concept that takes the meanings of fresh, organic, and dining to entirely new levels.

What I liked most was the Tulum vibe present within the restaurant. The design included repurposed furniture that strongly complemented the outdoor beachfront.

Equally as beautiful was the waterfront apartment my gracious host, Alicia, opened up to me for my stay. I was so inspired by the beauty and balance of the design that I decided to start looking for a similar style of residence for when I return in January to (finally) settle in.

Components of Gustavo’s Newsletter: (24:58)

  1. Headshots

  2. Featured Headshot Event or Corporate Event

  3. Personal Story

  4. Something Fun - Shower Thoughts

Outsourcing Your Writing to an Editor (25:29)

Personal vs. Oversharing (28:59)

Gustavo’s Newsletter Shower Thoughts (31:10)

Here are a few things we think about without actually thinking about...

- Even though Uber drivers drive a car all day, they walk to work.

- One day soon, there will be kids who have no idea why we associate the sound "cha-ching" with money.

- Crickets are pretty damn loud to be the symbol of silence.

- Having a dead animal in your fridge is disturbing and disgusti

View Details

Do you have burning questions you’ve always wanted to ask the guy behind Bokeh Podcast? This episode was recorded with you in mind!

In episode 467 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nathan relinquishes the role of host to returning guest, Shané Gooding for the episode so many of you have been requesting! Listen in as Shané dives deep into the important questions around why this podcast was created, what drives Nathan’s emotions, and how his life experiences have shaped him into who he is today.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

The Why Behind Bokeh (2:02)

Mentors (8:16)

The Most Unexpected Takeaway from Bokeh (9:38)

Childhood (11:30)

Biggest Lessons (16:43)

A Week in the Life (37:18)

Staying Organized (42:32)

What Gets You Emotional (49:08)

10 Years From Now (51:14)

Aspiration Growing Up (54:16)

Favorite Food (1:04:16)

Favorite Candy (1:04:28)

Favorite Musics: Soundtracks for Studying on Spotify (1:05:22)

Hidden Talents (1:06:51)

Favorite Movie (01:07:24)

Links:

https://www.nathanholritz.com/

instagram.com/nathanholritz

Miilu.com

David Allen - Getting Things Done

A Love Portrait


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

As a creative, you’re likely avoiding the technical aspects and responsibilities that come with protecting your client’s files. We get it—securely setting up a backup system can feel intimidating.

In episode 466 of the Bokeh Podcast, Livingston Lee reviews the 3-2-1 rule to protecting your files and why it’s so important for you to prioritize your backup system. Listen in as he shares his own system and the tools he prefers to use in his business!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Investing in Day Trading (1:32)

Investopedia

How to Day Trade for a Living by Andrew Aziz

Brand Position: Photography & video at a fair price with albums in each package. (6:07)

Client Experience: Be upfront, honest, and humble. (13:23)

“People only get upset if they feel confused or lied to." - Nina Larsen Reed Bokeh Podcast Episode 456

Technique for Time: Automation (21:00)

Delegation/Outsourcing: Editing (23:48)

Book Recommendations: (32:11)

Blink by Malcom Gladwell

The Tipping Point

Leaders Eat Last

Rich Dad, Poor Dad

bokehbookshelf.com

Protecting Your Images & Data (34:35)

Have a Backup by Shooting on Two Cards (38:51)

The Three, Two, One Rule: 3 copies of your data in 2 formats and 1 copy offsite. (44:09)

  1. Original - On computer

  2. Copy 1 - NAT Server (Synology) (Format 1)

  3. Copy 2 - Server Backed Up to External Hard drive (Format 2)

  4. Copy 3 - Backblaze Backup

Using Backblaze (53:12)

Links:

Livingstonlee.com

instagram.com/livingstonleephoto

facebook.com/livingstonleephotography

twitter.com/livingstonlee

View Details

Are you effectively managing your finances to simplify your efforts when it comes to tax time?

In episode 465 of the Bokeh Podcast, Taylor Ingles describes three ways to improve how you as a business owner can efficiently manage and simplify taxes. Listen in as she explains the importance of documenting and tracking your finances.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Michigan Wedding photographer for the couple that believes marriage is an opportunity to spend every day with their best friend. By photographing everything from barn weddings to city weddings, I allow my clients personalities to take the center stage of my work and my artist touch is felt through timeless editing and elegant posing. (1:46)

Client Experience: Reading the Room (10:27)

Book Recommendations: Shoe Dog (23:04)

Transitioning from Accountant to Photographer (34:59)

1. Receipt Management: You’re required to keep your receipts for three years. (44:41)

  • Track all of your receipts in a receipts folder.

  • Organize it by year, then by month.

  • Track the date, amount, and vendor in the file name.

2. Expense Tracking System: Find a system that works best for you while also classifying expenses. (50:36)

  • Paper & Pencil

  • Quickbooks

  • Excel Files

3. Stay on top of your tracking. (1:01:51)

  • Pay your estimated taxes every 3 months.

Links

tayloringlesphotography.com

instagram.com/tayloringlesphotography

Workshop March 20th in Farmington Hills Michigan

Quickbooks

Quickbooks Self-Employed


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Does making a difference motivate you to do and be better in your business?

In episode 464 of the Bokeh Podcast, Shawn Lee joins us to talk about why making a difference is the cornerstone of the brands he has build. Listen in as he highlights how he's focused on making a difference through outreach and community in his photography brand, as well as his conference, Rock That.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Rock That (:47)

Serving Your Clients: Give without expectation. (8:36)

Time Management: My rest is found in the fulfillment of the mission. (14:20)

Delegation/Outsourcing (16:58)

Book Recommendations: (19:37)

The 21 Irrefutable Laws of Leadership

Time Management from the Inside Out

About MAP: Multicultural Association of Professional Photographers (30:26)

Creating Community with the Rock That Conference (35:52)

Structure of the Rock That Conference (37:02)

Day 1 - Photography Skill Focused

Day 2 - Photo Walks

Day 3 - Business Focused

Transparency, Encouragement & Community (37:47)

Community Outreach & Impact (40:54)

Links

Anna & Ryan Leonard's Episode

PPA

@shawnleestudios

shawnleestudios.com

rockthatconference.com

Welovephotographers.com

instagram.com/welovephotogs

Rock That Virtual Conference May

See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Is your website content easy to navigate, while also providing the details and information that your potential clients are looking for? Ensuring your website is serving it's purpose begins with outlining your sitemap.

In episode 463 of the Bokeh Podcast, Meghan Baskin of Baskin Co joins us to discuss the importance of building a strong sitemap for your website by ensuring it supports the goal of your website! Listen in as she explains how you can improve and rebuild your existing sitemap!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Business Backstory: Philadelphia Wedding Photographer transitioning into Web Design and Branding Agency for Photographers (1:31)

Brand Position: Elevate your business with strategy forward website design that connects with your ideal clients. (1:53)

Customer Experience (5:11)

Technique for Time (7:31)

Delegating/Outsourcing (16:10)

Book Recommendations: The Defining Decade by Meg Jay (29:37)

The Purpose of Your Website (32:20)

  1. Show Work

  2. Share Experience

  3. Invite to Connect

What is a sitemap? (35:56)

The blueprint of your website. The hierarchy of the content and pages of the site.

Tying Your Sitemap to Your Website’s Purpose (36:21)

Layout Out Your Site Map with Miro.com (38:14)

Steps to Improve Your Sitemap (44:55)

  1. Evaluate - Is it easy to navigate for each type of client?

  2. Establish Goals - Does your website take them on a journey?

  3. List out improvements you want to make.

Links

baskinco.com

instagram.com/baskin.co

Download the Pricing Showit Guide Page

instagram.com/meghanbaskin

Photographersedit.com

Showit.co


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Whether you've been lurking in Clubhouse rooms for a while or just hesitant to download the app, there is an opportunity to learn and grow on this trending social media platform.

In episode 462 of the Bokeh Podcast, Devin Robinson joins us to discuss the pros and cons of Clubhouse, along with how to use it in your business. Listen in as he shares what his experience has been on the app over the last two months!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Integrity in Business (4:47)

What is Clubhouse? (12:39)

Managing Time Around Clubhouse (29:14)

Selecting Educators in Your Room & Good Moderation (34:16)

Long Game in Clubhouse (41:20)

  1. Resources & Sales

  2. Vendor Relationships

Hope for Photographers on Clubhouse (45:34)

Find the right group of people to hang out with

Searchable Bios on Clubhouse (47:44)

Grab Your .club Domain (49:25)

Links

Weddingtips.club

Clubhouse: @devinrobinson

Instagram.com/anchorandveil

Parks & Rec


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you have what it takes to launch the photography business you've been dreaming about? Maybe you're still trying to figure out where to start.

In episode 460 of the Bokeh Podcast, ShanĂŠ K. Gooding of Imiivo joins us to share a few ideas to consider when launching a business. Beginning with advice on what to do and not do, ShanĂŠ walks us through the steps you should take in approaching your financials, managing your marketing, and building your community in order to start a successful business.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: A photography and video studio that specializes in family, beauty and video portrait sessions to help people tell the story of their life. (8:18)

IMIIVO: Infinite Memories In, Infinite Visuals Out.

Customer Experience: Listening; you can’t underestimate the power of listening to your clients. (10:54)

Delegation/Outsourcing (22:29)

Book Recommendations: The Compound Effect (23:40)

bokehbookshelf.com

Advice for New Photographers: What Not to Do (29:31)

  1. Stop being a perfectionist and overanalyzing.

  2. When writing website copy, trim it down.

  3. Don’t be a generic practitioner—you don’t have to take on everything.

  4. It’s easy to get caught up in buying all the templates, but you don’t need them all.

  5. Avoid business debt.

Proactive Steps to Launching a Photography Business (37:00)

  1. Create a one-pager about your business: Your audience, mission, services, elevator pitch.

  2. Know they numbers: budget, finances, emergency fund.

  3. Register your business with Google Business Listing

  4. Open a business bank account.

  5. Setup the backend of your business: Website, CRM, Social Media, etc.

Concepts for Saving Money (51:09)

  1. Utilize free resources.

  2. Utilize free trial.

  3. Find a co-share space.

  4. Rent your gear or purchase used.

  5. Avoid paying for expensive templates, ads, courses/education.

Marketing with a Tight Budget (57:35)

  1. Call on your people.

  2. Give people an incentive to share and follow.

  3. Yard signs, flyers, and business cards.

Building Community for Your Business (1:00:11)

Links

imiivo.com

instagram.com/imiivo

imiivo.com/photo-launch-101

Haylee’s Episode Google My Business Listing

View Details

Are you passionate about volunteering, but haven't quite found a way to incorporate it into your business?

In episode 460 of the Bokeh Podcast, Jesi Cason explains how you can service others and your business through volunteerism. Listen in as she shares how to find the right organizations to volunteer with and how that work can grow your business.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Southwest FL based photographer that partners with commercial and personal brands to create content that is as bold as they are. (4:09)

Review our Brand Position Episodes: bokehpodcast.com/brand-position

Customer Experience: Earning a client’s trust. (6:57)

Technique for Time: Charge a profitable rate for your services. (12:32)

Delegation/Outsourcing: Accounting (15:21)

Book Recommendations: (17:35)

The 1-Page Marketing Plan by Allan Dib

Building a Storybrand by Donald Miller

Storybrand Podcast

bokehbookshelf.com

Passion for Volunteerism (22:05)

How Volunteerism Enables Business Growth (26:10)

  1. Networking: Volunteering your Time/Services will connect you with potential clients

  2. Marketing Your Values: Another way to put your values into your business publicly.

  3. Pricing: Not undercutting other photographers.

Organizations to Approach for Opportunities (33:17)

Think about your ideal client and where they would give their time.

- Business Owners: Rotary, kawanas

- Families: Non-Profits that help single moms, community centers, etc.

- Pet Families: Humane Society

Building Your Style & Portfolio through Volunteerism (35:56)

Links

jesicason.com

View Details

Are you missing out on potential revenue by giving away your images to clients instead of licensing them?

In episode 459 of the Bokeh Podcast, Adam Taylor joins us to share how a licensing mindset can increase your business' profitability and client base. Listen in as he shares the avenues and workflows for licensing your images, as well as how to approach potential clients with the option to license them.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Get to Know Adam (1:17)

The Seven Layers of Why (3:02)

Brand Position: I help interior designers, architects, builders, and home product companies build their brand and tell their story through high-end photography. (9:35)

Technique for Time: Notes App Called Get To Do (18:57)

Outsourcing/Delegating: Lead Generation & Virtual Assistance on Upwork.com (23:31)

Book Recommendations: Secrets of the Millionaire Mind (27:20)

Bokehbookshelf.com

Licensing Mindset: A way of looking at and thinking of your photography work that allows you to keep thinking, who would this image be valuable to? (30:32)

Avenues for Licensing (43:17)

  1. Become a contributor on a stock photography site.

  2. Directly involved parties.

  3. Third parties who are not directly involved.

Adam’s Current Workflow (50:40)

  1. Sends client a rate sheet (pricing, process, and licensing usage).

  2. Sends client deposit invoice (job description and overview of agreement).

  3. Once booked, they get another copy of their agreement as a reminder.

Approaching Companies to Sell Licenses (55:32)

Links

Licenseyourphotos.com | 25% off with code: bokeh

adamtaylorphotos.com

thelawtog.com

Contract Episodes:

Episode 453: Contracts: Protect Yourself During Uncertain Times - Samantha Clarke

Episode 405: From Amateur to Professional: Important Considerations - Magi Fisher

Episode 130: 5 Steps to Legal Success for Photographers - Paige Griffith


View Details

Are you providing an experience that offers your clients a sense of refuge? To Anna & Ryan Leonard of Refuge Photography, providing refuge creates an opportunity to serve your clients beyond just capturing their photos.

In episode 458 of the Bokeh Podcast, Anna & Ryan join us to discuss what it means to build this experience for your clients, along with 5 ways to proactively create refuge in your business. Listen in as they share how they've incorporated this concept of refuge into every aspect of their business.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: To be a refuge fore every person they serve. (1:30)

Client Experience: Turnaround Time (5:00)

Technique for Time: Systems & Automations (9:26)

Enneagrams & Communicating w/ Team Members (13:19)

Book Recommendations: (29:19)

The Go-Giver

Above the Line by Urban Meyer

What is Refuge? (43:03)

Creating Refuge for Non-Believers (36:28)

Bulletproof Coffee (38:33)

The Camera is a Tool to Love and Serve (40:58)

"Our camera is a tool to love and serve our people, where many photographers use their people to love and serve their camera to create the photos they want."

What does serve or service mean? (49:47)

5 Ways to Proactively Create Refuge (56:48)

Be a Yes, Man

Follow the Golden Rule

Gift to Your Clients

Educate Your Couples & Manage Expectations

Be an Encourager

Gift Giving (1:02:37)

Refuge Retreat (1:04:01)

Links

refugephotography.org

instagram.com/refugephotography_alr

instagram.com/refuge.ryan

Facebook Refuge Photography

Tim Ferris Podcast

Love & Respect Book

View Details

We've all spent hours watching Youtube videos at one time or another, but have you ever considered the potential it has to be an additional income stream in your business?

In episode 457 of the Bokeh Podcast, John Branch IV joins us to discuss how he's created an additional stream of revenue with Youtube! Listen in as he shares how to create valuable content that not only serves his audience, but supports his business and family financially.

Plus he's sharing his favorite video equipment to use when filming for Youtube!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Creating a personable experience for their clients. (1:50)

Customer Experience: Spirit of excellence. (4:03)

Technique for Time: Take one day a week to not work, then carve out intentional days to spend time together. (6:09)

Book Recommendations: (8:37)

The Meaning of Marriage

How to Win Friends and Influence People

Delegation/Outsourcing (17:53)

Becoming an Ambassador (23:27)

The Gear Bag for Youtube (33:52)

Fujifilm 23mm lens

Fujifilm 35 f2 lens

Fujifilm Xt4 Body with Fliparound

A-Roll Lighting Set Up (38:35)

Natural Light + Artificial Light with Genere LED Lights as Bounce Lights

Godox SL 60W with Magbox pointed directly on subject.

Audio (40:24)

Rhode Microphones (ask for model number)

Rhode Video Mic Pro

Genuineness: Being open to helping other like you would yourself. (42:54)

Creating Valuable Youtube Content (51:05)

  1. Teach from a real world perspective.

  2. Find a niche that isn’t talked about as much.

Links

jbivphotography.com

youtube.com/jbivphotography

instagram.com/jbivphotography

Natural Feels - jbivphotography.com/preset-store

Focos app

Shaun Austin Episodes:

Episode 18 – In Pursuit of Simple

Episode 77 – The Importance of Being Intentional

View Details

Are you offering resources that provide value to your potential clients? There are so many benefits to creating resources as lead magnets in your business.

In episode 456 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nina Larsen Reed shares how you can not only create valuable leads magnets, but also use those resources in your SEO and marketing strategy.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Norway to Colorado (9:44)

Brand Position: Plan and photograph ethic elopements and micro weddings across Colorado for couples who are looking to do something different for their wedding day. (11:30)

Customer Experience: Clear Communication (15:23)

"People only get upset if they feel confused or lied to."

Technique for Time: Limit the workweek like in Norway. (20:40)

Delegation/Outsourcing: Editing, Accounting, and CRM (25:04)

Book Recommendation: Building a Storybrand (27:13)

Bokehbookshelf.com

Resources without Lead Forms (29:53)

Valuable Leads (39:24)

Resources as an SEO Strategy (40:34)

Booking Dream Clients (45:29)

How to Create Valuable Resources (49:19)

  1. Set a goal for what you’re hoping to get out of the task.

  2. Put yourself in your client’s shoes—what are they searching for?

  3. Write as if you’re talking to real people rather than a search engine.

"Give away the why, but sell the how."

Links

larsenphoto.co

Instagram.com/larsenphotoco

Ben Hartley: https://sixfigurephotography.com/

https://www.fuelyourphotos.com/photography-blog-post-ideas/


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

What are you doing to stand out amongst the throngs of photographers in your market? A strong, distinct brand position is a great place to start. In these special Brand Position Consultations, we explore developing unique brand positions with professional photographers.

In episode 455 of the Bokeh Podcast, Cody McCracken joins us to explore potential brand positions that tie in his desire to build relationships with his clients and make them feel comfortable in front of the camera!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: The unique value prop that our businesses offer to our market.

Benefits of a Clear and Distinct Brand Position:

A. Enables Potential Clients to Immediately Know Your UVP

B. Filters Irrelevant Potential Clients

C. Simplifies/Focuses Marketing Efforts

D. Encourages Better Time Management

Based in: Small Town Virginia

Focused on: Weddings (4:41)

Target Customer’s Biggest Pain Points (9:48)

Ideal Client (12:32)

Nathan’s Future Brand Position (17:26)

Why Cody Became a Wedding Photographer (21:14)

  1. Wanted a business of his own.

  2. Wanted to build friendships with other couples.

  3. His competitive personality empowers him in this business.

Cody’s Competition Analysis (31:57)

Potential Brand Position: I make you feel comfortable in front of the camera on your wedding day.

Links

onefocusphotos.com

Storybrand by Donald Miller

Peter McKinnon

Katelyn James


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

With so many automations and softwares, creating efficiency in your business is simpler than ever. What are you doing to go beyond that efficiency to create an amazing client experience?

In episode 454 of the Bokeh Podcast, Dauss Miller joins us for his second interview on the podcast to discuss creating personalize client experiences. Listen in as he shares about the importance of managing expectations, along with three principles to giving your clients an experience to remember.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Favorite Addict (1:42)

Customer Experience: Connect on a personal level with your clients. (5:11)

Delegation/Outsourcing (6:05)

Book Recommendations (10:30)

Crushing it by Gary V

Start with Why

Subtle Art of Not Giving a Fuck

Simon Sinek’s Ted Talk

Captivate by Vanessa Van Edwards

The Art of Thinking Clearly

The Illusion of Money by Kyle Cease

UnFuck Yourself by Gary Bishop

Client Experience Beyond a CRM (22:14)

Marketing to Cold Leads with a Lead Magnet (23:34)

Educating Clients & Managing Expectations (30:00)

  1. Questionnaires (31:33)

  2. Emails (33:30)

  3. Meetings

Personalized Cli

View Details

Did your experience during COVID cause you to take a second look at your contracts? Whether you were faced with rescheduled weddings or completely cancelled weddings, we know the impact COVID has had on our industry.

In episode 453 of the Bokeh Podcast, Samantha Clarke, photographer and lawyer, joins us to share four elements that you're likely missing from your contract and need to add to better protect your business.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Disclaimer: While Samantha is a lawyer, she’s not our lawyer or your lawyer. Please see your local lawyer for legal advice.

Brand Position: Modern photography for stylish people. (2:30)

Customer Experience: Understand what’s important to your clients and share what the process of working with you is like. (8:56)

Time Management: (15:23)

  • Prioritize top 3 things on her to-do list.

  • OOO Notifications

Delegation/Outsourcing: (21:46)

  • Editing

  • Album Design

  • Taxes

Decide what your non-negotiable are.

Book Recommendations: Building a Storybrand by Don Miller (31:28)

bokehbookshelf.com

Samantha’s Background (36:07)

Elements Missing From Your Contracts (38:25)

  1. Force Majeure Clause - An act of superior strength (acts of god, nature, pandemics, war, civil unrest, etc). (38:25)

  2. The Safe Working Environment Clause - Observing limits and laws of local government for the current pandemic. (44:10)

  3. Postponement or Cancellation Clause - To explain how clients can do either with you, including policy, timeframes, etc. (48:42)

  4. Rescheduling Addendum - Notes the new dates for which they should be paying you. (52:04)

Resources (57:57)

Legallyset.com

Thelegalpaige.com

Paige’s Episodes

Links

Samantha-clarke.com

Samantha-clarke.com/instagram

Episode 52


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out in

View Details

One thing that holds many photographers back from going full-time is the lack of consistency in income year round. Caroline Axvig has found the solution—monthly photo subscriptions.

In episode 452 of the Bokeh Podcast, Caroline joins us to share how her monthly photo subscriptions for bloggers and influencers allows her to expect consistent income on a monthly basis! Listen in as she highlights how she's structured these subscriptions and why they're successful in her business!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: I create on-brand lifestyle imagery and provide brand coaching for small businesses, bloggers, and influencers. I believe that my combination of creativity and community will help you grow your audience and reach your goals. (01:57)

Customer Experience: Get to know each individual customer as a person. (11:09)

Technique for Time: Blocking Sundays off from work. (15:45)

Delegation: Recent experience with a workflow/office assistant. (21:02)

Book Recommendations (25:58)

Brene Brown

Deep Work by Cal Newport

Profit First by Mike Michalowicz

Monthly Photo Subscription (29:21)

3,6,12 month subscriptions.

Review the Subscriptions Here >>

Why Subscriptions (34:07)

  1. Consistent income

  2. Clients feel like co-workers rather than customers.

  3. Spending time with like-minded entrepreneurs.

  4. New creative challenges every week.

Drawbacks to Subscription Model (38:44)

  1. It is a lot of work to turn around quickly.

  2. It’s hard to raise/change prices with recurring clients.

Caroline’s Workflow for Quick Turnarounds (43:07)

Links

carolinethephotographer.co

View Details

Are you ready to make 2021 a year of growth by becoming the next version of you?

In episode 451 of the Bokeh Podcast, Shaun Austin joins us for his sixth interview on the show to discuss the how he finds motivation to consistently try being a better version of himself. Listen in as he shares 3 principles to implement for growth, along with the impact that your relationships have on this process.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Toughest Lesson During COVID-19 (3:11)

Not being in control of things that he wants to be in control of.

Learning He Doesn’t Have Control (6:32)

Celebrating Relationships & Life Story Online (18:01)

Continued Motivation to Be Better (22:52)

Consistent Improvement vs. Showcasing Improvement (28:24)

Why Shaun Started Staying Consistent (38:22)

3 Principles to Enable Change (42:46)

Vision

Plan

Consistency

Vision (43:05)

  • Quarterly Vision Goal - Look to see where you want to go.

  • Discover through curiosity & uncover with the team.

  • Write it down and find what can move you towards or away from the goal.

Planning (47:42)

  • Task

  • Timeframe

  • End Goal

Consistency (51:45)

  • Road block: consistent things not working.

  • Set expectations for consistency.

Role of Relationships in Becoming the Next Version of You (1:00:16)

Links

instagram.com/shaunaustin

instagram.com/kissbooks

Facebook.com/kissbooks

The Stack by Shaun Gordon

Armchair Expert - Dax Sheppard

Unstuckologist

Shaun's Other Episodes:

Episode 18 - In Pursuit of Simple

Episode 77 - The Importance of Being Intentional

View Details

Building a unique brand isn't an easy task nowadays. We're inundated with consistent messaging to follow the latest tips and hacks to building a better business—encouraging us to do exactly what everyone else is doing.

What if you took a look at your life and your past and built a brand based on your passion? In episode 450 of the Bokeh Podcast, Maranda Joiner joins us to discuss how she encourages her clients as a brand strategist to open up about their lives, build a brand based on their passions, and find a target market that they can serve. Listen in as she walks us through the process of exploring and building a brand based on your passion!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You’re Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Helping entrepreneurs figure out what to say on social media by helping connect their passion into purpose to make money. (1:57)

Customer Experience: Make people feel heard, seen, and understood. (7:07)

Technique for Time (13:57)

Book Recommendations: (21:03)

The E-Myth by Michael Gerber

The Secret of Teams by Mark Miller

Start With Why by Simon Sinek

Building a Business on Passion

Tying Your Purpose from Your Past (30:36)

Passion vs. Viable Business (37:31)

Turning Your Passion into a Viable Business (41:30)

  1. Start doing the work in the beginning before deciding on making it a business; test the market.

  2. Think about your target market and ideal client to know who you're creating your business for.

  3. Talk to your audience.

Finding Your Target Market (48:29)

  1. Find similar businesses to yours' and study their audience.

  2. Look up books similar to what you do and read the reviews.

  3. Talk to your existing audience.

Chik Fil A (55:38)

Links:

marandajoiner.com

instagram.com/marandajoiner

facebook.com/marandajoiner


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you seek your validation or security from the approval of others, including external praise for accomplishments?

As photographers, we often unknowingly look for that praise from clients we serve, which can be toxic for our mental wellbeing. In episode 449 of the Bokeh Podcast, Alisha Crossley joins us to discuss codependency, learned behaviors, and setting boundaries!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: (6:28)

"Fine art wedding photographers capturing love stories while writing our very own.”

The picture should be just as beautiful as the experience.

Technique for Time: Change your mindset around time. (15:57)

Delegation (19:37)

Book Recommendations: (29:11)

This is Marketing by Seth Godin

The Paradox of Choice

bokehbookshelf.com

Codependency (32:24)

Codependency in Relation to Our Clients (42:00)

Acknowledging Codependency & Learned Behaviors (45:28)

Three Ways You Can Serve Your Clients While Maintaining Boundaries (45:28)

  1. Be honest with yourself and acknowledge behavior.

  2. Communication with your clients on clarity.

  3. Ask yourself: Is this what I want for my business?

Ways to Maintain Boundaries (58:48)

  1. Look inwards at your own intentions in relationships.

  2. Establish your time management boundaries.

  3. Set boundaries with your employees.

Using Goals for Clarity (1:09:30)

Links

alishacrossleyphotography.com

instagram.com/alishacrossleyphotography

Mint


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Branding photography has become a popular niche over the last few years, but have you explored ways to create recurring revenue with these clients?

It's important to educate your branding photography clients on how to use their images for marketing purposes and continue to keep them updated! In episode 448 of the Bokeh Podcast, Tanya Smith joins us to share how she's created recurring revenue from her branding photography clients and introduces the concept of selling a retainer option as a service in her business.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Elevate your brand image with storytelling photos that sell. (33:35)

Technique for Time: Plan & follow through and outsourcing (12:03)

Outsourcing/Delegating (17:19)

Book Recommendations: (23:26)

The Secrets of a Millionaire Mindset

You Are a Badass at Making Money

bokehbookshelf.com

How & Why Tanya Got Started in Branding Photography ()

Flexibility in Schedule

Shooting Less Sessions for More Profit

Playing on Strengths

Planning for Branding Shoots (36:09)

  1. Setting goals

  2. Develop an itinerary

  3. Manage logistics

Making Clients Comfortable Branding Shoots (39:39)

Branding Photography as a Recurring Revenue (45:46)

  1. Having clients come to you year after year.

  2. Social media clients need images on a regular basis and social media management.

  3. Retainer as photographer for new employee hires and more.

Moving Towards Retainer: (49:10)

  1. Have your first shoot with your client to show your value.

  2. Have a conversation based on their needs.

  3. Offer a custom package.

Tanya’s Course (52:35)

Links

instagram.com/workstoryeducation

Linkedin

Rock Your Photography Biz Facebook Group

workstoryphotography.com

View Details

Growth is so important, especially when running your own business. Whether you're improving your skillset, raising your prices, or finding other ways to move forward in your business, take time to reflect on how far you've come!

In episode 447 of the Bokeh Podcast, Tye Bournes joins us to share the two principles she's learned that are most important for her business. Listen in as she highlights who she's grown and the mentors she's had along the way—many are previous Bokeh Podcast guests!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Capturing clients at their best using photography and cinematography expertise to ensure their memories are treasured and shared for generations to come. (2:36)

Client Experience: Build a rapport with your clients. (5:45)

Technique for Time: Stick to your business hours. (8:18)

Delegation/Outsourcing: Splitting the Workload (14:59)

Two Important Principles for Business (18:55)

  1. Know Your Worth

  2. Improve Your Craft

3 Principles to Being Confident in your Worth (26:37)

  1. Don’t be afraid to take charge.

  2. Don’t be afraid to guide the clients.

  3. Don’t be afraid to be personable with your clients.

Posing & Directing Your Clients (30:43)

Ways to Improve Your Craft (36:30)

  1. Mentor - Chip Dizard

  2. In- Person Courses - Taylor Brumfield

  3. Youtube Videos

  4. Conference - Hustle in Heels by Michelle Harris

  5. Pricing & Website Consult w/ Michelle Harris

  6. Accountability Partners - Raquita Henderson, Ashley Canay, Anesha Collins

  7. Mastermind - Dr. Tomayia Colvin

  8. Facebook Photography Groups - Black Female Photographer’s Group, MHarris Hustlers, and Tomayia Colvin Education

  9. Styled Shoots - Attended and Hosted

Other Bokeh Guests

View Details

Are you looking to build your portfolio with dream images, while simultaneously building a community of photographers and vendors?

In episode 446 of the Bokeh Podcast, Rachel Howard joins us for a conversation around setting up her recent styled shoot and retreat! Listen in as she shares her approach to the styled shoot, along with what she learned in hosting and leading other photographers.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Photographing the raw beauty of life in North Alabama and beyond. (3:05)

Client Experience: Consistency and personable. (5:40)

Technique for Time: Creating routines and time blocking. (7:43)

Delegation/Outsourcing: Editing, bookkeeping, and album design. (11:28)

Book Recommendations: (19:54)

Will Power Doesn’t Work by Benjamin Hardy

Sick of Me by Whitney Capps

Personality Isn’t Permanent by Benjamin Hardy

Benjamin Hardy - Episode 397

bokehbookshelf.com

Rachel’s First Styled Shoot (23:00)

Styled Shoot During COVID (23:19)

The Attendees' Expectations (31:57)

Creating Structure (35:18)

Three Questions to Ask Before You Plan a Styled Shoot (46:19)

  1. Are you structured?

  2. Are you a leader?

  3. Can you be real & strip away the pride?

Links:

rawimageswithrach.com

instagram.com/raw_images_with_rach

Blog Post about Styled Shoot/Retreat


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

As an entrepreneur, it's not often that we hear conversations around how to prepare for pregnancy, motherhood, and even loss.

Martha Swann-Quinn joins us to share how she started her personal project, Portraits of Loss, Love and Motherhood, to bring awareness and community to those who have experienced pregnancy loss.

Listen to episode 445 as Martha shares how she experienced two miscarriages of her own after starting this project, and highlights how she navigated these losses while continuing to photograph weddings and families too.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Capturing love and life and making memories last for generations to come. (2:17)

Client Experience: Looking at your clients and treating them as people first. (7:09)

Technique for Time: Be intentional with your time. (12:28)

Delegation: Accounting, legal work, and editing. (14:02)

Book Recommendations: (16:04)

Building a Storybrand by Donald Miller

Art & Fear

Go-To Lenses (22:23)

50mm & 85mm

"1 in 4 pregnancies end in miscarriage"

"1 in 100 babies are stillborn"

Portraits of Loss, Love and Motherhood

The Blog

Loss, Love & Motherhood Book

The Importance of an Emergency Fund (41:01)

Knowing What it Costs to Run Your Business (42:59)

Cutting Costs that aren’t Essential. (43:37)

Sharing About Pregnancy (45:10)

Approaching Pregnancy as an Entrepreneur (50:51)

  1. Talk with your doctor.

  2. Review your contracts with your lawyer to ensure you’re covered.

  3. Think through how you want to handle announcing/sharing your pregnancy.

  4. Consider delegating and outsourcing tasks (assistants, virtual assistant, editing).

  5. Check in with your CPA about your

View Details

Do you struggle to turn your inquiries into paying clients? Implementing a simple booking workflow in your Customer Relationship Manager (CRM) could increase your bookings while improving your overall client communication.

In episode 444 of the Bokeh Podcast, Colie James joins us to share how she uses her CRM to not only book the clients, but create consistent communication from inquiry to final delivery. Listen in as she walks us through her automated workflow setup in Dubsado.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Get to Know Colie (3:13)

Brand Position: Photos and films to family members in an experience that no one whines about. (5:26)

Client Experience: You have to deliver what you have promised. (10:56)

Time Technique (16:20)

Delegation/Outsourcing: Editing and CRMs (22:01)

Outsourcing Editing (26:42)

  1. Have a clear way of how you edit

  2. Communicate your editing

  3. Provide valuable feedback.

Podcast Recommendations (30:42)

The Bokeh Podcast

This Can’t be that Hard

The Break Through Brand by Elizabeth

CRM - Customer Relationship Manager (35:56)

CRM’s Colie has used: (36:55)

17Hats

Tave (Owned by Shootproof)

Dubsado

3 Ways Using a CRM Enables Easier Booking

  1. Lead Capture Form

  2. Templated Emails Easily Accessible

  3. The Booking Process & Payment

Automated Booking Workflow (43:52)

  • Confirmation Email with Date and Details

  • Detailed questionnaire

  • Email just before session confirming

  • Email after the session with a sneak peak and model release

Colie’s Lead Capture Form Sample:

coliejamesphotography.com/contact

Links

coliejamesphotography.com

coliejamesphotography.com/dubsado

The Photo Cookout

Showit.co

Showit United

A Love Portrait

The E-myth Revisited

View Details

Are digital products right for your business? Whether you're looking to build an additional revenue stream or build up your educational offerings, there are a few things to consider when it comes to digital products!

In episode 443 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nicola Dixon is sharing the primary reasons to add digital products to your business, how to decide if they're right for you, and how to overcome your potential fears in launching them!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Communication (4:48)

Client Experience (11:31)

Demonstrating Value to Your Market (18:49)

Technique for Time: Batch working with efficiency. (28:51)

Outsourcing/Delegation: Copywriting and Facebook Ads (38:21)

Book Recommendation: You are a Badass at Making Money by Jen Sincero (41:12)

bokehbookshelf.com

Why You’d Add Digital Products

Adding Revenue Stream

Working Less Hours

How to Decide if Digital Products are Right for You (49:57)

  • If you’re fully booked but still want to grow your business

  • If you’re getting questions regarding your knowledge

Fears Photographer’s Have: (58:30)

  • My audience is too small. | You just need an engaged following.

  • What gives me the authority to teach? | You just have to be a few steps ahead of the person behind you.

  • Needing perfection. | Just get started.

"Everything is waiting for you on the other side of consistency."

Links

nicoladixon.co


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

After an amazing conversation at this year's Photo Cookout Conference with Cat Williams, I knew she was a perfect guest for the podcast!

If you're ready to take your customer service experience to the next level, listen in as Cat shares a powerful concept that will ensure you're approaching your customer service strategy with intention!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Meet the Curator (2:47)

Approaching Customer Experience as a Curator (5:42)

Based: in Houston, TX (9:36)

Ladiiva Kreations Origin (11:17)

Customer Experience: Personalization makes it everything. (15:10)

Technique for Time: Find a happy medium with your work/life balance. (20:16)

- Adjust the 9-5 Work Schedule

- PTO from the FT job is PTO from the photo business.

- Set dedicated working hours.

Outsourcing/Delegation: In-Person Sales (24:31)

Book Recommendations: Soar by TD Jakes (28:46)

Overcoming Fear (31:35)

bokehbookshelf.com

Downstream vs Upstream (51:18)

Upstream - Who you consider your vendors

Middle - You

Downstream - Your client

Applying Upstream/Downstream Concept to Business (1:01:55)

  • Surveys to gain feedback

  • Personalization in services

Links

ladiivakreations.com

instagram.com/ladiivakreations


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

We live in an entrepreneurial space where our income options are limitless when we decide to diversify our revenue streams!

In episode 441 of the Bokeh Podcast, Sam Hurd joins us to share how to approach a diversifying your income and the questions to consider when planning for a a potential revenue stream.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Winner of 0 Awards (8:07)

Brand Position: Emphasizing the creative, most strange, least expected couples of the couple (17:01)

Photo Mentioned in Episode (22:15)

https://www.samhurdphotography.com/planning-virtual-wedding/

Book Recommendations: I Will Teach You to Be Rich (27:35)

bokehbookshelf.com

Diversifying Income (31:20)

Questions to Ask Regarding a New Revenue Stream: (39:47)

  1. Is there a demand?

Ex: Do people actually ask you questions about your talent/photos?

  1. Are you capable of executing this new revenue stream?

Ex: Teaching - breaking things down and explaining it thoroughly?

  1. Can this additional stream be generated efficiently?

  2. Is this sustainable?

Creating Patreon (44:35)

Approach to Adding Value (55:34)

Being Honest with Yourself (59:55)

Mentioned in this Episode:

Ben Thompson of Stratechery.com

Jack Conte of Patreon

Links

patreon.com/samhurd

instagram.com/iamthesam

samhurdphotography.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Organization—it's a word most creatives hate. We're here to tell you that it doesn't have to be a bad word and it isn't just for nerds.

In episode 440 of the Bokeh Podcast, Tracy Moore shares how organization can make a powerful and positive impact on your efficiency in business. Listen in as she shares the benefits of her favorite systems and softwares!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Trouble-Maker Photographer for Adventurous Senior Girls (9:34)

Adventurous Do Good Contest (11:32)

Customer Service: Be interested in them. (14:39)

Technique for Time: (21:19)

Time Blocking

Eisenhower Method

Delegation/Outsourcing (28:18)

View this post on Instagram

A post shared by Photography Business Mentor (@tracymoorephoto)

Book Recommendations: (38:57)

How to Win Friends and Influence People by Dale Carnige ?

Never Split the Difference

15 Invaluable Laws of Growth

How to Win Friends and Influence People for Teen Girls

bokehbookshelf.com

FOCUS Mastermind (41:17)

F - Finding Your Niche

O - Optimizing Your Brand

C - Client Acquisition

U - Unforgettable Client Experience

S - Systems & Sales

3 Major Benefits of Systems (44:35)

  1. Time Saving (46:27)

  2. Better Client Experience (53:37)

  3. More Income Overall (55:14)

Systems Tracy Has in Place (57:27)

Client Galleries

Contracts & Invoicing

Deciding on Softwares (58:32)

Good Reputation

Word of Mouth

Client Facing Experience

Time Saving

Softwares (1:01)

Shootproof for Client Galleries and Contracts

Simplebooklet

Survey Monkey

View Details

We've talked about the variety of ways you can advertise and market your photography business on the Bokeh Podcast. We've even shared how to set up Google Ad Campaigns in previous episodes,.

In today's episode, our special guest, Yaneck Wasio, joins us for another episode to share how to design an effective Google Ad Campaign that converts! Listen in as he guides us through 5 principals to a strong ad campaign!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Customer Experience: Actively listen (5:08)

Getting Started with Google Ads (8:44)

Advantages of Google Ads (10:51)

  • Your audience is actively searching for your services.

Disadvantages to Google Ads (13:28)

  • They can be more expensive than FB Ads

Google Search vs Google Display Ads (13:50)

5 Principals of a Strong Google Ad Campaign (20:31)

  1. Keywords

  2. Ad Copy

  3. Monitoring

  4. Landing Page

  5. Email & Communication Follow Up

Keywords (21:21)

Broad Terms

Keywords

Negative Keywords

Writing Good Copy for Ads (27:14)

Adwords Campaign Structure (27:53)

Campaigns > Ad Sets > Ads

Monitoring Ads (34:07)

  1. Keyword Monitoring

  2. Ad Performance

  3. Google Ads w/ Google Analytics

Setting Goals (37:46)

Landing Pages (41:42)

Follow Up via Email (47:08)

Links

wasiophotography.com

instagram.com/wasio

headshothotsauce.com

Episode 310: The Art of Print Sales

Episode 43: How to Move Into a New Market


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Your photography style can define so much of what you become in your photography business.

In episode 438 of the Bokeh Podcast, we're joined by Jenny Losee to discuss her approach to a session, along with how it impacts her style of photography. Listen in as Jenny shares how she got started in photography and came to develop her own unique style of photography.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Capture the beauty of living in natural art. Natural, organic photography inspired by nature and emotion. (2:19)

Client Experience: Communication, Planning, & Fine Tuning (3:35)

Technique for Time: Working during baby's morning nap times. (11:17)

Book Recommendations: (15:05)

A New Earth

The Untethered Soul

Bokehbookshelf.com

How Jenny Got Started (18:50)

How Jenny Developed Her Style (32:36)

  1. Communication with clients.

  2. Pre-plan meditation and visioning process.

  3. Create a game plan onsite early.

  4. Editing film and digital side by side.

Avoiding the Paparazzi Photographer (34:20)

The Editing Process for Film vs. Digital (36:21)

Links

jennylosee.com

instagram.com/jennylosee_

Photo Vision


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

We've heard the importance of optimizing your website for search engines, but are you taking advantage of Google My Business?

Our producer, Haylee Gaffin comes out from behind the scenes to explain how setting up her Google My Business listing has increased website traffic, bookings, and overall profit for her photography studio! Listen in as she walks us through the detailed process of setting up your Google My Business listing!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Helping small businesses and entrepreneurs grow their business through photography, marketing, and podcast production.

Customer Experience: Communication (8:58)

Communication in Delegation (14:18)

Technique for Time: (18:05)

Honeybook - Get 50% off.

Asana / Todoist

Time Blocking

Outsourcing/Delegation (22:38)

Accounting/Taxes

Social Media Marketing

Book Recommendations: (26:00)

Chasing the Bright Side

To All the Boys I Loved Before

21 Ballons

Google My Business Listing (31:50)

Success in Google My Business Listing (33:37)

40% of Studio Rentals Come From Google

50% of Headshot Clients Come From Google

Rankings on Google (30:41)

Chattanooga Photography Studio:

#1 on SEO

#4 on Google My Business Listings

Chattanooga Headshot Photographer

#6 on Google My Business Listings

Not Even on the First Page of SEO

SEO & Google My Business Listing

Setting Up My Google Business Listing (38:30)

  1. Head to google.com/business and create your account.

  2. Set up your business listing or claim the existing business.

  3. Add your business information.

  4. Verify your business (by postcard, phone, or email).

  5. Add photos to your listing.

  6. Add a Business Description or Brand Position.

  7. Begin creating content posts to your Google My Business Listing.

Three Considerations in Ranking Your Google My Business Listing (43:35)

  1. Distance

  2. Relevance

  3. Prominence

Requesting Reviews (47:01)

Links

View Details

At some point in the last eight months, you've probably questioned why you decided to become an entrepreneur. We know that keeping your small business afloat during COVID hasn't been easy.

Brandon Wong of Photo Booth Supply Co joins us for his second episode of the Bokeh Podcast to explain how COVID impacted his business, and the shifts he made to continue to stay profitable. Listen in as he describes conceptualizing the plan to pivot their marketing, product offerings, and even team responsibilities.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

How COVID Impacted PBSC (7:48)

Cautious Optimism

Things They Could Control during COVID: (10:00)

Team

Marketing

Product Strategy

Proactivity (12:19)

Team Members (15:43)

  • Froze hiring process.

  • Keeping 10/10 Team

  • Developing Processes

Marketing (27:51)

  • The Photo Booth Podcast

  • Youtube Channel

  • The Photo Booth Academy

Product Strategy (40:54)

  • Sanitation Opportunities

  • Virtual Events (Booth Summit)

4 Ways They've Stayed Profitable:

  • Only a 21% churn rate

  • Maintained profitability every month except for April

  • Maintained team size

  • Better equipped to scale than before

Links

photoboothsupplyco.com

instagram.com/photoboothsupplyco

instagram.com/brandon_wong

Episode 371


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Sales aren't your forte, huh? We get it! Like most photographers, your heart is probably in the craft of your work, not the sales process.

What if you could master the art of up-selling your services, without having to be salesy?

In episode 435 of the Bokeh Podcast, McKenzie Bigliazzi joins us to share about developing an intentional contact form, designing custom client guides, and utilizing a dynamic pricing system, all with the intent of up-selling (without being salesy).

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Help couples plan their Colorado weddings no matter where they are. (2:28)

Technique for Time: Time blocking (11:44)

Outsourcing/Delegating: Albums (13:28)

Book Recommendations:

So, You Want to Talk About Race

The Subtle Art of Not Giving a Fuck by Mark Manson

Doubling Income in 9 Months (20:27)

Communicating Value to Clients (27:34)

Creating Custom Guides for Every Client (30:50)

Create a Killer Contact Form (37:28)

Dynamic Pricing (41:33)

  1. Create base prices.

  2. Find out their location, budget, size, photography, etc.

  3. Estimate your expenses

  4. Evaluate what your time is worth

Up-selling from the Base Package (53:41)

Links

www.mckenziebigliazzi.com

instagram.com/mckenzie_bigliazzi/

facebook.com/groups/cultivateeducation

Dubsado


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Combining light sources can lead to extremely powerful images, but the technique requires a level of comfort and experience for proper execution!

I recently saw Drae Brown post a few images on Facebook of a stunning portrait session where he combined flash and a gorgeous sunrise to highlight his model. The image was so well-lit that I knew I needed to bring him on the show to share how he managed to capture these images.

Listen in to episode 434 of the Bokeh Podcast as we get to know Drae, and hear his approach to mixing strobe and sunlight!

Plus, head to our show notes at bokehpodcast.com to check out his breathtaking images!

ďťż

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Lighting, locations, and angles. (2:49)

Head to the Show Notes to see the Instagram Post at bokehpodcast.com/434

Client Experience: Be prepared for your clients. (11:00)

Finding What You Love (14:09)

Technique for Time (17:52)

Outsourcing/Delelgation (27:31)

Book Recommendation: (30:04)

Rich Dad, Poor Dad

bokehbookshelf.com

The Process for Creating (36:08)

  • Create a Mood Board

  • Collaborate with the Client on Outfits & Ideas

  • Location Search

Head to the Show Notes to see the Instagram Post at bokehpodcast.com/434

Reviewing Image 1: See the image at bokehpodcast.com/434(47:36)

Reviewing Image 2: See the image at bokehpodcast.com/434 (49:15)

Developing Off Camera Lighting Skills (33:18)

Setting the Mood with High Speed Sync (50:08)

Reviewing Image 3: See the image at bokehpodcast.com/434 (50:43)

Reviewing Image 4: See the image at bokehpodcast.com/434 (51:55)

Camera Settings for Mixed Lighting (54:20)

Links

instagram.com/dbrown615_photography

draebrown.com

Tomayia Colvin Education Facebook Group

The Cookout


See acast.com/privacy for p

View Details

As entrepreneurs, we know that running a business can be tough, but what happens when your health is a factor in how you run that business?

In episode 433 of the Bokeh Podcast, Emilie Steinmann joins us to share her experience in running a successful business while managing a chronic illness. Listen in as she shares three key ideas that will enable you to grow your business no matter what obstacles you may have to overcome.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Japan & Japanese Language (00:53)

Brand Position: The only brand agency for photographers and wedding professionals that provides copywriting, brand design, and web design with conversion in mind. (9:15)

Customer Experience: Gift giving is great, but outlined workflows and processes are better! (12:08)

Technique for Time: (15:24)

  1. Accept that there are busy seasons and slow seasons.

  2. Set boundaries for yourself and turn your computer off on weekends.

Book Recommendation: (24:06)

Anything by Brene Brown,

Fix this Next - Mike Mecolowitz

Simon Sinek

bokehbookshelf.com

Challenges with Chronic Illness (26:45)

Developing Systems Within Business (32:47)

Big Ideas to Help Accomplish What You Want (41:25)

Self Compassion

Community Support

Link:

buoyantmarketing.com

instagram.com/buoyant.marketing

Website Audit Checklist: Buoyantmarketing.com/bokeh

Becomingbuoyant.com

The E-Myth Revisited

The Freelance CEO - Katelyn Magnuson

Becoming Buoyant

Rising Tide Society


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you taking the appropriate steps to ensure your website is optimized for search rankings?

In episode 432 of the Bokeh Podcast, Corey Potter and Dylan Howell of Fuel Your Photos join us to explain how search engine optimization works in favor of photographers. Listen in as they share tools and steps to optimize your website content for search engine optimization (SEO)!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Education & empowerment for photographers to take control of their SEO. (5:01)

Customer Experience: (6:49)

Let your customers know you care and that you’re invested in the results.

Book Recommendations: 4 Hour Work Week (13:50)

Local SEO (24:13)

Indexing with Google (29:22)

Google Search Console (29:58)

Questions to Ask Yourself (39:16)

  • How can I make it fast and easy for people?

  • How do I make sure that google’s crawlers and algorithms determine this is the solution to people’s problems?

  • How do I make sure that people are going to click it?

Optimizing Your Site (44:03)

  • Great Title

  • Meta-description*

*Google is doing a decent job of pulling this on their own.

AMP - Accelerated Mobile Pages (51:41)

Blogging & Content Creation for SEO (55:07)

Links

Fuel Your Photos FB group

fuelyourphotos.com

SEO for Photographers Podcast

Keywords Everywhere

Hotjar

VWO

Google Analytics

Showit


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you set your mini sessions up to be as profitable as your regular sessions?

In episode 431 of the Bokeh Podcast, Rebecca Rice joins us to break down how she's structured her mini sessions to allow her to successfully up-sell additional digitals after the session! Listen in as she shares four steps to successful mini sessions, along with how to approach your marketing strategy.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position (1:44)

Client Experience: Preparation & Education (5:32)

Technique for Time: Set boundaries (8:53)

Outsourcing/Delegation: Editing & Virtual Assistant (12:37)

Finding a VA (14:24)

Book Recommendations: Traction by Gino Whickman (15:39)

Why Mini Sessions (20:24)

Pricing Structure for Mini Sessions: (22:40)

15 minutes

20 proofs

5 images included

$285

Upselling:

$65/image

Set of 3 $90

Full Gallery for $200

Steps to Market Your Minis

1. Give Yourself 6 Weeks to Advertise

2. Open up one date at a time.

3. Open Up to Your Email List

4. Go Public With It on Facebook and Ads

4 Keys to Successful Mini Sessions (35:03)

  1. Setting Up the Right Structure (35:03)

  2. Upsell Your Full Gallery (36:29)

  3. Excellent Communication (38:45)

  4. Automate Where You Can (42:09)

Links

rebeccaricephoto.com

instagram.com/rebeccaricephotography

rebeccaricephoto.com/freeclass

Amy & Jordan

Outsourcing with Love

Episode 331: Henry Chen

Shootproof.com

Dubsado.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

In light of recent events, we've seen a positive shift in the approach our industry is taking when it comes to inclusivity, diversity, and equality. We've posted on social media, we've marched, but now what?

In episode 430 of the Bokeh Podcast, Ashley Canay joins us to discuss the responsibility we have in continuing the fight for equality, along with ways we can support the movement.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Lux Couples & Weddings (1:40)

Customer Experience (9:38)

Technique for Time: Outsourcing Editing, Investing in a CRM, and Hiring a Social Media Manager (14:31)

Book Recommendations: Profit First (23:11)

bokehbookshelf.com

Ashley’s Experience & Perspective (28:05)

Racism vs. Implicit Bias (35:24)

Drawing the Line (37:58)

Promoting Equality (41:01)

Organizing Support for Equality (44:07)

Other Episodes on Diversity, Equality, and Inclusion

Episode 400: Let's Address Racism with Saori & Devonte Sorrel

Episode 398: How to Move Towards Racial Equity in the Photography Industry with Chip Dizard

Episode 378: Encouraging Inclusion in the Photography Industry with George Mitchell

Episode 395: Encouraging Inclusion in the Photography Industry, Pt 2 with George Mitchell

Links

Ashleycanay.com

instagram.com/ashleycanay

facebook.com/AshleyCanayVideoPhoto


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

What if I told you that your copywriting could be amplified by answering four simple questions?

In episode 429 of the Bokeh Podcast, Kaitlin Senter, conversion copywriter and strategist, joins us to discuss the importance of copy and conversion on all mediums in your business. Listen in as she shares the four questions to ask yourself to take your copy to the next level!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Help small creative businesses put an end to the guesswork. Taking their copy from “well, it’s paying the bills” to breaking sales records. (2:37)

Customer Experience: Listen well and pair that with open and clear communication. (4:27)

Technique for Time: (11:54)

  • Batch working

  • Time Blocking

Outsourcing/Delegation: Design work. (15:58)

Book Recommendations: The Writer’s Diet (17:54)

Bokehbookshelf.com

The Jobs to Be Done Concept (19:43)

Concept by Clayton Christenson

Joanna Weaves - Copyhackers.com

Four Main Questions to Ask: (21:44)

  1. What is the push?

  2. What is the pull?

  3. What is the anxiety?

  4. What is the habit?

Communication (33:17)

Links

strikingconversation.com

instagram.com/kaitsenter


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you limiting yourself based on a belief that who you are is holding you back?

In episode 428 of the Bokeh Podcast, Jordan Correces joins us to discuss how your identity is a myth. That's right—you can overcome the challenge of labels impacting your perception of you.

Your identity is a myth.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Jordan’s Motivation (7:29)

Identities Culture Expects You to Identify With: (10:31)

Introversion

ADHD

Introversion (15:41)

Bokehbookshelf.com

ADHD (28:13)

Meditation (29:16)

Hyperfocus (30:31)

Three Principals to Overcome Limiting Beliefs (36:28)

  1. Adapt (36:55)

  2. Break (37:14)

  3. Change (37:39)

Links

Wedding Lead Machine Accelerator - Free Masterclass

Joe Rogan Podcast - podcasts.joerogan.net

Breaking the Habit of Being Yourself by Joe Dispenza

Reawaken the Giant Within by Tony Robbins


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you refined your brand position? In this special series called Brand Position Consultations, we explore developing unique brand positions with professional photographers.

In episode 427 of the Bokeh Podcast, Tiffany Hix joins us to discuss how she should refine her brand position to highlight creating legacy items and artwork for families in Boise.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: The unique value prop that our businesses offer to our market.

Benefits of a Clear and Distinct Brand Position:

A. Enables Potential Clients to Immediately Know Your UVP

B. Filters Irrelevant Potential Clients

C. Simplifies/Focuses Marketing Efforts

D. Encourages Better Time Management

Based in: Boise, ID (4:29)

Years in Business: 14

Current Brand Position Options: (5:55)

From Instagram - "Curating your family’s legacy with gorgeous artwork for you to enjoy for years to come”

From Website - “Fun, Fine Art Photography for Boise Families: Your Family Story Told One Frame at a Time."

Competition (20:10)

Potential Brand Position: Curating your family’s legacy with gorgeous artwork for your home.

Links

tiffanyhix.com

instagram.com/tiffanyhix

Power Thesaurus

Want to learn more about the importance of a brand position?

Listen to this episode >>


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you providing your couples with beautifully styled detail images from their wedding day?

In episode 426 of the Bokeh Podcast, Stephanie Kase joins us to walk through her workflow for photographing details. Listen in as she also discusses how she educates her couples on what makes beautiful details shots and the role they play in the process.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Organized, genuine experience for classic couples getting married. (3:27)

Technique for Time: Consider the concept of defined work hours. (9:33)

Outsourcing/Delegation: Outsourcing Editing and Hiring an Assistant (12:15)

Book Recommendations: (17:45)

This is Marketing with Seth Godin

Essentialism

bokehbookshelf.com

Education & Communication with Couples: Preparation for Photographing Details (21:11)

Styling Kit & Styling Boards (25:30)

Arrive Early to Eliminate Stress (27:35)

Workflow for Photographing Details (30:07)

Photograph the Dress First

Move to Lay Flat Images

Going From Big to Small in Lay Flats (31:31)

Three Main Big Shots (31:44)

1. Invitation Suite

2. Bride’s Details

3. Groom’s Details

Small Shots of Every Detail (32:29)

Getting Variety in the Details (33:20)

Collaborating with the Florist (38:08)

Camera Gear (39:52)

Sigma Art 50 mm

Tamron 90 mm Macro

Post Production Workflow with Vendors (42:14)

Links

stephaniekase.com

instagram.com/stephanielynnkase

youtube.com/channel/UCiY-h0MvIzfneJ6n72psVMQ

Free Download: 6 Secrets for Photographing Details


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you heading into a busy and stressful season in your photography business? Maybe you're in the middle one now and need to relieve some of that stress.

In episode 425 of the Bokeh Podcast, Glen Mitchell explains all of the factors in your life that impact your stress and how you can manage it. Listen in as he shares his passion for eliminating stress in your life through his Thrive Through Life Health Coaching DESTRESSS Protocol.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Client Experience: Know your customer and care about them. (5:10)

Outsourcing/Delegation: Outsourcing Editing with Photographer’s Edit (14:54)

Book Recommendations: Jim Rones (18:46)

Ultimate Jim Rohn Library on Audible

Sign Up for the Newsletter >>

DESTRESSS Protocol (35:10)

Diet (35:55)

East lots of green vegetables, with a little meat.

Exercise (46:28)

Exercise is a stress on the body, depending on your body type, adjust accordingly.

Stress (51:14)

Toxins (1:00:03)

Rest (1:04:42)

Sleep (1:06:12)

  1. Stop eating 3 hours before bed.

  2. Make your bedroom as dark as possible.

  3. Use a wake light alarm to wake you up.

  4. Keep your bedroom cool (chillypads and hypoallergenic sheets)

  5. Listen to soothing music or white noise.

  6. Make the bedroom an electronic free zone.

  7. Dim/Warm lighting your bedroom.

  8. Supplements for sleep.

Emotional Balance (1:11:25)

9 Toxic Emotions:

  1. Bitterness

  2. Resentment

  3. Discomfort

  4. Anger

  5. Disappointment

  6. Guilt

  7. Shame

  8. Anxiety

  9. Sadness

Supplements (1:20:11)

Glen’s Daily Supplements:

  1. Daily Nutritional Support by Equilibrium

  2. Omega 3

  3. Vitamin D

Other Supplements

  1. Vitamin B

  2. Magnesium

  3. Vitamin C

  4. Probiotics

  5. Adaptogens

Success Mindset (1:25)

Three Processes of Success Mindset:

  1. See it

  2. Believe it

  3. Achieve it

Principals Glen Lives By (1:26:55)

  1. Only concern yourself with things you can control.

  2. Things are happening for us, not to us.

  3. Always be a student.

  4. Be happy with what you have, but open to receiving more.

  5. Have a compelling vision for your future.

Mentioned in this Episode:

View Details

Are you aware of the cash flow in your business or are you intimidated by your business finances?

In episode 424 of the Bokeh Podcast, Courtney Wolf of Invision Events joins us to discuss the importance of familiarizing yourself with your business expenses, profit/loss statements, and bookkeeping so that you're aware of your cash flow. Listen in as she explains important terminology for business accounting in a way that even a beginner can understand!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

About Invision Events (2:24)

Staying Afloat During Quarantine (4:30)

Embrace a Pivot

Run a Lean Business

Finance Terminology (13:14)

Cashflow - the total amount of money that is transferred in and out of the business.

Liquidity - the availability of liquid asset to a business.

Liquid Asset - cash (to a business).

Profit/Loss Statement: (16:25)

Standard financial statement that summarizes the revenues, costs, and expenses that are occurred during a specific time.

Generate Profit by: (16:25)

Increasing Revenue

Reducing Costs

Both

Accounting Software (26:56)

Excel Spreadsheet

Quickbooks

Wave

Tracking the Breakdown of Profits Per Client/Service (40:18)

Variable vs. Fixed Expenses (43:23)

Links

www.invision.events

educateempowerencourage.com

Instagram.com/courtney_invision

Facebook.com/Invisionevents

courtney@invisions.events

Template

Episode 328

Education Empower Encourage

Kesha Lambert


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you developed a solid foundation for success in your business?

In episode 423 of the Bokeh Podcast, Milton Jackson, photographer and founder of PicSpotr joins us to share three big ideas that led him to creating a stronger business. Listen in as we talk more than just tools, softwares, and admin work, but take a deep dive into personalizing your business.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

About Milton (1:18)

About PicSpotr: Empower photographers to build their business. (3:15)

Customer Experience: Growth is a reflection of your ability to make your customer feel like your only customer. (8:23)

Technique for Time: (14:47)

Figure out how to time block.

Define SMART goals:

Specific

Measurable

Achievable

Realistic

Timely

Delegation (17:19)

Book Recommendations:

The Subtle Art of Not Giving a F*ck

The E-myth Revisited

Digital Marketing Handbook by Shavani Crawl? https://www.amazon.com/Digital-Marketing-Handbook-Optimization-Content/dp/1519506392

Bokehbookshelf.com

Challenges Faced in Picsptr: (38:58)

Finding Ideal Customer

Know your value, charge your value.

Three Biggest Lessons (45:12)

  1. Be who you are, don't hide it.

  2. Surround yourself with people who understand you and your values.

  3. Be data driven.

Practical Ways to be Data Driven in Business (53:10)

Set a monetary goal for your business, review what types of shoots are generating the most revenue and shift your marketing.

Links:

Picspotr.com

The Workshop for Photographers

User Community


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you considered the impacts your business leaves on the environment? From where you're shooting to how you're sharing about it, you have more influence than you may think!

In episode 422 of the Bokeh Podcast, Maddie Mae joins us to discuss how the Leave No Trace movement focuses on teaching the best practices we can follow to both enjoy and protect the outdoors simultaneously. Listen in as she shares seven important principles to consider in order to leave no trace and help create a positive impact on the land you're visiting while photographing your clients.

Bonus: Make sure you check out her course, How to Leave No Trace, to learn more about ensuring your business is taking care of our world!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Customer Experience: The difference between your client’s expectations vs what you deliver. (2:16)

Marketing Miopia (5:02)

Outsourcing/Delegation: What are the core competencies that have to be done by me? (7:16)

The Passion Behind Leave No Trace (18:57)

Awareness in the Environment (27:06)

What is Leave No Trace? (36:55)

7 Principles to Leave No Trace (55:19)

  1. Plan and prepare

  2. Travel and camp on durable surfaces

  3. Disposing of waste properly

  4. Leave what you find

  5. Minimize campfire impacts

  6. Respect wildlife

  7. Be considerate of others

Links

adventureinstead.com

instagram.com/adventureinstead

Adventureinstead.com/academy

instagram.com/adventureinsteadacademy

Facebook Group: facebook.com/groups/weddingsandwanderlust

Episode 315

The Access Fund

Paige Griffith


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Did you know that pivoting to film photography can actually help you be more efficient with the time you spend in your business?

In episode 421 of the Bokeh Podcast, KC Lostetter shares how making the switch to film allowed her to be more intentional while shooting, set up efficient workflows in her business, and spend less time editing. Listen in as she explains her process with shooting film from start to finish!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Family film photographer for the adventurous, playful, and wild in Hawaii. (1:54)

Technique for Time: Mom Day Mondays and setting aside time for work. (13:16)

Delegation: Automation, templates, and getting premium scans for film. (18:10)

Book Recommendations: (20:14)

The 4 Hour Work Week - bit.ly/bp-4hr

The Road Back to You: An Enneagram Journey to Self-Discovery

The Wisdom of the Enneagram: The Complete Guide to Psychological and Spiritual Growth for the Nine Personality Types

The Modern Enneagram: Discover Who You Are and Who You Can Be

bokehpodcast.com/397

Time Saving Factor in Shooting Film (35:55)

Intentionality

Ship Off Film for Scans

Receive Digital File of Scan

Cull, Crop, and Straighten

Send to Client

Communicating with Labs (47:58)

Links:

kclostetter.com

instagram.com/kclostetter

Free Film Guide


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

It's important to make your couples feel comfortable during their engagements session, but could you be doing more to better serve them?

In episode 420 of the Bokeh Podcast, Courtney Bowlden joins us to discuss the importance of communication, connection, and preparation with your clients as you approach their session. Listen is as she shares her process before, during, and after sessions that leaves her clients excited for their images!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Making people feel comfortable in front of the camera. (1:57)

Customer Experience: I’m there for clients before, during, and after. (3:42)

Technique for Time: Block out vacation time. (10:57)

Delegation: Writing for emails, newsletters, and blogging.

Book Recommendations: (22:3)

You are a Badass by Jen Sincero - bit.ly/bp-badass

You are a Badass at Making Money by Jen Sincero - bit.ly/bp-bamoney

Building Connections and Relationships (31:33)

Outfit Recommendations (33:04)

Shooting Sessions (37:11)

Sunseeker App

The Gear Bag: (40:40)

Canon 5d Mark IV

35 mm

50 mm

85 mm

24-70 mm

70-200 mm

Posing in Engagement Sessions (49:52)

Delivery Process (55:39)

Links

courtneybowlden.com

instagram.com/courtneybowlden

thefindlab.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you found a love for personal brand photography, but aren't sure how to make the pivot in your business?

In episode 419 of the Bokeh Podcast, Mandy Liz joins us to discuss the differences in wedding photography and personal brand photography. Listen in as she highlights the changes you'll need to make in your business in order to better serve your personal brand clients and their businesses.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Based in: Nashville, TN (1:52)

Brand Position: On a mission to empower and encourage women through photography in their current season. (4:28)

Customer Experience: Underpromise and overdeliver. Show that you care about their needs. (9:08)

Delegation/Outsourcing: Copywriting, wedding editing, virtual assistant, and client gifts.(12:09)

Technique for Time: Schedule your days off. (17:22)

Inspiration: Marketing focused content, outside of the photo industry. (19:07)

Book Recommendations: (20:07)

Building a Storybrand - bit.ly/storybrand

The Go Giver

Commercial vs. Brand Photography (27:10)

Wedding Clients vs. Brand Client (28:56)

  1. Commercial Agreements, Releases, & Usage Rights

  2. Pricing, Packages, & Selling for Commercial vs. Personal Use

  3. Photo Credit, Editing, Etc. Aren’t Required.

Shot Lists for Brand Photography (37:55)

Creating Themes for Your Clients (41:02)

Links

Facebook

Instagram

Linkedin. Mandy walz

The Dream Hotel

Blue Indigo Creations in AZ (gift giving)

Grant’s Commercial Photography Episode


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you found yourself revisiting the basics of what it takes to run a healthy photography business?

In episode 418 of the Bokeh Podcast, Larry McGill of Obsidian Photography joins us to share how his experience in photography and the news industry has helped him develop a skillset for success. Listen in as he discusses the four vital principles that have made a positive impact in his business.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Philadelphia and Mainline Headshots and Portraits that Sell Your Personality

Customer Service: (3:42)

  • Make your clients feel like you know what you’re doing.

  • Make your clients feel comfortable in front of the camera and through the whole process.

Technique for Time: Learn to say no or I can’t do this. (11:23)

Outsourcing/Delegation: Social media management. (13:58)

Book Recommendations: The Millionaire Next Door (19:10)

NBC Affiliates vs Owned by NBC (23:01)

Working Remotely as a News Producer (24:41)

4 Vital Principles for a Healthy Photography Business (25:53)

  1. Staying cool under pressure.

  2. Adapting on the fly.

  3. Paying attention to detail.

  4. Relating to other people.

Links

obsidianphoto.com

instagram.com/MediotSavant

instagram.com/larry_mcgill_shoots


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you passionate about newborn photography, but aren't sure how to create a comfortable environment for the parents?

In episode 417 of the Bokeh Podcast, Joanna Andres joins us to share how important it is for your newborn's parent's to easily develop trust in you. Listen in as she highlights ways you can create an environment for that trust to build quickly, so you can capture beautiful photos of their new baby.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Columbus newborn and baby photography. (4:57)

Expanded Brand Position: Specializing in newborn, children portrait photography by custom styling each unique session and provide clients with gorgeous heirloom prints, keepsake albums, and beautiful canvases for clients to hang on their wall and cherish for a lifetime.

Delegation/Outsourcing: Hiring an assistant. (11:03)

Inspiration: Through her children. (17:56)

Book Recommendations: Total Money Makeover by Dave Ramsey (21:01)

Getting Started in Newborns (25:11)

IPS as an Experience

4 Principals for Newborn Photography:

  1. Always call the client.

  2. Listen to what the client wants.

  3. Make your clients feel comfortable like they’re home.

  4. Develop trust, since you’re handling their newborn.

Links

Joannaandresphotography.com

instagram.com/joannaandresphotography

facebook.com/JoannaAndresPhotography

Netflix; Moving Art

Baby Shusher


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you ready to offer print products, but haven't researched the potential materials you can print on?

In episode 416 of the Bokeh Podcast, Jaclynn Wilkinson of Love in Ink joins us to share a few considerations when choosing your print medium. Listen in as she describes some of the most popular mediums and how the printing process can impact your final product.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Diverse wedding photography for Washington State. (1:54)

Customer Experience: Response times. (4:25)

Technique for Time: Plan for time off so you can have the full day off. (9:17)

Delegation/Outsourcing: Editing (12:15)

Inspiration: Other entrepreneurs and previous photographers. (16:52)

Book Recommendations: Anything that brings awareness to the subconscious. ex. The Gene Keys (19:07)

Love in Ink (22:48)

How Editing Style Effects Printing (30:54)

What kind of medium do you want to print on?

How Mediums Effect Images: No print medium is created equal. (34:06)

Metal - Best used for saturated prints with bold vivid colors. Durable aluminum for multiple display options as it’s easy to clean. (34:06)

Dye-Sublimation on Metal - Ink goes from gas to solid on he metal.

Acrylic - You can backlight acrylic. (37:12)

Glossy vs Matte Prints (38:21)

Glossy - The more glossy the paper, the more dynamic range it will support. Reflection can cause issues with displaying.

Matte - Low contrast images with bright skies, pastel colors, and flat light. Forgiving of all kinds of “flaws.”

Printer Profiles in Lightroom (45:02)

Canvas - Great for a painted effect and fits in with a lot of home decor. (49:23)

Links

jaclynnwilkinson.com

loveinink.co/


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

With elopements becoming more prominent in the wedding industry, have you considered how you could provide an exclusive service for you clients?

In episode 415 of the Bokeh Podcast, Samantha Josette Ward joins us to share how she found her niche in all-inclusive elopements, where she's the primary (and often only) vendor that a couple books. Listen in as she shares how she approaches the planning process to create this unique service for her clients.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Experience: (1:55)

Photography 5 years

Wedding industry 10 years

Customer Experience: Treat your couples more like friends and less like clients. (2:13)

Delegation/Outsourcing: Housecleaner and grocery delivery. (8:44)

Pinterest Related Episodes:

Inspiration: Traveling and magazines. (12:57)

Book Recommendations: Girl, Stop Apologizing (14:53)

bokehbookshelf.com

Brand Position: All-inclusive elopement packages (photography, planning, design, florals, officiating, hair & makeup, etc). (17:39)

Design in Elopements (12:11)

Defining a Niche Brand Position (24:24)

Becoming Ordained (26:11)

Workflows to Maximize Profit (31:33)

Links

samanthajosette.com

instagram.com/samantha.josette

facebook.com.samanthajosettephotography


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Is it hard for you to develop healthy habits as an entrepreneur?

In episode 414 of the Bokeh Podcast, Cierra Johnson shares the details of her health journey and creating healthy habits. Listen in as she discusses the importance of recognizing confidence vs. comfort when it comes to your health.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

About Cierra: Wedding & portrait photographer in Louisiana. (2:47)

Brand Position: Provide quality photography and a quality experience at an affordable, but quality price. (6:26)

Technique for Time: Set limits and a standard for your time. (19:32)

https://www.instagram.com/p/B6x7cAXH2VT/

Confidence vs Comfortable (35:22)

Combating Food Addiction (54:34)

Habits to Build a Healthy Lifestyle (1:04:57)

  1. Regular Exercise

  2. High Protein, Low Carb Meals

  3. Uplift & Empower Yourself

Links

southernamore.com

thebellesociety.com

instagram.com/thechicandsavvybelle

instagram.com/southernamore

Sprout Studio - getsproutstudio.com

Blink Conference by Ike & Tash

Episode 308 with Ike & Tash - bokehpodcast.com/308


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Does your Pinterest content planning lack strategy and organization?

In episode 413 of the Bokeh Podcast, Kristen Krehbiel joins us to share her process to creating and planning content that has led to 1.4 million monthly viewers on Pinterest. Listen in as she highlights the tools, analytics, and trends you should be considering when creating content for Pinterest!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: In the beginning phases of this process. (2:14)

Client Experience: Communication, Understanding Needs & Being Kind (11:17)

Delegating/Outsourcing: Taxes, Branding, and Web Design (14:49)

Inspiration: Nature, Floral Arrangements, and Mid-Century Modern Design (19:24)

bokehbookshelf.com

Content Recommendations: (24:07)

Podcasts and Online Courses

darcybenincosa.com

Tailwind Pinterest Content - tailwindapp.com

jameswedmoretraining.com

Pinterest Reach: 1.4 Million

Website Analytics: 95% of social network traffic is from Pinterest

trends.pinterest.com

Using Trends to Write Blog Content (36:39)

Kristen’s Pinterest Schedule/Commitment (42:22)

Using Tailwind (43:38)

Tailwind Tribes (44:35)

Pinterest & Tailwind Analytics (48:13)

Pinterest Tips (51:11)

  1. Emphasis on fresh content.

  2. Pin to the most relevant board first.

  3. Repin and share to other boards.

  4. Review insights/notification and follow your those who are pinning for wedding planning.

  5. Pin vertical images.

Links

Kristenkayphotography.com

instagram.com/Kristenkayphotography

pinterest.com/Kristenkayphotograph

facebook.com/Kristenkayphotography

tailwindapp.com

Feedly.com

View Details

Does finding a work/life balance as a photographer intimidate you? We often believe that putting too much focus on one will cause the other to suffer.

In episode 412 of the Bokeh Podcast, Benjamin Clifford shares how he decided to start prioritizing his family over his business and how that shift made him a better photographer. Listen in as he shares how you can avoid sacrificing your business by creating routines, encouraging communication, and prioritizing to your family.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Intimate elopement photography. (1:45)

Delegation/Outsourcing: Editing, SEO, then split the responsibilities between partners.

Book Recommendations: Total Money Makeover by Dave Ramsey (20:56)

Bokehbookshelf.com

Prioritizing Family (26:35)

Communication (31:30)

Principles for Prioritizing Family (34:32)

  1. Morning and evening routines

  2. Create open communication with those you love.

  3. Create small pockets of moments in your day to show that you value the other person.

Ways Prioritizing Family Makes You a Better Photographer (48:14)

  1. Improved time management skills.

  2. It clears out the less important stuff to focus on.

Links

nomadelopements.com

Joe Rogan’s Episode with Kevin Hart

Make sure you check out Episode 141 with Ben:


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you doing everything you can to create a comfortable environment for you clients to have a great experience with their photo shoot?

In episode 411 of the Bokeh Podcast, Alyssa Keys joins us to share how she prioritizes a great experience for her clients by focusing on how they feel before, during, and after her sessions. Listen in as she provides helpful techniques to encourage a wonderful client experience.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Offering dynamically beautifully crafted images that show who you truly are. (3:02)

Technique for Time: Creating a schedule, incorporating morning routines, and meditating. (11:09)

Delegation/Outsourcing (15:24)

Inspiration: Thrifting (18:34)

Book Recommendation: (21:02)

You’re a Badass at Making Money by Jen Sincero - bit.ly/bp-bamoney

When: The Scientific Secrets of Perfect Timing by Daniel H Pink - bit.ly/bp-when

Two Important Components of a Great Client Experience:

Comfort

Trust

Music During Sessions (31:45)

Enthusiasm with Clients (38:24)

Comfortable with Ourselves so our Clients Feel Comfortable (44:43)

Prompts (48:23)

“Set the scene to set the trust.”

Links

alyssakeysphotography.com

instagram.com/alyssakeysphoto

unscriptedposingapp.com

Headspace App


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you exhausted the traditional, posed wedding day portraits over and over again? Consider shooting for the in-between moments to pull something special out of your clients' special day.

In episode 410 of the Bokeh Podcast, Jide Alakija joins us to discuss why capturing the in-between moments at weddings is important to him. Listen in as he shares how you should approach this photography style, while also balancing your time to still capture the traditional photographs.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Capturing stories and memories that will last a lifetime. (3:11)

Customer Experience: Listen to what’s important to your clients. (7:07)

Technique for Time: Set aside time for rest. Make sure you have a start, end, and exit planned. (10:26)

Outsourcing/Delegation: Understand that your clients aren’t looking for everything that you’re looking for. (14:51)

Book Recommendations: Seven Habits of Highly Effective People by Steven Covey (21:17)

bokehbookshelf.com

Looking for the In-Between Moments (27:50)

Balancing Standard Images and In-Between Moments (32:55)

Creating a Plan (36:33)

How to Capture In-Between Moments (38:11)

  1. Plan Your Shots

  2. Listen to Your Clients

  3. Have Empathy

  4. Have Heightened Curiosity

Links

instagram.com/alakijastudios

instagram.com/alakija

Alakija.com

Jidealakija.com

Nikon Ambassador

Jide’s Art Company - tafeta.com

Aruba Engagement Session


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you serving your clients well? High-end experiences can provide more opportunity to earn more profit in your business.

In episode 409 of the Bokeh Podcast, Brittany Elise shares how she creates a custom experience for her clients through providing wardrobe styling, hair and makeup, and products. If you're ready to take your service to the next level and charge more for the experience, this episode is for you!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Based in: Bluffton, Buford, Hilton Head, SC

Also Markets in Atlanta, Warner Robbins, Macon, GA

Brand Position: Providing stress-free portraits for busy moms (1:52)

Customer Experience: Have a servant’s heart. (5:06)

Technique for Time: Know what your sone of genius is and outsource the rest. (7:07)

Inspiration: The business side of powerful luxury brands (14:35)

Book Recommendations: Building a Storybrand by Donald Miller (17:29)

bokehbookshelf.com

Brittany’s Concept of Service (19:11)

Serving Clients (29:31)

  1. Wardrobe Styling

  2. Hair and Makeup

  3. Prints and Albums with Installation

A La Carte Print Pricing (39:43)

Links

brittanyelise.com

instagram.com/brittanyelisephotography

thecoachingcollective.com

bernssteakhouse.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you ready to have a booked wedding schedule for your new photography business?

In episode 408 of the Bokeh Podcast, Madison Banks joins us to share how she managed to book a full schedule in her first year of business. Listen in as she shares how connecting with potential clients and creating an amazing experience before they book converts more clients.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Based in: Bluffton, Buford, Hilton Head, SC

Also Markets in Atlanta, Warner Robbins, Macon, GA

Brand Position: Photographing real life bride and grooms, flattering everybody, as well as providing clients with the experience of joy and excitement while giving them a sense of community. (5:47)

Customer Experience: Connect with and care for your clients on more than just a business level. (11:07)

Technique for Time: Find your own rythm. (16:23)

Delegation/Outsourcing (20:35)

Education Recommendations: The Bokeh Podcast (27:17)

Inspiration: The Chef’s Table (28:06)

Madison’s Background (33:26)

Two Ideas to Book More Clients (38:24)

  1. Focus on the client’s personality (over their looks)

  2. Focus on their chemistry with you, the photographer.

Focusing on Personality and Making Clients Feel Confident: (42:39)

  1. Manage expectations.

  2. Maintain your tone of voice.

FaceTime Call Questions (51:12)

How did you meet?

Why did you inquire with me?

What are you looking to get out of the client experience?

Links

instagram.com/photographymadisonbanks

Madisonbanksphotography.com

Tomas Flint's Episode: bit.ly/bp-63


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you a long-time photographer looking to share your passion, experience, and knowledge with aspiring photographers?

In episode 407 of the Bokeh Podcast, Alex Ingram joins us to share how teaching encouraged him to break down the elements of photography into easily retainable terms and concepts, which helped sharpen his tool kit. Listen in as he highlights the importance of communication and presentation as an educator.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Hands on in a plethora of fields (6:00)

Client Experience: Be yourself. (8:)

Technique for Time: Make Time (11:04)

Delegation: Hiring freelancers for large scale jobs. (15:45)

Book Recommendations: (21:05)

Awaken the Giant Within by Tony Robbins - bit.ly/bp-awaken

How to Win at the Sport of Business by Mark Cuban - bit.ly/bp-sportofbusiness

Teaching Experience (28:58)

Achieving Better Communication While Teaching:

1. Understand why you’re doing photography.

2. Make everything feel “real world.”

Presenting with Slides (50:06)

Minimal Content

Root Concepts Only

Becoming a Teacher (53:)

Start with Why

Know your niche & teaching concept

Links

artisbeing.com

instagram.com/artisbeing

outsidethelens.org

Start with Why by Simon Sinek - bit.ly/bp-startwithwhy

Google Slides - docs.google.com/presentation/

Sethgodin.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you refined your brand position? In this special series called Brand Position Consultations, we explore developing unique brand positions with professional photographers.

In episode 406 of the Bokeh Podcast, Erin Kaminski joins us to discuss potential brand positions that highlight her desire to help couples easily plan for their wedding photography needs.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: The unique value prop that our businesses offer to our market.

Benefits of a Clear and Distinct Brand Position:

A. Enables Potential Clients to Immediately Know Your UVP

B. Filters Irrelevant Potential Clients

C. Simplifies/Focuses Marketing Efforts

D. Encourages Better Time Management

Based In: Providence, RI (3:47)

Shooting for: 2 years (4:08)

Specializing in: Weddings, maternity, and newborn (7:00)

Gretchen Reuben’s Four Tendencies

Erin’s Competition (26:09)

Potential Brand Position: Wedding Photography Made Easy

Links

klphotography.co

instagram.com/klphotography.co

Want to learn more about the importance of a brand position?

Listen to this episode >>

Do you have your brand position figured out? We talk a lot on the podcast about defining your clear and distinct brand position, so we created this resource to help you get started. Check out our special brand position consultation episodes, along with a free downloadable to help you define your brand position!

Download Now

Check out previous brand position consultation episodes!

See more episodes >>


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you ready to turn your hobby into a professional and legal business?

In episode 405 of the Bokeh Podcast, Magi Fisher of Magdalena Studios and The Artists' Lawyer joins us to discuss important considerations for when you decide to go from amateur to professional. Listen in as she highlights the importance of outsourcing, legally protecting yourself, and maintaining balance.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Lawyer and educator for creative entrepreneurs. (2:06)

Customer Experience: Respect the relationships. (7:59)

Technique for Time: Outsourcing and systems. (9:24)

Tools for Systems: Dubsado, Calendar System, Bench for Bookkeeping, (10:40)

Outsourcing/Delegation (14:39)

Inspiration: Being present. (19:12)

Meditation (21:51)

Book Recommendations: (25:11)

The Originals - bit.ly/bp-originals

The Four Hour Work Week - bit.ly/bp-4hr

Workflow Category Page >>

Magi’s Backstory (29:24)

Outsourcing Even When You Have the Time (36:43)

Making the Move to Full-Time (40:08)

Use real contracts.

Set up a legal entity.

Set up a business account.

Get insurance.

Insurance (43:23)

Hill and Usher

PPA

Don’t Over-Invest in Education (46:11)

Legally Planning for Locations (48:52)

Consider How to Replace Your Income (50:37)

Quality of Life (53:41)

Links

Magifisher.com

magdalenastudios.com

theartistslawyer.com - Use code “BOKEH” for 15% off

instagram.com/magifisher

Untethered Soul by Michael Singer - bit.ly/bp-untethered


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you communicating and connecting with your clients in a way that opens them up to being vulnerable during your sessions?

In episode 404 of the Bokeh Podcast, Toni Black of Toni Black Magic joins us to discuss how your vulnerability can directly impact your clients instincts when it comes to vulnerability. Listen in as she shares how your communication directly impacts your client's trust in you, therefore effecting their willingness to connect.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Intimate lifestyle photographer specializing in photographing black people. (3:16)

Customer Experience: Open and quick communication. (4:27)

Technique for Time: Create a loose schedule. (6:47)

Delegation/Outsourcing (14:00)

Inspiration: Queen Sugar, Insecure, Parasite, and Paintings (17:31)

Book Recommendations: (24:26)

Daring Greatly by Brene Brown - bit.ly/bp-daringgreatly

Start with Why by Simon Sinek - bit.ly/bp-startwithwhy

bokehbookshelf.com

Sexuality vs Sensuality (30:10)

Creating Vulnerability (34:22)

Communication in Vulnerability (38:27)

Posing & Pulling Feelings Out of Clients (43:37)

Creating an Experience + iPhone Sessions (47:41)

Behavioral Patterns of Introverts (51:34)

Links

toniblackmagic.com

instagram.com/toniblackmagic

The Sitch with Toni & Erin - Coming Soon

Superfeel.com

dallasjlogan.com/light-is-light

thephotocookout.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Entrepreneurship is hard, but add parenting into the mix, and it sometimes feels impossible to find a balance.

In episode 403 of the Bokeh Podcast, Rebecca Nash joins us to discuss the steps she took to finding balance as a mom and photographer. Listen in as she shares the tools she uses for scheduling and ways to communicate and collaborate with your family on creating balance.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Support and celebrate your love, your business, and your life through photography, conversation, and mentorship. (2:01)

Customer Experience: Care (5:02)

Technique for Time: Balance doesn’t mean everything gets equal time, it means it gets the time it needs. Use time-blocking. (6:40)

Delegation/Outsourcing (7:51)

Inspiration: Movies, art galleries, music, (14:08)

Book Recommendations: Everything is Figureoutable by Marie Forleo (17:10)

About Rebecca’s Family (19:43)

Tools: (21:44)

Asana Task Manager - app.asana.com

Elegant Excellence Journal - elegantexcellencejournal.com

Google + Paper Calendar - calendar.google.com

Eisenhower Matrix

About the Eisenhower Matrix (23:15)

Approach to Time Blocking (27:00)

Collaboration with Family Fun (35:13)

Finding Balance as a Parent and Photographer (35:13)

Links

rebeccanashphotography.com

instagram.com/rebeccanashphotography


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you dreamed of being a brand ambassador for a big name photography company? Our friend, Kesha Lambert, was just honored with the title of Sony Artisan and we're so proud of her!

In episode 402 of the Bokeh Podcast, Kesha joins us to discuss what her journey to becoming a Sony Artisan looked like and the important principles she focused on while pursuing this opportunity. Listen in as she describes significance of this opportunity not only for her career, but also in regards to the important conversations currently happening in the photography industry about racial equity.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Sony Artisan (1:22)

Book Recommendation: Principles by Ray Dalios

"Be so great, they can’t ignore you.” - Cal Newport (7:46)

Significance of Becoming a Sony Artisan (9:08)

Gaining Perspective (12:26)

  1. Open our minds

  2. Set ego aside

  3. Strive for broader perspectives

Two Principles for Representing a Brand (14:59)

These roles are earned through your work, educator role, and story.

  1. Focus on your craft.

  2. Relationships are everything.

Sony Gear (22:53)

Links:

Keshalambert.com

instagram.com/keshalambert

instagram.com/Keshaloveshats

twitter.com/keshaphoto

Episode 272

Sony Article

Sony Gear

Tomayiacolvineducation.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you refined your brand position? We recently introduced a special series called Brand Position Consultations, where we explore developing unique brand positions with professional photographers.

In episode 401 of the Bokeh Podcast, Julie Gile, a Green Bay brand photographer, joins us to discuss potential brand positions that highlight how she uses photography to help businesses tell their story and strategically convert new clients.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: The unique value prop that our businesses offer to our market.

Benefits of a Clear and Distinct Brand Position:

A. Enables Potential Clients to Immediately Know Your UVP

B. Filters Irrelevant Potential Clients

C. Simplifies/Focuses Marketing Efforts

D. Encourages Better Time Management

Brand Position: Impactful photographic marketing involving brand strategy and photography. (4:45)

Why Julie Got Started in Photography (14:5)

Competition (19:04)

5 Ways to Establish a Clear & Distinct Brand Position:

  1. Be first to own a position

  2. Offer a service that doesn’t exist

  3. Offer a variation of a service

  4. Name a target market

  5. Present a unique message

Potential Brand Position:

I Tell Your Brand’s Story with Strategic Photographs

(Subtext: Impactful Brand Photography to Convert Your Next Client)

Links:

juliemgilephotography.com

instagram.com/jmgilephotography

Start with Why by Simon Sinek - bit.ly/bp-startwithwhy


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Conversations around racism can be feel uncomfortable, because we're not used to having them. Let's talk about it.

In episode 400 of the Bokeh Podcast, Saori & Devante Terrell of Spirit of Revelry join us to have an open conversation about how we can dismantle racism in the photography industry. In this conversation they open up about their experience and share ways to promote inclusivity in your business through styled shoots, client outreach, and adjusting your editing style.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

About Saori & Devante (2:44)

Mating in Captivity by Ester (7:09)

Website: estherperel.com

Ted Talk

Ester’s Podcast - estherperel.com/podcast

Brand Position: Traveling wedding photographers for the wild, drunk in love. (9:32)

Customer Experience: Establish a genuine connection from the beginning. (11:07)

Technique for Time/Relaxing: Invest in a weighted blanket and be conscious of putting phones down and spend time with each other. (16:19)

Outsourcing/Delegation: Graphic Design & Branding (19:19)

Inspiration: Everyday life. (21:17)

Book Recommendations: (24:11)

You are a Badass at Making Money - bit.ly/bp-bamoney

Think and Grow Rich - bit.ly/bp-thinkgrowrich

How to Dismantle Racism in the Photography Industry

Reaching out to BIPOC + Promoting Inclusivity:

instagram.com/p/CBPQRORnibm

Understanding and Compassion (40:53)

Creating Inclusion in Styled Shoots (44:04)

BIPOC (48:26)

Editing Melanated Skin: https://www.instagram.com/tv/CBc7Xe1nqBd/ (50:11)

Links

spiritofrevelry.com

instagram.com/spiritofrevelry

Episode 362 w/ Ty Pentecost: bokehpodcast.com/362


View Details

Did you know you don't have to use professional gear to incorporate video into your business' marketing efforts?

In episode 399 of the Bokeh Podcast, Lee Bradshaw of Simple Video School shares how you can start creating quality video content from your phone right now! Listen in as he describes 5 ways to grow your business using video, what to avoid when recording, and the type of content to create!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Help people connect with their audience and make more sales using simple video from their phone. (2:06)

Customer Experience: Serve your clients well. (5:21)

Technique for Time: Create a time that is dedicated to you and rest. (16:01)

Delegation/Outsourcing: Copywriting and graphic design (25:14)

Book Recommendations: (34:57)

Building a Storybrand - bit.ly/bp-storybrand

Grace Over Grind by Shae Bynes - bit.ly/bp-graceovergrind

Why Videos? (38:04)

Why Phones? (43:54)

Platforms for Video: (50:50)

Introduction Video

Video Series on a Topic

Email Communication

Text Message Communication

Frequently Asked Questions Section

What to Avoid in Video: (56:11)

Being Fake

Rambling

Negative Talk

3 Ways to Grow Your Business Today Using Video From Your Phone (1:02:59)

  1. Answer questions that people have.

  2. Share stories of your clients or your life.

  3. Share about your process and client experience.

Links

simplevideoschool.com

instagram.com/simplevideoschool

Scary Close - bit.ly/bp-scaryclose

Ad Zombies - adzombies.com

Rayedwards.com

BombBomb.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Over the last few weeks, we've seen many in our industry speaking out against racial injustice and committing to do better. So what can you do next?

In episode 398 of the Bokeh Podcast, our friend Chip Dizard joins us to discuss how we can ensure that this movement toward racial equity isn't just a short-term trend, but has a lasting impact on the photography industry and our society as a whole. Listen in as he shares resources, having a gracious heart, and supporting photographers of color.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Based in: Baltimore (1:46)

Brand Positions: (2:07)

chipdizardweddings.com - Live stream your wedding.

chipdizard.com - Helping Creatives Thrive in Business, Marketing, & Photography

Customer Experience: Underpromise & overdeliver. (9:01)

Technique for Time: Outsourcing and having a team. (14:11)

Inspiration: Instrumental Music (9:20)

Book Recommendations: Atomic Habits - bit.ly/bp-atomichabits (21:48)

Processing Recent Events (24:40)

Anti-Racism Books: (30:27)

White Fragility - bit.ly/bp-whitefragility

The New Jim Crow - bit.ly/bp-newjimcrow

White Privilege (31:21)

Giving Grace (37:01)

Change in the Photography Industry (42: 22)

Uplifting Photographers of Color (44:36)

Links

chipdizard.com/diversity

Tomayia Colvin - tomayiacolvineducation.com

Todd Watson’s Showit United Talk: https://www.instagram.com/tv/CA4JJjZjtpo/

Showit.co

risingtidesociety.com

thephotocookout.com

View Details

Are personality types or enneagram numbers limiting your growth by constricting you into a box or a specific category?

In episode 397 of the Bokeh Podcast, Dr. Benjamin Hardy joins us to discuss a concept I've harped on for a while now—personality doesn't define you. With Dr. Hardy's education background, experience, research, and now published book, he's joining us to contend the limiting belief that you are what your personality defines you as.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Technique for Time: (6:47)

Know what you want.

Be committed to it.

Create boundaries.

Hire the who to do the how.

"Intelligence is the ability to make finer distinctions." - Robert Kiyosaki (20:55)

'If you’re not embarrassed by who you were 12 months ago, you haven’t learned enough." - Alain de Botton (21:11)

Motivation for Personality Isn’t Permanent (27:33)

Type Based Personality Tests Aren’t Scientific (30:48)

Selective Attention (35:29)

Move Outside of Your Limiting Box ()

Personality for Most People is a Coping Mechanism (55:40)

Grab a Copy of Benjamin's Book:

https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/607021/personality-isnt-permanent-by-benjamin-hardy-phd/

Resources:

Personality Isn’t Permanent

Who Not How (Dan Sullivan - Strategic Coach)

Time Management from the Inside Out - bit.ly/bp-timemanagement

The Body Keeps the Score - bit.ly/bp-bodykeepsscore

Links:

benjaminhardy.com

medium.com/@benjaminhardy

instagram.com/benjamin_hardy_phd


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you wish you could jump ahead as an entrepreneur to gain experience and learn the important lessons on how to run your business?

In episode 396 of the Bokeh Podcast, Zaakirah Muhammad joins us to share the three biggest lessons she's learned in the last 10 years as a professional photographer, and how those lessons have impacted her overall brand and services.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

About Zaakirah (3:18)

Customer Experience: Develop your relationships with your clients (10:17)

Technique for Time: Have a short to-do list and dedicate time for each task. (12:28)

Delegation/Outsourcing: Sales, Accounting, Systems, and Editing (15:51)

Book Recommendations: (19:12)

Nicole Walters podcast

Act Like a success Steve Harvey

Crushing It by Gary V

Secrets Trilogy by Russell

Jab Jab Jab Right Hook

Three Lessons (31:04)

  1. Follow your purpose.

  2. Practice fulfilling your passions.

  3. Pivot when necessary.

Zaakirah’s Purpose: Storytelling (34:13)

Links

zaakirahnayyar.com

phocusedmediagroup.com

instagram.com/illuminousone

instagram.com/phocusedmediagroup

The Living Legacy Podcast - zaakirahnayyar.com/podcast

Seeing Life through a Different Lens - zaakirahnayyar.com/book

thephotocookout.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

In light of the death of George Floyd and the events surrounding this tragedy, we felt it was important to continue our recent conversation with George Mitchell about inclusion in the photography industry.

In episode 395 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nathan and George discuss the significance of appropriate language when discussing race-related issues, the importance of not just talking about but doing something to encourage change in our culture, and specific steps that photographers can take to encourage progress.

At the Bokeh Podcast, we’re committed to creating a diverse and inclusive space on our platform for the voices of all photographers. We’ll continue to do our part in fighting to end racism and encourage inclusion and equality.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Building Comfortable Conversations (1:54)

Processing Recent Events (3:51)

Allyship: Listen and self reflection. (8:04)

Be Aware of Triggers (11:35)

Knowing When to Speak Up, Ask, and Listen (14:22)

Memorandums of Understandings: Actionable items that organizations are planning to take to help right the wrongs. (15:28)

Starting Conversations and Getting Involved (19:40)

Tangibly Show Support for the POC Community (26:58)

  1. Reflect on your day to day dealings

- Is your organization diverse?

- Is there equity or true inclusion there?

  1. Take actionable steps for change in your business (write it down).

  2. Get involved in minority led organizations.

  3. Diversify your portfolio.

Links

gmitchellphoto.com

instagram.com/GMitchellPhoto

Check out part one of my conversation with George in episode 378.


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you have a love for shooting on film, but need to find a way to incorporate it into your services while maintaining profitability?

In episode 394 of the Bokeh Podcast, Kiamarie Stone joins us to share how she's increased her revenue by adding film to her packages. Listen in as she highlights how you can incorporate film into your business, while educating your clients on what it means to hire a hybrid photographer on their wedding day.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Personal Connection and Good Energy (1:21)

Continuing to Book During COVID-19 (9:14)

Brand Position (11:41)

Customer Experience: Bring more of yourself into the business and make your customers feel heard, loved, and welcomed. (17:20)

Technique for Time: If you can give it to somebody else, give it to somebody else. - Vanessa Joy | Outsource everything. (23:04)

Inspiration: Gary V, Tony Robbins, Chip & Joanna Gaines (28:50)

Book Recommendations: (32:38)

Instagram Secrets by Jeremy McGilvrey - bit.ly/bp-igsecrets

Digital Wedding Photography; Capturing Beautiful Memories by Glenn Johnson - bit.ly/bp-digitalweddingphoto

Adding Film to Your Packages (35:08)

Being More Profitable with Film (36:25)

Film Equipment: (41:41)

Pentax 645 N2

Nikon F100

Fuji 400H (film)

50mm 1.8 Lens

Incorporating Film Into Your Business (46:24)

  • Set up or attend a styled shoot.

  • Show off galleries of hybrid weddings and educate your clients.

  • Offer to shoot film at another wedding to set up a portfolio.

Photo Vision Experience (49:23)

Links

kssphotos.com

instagram.com/kiamariestone

facebook.com/kssphotos

photovisionprints.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you so focused on running a successful business that you aren't creating any personal projects that fuel your passion?

In episode 393 of the Bokeh Podcast, Emma O'Brien joins us to share how personal projects can also benefit and build your business. Listen in as she describes how her passions have grown her business, along with where to start with planning your next personal project.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Portraiture for People Who’s Dogs are Family (:49)

Customer Experience: Taking the time to understand what a client wants from a shoot, deliver it with bells on, and make sure your client is the center of attention. (3:45)

Outsourcing and Delegation: Editing and newsletter marketing (7:34)

Inspiration: Art galleries (12:22)

Book Recommendations: The Artist’s Way by Julie Cameron (14:19)

Emma’s Personal Projects: (18:52)

Vegans of South Africa

Rescued Farm Animals

The Black Series

How Passion Projects Effect the Growth of Business (23:14)

The Impact of Work Going Viral (29:32)

Successful Personal Projects: ()

  1. It needs to be authentic

  2. Make a body of work that sits as a coherent series

  3. Self promote

Links

facebook.com/emmaobrienphotos

facebook.com/mentoringforcreatives

instagram.com/emmaobrienphoto

emmaobrien.com

mentoringforcreatives.com

emmaobrien.com/black-rescue-series

ted.com/talks/emma_o_brien_the_creative_magic_of_black_dogs

boredpanda.com/black-shelter-dogs-and-cats-portrait-photography-emma-obrien

emmaobrien.com/the-farm-series

This is Marketing - Seth Godin - bit.ly/bp-thisismarketing


See acast.com/privacy for

View Details

Are you currently hustling to do volume weddings while dreaming of making the same money doing fewer, more expensive weddings?

In episode 392 of the Bokeh Podcast, Elizabeth Austin shares about her transition from volume to boutique weddings, along with the path to getting there. Listen in as she share three key components you need to work on to make the transition!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Client Experience: Having a robust workflow improved client experience. (2:17)

Check Out Honeybook & Get 50% Off with Elizabeth's Referral Link >>

Technique for Time: Mentally allow yourself to shut down and remove yourself from your business. (9:45)

Delegating/Outsourcing: Hired an admin assistant. Looks at tasks as CEO tasks and operating tasks. (11:10)

Inspiration: Starting a passion project and shooting your family (14:01)

Education Recommendations: The Hybrid Co and WPPI (17:08)

Volume to Boutique (20:03)

Elizabeth’s Pricing (21:03)

Making the Transition (26:33)

  1. Rebrand

  2. Pricing

  3. Editorials

Links

https://elizabethaustinphotography.com/

https://www.instagram.com/ElizabethAustinPhoto/

https://www.instagram.com/theblackhairexperience/


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you refined your brand position? We recently introduced a special series called Brand Position Consultations, where we explore developing unique brand positions with professional photographers.

In episode 391 of the Bokeh Podcast, Tosha Gains joins us to discuss potential brand positions to highlight multiple service offerings. Listen in as she shares about her passion to work with children with special needs, and the possibility of shifting her business to focus solely on this niche or create two separate brands.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: The unique value prop that our businesses offer to our market.

Benefits of a Clear and Distinct Brand Position:

A. Enables Potential Clients to Immediately Know Your UVP

B. Filters Irrelevant Potential Clients

C. Simplifies/Focuses Marketing Efforts

D. Encourages Better Time Management

Based in: Birmingham, AL and Atlanta, GA

Why Tosha Got Started in Photography (19:57)

Competition (23:47)

Potential Brand Position: Vibrant Environmental Portraits for Birmingham Entrepreneurs (31:46)

Links

toshagaines.com

instagram.com/toshaphotog

Episode 300 - bokehpodcast.com/300

Want to learn more about the importance of a brand position?

Listen to this episode >>

Download our FREE Brand Position Worksheet!

Do you have your brand position figured out? We talk a lot on the podcast about defining your clear and distinct brand position, so we created this resource to help you get started. Check out our special brand position consultation episodes, along with a free downloadable to help you define your brand position!

Download Now >>

Check out previous brand position consultation episodes!


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you decided to market yourself as a senior portrait photographer, but want to create a high-end experience for your seniors (and their parents)?

In episode 390 of the Bokeh Podcast, Sean Brown joins us to discuss creating a once in a lifetime experience for his seniors, and how to approach marketing your unique brand. Listen in as he shares the different pain points that seniors and their parents have and how to solve them.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Customer Experience: Genuinely care about your clients (2:44)

Brand Position: Creating a high-end, once in a lifetime photo experience. (5:17)

Initial Investment with Sean: Starting at $2500 (7:01)

Technique for Time: Batch working. (11:30)

“Done is better than perfect.” - Anonymous

Delegation/Outsourcing: Editing, Video Production, and CRM (15:09)

Book Recommendations: (18:42)

Thank You Economy by Gary Vaynerchuk

Jab Jab Jab Right Hook by Gary Vaynerchuk

Sean’s Experience (22:35)

Building a Senior Photography Experience (29:29)

  1. Develop a senior rep program (influencer marketing).

  2. Share your features and benefits from the beginning. (35:09)

  3. Marketing with video. (41:46)

  4. Email marketing (46:09)

Pain Points for Parents vs Seniors (39:45)

Links

seanbrownproductions.com

Free Download: https://mailchi.mp/d207509df4a9/your-senior-photography-starter-kit

seanbrownproductions.com/photographers

Check out other episodes from our senior portraits category:

https://www.photographersedit.com/blog/senior-photography/


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you want to offer albums to your customers, but struggle with the selling process and turning your pitches into profits?

In episode 389 of the Bokeh Podcast, Melissa Jill explains how showing albums and simplifying the options makes for better album sales from your clients. Listen in as she shares more about her passion behind album sales and why she started Align Album Design.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Helping photographers succeed at albums by becoming part of their team and offer education. (2:33)

Customer Experience: Be kind. (6:01)

Technique for Time: Manage your goals and choose where to spend your time. (9:20)

Outsourcing/Delegation: Editing, Office Manager, Album Design, Housecleaning, Accounting & Bookkeeping, Web Design, Blogging. (12:28)

Inspiration: Faith and nature.

Content Creation and Brainstorming Sessions (20:33)

Key Concepts for Album Sales: (23:14)

  1. Show

  2. Simplify

“Our job is to remove obstacles to the sale.” (32:23)

Resources from Align:

Album Startup Kit

4 Tips to Getting Your Clients to Value Albums... And Buy One

Elizabeth Gelineau's 6 Tips for Styling Albums

Links

alignalbumdesign.com

instagram.com/alignalbumdesign

melissajill.com

https://www.instagram.com/melissajill

The Paradox of Choice - bit.ly/bp-poc

Check out other episodes from our print & album sales category:

https://www.photographersedit.com/blog/print-album-sales/


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you searching for the perfect sales funnel to turn your audience into paying customers?

In episode 388 of the Bokeh Podcast, Humberto Garcia of The Digital Marketing Studio joins us to discuss advertising platforms and successful sales funnels for photographers! Listen in as he shares 3 principles to sales funnels that convert!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Motorcycles (1:28)

Humberto’s Background in the Marines (4:36)

Customer Service: Being obsessed with your product or craft. (17:03)

Brand Position: Marketing agency for photographers with open communication and transparent results. (20:53)

Technique for Time: Delegate to a team of people with the 2 hour day. (25:58)

Delegation/Outsourcing (30:42)

Book Recommendation: Self educate in all free resources. (37:16)

Sales Funnels in the Photography Industry (40:17)

Three Principles to Sales Funnels (49:15)

  1. Message

  2. Dissemination

  3. Conversions

Advertising Platforms for Photographers (60:05)

Facebook - Non-lifetime Events (Families, Boudoir, Children Sessions)

Google - Lifetime Events

Links

thedigitalmarketingstudio.com

photographytoprofits.com

hgphotographer.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you refined your brand position? We recently introduced a special series called Brand Position Consultations, where we explore developing unique brand positions with professional photographers.

In episode 383 of the Bokeh Podcast, George Turner Bowman IV joins us to discuss refining his brand position to stand out from his competition while sharing his mission to serve his clients. Listen in as Nathan discusses how George can adjust his website and messaging to better reflect his brand position.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Professional Photographer and Miilu: The Simplest Way to Create and Manage Timelines and Shot Lists for the Events You're Photographing. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: The unique value prop that our businesses offer to our market.

Benefits of a Clear and Distinct Brand Position:

A. Enables Potential Clients to Immediately Know Your UVP

B. Filters Irrelevant Potential Clients

C. Simplifies/Focuses Marketing Efforts

D. Encourages Better Time Management

Current Brand Position: Florida wedding photography made affordable, stress-free, and fun. (8:40)

Current Brand Position: Florida wedding photography made affordable, stress-free, and fun. (9:30)

Unique Value Proposition (14:05)

Affordable Photography in the Industry (14:21)

Why George Started a Photography Business (21:01)

  1. To do something he loves

  2. To be his own boss

  3. To have purpose

George’s Competition (21:47)

Potential Brand Position: Everyone Deserves Professional Photos

Links

gtbivphotos.com

instagram.com/gtbiv_photos

Jason Brewer’s article

Building a Storybrand - bit.ly/bp-storybrand

Start with Why - bit.ly/bp-startwithwhy

Want to learn more about the importance of a brand position?

Listen to this episode: bokehpodcast.com/369

Do you have your brand position figured out? We talk a lot on the podcast about defining your clear and distinct brand position, so we created this resource to help you get started. Check out our special brand position consultation episodes, along with a free downloadable to help you define your brand position!

View Details

Have you implemented distinct principles in your business that have importance and value in your life, but also make an impact on how you serve your customers?

In episode 386 of the Bokeh Podcast, Aaron Nace joins us to discuss his most important principle when it comes to customer service at Phlearn, and how valuable your approach can be to the success of your business.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Customer Experience: Consistency (2:42)

Brand Position: Accessible photographic education; learning made fun. (7:24)

Technique for Time: Adjust your work schedule based on the time of year. (15:07)

Delegation: Build a team you can trust to run your business. (21:37)

Inspiration: Everywhere except the photography industry. (28:24)

Book Recommendation: Rework by Jason & David - bit.ly/bp-rework (36:54)

Learning the Business (41:29)

Biggest Business Mistake: Failing to plan things out. (50:00)

#1 Principal for Business: Treat everyone to be treated the same, from employees to clients (55:24)

Nathan’s 8 Core Values: (1:03:59)

Healthy

Growth

Simplicity

Kindness

Connectedness

Proactive

Consistency

Thankfulness

Links

Phlearn.com - 20% off annual subscription with BOKEH20

youtube.com/phlearn

facebook.com/groups/PhlearnPhamily

Instagram.com/aknacer

The Paradox of Choice - bit.ly/bp-poc

TonyRobbins.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are offering an environment that creates comfort for your clients in front of the camera during their session?

In episode 385 of the Bokeh Podcast, Ashley Baumgartner joins us to discuss how creating comfortable sessions allows clients to photograph with more ease. Listen in as she shares 4 ways you can help your clients feel comfortable with you as their photographer!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Customer Experience: Uplifting communication (00:51)

Brand Position: Joyful, timeless images with an attention to detail. (5:02)

Technique for Time: Small changes with batch working, turning off notification on your phone, getting ready everyday, and setting aside on day a week for you. (11:16)

Delegating/Outsourcing: Outsource editing, taxes, adding automation, and podcast editing. (14:37)

Inspiration: Wedding fashion, calligraphy, mastermind, and content consumption. (19:21)

Book Recommendation: 168 Hours (22:19)

Making Your Client’s Feel Comfortable in Front of the Camera (26:26)

  1. Be encouraging, uplifting in communications from the beginning.

  2. Personal branding to make your clients feel comfortable with you.

  3. Constant communication during your session.

  4. Confident control


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Does the day-to-day task of managing your bookkeeping feel overwhelming as a photography business owner?

In episode 384 of the Bokeh Podcast, Tanya Hirschy of Tidy Books Boutique offers three steps to organize and simplify your bookkeeping. If you're ready to maintain your books, learn the responsibilities of a bookkeeper and an accountant, and prepare your finances for the rest of the year, listen in to this episode!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Customer Experience: Show empathy with your clients. (2:46)

Brand Position: Bookkeeping for the profitable photographer, because you have better things to do. (5:32)

Technique for Time: When I’m working, I’m working. When I’m not, I’m not. Plan out all of the work you’ll be doing. (9:43)

Technique for Time Book: Deep Work by Cal Newport

bokehbookshelf.com

Book Recommendations: (13:07)

Margin by Richard Swenson - bit.ly/bp-margin

The Business Boutique by Christy Wright - bit.ly/bp-businessboutique

Outsourcing/Delegation: Has a team of bookkeepers and a virtual assistant. (14:40)

Bookkeeping vs Accounting (23:42)

Three Steps to Simplify Bookkeeping: (34:06)

  1. Know the goals of bookkeeping (tax ready, strategy, and growth) (34:13)

  2. Research & get organized (35:41)

  3. Develop a workflow and stick to it. (42:31)

The Personal MBA by Josh Kaufman - personalmba.com

How Tidybooks Helps Businesses

Links

tidybooksboutique.com

instagram.com/tidybooksboutique

Quickbooks - quickbooks.intuit.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you refined your brand position? We recently introduced a special series called Brand Position Consultations, where we explore developing unique brand positions with professional photographers.

In episode 383 of the Bokeh Podcast, Katurah Turner joins us to define a brand position that will set her apart in her market based on her love of documenting families and weddings. Listen in as we also discuss the difference between brand position, tagline, and mission statement.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: The unique value prop that our businesses offer to our market.

Benefits of a Clear and Distinct Brand Position:

A. Enables Potential Clients to Immediately Know Your UVP

B. Filters Irrelevant Potential Clients

C. Simplifies/Focuses Marketing Efforts

D. Encourages Better Time Management

Brand Position vs. Tagline (4:15)

Katurah’s Reason for Brand Name & Tagline (5:23)

Unique Value Proposition (10:22)

Why Katurah Started Photography (13:08)

  1. Capturing her daughter who wouldn’t smile for others.

  2. Fell in love with capturing the love in weddings.

Katurah’s Competition (18:00)

Potential Brand Position: Your Family Documentarian

Links

itanimages.com

instagram.com/_itanimages

Want to learn more about the importance of a brand position?

https://www.photographersedit.com/blog/brand-position-worksheet/

Download our FREE Brand Position Worksheet!

https://www.photographersedit.com/blog/brand-position

Do you have your brand position figured out? We talk a lot on the podcast about defining your clear and distinct brand position, so we created this resource to help you get started. Check out our special brand position consultation episodes, along with a free downloadable to help you define your brand position!

Download here: https://www.photographersedit.com/blog/brand-position

Check out our other brand position consultations: https://www.photographersedit.com/blog/brand-position-episodes/


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Does your brand reflect you and your values in a way that connects with your potential clients?

In episode 382 of the Bokeh Podcast, Sophie Day shares how she approached shifting her original brand, called My Lens of Love, to her self-named personal brand, Sophie Day Photography. Listen in as she discusses the significant principles to changing your brand and the different components of your business that a brand change will impact.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Based in: Central Coast of Australia (00:15)

Client Experience: Make the time to connect and talk with your clients. (2:29)

Brand Position: Cultivating connection between you and your loved ones and capturing the calm moments for you to keep. (6:01)

Technique for Time: Set rules around when you’re working. (10:09)

Outsourcing/Delegation: Website & graphic design (13:31)

Inspiration: Walks in nature. (15:49)

Book Recommendations: (18:40)

Losing My Virginity by Richard Branson

Brooke Schultz Podcast - Desperation episode

Significant Changes to the Brand: (27:05)

Website

Brand Messaging

Social Media Marketing

Principles to Changing Your Brand: (35:31)

  1. Ask yourself why you’re rebranding.

  2. Ask for testimonials from your clients to understand what they love about your service.

  3. Make sure you’re social media represents your brand change.

  4. Do research within your area on other brands.

Feedback that Impacted the Brand Position (43:23)

Links:

sophiedayphotography.com

instagram.com/mylensoflove


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you ready to incorporate off-camera flash (OCF) into your portraits, but struggle to understand how to operate your gear in a seamless and effective manner?

In episode 381 of the Bokeh Podcast, Amanda Stevens of Fire the Canon discusses three important principles to using OCF without hesitation. Listen in as she shares the products she loves and a few tips for your OCF gear!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Based in: New York City (00:48)

Customer Experience: Making everything a team effort for when you’re not sure of the answer—don’t make anything up. (2:39)

Brand Position (5:26)

Technique for Time: Taking the dog out for a walk and going to the gym to break up the day. (7:48)

Outsourcing/Delegation: Album Design (11:01)

Service Offerings: Celebrity/Athlete Photographer for the Empire State Building, Photographer for the New York Jets Branding and Flight Crew (12:23)

Inspiration in Facebook Groups (14:19)

MagMod - facebook.com/groups/magnetmod/

What is Off Camera Lighting? (17:30)

Amanda’s Experience (17:55)

The Gear Bag: (19:58)

Canon 600s

Maha Rechargeable Batteries Power X - mahaenergy.com

OCF Modes: (26:12)

Electronic Through The Lens (ETTL) - Let the camera choose the settings for you.

Manual - When you’re manually adjusting the settings in your camera and flashes.

Getting Started with OCF: (28:15)

  1. Start by knowing your equipment.

  2. Know where and "position” your secondary light source.

  3. Position your OCF (angled and down)

Magmod Products:

Magmod Sphere - magnetmod.com/products/magsphere

Magbox - magnetmod.com/collections/magbox-system

Magmod Speed Ring - magnetmod.com/products/magbox-speedring

Pro Tip: Use (tool) to run 2 flashes at half power for faster recycle time and longer battery time.

Using Gels for Corrective Color in Camera (43:08)

Do the opposite of what you think: blue for warmer images and orange for cooler images.

Links:

View Details

Have you struggled to find the perfect second shooter to add to your team?

In episode 380 of the Bokeh Podcast, Misha Wynn discusses the important role a second shooter can play on wedding days, along with what to look for in potential team members. Listen in as she shares how she approaches hiring and training second shooters for her photography business.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Customer Experience: Be authentic and honest, communicate effectively, and show gratitude. (00:54)

Brand Position: Candid and comfortable moments with a photojournalistic approach. (8:54)

Technique for Time: Schedule intentional breaks from work to do nothing (week at a time). (14:20)

Delegation/Outsourcing: Admin assistant and outsource editing. Start with one task at a time. (17:25)

Inspiration: Art and Relationships (18:42)

Book Recommendations: Reposition Yourself by T. D. Jakes - bit.ly/bp-repositionyourself (20:47)

bokehbookshelf.com

Why Hire a Second Shooter: Capture images at different angles, more detail, and be an extension of you as the photographer. (24:02)

Bad Experiences with Second Shooters (25:48)

The Perfect Second Shooter (28:41)

  1. Find someone eager to learn.

  2. Set clear expectations for their responsibility and images.

  3. Bring an experienced second shooter to weddings with a new second shooter/assistant.

Reviewing Wedding Style and Composition (31:27)

Shadowing on Wedding Days (34:09)

Reviewing & Comparing Work (35:34)

Links:

lavishlylux.com

instagram.com/lavishlyluxstudio

tonyrobbins.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you refined your brand position? We recently introduced a special series called Brand Position Consultations, where we explore developing unique brand positions with professional photographers.

In episode 379 of the Bokeh Podcast, Andrejka Hirschegger joins us in this freeform style brand position consultation to discuss how to define her brand position for the multiple markets that she services. Listen in as they chat about how Andrejka is also using her brand position to drive her SEO strategy.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Check out Andrejka's Guest Feature, along with her other episodes >>

Brand Position: The unique value prop that our businesses offer to our market.

Benefits of a Clear and Distinct Brand Position:

A. Enables Potential Clients to Immediately Know Your UVP

B. Filters Irrelevant Potential Clients

C. Simplifies/Focuses Marketing Efforts

D. Encourages Better Time Management

About Andrejka’s Brand (1:08)

Andrejka’s Competition (5:27)

Andrejka’s Homepage:

Portfolio Images Referenced:

Breaking Out Two Markets:

Florida Page:

Links

Andrejkaphotography.com

instagram.com/andrejkaphotography

Karen’s SEO Episode

Jason Brewer Article

Building a Storybrand

Green Chair Episode

Alt Summit

Check out Andrejka's Guest Feature, along with her other episodes >>

Want to learn more about the importance of a brand position?

Listen to this episode >>

Download our FREE Brand Position Worksheet!

View Details

Have you considered the impact you could have on the photography industry when it comes to diversity and inclusion?

In episode 378 of the Bokeh Podcast, George Mitchell joins us to discuss how the photography industry as a whole can take steps towards providing more inclusion for all people, and how you can take those practices and apply them to your own business. If you're ready to help our industry become more inclusive, this episode is for you!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Food, Beverage, and People (5:52)

Standing Out: Developing a unique style for your niche. (7:09)

Customer Experience: Flexibility, Timely Communication, (10:58)

Technique for Time: Take personal time and vacations to decompress. (16:32)

Delegation/Outsourcing: Handing off color correction, composite, and retouching that takes up time. (20:19)

Inspiration: Liquor stores, grocery stores, Pier One, Crate & Barrel, online shops, etc. (24:14)

Cinnamon Twists: https://www.instagram.com/p/BWP3VsJFcLV/

Book and Content Recommendations: (28:24)

Bokehpodcast.com

photographyspark.com

proedu.com

Planet Money by NPR - npr.org/sections/money

theknot.com

Business Wars - bit.ly/bp-businesswars

Road to Certification - bit.ly/bp-roadtocertification

Food Styling

Diversity in the Current State of the Photography Industry (33:21)

Inclusion in the Photography Industry (44:58)

Three Ways to Improve Inclusion:

  1. Pull in more representation in demographics for your brand or conference.

  2. Connect with people outside of your inner circle.

  3. Reach outside of the "normal" talent pool.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Kesha Lambert - keshalambert.com

Kimberly Lee - kimberlyleephotography.com

Links

gmitchellp

View Details

Are you looking to diversify your finances through investing?

In episode 377 of the Bokeh Podcast, Teshorn Jackson and James Willis join us to explain the benefits of investing in the stock market, even in times where it can feel risky. Listen in as they share introductory steps to investing and their top resources for ongoing education!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Check out episode 208 with Teshorn >>

James’ Market: DFW, TX (2:51)

Brand Position: Photography that will remind you how you felt, not just what it looked like. (3:10)

Years in Business: 8 Years (6:20)

James’ Customer Experience: Establish a connection with your clients so they can build trust with you. (6:49)

Teshorn’s Customer Experience: Authenticity matters for being relatable. (11:24)

James’ Technique for Time: Find activities that you enjoy that will pull you away from work. (13:08)

Delegation/Outsourcing: Working through the process. (17:34)

Education Recommendation: Workshops (22:07)

Two Man Workshop - twomann.com/wedding-photography-workshop

Joshua Dwain’s Workshop - joshuadwain.com

James’ Experience with Investing (28:23)

Teshorn’s Experience with Investing (31:36)

Fear in Finance as a Photographer (36:59)

CARE Act: You can withdraw from your investing accounts (401K/Roth IRA) penalty free, but you have to pay it back within three years. (45:54)

Investing in a Volatile Market (47:20)

Trading Stocks (49:12)

5 Steps to Start Investing (55:55)

  1. Open a brokerage account (Charles Schwabb, Robinhood, TDAmeritrade).

  2. Determine your goal: long term vs. short term.

  3. Research the company, industry, and stock that you’re interested in pursuing.

  4. Transfer money into your brokerage account to buy market order (the price at that time) or limit order (the price that you want it for); same goes for selling.

  5. Buy slow and in increments; don’t put all of your money in at one time.

“Don’t invest money that you can’t afford to lose.”

Book Recommendations: Profit First

Resources for Getting Started:

CNBC.com

The Motley Fool - fool.com

Investing While in Corona - facebook.com/groups/513016642709862/

<

View Details

Have you been looking for direction when it comes to approaching weight loss and healthy habits?

In episode 376 of the Bokeh Podcast, Ashleigh Bing opens up about her personal experience with weight loss over the years. Listen in as she shares the 3 key factors she found to success in her weight loss journey.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Customer Experience: Invest in your people over your marketing, because they’re going to tell others about you. (1:23)

Ashleigh’s Welcome Package (2:32)

Ashleigh’s Welcome Magazine (5:38)

Brand Position: Wedding and lifestyle photographer for people who value quality and emotion evoking images. (7:37)

Delegation/Outsourcing: Branding and Website (15:58)

Inspiration: Street photography (19:04)

Book Recommendations: The Emyth Revisited (25:42)

Ashleigh’s Weight Loss Journey (29:32)

"Enthusiasm is common, endurance is rare.”

Balance in Society (46:56)

Key Factors in a Successful Weight Loss Journey: (53:17)

  1. Nobody likes working out, but it works.

  2. Consistency is key—put the work in until it works out.

  3. The days are long, but the years are quick.

Pushing Beyond Discomfort (56:14)

Being able to share and motivate others.

Links

instagram.com/ashleighbing

Tiffany at Emma Rose Agency


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you refined your brand position? We recently introduced a special series called Brand Position Consultations, where we explore developing unique brand positions with professional photographers.

In episode 375 of the Bokeh Podcast, Frank Harrington joins us to refine his brand position and seek guidance on whether or not to merge his two brands.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: The unique value prop that our businesses offer to our market.

Benefits of a Clear and Distinct Brand Position:

A. Enables Potential Clients to Immediately Know Your UVP

B. Filters Irrelevant Potential Clients

C. Simplifies/Focuses Marketing Efforts

D. Encourages Better Time Management

Based in: San Francisco Bay Area (3:53)

Goal: Looking for guidance on how to manage his portfolio and brands; two or three brands.

Current Brand Position: Photography for the Future Nostalgic (16:34)

Reasons for Shooting: (27:52)

  1. Always been interested in the mechanics of camera gear.

  2. You get to make people happy and document it.

Franke’s Competition: SF Wedding Photographer (35:14)

Nebulous - hazy or unclear

Potential Brand Positions: (49:32)

Wedding Photography for San Francisco Car Lovers

Heirloom Wedding Photography for San Francisco Couples

Links

frankharringtonphotography.com

vintagetinphotobooth.com

instagram.com/frankharringtonphotography

Want to learn more about the importance of a brand position? Listen to this episode >>

Do you have your brand position figured out? We talk a lot on the podcast about defining your clear and distinct brand position, so we created this resource to help you get started. Check out our special brand position consultation episodes, along with a free downloadable to help you define your brand position!

Download our FREE Brand Position Worksheet!

Check out previous brand position consultation episodes >>


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you an aspiring photographer with a hesitation to build your business because you're not sure where to start?

In episode 374 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nata Salvatori joins us to discuss the 11 steps she took to start her photography business, allowing her to go from 0-100 portrait sessions in one year.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Customer Experience: Take the time to get to know each customer. (2:15)

Validate the fact that you’re actually listening.

Brand Position: Most photographers capture moments, I help you see how AMAZING you truly are!

Technique for Time: Time Blocking & Adaptation (Nata is also a great multi-tasker) (12:48)

Delegation/Outsourcing: Blogging (17:07)

Inspiration: Drives in the car with a podcast or book. (21:40)

Book Recommendations: (25;35)

Building a story brand

Who Moved My Cheese?

bokehbookshelf.com

About Nata (28:32)

Photography Education (34:01)

David Molnar

Zach & Jody

11 Steps to 0-100 Portraits in a Year (36:20)

  1. Photography Education - Youtube & Webinars (36:20)

  2. Business Education - CPA & Tuesday’s Together (40:44)

  3. Practicing Your Craft (43:53)

  4. Advice vs Mentors (45:35)

  5. Scaling Your Business/Structure (47:53)

  6. Networking (54:10)

  7. Tell People About Your Business (58:46)

  8. Direct Communication/Awareness (1:02:34)

  9. Volunteer for Work (1:04:30)

  10. Be Active on Social Media (1:05:52)

  11. Think Outside the Box (1:09:09)

Links

NSPhotobook.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Did you know that you can grow your business without spending even more time in it?

In episode 373 of the Bokeh Podcast, Dale Henry of The Abundance Group joins us to discuss the importance of building a team and setting up efficient workflows, in order to build a scalable business!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Dale’s Background (2:21)

Why Is Scaling Your Business Not Being Considered? (5:30)

Working More Efficiently with Your Time (6:50)

Establishing Clarity (8:49)

The Abundance Group (11:15)

Expand Your Definition of Team (21:36)

Communication in Delegation (27:37)

Miilu.com (30;43)

Scaling: Increasing your capacity to serve your customers. (31:36)

3 Steps to Scaling Your Business: (31:36)

  1. Get clear on the key processes in your business and write them down.

  2. Systematize, automate, and tool your processes.

  3. Give it to someone else to do.

Links

theabundance.group

instagram.com/theabundancegroup

Facebook Group - facebook.com/groups/weddingprosguidetoabundance


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you set yourself up for financial stability in your business and personal life?

In episode 372 of the Bokeh Podcast, Matt Odom joins us to discuss the importance of being proactive with your finances as a small business owner. Listen in as he shares insight into saving, investing, and diversifying your revenue streams.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Customer Experience: Be on time, be nice, follow up, build a relationship. (1:16)

Outsourcing/Delegation: Outsource the things you don’t enjoy. (8:06)

Inspiration: Films and personal projects. (12:52)

Peace in Finances (15:51)

Saving Money: (25:42)

You should be saving 30% of your income for taxes.

You should be saving 20% of your income for savings.

Restructuring Prices & Packages for Long-Term Benefit After COVID-19 (34:54)

Investing in Rental Properties (38;54)

SEP IRA (46:41)

Links

mattodomphotography.com

instagram.com/mattodomphoto

Episode 245: The Practical Guide to Commercial Photography – Matt Odom bit.ly/bp-245


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you considered the ways that you could generate passive income for your photography business?

In episode 371 of the Bokeh Podcast, Brandon Wong of Photo Booth Supply Co describes the benefits of generating passive income, along with the truth behind what qualifies your revenue as "passive." Listen in as he shares how to determine what services you should eliminate, automate, and delegate while you implement addition streams of revenue.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Customer Experience: Availability and humanizing (4:58)

"80% of buyers are willing to pay more for a good customer experience in 2020" (4:58)

Brand Position: Affordable photo booths that come with a profitable and proven, turn-key strategy so you can create a business and life you love. (9:36)

Technique for Time: Discipline equals freedom; create a schedule. (12:54)

Venn Diagram: (17:49)

What you’re passionate about.

What your good at.

What people will pay you for.

GSD: (19:57)

Goals

Specifics

Deadlines

Book Recommendations: (24:20)

How to Win Friends and Influence People

Introduction to Passive Income (29:22)

"You’re trading your time for money."

Create a product that does not require your time: Photobooths, Associates, Presets, etc (37:04)

Eliminate, Automate, and Delegate (38:05)

  1. Eliminate - What are the non-profitable services that you offer?

  2. Automate - CRMs and Email Marketing

  3. Delegate - Use the Venn Diagram to delegate the things that don’t overlap

"I am not a creative, I am a business owner." (42:59)

Links

photoboothsupplyco.com

instagram.com/photoboothsupplyco

instagram.com/brandon_wong


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you considered working with your romantic partner, but fear the strain it could put on your relationship?

In episode 370 of the Bokeh Podcast, Megan Breukelman joins us to discuss the challenges you may face while working with your partner, how to be open-minded in your business, and work well together. Listen in as she describes her and her husband's different working behaviors, along with roles and responsibilities in the business.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Client Experience: Remember that the people you’re working with are humans too; empathy and compassion matter. (1:20)

Brand Position: Dreamy and romantic imagery without the fluff. (2:49)

Delegation/Outsourcing: It’s important to have systems and workflows in place when you go to delegate. (9:05)

Inspiration: Podcasts, music, books, and magazines (16:33)

Podcast Recommendations: (19:58)

Six Figure Freelancer - bit.ly/bp-6figfreelancerpod

Marie Forleo - marieforleo.com/marietv

Amy Porterfield - amyporterfield.com/amy-porterfield-podcast

bokehbookshelf.com

Book Recommendation: How to Not Always Be Working (28:01)

How Megan & Kenneth Met (30:42)

Opposite Working Styles Between Partners (34:44)

Office Spaces (47:45)

Underlying Sexism in Business (48:35)

Breaking Up the Responsibility (54:00)

Links:

brooklynweddingphoto.com

instagram.com/brooklynweddingphoto

meganbreukelman.com

instagram.com/meganbreukelman

instagram.com/betrothedmagazine

The Photo Op Podcast - meganbreukelman.com/podcast

Mating in Captivity - bit.ly/bp-micaptivity

Mating in Captivity Ted Talk - bit.ly/bp-tt-ester


See

View Details

Do you have a brand position that sets you apart from your competition? Brand position has become a popular topic on the Bokeh Podcast, so we're here to help you define your position!

In episode 369 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nathan discusses the value and process of developing a unique brand position, along with the benefits it will bring to your business. Make sure you grab our free Brand Position Worksheet and follow along with the episode to start defining your brand position today!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Download our FREE Brand Position Worksheet!

Do you have your brand position figured out? We talk a lot on the podcast about defining your clear and distinct brand position, so we created this resource to help you get started. Check out our special brand position consultation episodes, along with a free downloadable to help you define your brand position!

Download Now >>

Brand Position: The unique value prop that our businesses offer to our market.

Benefits of a Clear and Distinct Brand Position:

A. Enables Potential Clients to Immediately Know Your UVP

B. Filters Irrelevant Potential Clients

C. Simplifies/Focuses Marketing Efforts

D. Encourages Better Time Management

Your Business Name: There is opportunity to change your name, but not necessary. (5:43)

The Market You're Based In: Decide on focusing ideally on a singular market (unless you're focused on destination). (5:56)

The Services You Offer: List all of your service, but narrow it down for specificity. (6:43)

The People You Serve: Who you serve will impact your marketing copy and content. (7:55)

Your Truly Unique Experience: If you're not sure, let's look at your full business and decide what it should be. (8:52)

Reasons You're a Photographer: Your big picture views that drive your personal life and trickles into your business. (10:35)

Competitor Research: This will create awareness of how you need to position yourself against competition. Google the key phrase that you'd look for in your market. ex: Chattanooga Wedding Photographer (12:14)

4 Ways to Establish a Clear & Distinct Brand Position: (14:56)

  1. Be the first to own a position

  2. Offer a service that doesn’t exist

  3. Offer a variation of a service

  4. Name a target market

Brand Position Brainstorming (21:04)

Links

Time Management from the Inside Out by Julie Morganstern - bit.ly/bp-timemanage

<

View Details

In an industry that doesn't require formal education or certifications for educators, it's tough to determine if you're a good fit for the role.

In episode 368 of the Bokeh Podcast, Laylee Emadi brings her experience as a high school teacher and district curriculum designer to discuss the industry's need for trainings for professionals looking to provide educational offerings. Listen in as she shares characteristics of a great educator and how she believes photographers should approach offering education.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Customer Experience: Place yourself in the shoes of your clients to understand what they would want. (2:02)

Outsourcing/Delegation: Editing, inbox management, and anything that someone else can do as well as her. Saving 20 hours per week on average. (6:15)

Inspiration: (11:40)

Art inspiration in all art forms: dance, museums, etc.

Business inspiration is found in books, podcasts, etc

Education in the Photography Industry (16:25)

Pursuing Education in the Right Way (18:55)

Inspirational Talks vs. Tangible Talks (22:37)

Why People Get into Education: (26:36)

  1. To elevate themselves within the industry.

  2. Diversifying their income streams.

  3. Have a passion for helping people.

Can Everyone be an Educator? (34:43)

Characteristics of Educators: (38:49)

  1. Know Your Educator Type

  2. Communication and Presentation Skills

  3. Experience

  4. Consistency in Results

Take Laylee’s Free Educator Type Quiz >>

Laylee’s Recommended Resources (42:53)

Jess Ekstrom Public Speaking Training - jessekstrom.com//mic-drop-workshop

Learn more about the Creative Educator Academy >>

Getting Started in Education:

  1. Offer up free content around your specialty.

  2. Develop case studies and feedback from those you’ve given free content to.

  3. Survey your audience to ensure your content is helpful and aligns with what you want to offer.

Links

layleeemadi.com

instagram.com/laylee_emadi

layleeemadi.com/educator-academy

instagram.com/soheresthethingpodcast

The Presentation Secrets of Steve Jobs -

View Details

Do you love to travel for work, but struggle with marketing yourself as a destination photographer?

In episode 367 of the Bokeh Podcast, Carly Jurach of Someplace Images joins us to share 5 main ideas to marketing her brand for destination work. Listen in to learn how to start building your portfolio today, along with how to plan out your travel schedule to ensure you get booked!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Customer Experience: Niching down allows you to really specialize and focus on doing that thing well. (1:47)

Check out our Brand Position Consultations!

photographersedit.com/blog/brand-position

Brand Position: Redefining and revealing love and self-love through passion, laughter, and intimate photography with the goal of creating touchable visible monuments to life changing moments. (4:15)

Technique for Time: Make time for reading, implement the 5 second rule, spend the first hour of the day for herself, and journaling. (8:20)

Check out bokehbookclub.com!

Book Recommendation: The 5 Second Rule by Mel Robbins - bit.ly/bp-5secrule

Outsourcing/Delegation: VA for social media and a ghost writer (14:09)

5 Ideas to Market Destination Photography (28:33)

  1. On-Location Shoots When Traveling (28:33)

  2. Geotagging (30:13)

  3. Promote your Travel for Shoots (32:14)

  4. Create a Facebook Group (37:04)

  5. Facebook Advertising

Check out our feature on Carly: photographersedit.com/blog/carly-someplace

Links

Someplaceimages.com

instagram.com/someplaceimages

Instagram.com/carlysomeplace

facebook.com/groups/someplaceboudoir

pinterest.com/someplaceimages

Episode 84 - bit.ly/bp-84

Episode 109 - bit.ly/bp-109

Kindle Paperwhite - bit.ly/bp-kindle

Kir Tuben’s Episode -

View Details

Over the last year at Bokeh Podcast, we have spent so much time reviewing brand positions, that we thought it was time to offer live brand consultations!

In this special series, we’ll be exploring how to develop brand positions.

In episode 366 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nathan is joined by Morayo Sayles of Piper Brown Photography to chat about potential brand positions that resonate with her current brand. Listen in as they discuss the possibility of morphing your brand position over time as your experience and portfolio begin to support the brand you want to portray.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: The unique value prop that our businesses offer to our market.

Benefits of a Clear and Distinct Brand Position:

A. Enables Potential Clients to Immediately Know Your UVP

B. Filters Irrelevant Potential Clients

C. Simplifies/Focuses Marketing Efforts

D. Encourages Better Time Management

Morayo’s Goal: Understand what her brand position should be and how to use it in her brand. (2:30)

Based in: Southern New England (4:54)

Current Brand Position: Wedding photographer who occasionally does family portraiture (11:08)

Why Photography (18:56)

Competition (30:35)

Potential Brand Positions:

Rhode Island’s Fun Wedding Photographer

Rhode Island’s Fun & Nerdy Wedding Photographer

Celebrating the Beginning of Your Family’s Legacy

Rhode Island’s Funny Wedding Photographer Next Door

Links

piperbrownphotography.com

instagram.com/piperbrownphoto

Instagram.com/moslens

Building a Storybrand by Donald Miller

How to Win Friends & Influence People

Powerthesaurus.org


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you able to pull out real, raw emotions from your clients during your sessions?

In episode 365 of the Bokeh Podcast, Karissa Layne shares about the importance of connecting with your clients so they're comfortable enough to open up around you. Listen in as she walks through the importance touch points from inquiry to the session that allows her to capture her clients on an intimate level.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Customer Experience: Honest enthusiasm. (2:26)

Brand Position: Capturing your marriage, not just your wedding day and giving you photographs that reflect who you are. (5:35)

Technique for Time: (8:47)

Take 1-2 days off work each week.

Have realistic expectations for what you can get done.

Inspiration: Faith & Family (17:50)

Book Recommendations: (20:28)

Building a Storybrand by Donald Miller - bit.ly/bp-storybrand

Ruthless Elimination of Hurry by John Mark Comer - bit.ly/bp-ruthlesseliminationhurry

Bridgetone Podcast - bridgetown.podbean.com/e/the-ruthless-elimination-of-hurry

Capturing Emotion in Your Clients:

  1. Get to know your clients on a personal level either in-person, on a call, or through a questionnaire; also let them get to know you as well.

  2. Prompt your couples to take an action, then look for the in between moments.

  3. Give them space to connect during your sessions by stepping away from them.

  4. Provide constant feedback to your clients for encouragement.

  5. Work Quickly, but also slow down. Don’t make awkward moments.

Action Tip:Start by encouraging your couples to walk or run to loosen them up.

Why Movement Works: They’re thinking about what they’re doing, not how they look or the camera.

Links:

karissalaynephoto.com

instagram.com/karissalaynephoto

Anna Anderson's Brand Position Consultation - bit.ly/bp-345


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you struggle with creating a seamless experience while posing your boudoir clients?

In episode 364 of the Bokeh Podcast, Anna Johnson of Boudoir Ego walks us through the posing flow she uses to capture a variety of images with a few simple poses. Listen in as she shares some of her favorite tips for delivering the most out of your sessions!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Customer Experience During COVID-19: Keeping communication open and popping on social media more than normal. (1:21)

Technique for Time: Set a schedule for yourself. (5:29)

Outsourcing/Delegation: Hire a CPA (9:54)

Inspiration: Watching TV (16:25)

Book Recommendations: (23:55)

Girl, Wash Your Face by Rachel Hollis - bit.ly/bp-washface

Calm the F*** Down by Sarah Knight - amzn.to/bp-calmthefdown

There is Growth in Experience (29:26)

Photographers that Inspire Anna:

jenerations.com

karamariestudios.com

Posing Flow for Boudoir: (33:15)

  1. Starting on the bed; laying on back, stomach, side, feet on wall, etc. + a variety of each of these shots.

  2. Move them to half on/off the bed (legs off).

  3. Move all the way to the ground; back against the bed, then back on the ground.

  4. Move over to the window; against the wall on the ground, on knees, standing up.

  5. Move to the couch; Start with sitting, then lay down on back, stomach, side, etc, then kneeling on the couch facing the window/light, etc.

Tip for Shooting Boudoir: Capture a variety of angles and shots for each pose you place your subject in.

Tip for Variety:Shoot through objects like plants, glass balls, prisms, etc.

Links

boudoirego.com

instagram.com/boudoirego

Anna's Bokeh Podcast Snapshot Episode - bit.ly/bp-231


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Over the last year at Bokeh Podcast, we have spent so much time reviewing brand positions, that we thought it was time to offer live brand consultations!

In this special series, we’ll be exploring how to develop brand positions based on principals derived from Donald Miller’s book, Building a Storybrand.

In episode 363 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nathan chats with Leah Goetzel to discuss a potential change in her brand position as she approaches moving to a new market. Listen in as the brainstorm potential words and concepts to consider as she makes a big move in her business.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: The unique value prop that our businesses offer to our market.

Benefits of a Clear and Distinct Brand Position:

A. Potential Clients to Immediately Know Your UVP

B. Filters Irrelevant Potential Clients

C. Simplifies/Focuses Marketing Efforts

D. Encourages Better Time Management

Based in: Dallas, TX; possibly moving to CO (2:21)

Leah's Goal: Would love to create a clear and concise brand position that embodies her brand for when she moves. (6:06)

Current Brand Position: Bold & Vibrant Imagery for Colorful & Kind Souls (8:12)

Why Leah Started Photography: (16:58)

  1. Creative Outlet

  2. Financial Freedom & Independence

  3. Interactions with Clients

Reviewing Current Brand Position (19:02)

Leah’s Competition (25:20)

Brainstorming Brand Position Statements (37:55)

Links

leahgoetzel.com

instagram.com/leahgoetzel

powerthesaurus.org


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you properly exposing your photos and editing for accurate skin tones?

In episode 362 of the Bokeh Podcast, Ty Pentecost joins our hosts to demonstrate how to edit dark skin tones. Listen in as Ty walks us through editing the following scenarios: greenery in the background, indoor, and harsh lighting.

The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 2:00PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Check out the visuals at bokehpodcast.com!

Connect:

typentecostphotography.com

instagram.com/typentecost

richsmithphotography.net

@richsmithphoto

@heathersmithrsp

@nathanholritz

@hayleegaffin

photographersedit.com

@photogsedit

bokehpodcast.com

@bokehpodcast


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you set up amazing and efficient client workflows in your business?

In episode 361 of the Bokeh Podcast, Chelsy Weisz joins us to discuss important principals behind a smart client workflow, along with the primary stages you should plan to incorporate. If your workload feels light due to rescheduling sessions due to COVID-19, now is the time to prepare for when you hit your busy season and don't have as much free time!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.Customer Experience: Setting your expectations so that you can exceed them. (5:52)

Brand Position: (7:59)

Photography Brand - Educate & Inspiring Brides in Northwest North Dakota to Turn into a Wife

Education Brand - Preparing Your to Transform Your Business into What You're Supposed To Do

Outsourcing/Delegation: Editing, Virtual Assistant, Podcast Editing (15:33)

Book Recommendations: Start with Why by Simon Sinek - bit.ly/bp-startwithwhy (20:40)

bokehbookshelf.com

Why Chelsy Loves Workflow (24:01)

Four Stages of Photo Sessions: (24:00)

  1. Inquiry

  2. Pre-Session

  3. Post-Session

  4. Ongoing and Marketing

Optional 5. Pre-Sale

Optional 6. Post Sale

Setting Up Workflows: The system you develop needs to be easy to duplicate (tracking, templates, etc) (29:00)

Creating Tasks for Each Stage’s Workflow (34:37)

Using a CRM to Manage Automated Emails (42:25)

Links:

Lindsay Letters Calendar - lindsayletters.co/collections/the-creatives-calendar

thewisephotographerpodcast.com

Ashlyn Write’s Course - copywritingforcreatives.ashlynwrites.com

The Emyth - bit.ly/bp-emyth


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you love hearing from other photographers on the the latest topics in our industry? Introducing The Bokeh Morning Show!

In this special series, our host, Nathan, will be jumping on Facebook Live and opening up the phone line to allow guests to call-in for a few minutes of conversation around a specific topic! Guests will contribute their favorite tip to better serve your business!

In this episode, Nathan discusses ways to proactively serve your clients during a slow season where COVID-19 is impacting your ability to engage face to face. Listen in as Shaun Austin and Jamie Gordon call in to share their thoughts as well!

The audio from The Bokeh Podcast Morning Show episodes is from our Facebook Live videos. If you'd love too see us continue this series, make sure to send us a DM on Facebook or Instagram or email Nathan at nathan@photographersedit.com.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Special thanks to Shaun Austin and Jaime Gordon for calling into the show today!

Links

Want to stay on top of news? - Feedly.com

Final Cut Pro free for 90 days - bit.ly/bp-fcp90days

Backlinks to Improve SEO - bit.ly/bp-ppseo

Spring cleaning (digitally) during Corona - bit.ly/bp-giz-springclean

kiss.us

jaimegordonlifecoaching.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you quick to throw discounts on your services when you need to make money?

In episode 359 of the Bokeh Podcast, Katie Wussow joins us to discuss how you should be pricing yourself not only during a crisis, but all the time. Listen in as she share her opinion on discounting your services and why it's a bad move for your business.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Customer Experience: Good Communication and Simplified Terminology (6:08)

Brand Position: Business coach for creative entrepreneurs, focused on the basics, with a background in finance. (11:25)

Technique for Time: Time blocking everything. (14:41)

Delegation/Outsourcing: Handing off work and training someone does take time and is a skill. (18:59)

Book Recommendations: The Dip by Seth Godin (26:18)

The Truth Behind Discountin; (30:47)

Discounting Services vs. Products (33:50)

Where to Start Pricing During a Crisis:

  1. Know your numbers and your margins.

  2. Qualify your leads.

  3. Connect what you do with your client’s values.

Why You’re Getting Pushback on Your Pricing; (42:26)

  1. Your leads aren’t qualified.

  2. You’re not helping them understand the value of what you’re providing.

Links:

katiewussow.com

instagram.com/katiewussow

Katie's Audio Technica Mic - amzn.to/bp-audiotechnica

Game Changer Podcast with Katie Wussow - thegamechanger.buzzsprout.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Over the last year at Bokeh Podcast, we have spent so much time reviewing brand positions, that we thought it was time to offer live brand consultations!

In this special series, we’ll be exploring how to develop brand positions based on principals derived from Donald Miller’s book, Building a Storybrand.

In episode 358 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nathan chats with Rachel Sima-Castro, a northern California-based photographer to define a brand position that empowers women and their families and matches the mission behind her brand.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: The unique value prop that our businesses offer to our market.

Benefits of a Clear and Distinct Brand Position:

A. Potential Clients to Immediately Know Your UVP

B. Filters Irrelevant Potential Clients

C. Simplifies/Focuses Marketing Efforts

D. Encourages Better Time Management

Based in: Sacramento, CA and serving Northern CA (3:15)

Specializing in: Film portrait photographer (3:15)

A Glimpse at Rachel’s Competition (10:35)

Rachel’s Current Brand Position: Dreamy, intimate photography for women and families. (12:31)

Creating Separate Brands (12:31)

Frequently Used Words in Rachel’s Brand: Intimate, Feminism, Portraitist, Film

Rachel’s Goal: Find language for film that clients will understand.

Rachel’s Competition (36:51)

Brainstorming Brand Position Statements (42:46)

Describing Experience vs. Product (52:01)

Potential Brand Position Statements: Honest, Intimate Portraiture for Women (53:00)

Links

rachelsimaphotography.com

instagram.com/rachelsimaphotography

instagram.com/acuratedself

PhotoNative.com

RichardPhotoLab.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you overwhelmed at the idea of learning IPS?

In episode 357 of the Bokeh Podcast, Andrew Funderburg of Fundy Designer joins us to share how when you simplify the process for your clients by offering limited products, print sales can play a huge role in your business's growth plan! Bonus: Andrew also shares helpful recommendations for getting through this slow season due to COVID-19.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Working on Your Business During COVID-19:

1. Set yourself up financially for success. (5:40)

Think of how you’ll survive if you have no income for 6 months:

Look at how you can reduce or skip payments temporarily.

Review all of you financial assets.

2. Create a plan and strategy for the next 3 months. (11:00)

  • How can I generate extra revenue?

  • How can I just costs in my business?

  • How can I reconnect with vendors during this time to stay top of mind?

Tip: Create multiple strategies based on different scenarios for time.

Bonus Tip: How are you going to set yourself up for success compared to your competitors in your market? Idea: Design dual-sided cards for your vendors; one side for you and the other for the vendor.

3. Keep yourself busy by using your newfound free time to do something different. (17:05)

  • Top down photoshoots for your albums

  • Design wall-art mockups in Fundy.

  • Design save-the-dates for your engaged couples.

  • Design studio magazine.

  • Review your pricing and packaging.

Planning Your Products: (29:34)

  1. Choose an album

  2. Choose 2 types of wall art.

  3. Choose cards your clients may want.

Steps to Approaching IPS: (38:06)

  1. Predesign your album.

  2. Set up an appointment (in person or zoom).

  3. Set up a slideshow, starting with 10 favorite images, then products.

Links

fundydesigner.com

instagram.com/fundysoftwareinc

Meditation Apps: Headspace or Waking Up

Street Photography Book - bit.ly/bp-funderburg-sp

Album Design Book - bit.ly/bp-funderburg-albums

Fundydesigner.com/guides

Mapmyrun.com

strava.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you love hearing from other photographers on the the latest topics in our industry? Introducing The Bokeh Morning Show!

In this special series, our host, Nathan, will be jumping on Facebook Live and opening up the phone line to allow guests to call-in for a few minutes of conversation around a specific topic! Guests will contribute their favorite tip to better serve your business!

In this episode, Nathan discusses the impact that COVID-19 is playing in the industry and asks guests to share one tip for utilizing this time at home to their advantage!

The audio from The Bokeh Podcast Morning Show episodes is from our Facebook Live videos. Tune into the next episode live on Friday, March 27th at 9:00AM EST, at facebook.com/bokehpodcast.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Special thanks to Haylee Gaffin, Rich Smith, and Andrejka Hirschegger for calling into the show today!

Links

DPReview - Nikon Suspends Repairs - bit.ly/bp-ms1-nikonrepair

DPReview - Canon Closes It's Service Centers in CA - bit.ly/bp-ms1-canonservice

SLRLounge - Canon EOS R6 Rumored Specs - bit.ly/bp-ms1-canoneosr6

TechCrunch - Apple Music Adds Personalized Playlist of Happy Songs to Cheer You Up Plus a Work From Home Mix - bit.ly/bp-ms1-applemusic

SLRLounge - Tips on How to Retool Your Business During the Current Downtime - bit.ly/bp-ms1-retool


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you struggle with creating blog content that is valuable for your potential customers?

In episode 355 of the Bokeh Podcast, Elisabeth Kramer joins us to discuss simple steps to approach planning and developing content for your site. Listen in as she shares how to create content that serves your clients, along with how she developed content regarding COVID-19 for her wedding couples.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Planner vs. Coordinator (1:21)

Customer Experience: Think about how you want to be served throughout the whole process. (2:42)

Brand Position: Wedding Planner who is tearing down the wedding industrial complex. (9:51)

Technique for Time: Regimen, Routine, and Boundaries (15:57)

Timeline Challenges: It will change, so your timelines need to be flexible and collaborative. (21:19)

Outsourcing/Delegation: I want to delegate, but I don’t know where to start. (25:26)

Coronavirus Resources: (29:29)

Resources for Wedding Vendors and Coronavirus

Things to Read and Things to Do as a Couple Planning a Wedding During Coronavirus

The Wedding With the Surprise Mariachi Band

What the Hell Is Event Insurance and Do I Even Need It?

Book Recommendations: (32:36)

The Pumpkin Plan - bit.ly/bp-pumpkinplan

Profit First - bit.ly/bp-profitfirst

Daring Greatly by Brene Brown - bit.ly/bp-daringgreatly

bokehbookshelf.com

Creating Content: (50:25)

  1. Start with a story you would tell your work friends.

  2. Use stories that you’re interested in to connect with your clients.

Writing Articles for Your Audience: Think of your ideal client and what they need in their planning journey. (1:00:51)

photographersedit.com/blog/slowseason

Links

elisabethkramer.com

View Details

Are you taking care of your clients during the fearful times surrounding COVID-19?

In episode 354 of the Bokeh Podcast, Taylor Ford joins us to share how she has made it a priority to serve her couples who are dealing with rescheduling or postponing their wedding right now. Listen in as she shares her proactive approach to being a pillar of strength for her couples who are being impacted by COVID-19.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Customer Experience: Education & Expectations - Guide and show your clients what they need while listening to what they want. (2:55)

Brand Position: Timeless, Genuine, & Fun // The way photos should be. (6:44)

Delegation: (15:25)

Photographersedit.com

House Cleaning

Inspiration: Magazines and Traveling and Cooking (18:35)

Book Recommendations: Big Magic - bit.ly/bp-bigmagic (22:22)

bokehbookshelf.com

Taylor's Reaction to COVID-19: Stay positive for couples without making them nervous. (29:20)

Three Ways to Serve Your Clients

  1. Community - Create a facebook group for your couples.

  2. Gifting - Send them a Starbucks gift card.

  3. Time - Offering your services that don’t cost you out of pocket.

Links

taylorfordphotography.com

instagram.com/taylorfordphoto

Jamie Findlay’s Episode - bit.ly/bp-321


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Has your business been impacted by unexpected slower seasons?

In episode 353 of the Bokeh Podcast, David and Whitney Scott join us to open up about their experience in business after the Joplin Tornado Tragedy, along with how the impacts are similar to what they're experiencing with COVID-19. Listen in as they share steps you can take to still serve your clients and community, even when your business slows down.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Based in: Northwest Arkansas (2:07)

Client Experience: Present yourself as an equal. (5:17)

Brand Position: Fun, generous, and expensive. (10:55)

Technique for Time: Limiting themselves to 1-2 clients per week. (17:33)

Delegating Your Work: Accounting and Projects (24:00)

Book Recommendations: (32:15)

4 Hour Work Week - bit.ly/bp-4hr

A Real Life by Ferenc MĂĄtĂŠ - bit.ly/bp-areallife

Bokehbookshelf.com

The Joplin Tornado Tragedy (37:38)

The Importance of Giving Back to the Community (46:55)

When Business Slows Down: (51:00)

  1. Look for ways to serve the community at large.

  2. Be intentional with your plan as a business to make improvements on your business.

  3. Work on the relationships with your clients.

Tip:Support small businesses by purchasing gifts for your clients; this also shows your clients that you’re thinking of them during this time.

Links

Whitneyscottphotography.com

instagram.com/whitneyscottphotography

Black River Imaging

3xmsolution.com

facebook.com/3xmsolution

3xm Insiders Facebook Group - facebook.com/groups/121075548461035

Tribe of 5 - tribeof5.com

Amy & Tavis Episode 79 - bit.ly/bp-79


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Over the last year at Bokeh Podcast, we have spent so much time reviewing brand positions, that we thought it was time to offer live brand consultations!

In this special series, we’ll be exploring how to develop brand positions based on principals derived from Donald Miller’s book, Building a Storybrand.

In episode 352 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nathan chats with Paige Daniels to discuss her existing brand position and how to better communicate it with potential customers!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: The unique value prop that our businesses offer to our market.

Benefits of a Clear and Distinct Brand Position:

A. Potential Clients to Immediately Know Your UVP

B. Filters Irrelevant Potentil Clients

C. Simplifies/Focuses Marketing Efforts

D. Encourages Better Time Management

Paige’s Competition (22:42)

Brand Position: Capturing the everyday magic of family life. (28:21)

Nathan’s Recommendation: Move your brand position statement to a more prominent position of your site. (39:01)

Links

sundayvibesphoto.com

instagram.com/sundayvibesphoto

Article Mentioned: bit.ly/bp-mission-position

Anna Anderson’s Episode: bit.ly/bp-345


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you interested in testing out Google Ads in your business, but struggle with understanding the platform?

In episode 351 of the Bokeh Podcast, Deirdre Andrews joins us to discuss the basics of getting started with Google Ads! If you're interested in understanding the value, benefits, and campaign structure of Google Ads, then you'll want to listen in!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Customer Experience: Care about helping people and driving results for them; they’ll feel your intent. (4:45)

Brand Position: Teaching small business owners how to setup and manage their own Google ad campaigns, focusing on small and local business strategy. (9:52)

Technique for Time: Charge what you’re worth so that you aren’t overwhelmed with trying to find time to complete projects. (13:12)

Finding Inspiration (17:14)

Book Recommendations: (19:48)

Building a Storybrand - bit.ly/bp-storybrand

Profit First - bit.ly/bp-profitfirst

Bokehbookshelf.com

Value in Google Ads: Superpower that other platforms don’t have—intent. (23:28)

SEO and Google Ads (36:09)

  1. SEO takes time/effort to rank and you don’t control it.

  2. Algorithm updates can hurt your efforts.

  3. Ads show up at the top of the page.

Campaign Structure (30:05)

Campaigns

Ad Groups (similar to ad sets)

Ads

Ad Groups: Highlight the keywords and impact the ads that you will run for those keywords. (30:05)

Retargeting with Google Ads: (34:43)

Google Display Network - Reaches 90% of the Internet

Links:

definemarketing.ca

instagram.com/definemarketingblog

facebook.com/definemarketingblog


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Over the last year at Bokeh Podcast, we have spent so much time reviewing brand positions, that we thought it was time to offer live brand consultations!

In this special series, we’ll be exploring how to develop brand positions based on principals derived from Donald Miller’s book, Building a Storybrand.

In episode 350 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nathan chats with Rachel Howard, a photographer in north Alabama, to discuss her existing brand position and potential options to better serve her clients. Listen in to hear Nathan's recommendations on she can best convey who she serves to potential clients on her website.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Benefits of Brand Position

  1. Clarifies your unique value proposition to potential clients.

  2. Filters irrelevant potential clients.

  3. Simplifies marketing messaging.

  4. Encourages better time management.

Located in: North Alabama (4:19)

Specializes in: Wedding & Couples (4:39)

UVP: Small town local who know everyone.

Why Rachel Got Started: (11:47)

  1. Serve a purpose

  2. Operate her own calendar

  3. Financial Independence

Researching Rachel’s Competition (17:42)

Nathan’s Recommendations:

  1. Take advantage of the lack of competition in your local market and focus on SEO for your local area.

  2. Connect with your potential clients as a photographer, not a nurse, by taking nurse off your homepage.

New Brand Position: Photographing the raw beauty of weddings in North Alabama.

Links

rawimageswithrach.com

instagram.com/raw_images_with_rach

Karen’s episode: bit.ly/bp-243

Showit.co


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you ready to nail down exactly how you should be charging for your services?

In episode 349 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nathan, Haylee, Heather, and Rich discuss the driving principles you should be considering when establishing your prices. Listen in as they share how they priced themselves when starting out in contrast to how they price themselves now.

The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 2:00PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Connect:

richsmithphotography.net

@richsmithphoto

@heathersmithrsp

@nathanholritz

@hayleegaffin

photographersedit.com

@photogsedit

bokehpodcast.com

@bokehpodcast


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you intimidated by the amount of work that goes into marketing on Instagram?

In episode 348 of the Bokeh Podcast, Casey Crowe Taylor discusses a few ways to simplify your approach to Instagram marketing in order to make it work for your business! If you're constantly feeling discouraged on Instagram, take a listen to this episode as Casey brings a fresh perspective to the conversation!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Customer Experience Principal: It’s not about you, it’s about them. (1:55)

Brand Position: (4:33)

Personal: Help people see their own unique beauty.

Photography: Real people having fun.

"People buy from you when they feel understood, not when they understand you.” - Dean Graziosi (10:35)

Time Technique: (12:06)

  1. Hydrate and meditate first thing in the morning.

  2. Take Monday mornings off to do whatever for yourself.

Impact of Outsourcing (18:00)

Inspiration Outside of Photography: (26:57)

Driving with really loud music.

Traveling and shooting on film.

Book Recommendation: Super Attractor by Gabrielle Bernstein - bit.ly/bp-superattractor (31:58)

Why Instagram is a Struggle: (39:17)

  1. Photographers have a deep emotional connection to work, but it interferes with their marketing (re: validation).

  2. Photographers rely on the internet to tell them what to do when it comes to posting, so they do it, even if it isn’t quality.

How to Get Out of Your Head: Write your caption first, then select the image. (41:32)

Misconceptions About the Algorithm: It’s working against you. (45:08)

"Instead of doing instagram purely as a marketing tool, remember you’re there to connect with other humans.” (47:12)

3 Things Your Should Stop doing on IG: (48:00)

  1. Stop spontaneous posting and schedule it out.

  2. Stop using the same 30 hashtags on every single photo.

  3. Stop describing what is already visible, because you’re duplicating content they’re already seeing. Start adding CTAs to your posts.

Grab Casey’s IG Prompt Freebie: bit.ly/bp-caseyigcal

Watch Casey’s IGTV on Instagram Mistakes: instagram.com/tv/B4ffuv_hCgw

Watch Casey’s IGTV on Instagram Engagement: instagram.com/tv/B7WEhkZlcZp

Building Community on IG: (57:42)

  1. Comment back on every comment.

  2. Every time you get a new follower, go like and comment on their feed. Block spam accounts. Send video/audio DMs to accounts that engage with you.

Links:

thefindlab.com

edmylett.com/podcasts

UK Your Pe

View Details

Is your website showing up in online searches for your services?

In episode 347 of the Bokeh Podcast, Victoria Rayburn shares her strategy for utilizing long-tail keywords to increase your results for strong search rankings. Listen in as she shares the top tools you should be using to improve the search engine optimization on your website.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Giving couples wedding photos that will help them remember their vows and why they chose their spouse. // Wedding photos for joy-filled couples who can’t wait to be married. (3:44)

Advice for Photographers: Don’t let your work come before your relationships. (9:17)

Outsourcing: (13:08)

Editing

Kiss Books

Web Design

Recipe for Deciding to Outsource: (18:23)

Calculate the COB and determine how much you want to pay yourself.

Look at what is left over, and see what would be feasible.

Develop Systems and Automations (20:03)

Book Recommendations: Superfans by Pat Flynn - bit.ly/bp-superfans (23:40)

BokehBookshelf.com

The Gear Bag: Deodorant (26:06)

Background in SEO (28:00)

First Website’s Biggest Weakness: Speed (30:43)

Tools for SEO:

Google Search Console: search.google.com/search-console

Blog Stomp: stompsoftware.com/blogstomp

WP Smush It: wordpress.org/plugins/wp-smushit

Imagify: wordpress.org/plugins/imagify

Google Pagespeed Insights: developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights

Google Keywords Tool: ads.google.com/home/tools/keyword-planner

The Keyword Tool: keywordtool.io

Moz.com

SEO Yoast: yoast.com/wordpress/plugins/seo

Keywords: Ideas and topics that define what your content is about. (36:10)

Head Keywords:

View Details

Are you passionate about making an impact or a difference in your community, but don't know where to start working on a personal project?

In episode 346 of the Bokeh Podcast, Lucy Baber shares the mission behind why she started her personal project, 100 Black Dads, along with the 9 steps she took (and wished she had) to execute this project she's so passionate about. If you're ready to launch your next personal project, this episode is for you!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Philly’s FUN Family Photographer (2:15)

BokehBookshelf.com

Giving Yourself Time to Go Full-Time (9:19)

Advice for Photographers: (11:17)

  1. Get a steady income when you go full-time.

  2. Prioritize relationships.

  3. Prioritize photography conferences.

Technique for Time: Give yourself permission to clock out at a certain time of day for your family. (21:15)

Book Recommendations: (27:39)

pumpkinplan.com

Big Magic by Elizabeth Gilbert - bit.ly/bp-bigmagic

The Gear Bag: Bandaids: “Emergency Kit" (31:43)

100 Black Dads: Highlighting the loving and nurturing side of black fathers. (34:02)

Steps to Launching Your Personal Project (44:47)

  1. Write a mission statement. (45:33)

  2. Clearly define your scope and goals. (50:47)

  3. Write a press release. (52:42)

  4. Determine a budget, availability, and travel needs. (54:56)

  5. Apply for grants and sponsorships. (59:16)

  6. Consider wardrobe needs for promo interviews.

  7. Plan your launch. (1:02:10)

  8. Create a mix of easily attainable goals. (1:03:44)

  9. Outsource if possible. (1:06:38)

Links:

lucybaberphotography.com

instagram.com/lucybaber

lucybaberphotography.com/100-black-dads

thephotocookout.com

Rae Barnes' Episode - bit.ly/bp-157

Untethered Soul by Michael Singer

Ore Adesina's Episode - bit.ly/bp-200


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Over the last year at Bokeh Podcast, we have spent so much time reviewing brand positions, that we thought it was time to offer live brand consultations!

In this special series, we’ll be exploring how to develop brand positions based on principals derived from Donald Miller’s book, Building a Storybrand.

In episode 345 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nathan chats with Anna Anderson, a photographer in Madison, WI, to develop a brand position that captures her ability to create beautiful, comfortable moments for her couples. Listen in as they discuss Anna's brand and develop a potential new brand position during this real-time consultation.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

What is a Brand Position? (1:40)

Benefits of Brand Position (3:50)

  1. Clarifies your unique value proposition to potential clients.

  2. Filters irrelevant potential clients.

  3. Simplifies marketing messaging.

  4. Encourages better time management.

Focusing on One Niche (9:51)

Anna’s Old Unique Value Proposition: Honest, Authentic, and a Damn Good Time (13:50)

Five Prompts Article: https://annamariecreative.com/my-five-go-to-posing-prompts-for-couples/

Researching Anna’s Competition (25:22)

Anna’s Current Brand Position: Wisconsin wedding photographer empowering couples through connection and vulnerability. (38:02)

Final Brand Position Statement: Helping You Feel at Home in Front of the Camera

Website Mockup & Notes:

  1. I’m not a graphic designer 😊 This mockup is just meant to demonstrate how one might use a full-screen image to represent their brand, while incorporating a position statement in a visible location above the fold. Hire a graphic designer to do your website design and layout - helping you choose the image, font, and placement of text.

  2. In an ideal world, an image with lots of negative space will make room for the logo and navigation to be more visible, and help draw the viewer’s eye to the brand position statement more readily.

  3. It’s also good to consider how the image will work when in a mobile format. In this case, you might ask your web designer and/or developer to push image up near the mobile menu, and place the brand position statement right underneath it. This will assure that both are visible above the fold - even in a mobile format.

Links:

annamariecreative.com

instagram.com/annamariephoto

powerthesaurus.org


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Does your website stand out for potential clients among all of the photography websites they're browsing?

In episode 344 of the Bokeh Podcast, Amanda Shuman of Carry Love Designs shares the steps you need to take to review your website to make sure you're driving visitors to convert into clients. Listen in as she shares a few changes you can make on your website to create a better experience for potential clients!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Headshot by Madeline Harper Photography

Brand Position: Building websites that have a purpose and tells a story to resonate with potential clients. (5:08)

The Meaning Behind Carry Love (6:49)

Advice for Photographers: When you’re just starting out, try everything out. (9:27)

Technique for Time: Outsource the things that don’t require you to do it. (15:16)

Content Recommendation: Social Media Marketing with Michael Steltzner (19:42)

Neuroscience and Marketing Episode 385 (12/20)

Nathan’s Podcast Recommendation: Perpetual Traffic (19:42)

Website Issues that Photographers Are Making: They focus only on the photography and not enough copy. (23:36)

The 10 (or 5) Second Test: Within 10 (or 5) seconds on your site, your visitor should know what you do, who you serve, and what are the next steps. (24:51)

What You Do: Make sure you’re clearly communicating what you do and where you’re located (if you’re a location based business). (25:55)

Who You Serve: Make sure you’re highlighting your ideal clients. (27:43)

Next steps: (30:09)

In the top right hand corner of your website, add a primary CTA.

Use different phrases to take them to the same action throughout your homepage/site.

Using Your About Page as a Sales Tool (34:29)

Setting Your Website’s Main Goal (40:46)

Hansel & Gretle Method (43:53)

Links:

carrylovedesigns.com

carrylovedesigns.com/website-academy

carrylovedesigns.com/facebook

The Brand and a Plan Podcast - carrylovedesigns.com/podcast


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you have trouble when it comes to pricing yourself in order to run a successful business?

In episode 343 of the Bokeh Podcast, Hayley Sheppard joins Nathan for a live pricing consultation to discuss the concerns she has when it comes to pricing herself. Listen in as they discuss how financial goals, investing into your business, and upgrading your equipment play a role in your long-term accounting plan and pricing yourself.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Hayley’s Style & Nostalgia (4:00)

Biggest Pricing Challenges/Concerns (10:31)

How to be Prepared for Tax Season

Deductions and Write Offs

Percentages to Save for Tax

Investing in Advertising

Justify Upgrading Equipment

When to Raise Pricing

Find a Great Accountant (16:24)

Get Started with Quickbooks Online (17:39)

How Much to Save for Taxes (21:22)

Hayley’s Current State of Pricing (28:18)

Tip: Don’t put too much emphasis on your experience, education, and equipment. (35:58)

Pricing Yourself: (35:58)

Are you meeting your personal financial goals?

Look at the market and competition.

Advertising and Styled Shoots (37:55)

Upgrading Equipment (50:26)

Links:

goldenheartscollective.com

instagram.com/goldenheartscollective

jasminestar.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you struggling with where to start when it comes to building a brand for your business?

In episode 342 of the Bokeh Podcast, Bernel Westbrook of Branded by Bernel joins us to discuss the four pillars that make up a good brand. Listen in as she dives into the importance of each pillar and how they can help you establish a unique brand that represents you.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: (1:53)

Advice for Photographers: Start time blocking from the beginning. (4:31)

Technique for Time: Take a day off during the week. (8:03)

Closed on Thursdays.

Content Recommendations: Mistakes Make Magic Podcast - bit.ly/bp-mistakesmakemagic (10:26)

Branding vs. Brand: (14:58)

Branding is a feeling.

Brand is your position as your business (visual and voice).

4 Pillars of Branding: (15:59)

Visuals

Values

Vision

Voice

Your Visuals: Visuals should be cohesive. (16:41)

Ex: Logo Design, Website, Brochures, and Guides

Your Values: Importance of Core Values (23:11)

Your Vision: Your business and brand plan. (25:01)

Your Voice (26:32)

Links:

brandedbybernel.com

instagram.com/brandedbybernel


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Over the last year at Bokeh Podcast, we have spent so much time reviewing brand positions, that we thought it was time to offer live brand consultations!

In this special series, we’ll be exploring how to develop brand positions based on principals derived from Donald Miller’s book, Building a Storybrand.

In episode 339 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nathan chats with Ashlee Hamon, a photographer in Tampa Bay, to start brainstorming a potential unique brand position for her business. While not every consultation will end in a definitive brand position, we're focused on getting photographers thinking about setting themselves apart from their competition.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Catch Up w/ Ashlee (2:43)

Episode 118: Making the Switch to Mirrorless - Ashlee Hamon

About Ashlee’s Business (8:18)

Years in Business:8

Located in:Tampa Bay, FL

Current Brand Position: Specializes in vibrant wedding, engagement, maternity, and branding portraiture. (9:59)

The Importance of the Word Creative (12:09)

What Sets Ashlee Apart: Colorful Aesthetic & OCF Knowledge (13:01)

Tip for Brand Position: Don’t focus on the technical aspect, because it isn’t as important to your clients. (14:57)

Top Strengths (15:56)

Determination

Self-Reliant

Willingness to Fail

Adaptable

Responsible

Favorite Things About Photography: (34:45)

Interacting with People

Capturing Significant Moments

Researching Competition (38:14)

Contrasting Ashlee’s Brand to the Competition (47:24)

Links

ashleehamon.com

instagram.com/ashlee_hamon_photography

Episode 118: bit.ly/bp-118


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

What if you could sift through all the career advice being fed to you by all those industry experts, and distill it to 4 big ideas for a successful career?

In episode 340 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nathan chats with his long-time friend Jason Groupp about the 4 most important lessons he's learned over the last 30+ years of being in the photography industry. Listen in as he shares his journey of being a photographer, making the shift to a corporate role in the industry, and now taking a leap of faith and pivoting into a new business.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: The city of St Louis portrait photographer with expertise in finding the best iconic locations for your family. (3:19)

Family Photos Made Easy (4:57)

Technique for Time: No eating until work is done for the morning—recognizing when you’re most productive and rewarding yourself for getting work done during that time. (10:10)

Apps mentioned: (19:20)

TaDa Notes App

Google Docs - docs.google.com

Todoist.com

Content Recommendations: sethgodin.com, fizzle.co/show, buildingastorybrand.com/blog (20:45)

The Gear Bag: shootsac.com (23:34)

Jason’s Background (24:44)

Managing a Creative & Task Oriented Corporate Role (31:24)

The 4 Most Important Lessons for Photographers: (43:18)

  1. Understand how important your job is.

  2. Shoot for the moments.

  3. Create a business plan every single year.

  4. Surround yourself with community

Becoming an Educator in the Creative Industry (1:04:08)

Links:

jasongroupp.com

thegroupp.com

facebook.com/thegroupp


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Over the last year at Bokeh Podcast, we have spent so much time reviewing brand positions, that we thought it was time to offer live brand consultations!

In this special series, we’ll be exploring how to develop brand positions based on principals derived from Donald Miller’s book, Building a Storybrand.

In episode 339 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nathan chats with Kristin Amaro, a family, newborn, and milestones photographer in middle Tennessee to develop a unique brand position to add value to her marketing efforts.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position Introduction (1:42)

Market: Middle Tennessee (3:45)

Specializes in: Families, Newborns, and Milestones (5:30)

The Struggle with a Unique Value Proposition (8:06)

Meaning of Business Name: AFH - All For Him (9:45)

Why Kristin Started a Photography Business (12:36)

  1. Giving her clients a gift that they can’t give themselves.

  2. The art aspect of photography

  3. Financial Security

Personal vs. Professional Strengths (25:52)

Top 3 Strengths (26:47)

  1. Self Awareness

  2. Self Motivation

  3. Humility

Nathan’s Brand Messaging & Visual Suggestions: (37:38)

Helping You Commemorate Family Milestone With/Through Beautiful Photographs

Links

afhonline.com

instagram.com/afhcaptureanddesign

Building a Storybrand

Lucybaber.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you find yourself questioning how to define your brand position while listening to the Brand Position section of our Bokeh Podcast interviews?

In this bonus clip from episode 338 with Christine Tremoulet, we take a deeper dive into the topic of brand position. Check out this 30 minute conversation where Christine shares practical, actionable, and inspirational advice on defining your brand position!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Does it feel like you're failing at your Instagram marketing game, because you're no where near the 10k follower mark? Maybe you have 10k followers, but you're not booking clients!

In episode 338 of the Bokeh Podcast, Christine Tremoulet joins us to explain how you can implement a successful Instagram strategy in your local market with or without a large following. Listen in as she shares how to adjust your Instagram marketing plan and create more qualified leads locally, through engagement, hashtags, and a little bit of strategy.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Photographer, story strategist, and confidence catalyst.

Draw Clients In That Don’t Know You (13:21)

Marketing on a Global Level (30:40)

Why 10k+ Followers Isn’t an End-All (36:22)

Be Mindful of Your Hashtags (39:04)

Connecting Locally: (41:15)

Who are you following and engaging with? Are they your potential clients?

  1. Start connecting with people who match your ideal client, along with the people who comment on their posts.

  2. Start connecting with other businesses and add value to those businesses publicly.

  3. Make a short list that you can really focus on regularly.

Using Hashtags: (47:57)

  1. Don’t just use the ones everyone else is using.

  2. Use hashtags that relate to your local market.

  3. Use all 30 hashtags that Instagram allows.

  4. Use Instagram search for hashtag research.

Optional Instagram Strategy: (55:05)

Create a personal account to get inspired by other photographers so that your business account is following and engaging with your target market.

Links:

christinetremoulet.com

instagram.com/christinetremoulet

goinstalocal.com

christinetremoulet.com/instalocal


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

As a photographer, are you intimidated by the idea of adding video services to your brand?

In episode 337 of the Bokeh Podcast, Benjamin Davis of Yamean Studios joins us to discuss the benefits of adding video as not only a service, but as a marketing tool. Listen in as he shares a few fun and simple ways you can get started with creating video content at your next session!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Make engaging branded content and thoughtful films centered around experience, energy and perspective. Emotional connection through storytelling; by touching the heart, you can move the mind.

Advice for Photographers: Don’t rush the process.

Technique for Time: Dedicate the first 3 hours of the day to you and your family.

Content Recommendations: The Studio Sherpas? Podcast

Videographer vs. Cinematographer

The Gear Bag: Cheezits, Christmas lights, and prisms.

Detriment if You Don’t Incorporate Video Into Your Brand:

  1. Google loves video for the purposes of SEO

  2. Video appeals to mobile users.

  3. Encourages social shares.

  4. Video is psychological with story telling.

Multitasking on Wedding Days

Adding Video to Your Photography Business:

  1. Use a mic to get the audio from your session.

  2. Put your photos into a slideshow with audio in Final Cut Pro

  3. Do some behind the scenes videos during sessions. (Film in horizontal and adjust for other platforms in post).

  4. Do testimonials after a session is over.

"By 2021, 87% of the internet will be video."

Programs & Equipment Mentioned:

Final Cut Pro X - apple.com/final-cut-pro

Filmic Pro - filmicpro.com

GoPro Hero 8 - bit.ly/bp-goprohero8

Lab Mic: Tascam DR 10-L - amzn.to/2PX1ifm

Links:

dopeweddingfilms.com

yameanstudiosfilms.com

instagram.com/yameanstudios

facebook.com/groups/envysion

Workshop: yameanstudiosfilms.com/education


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you taken the time to think through where you are in your life and business, and where you want to go over the next 12 months?

In episode 336 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nathan, Haylee, Heather, and Rich discuss their goals for the new year, and the motivation behind them. Listen in as they discuss what it can look like to find purpose and passion, even when your motives sometimes feel selfish.

The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 2:00PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Connect:

richsmithphotography.net

@richsmithphoto

@heathersmithrsp

@nathanholritz

@hayleegaffin

photographersedit.com

@photogsedit

bokehpodcast.com

@bokehpodcast

Links:

Henry Chen's Episode - bit.ly/bp-331

Ryn's Blog Post: bit.ly/bp-visionweekends

Tony Robbin's Book: http://bit.ly/bp-reawaken

Newlywed Game: bit.ly/bp-newlywedgame


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you developed a plan for marketing and building brand awareness for your business? Are you lost on where to begin?

In episode 335 of the Bokeh Podcast, Kat Schmoyer discussed the most important principals to consider when developing your brand awareness. Listen in as she shares how these 3 principals have allowed her to successfully build brand awareness for the Creative at Heart Conference, Dear Sweetheart Events, and her personal brand, Kat Schmoyer .

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

About Kat’s Businesses (1:51)

creativeatheartconference.com - Creative at Heart Conference & Membership Community

dearsweetheartevents.com - Wedding Planning Company

katschmoyer.com - Coaching & Blogging

Principal for Customer Experience: Figure out what is your 'overdeliver.” Serve your clients well within capacity of the package they book. (4:48)

Brand Position: We work with Type A brides, who understand their plan and need a best friend to execute it. (9:25)

Technique for Time: Plan out themed days for batching content. (12:38)

Monday- Catchall and Planning Day

Tuesday- Marketing and Content Creation Day

Wednesday - Project Management Day

Thursday - Appointment Days

Friday- Client Project Days

Finding Inspiration: When you take a step back from your business. (20:56)

Kat’s Approach to Quarterly Planning (21:50)

Book Recommendations: (23:20)

Deep Work by Cal Newport - bit.ly/bp-deepwork

Digital Minimalism by Cal Newport - bit.ly/bp-digitalminimalism

Check out bokehbookshelf.com >>

Tools Mentioned for Your Business:

quickbooks.intuit.com

analytics.google.com

Important Principals to Develop Brand Awareness of Your Company: (33:37)

  1. Know your people and repel the rest.

  2. Don’t be afraid of hearing no while you’re building your brand.

  3. Knowing that you will need to put your CEO hat on with delegation and outsourcing.

Bonus: Bring on an admin assistant, because that will be the easiest to start delegating.

Virtual Assistant Companies:

View Details

Wouldn’t it be ideal to only attract ideal clients that align with your core values?

In episode 334 of the Bokeh Podcast, Rachel Mandel discusses the motivation to change her brand messaging and marketing efforts to attract kind, happy clients. Listen in as she shares the updates she made in her brand, along with techniques for converting those potential ideal clients into loyal customers.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: I help you to see your natural glow as fine art, incorporating cheerful attitudes to see your beautify internally and externally. (2:25)

Rachel’s Family History & Connection to Photography (11:20)

Advice for Photographers: Keep everything legal and documented. (13:52)

Technique for Time: Edit photos immediately after taking them. Flag the images, create a new smart collection, and edit from there. (19:29)

Content Consumption: Online education and using her Masters Degree to apply it. (22:49)

Book Recommendation: Handbook on the Psychology of Pricing - bit.ly/bp-psychologyofpricing (25:30)

The Gear Bag: LED Pen with strip of white lights for photographing rings. bit.ly/bp-ledpen (27:12)

Rachel’s Experience with Unhappy Clients (29:36)

Making the Shift to Attract Kind, Happy Clients (32:08)

Facebook Ads Interests: Promote Social Justice and Promote Gratitude (32:08)

The Motivating Factor (33:05)

Education to Help with the Shift: (34:21)

Pia Silva - badassyourbrand.com

Sales Trainings

Messaging: I thrive on making the most important moments of your life timeless, bright, and stress free. (36:06)

Previous Messaging: All about Rachel. (37:31)

Searching for Rachel’s Ideal Clients (40:36)

Facebook Ad Targeting:Promote Social Justice, Gratitude, and Values that Align with Yours

Facebook Ad Targeting by Wedding Interests:The Knot, Wedding Wire, Style Me Pretty, etc

Further Targeting:Engaged Couples

Important Trait of A Successful Sales Person: Shut Up & Listen - Understand what your client wants and thoughtfully respond while taking notes.

Questions for Your Potential Clients: (44:34)

Always end an email or phone call with a low-commitment question.

Checking in every couple of days.

Links:

mandelettephoto.com

View Details

Are you protecting yourself and your business with a privacy policy or terms and conditions on your website?

In episode 333 of the Bokeh Podcast, Paige Griffith explains what these documents can do in covering all the bases when it comes to your business, as well as collecting data from potential customers through your website. Listen in as she shares the important components that you, as a photographer, need to have within your privacy policy and terms and conditions!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Catch up with Paige: (1:47)

The Legal Paige - thelegalpaige.com

Griffith Law

Brand Position: Virtual legal resource that helps educate online small business owners how to protect themselves. (6:31)

Book/Content Recommendations: (11:14)

Everything is Figureoutable by Marie Forleo - bit.ly/bp-figureoutable

The Stacking Your Team Podcast by Biz Chix - bit.ly/bp-stackingyourteam

The Gear Bag: KUVRD Stretchy Lens Caps - kuvrdcamera.com (14:57)

Considering Your Privacy Policy and Terms & Conditions (17:06)

Privacy Policy Regulations & Laws (17:06)

General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR)

California Consumer Privacy Act

Child Online Protection Act

Federal Consumer Protection Act

Important Components of Terms & Conditions for Photographers: (24:49)

  1. Intellectual Property Notice - Evidence that we put the public on notice of copyright.

  2. Refund Policy (Specifically for e-commerce sites)

  3. Age Requirements (COPA - 13 years or older)

Website Placement Recommendation from Paige: Secondary footer that includes the Privacy Policy, Terms & Conditions, and Disclaimer (26:40)

Components of the Privacy Policy (28:57)

  1. Who you collect the information from.

  2. Why you’re tracking the data.

  3. How you’re going to use the information.

  4. Explain things regarding minors in using their information.

  5. The use of information and their rights to change their consent.

Links:

thelegalpaige.com

The Legal Paige Podcast - thelegalpaige.com/podcast

instagram.com/thelegalpaige

The Legal Paige Community on Facebook - bit.ly/bp-legalpaigecommunity

BP Episode 130 with Paige Griffith - bit.ly/bp-131

Evolve Conference - evolveworkshops.org


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and

View Details

Have you created a strategic marketing plan for this year? Maybe you're looking for advice on where to start!

In episode 332 of the Bokeh Podcast, Ashley Ebert of The Abundance Group and The Simply Elegant Group joins us to share the marketing formula she and her father developed for their clients to build a successful marketing plan. If you're ready to strategically think through every potential marketing channel, this episode is for you!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: The wedding planner for the everyday couple; saving their couples more than they cost them.

Advice for Photographers: Learn from others, test, and adjust; continue to repeat this process. (26:20)

Technique for Time: (29:48)

Mindset:Concept of Work/Life Integration

Tactical:30 Minute End-of-Day Wrap Up

Content Recommendations: (34:25)

Building a Storybrand Podcast - bit.ly/bp-storybrandpodcast

Mind Your Business - mindyourbusinesspodcast.com

Online Marketing Made Easy with Amy Porterfield - bit.ly/bp-onlinemarketingmadeeasy

The Art of Online Business with Rick Mulready - bit.ly/bp-artonlinebusiness

Marketing Your Business with Stu Mclaren - bit.ly/bp-marketingyourbusiness

On Purpose with Jay - bit.ly/bp-onpurpose

Awesome Marketing Formula (37:08)

A - Advertising

W - Website

E - Education

S - Social Media

O - Other

M - Meeting New People

E - Email Marketing

Advertising on Facebook: There is a slight learning curb. (39:40)

Website Opportunity: Creating a clear message. (41:22)

Education: Position yourself as an authority of knowledge to your prospective clients. (46:50)

Social Media: Pick your platform and be all in. Ashley isn’t paying attention to TikTok for now, but focused on Pinterest in 2020. (53:46)

Other Opportunities: Take time to think through something unique to do in your marketing. (58:14)

Meeting New People: Change your mindset from sharing your business to learning about other businesses. (1:01:21)

Email Marketing: Look at your ideal client through psychographics and behaviors in order to create better content for them. (1:10:55)

Links:

instagram.com/tagashley

thesimplyelegantgroup.com

instagram.com/simpl

View Details

Are you looking for technology to add to your marketing efforts, that will save you time, generate more qualified leads, and offer a unique experience for your clients?

In episode 331 of the Bokeh Podcast, Henry Chen introduces us to unique marketing tactics with chatbots! Listen in as Henry shares the philosophy behind incorporating chatbots into your business, along with the primary benefits and how to get started today!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Capturing multi-cultural, faith, and ethnic weddings specifically to have a stress-free wedding day while telling a personal and timeless story. (2:34)

Advice for Photographers: Treat your business like you’re a business owner. (6:21)

Tools for Business: (11:03)

Google Analytics - analytics.google.com

Google Sheets - google.com/sheets

Excel - products.office.com/en-us/excel

Evernote - evernote.com

Banktivity - iggsoftware.com

Technique for Time: Simplify things as much as possible. (16:19)

Content Recommendations: (19:59)

Pat Flynn - Smart Passive Income - smartpassiveincome.com/shows/spi

Cliff Ravenscraft - cliffravenscraft.com

Review of the AirPods Pro (22:31)

The Gear Bag: Wedding Day Photography Cheat Sheet (24:10)

Miilu Overview (26:18)

Why Chatbots Aren’t Being Used in the Photo Industry: Chatbots seem spammy and impersonal (28:55)

The Chatbot Workflow (33:17)

A chatbot message will pop up for the website visitor.

They click the get support button.

You’ll be notified of the request.

The visitor will be asked a series of personalized questions for their inquiry.

Henry’s First Experience with Chatbots (36:49)

Questions to Ask Yourself When Implementing New Tools in Business (40:49)

How will it benefit you as a business owner?

How will it benefit your potential clients?

The Philosophies that Drive Henry’s Use of Chatbots (40:49)

  1. You don’t have to always be in your business or online.

  2. You won’t worry about getting leads ever again.

  3. You can truly customize your client’s experience based on where they are in the process.

Benefits of Chatbots in Marketing Efforts: (44:33)

  1. Saving time from back and forth communication.

  2. Create messenger ads on facebook and incorporate chatbots.

  3. Omni-channel marketing (being everywhere with our business), without having to physically be there.

Chatbot Integrations: (51:43)

Facebook Messenger

Email

Text/SMS Messaging

Ways to Use Chatbots i

View Details

Do you want to add Pinterest to your marketing strategy, but get confused on how to use the platform to grow your business?

In episode 330 of the Bokeh Podcast, Vanessa Kynes explains why she believes Pinterest is one of the most underutilized, yet important social media platforms for photographers! Listen is as she highlights the unique benefits of Pinterest and the steps you need to take in order to get started with your Pinterest strategy!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Help creative small businesses craft traffic generating Pinterest marketing strategies so you can spend less time marketing your business and more time on your unique creative work. (4:50)

Advice for Photographers: Niche down as early as possible. (6:39)

Technique for Time: (11:36)

Set aside time where you’re not working.

Batch your work and organize it in a planner

Content Recommendations: (16:05)

Essentialism by Greg McKeown - bit.ly/bp-essentialism

Start With Why by Simon Sinek - bit.ly/bp-startwithwhy

Deep Work by Cal Newport - bit.ly/bp-deepwork

Why Pinterest is Left Behind: People are confused and afraid to use a more confusing platform. (21:33)

Powerful Pinterest Statistics: (23:54)

64% of brides used Pinterest for Inspiration

81% of sinners use Pinterest to plan their wedding before they’re even engaged.

80 million Weddings Pin on Pinterest (confirm stat)

Benefits of Pinterest: (27:17)

  1. Traffic generation for the long-term play.

  2. Brand awareness and discovery

Getting Started with Pinterest: (36:06)

  1. Optimize your Pinterest profile. Switch to a Business Account, Add location to your name and bio if location-based.

  2. Keyword Research to identify what you should be creating.

  3. Create fresh content weekly and automate your Pinterest strategy with tailwind.

Links:

vanessakynes.com

Pinterest Startup Guide: vanessakynes.com/pinterest-start-guide

Blog Post for Photographers: vanessakynes.com/how-to-use-pinterest-for-your-photography-business

Pin Progress Course: bit.ly/bp-pinprogress

tailwindapp.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you hesitant to go full-time in your photography business, because you're struggling to book clients?

In episode 329 of the Bokeh Podcast, Anna Wright joins us to share how she was fully booked with clients in less than two years! Listen in as she shares five key ideas to succeeding in your photography business when you're just starting out!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Hybrid wedding and portrait photographer, specializing in capturing the beauty of now and preserving memories. (2:38)

Advice for Photographers: You cannot do this alone. (6:41)

Technique for Time: (11:33)

Learn to say no, rely on babysitters, and prioritize time with your kids by taking time off.

Bonus: Get it right in camera, utilize a CRM like Dubsado, and use your available time.

Book/Content Recommendations: (23:07)

The Magnolia Story by Chip & Joanna Gaines - bit.ly/bp-magnoliastory

168 Hours - bit.ly/bp-168hours

Goal Digger Podcast with Jenna Kutcher - podcast.jennakutcher.com

The Gear Bag: Fruit Snacks & Jolly Ranchers (30:31)

Anna's Photography Back Story (34:05)

Key Ideas to Getting Fully Booked: (40:31)

  • Make the decision not to fail.

  • Understand the importance of multitasking while shooting and know how to engage with people.

  • Invest in education when you’re getting started.

  • Outsource the things you don’t want to focus on.

  • Have a support system.

Links:

annakayphotography.net

instagram.com/annakay.photography

fb.com/annakayphotographyllc

Dubsado.com

Amy & Jordan Classes - amyandjordan.com/store

thekatecollective.com

Showit.co


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you trying to serve high-net-worth clients, but haven’t found a way to move your business into the high-end wedding market?

In episode 328 of the Bokeh Podcast, Courtney and Julie of Invision Events discuss how high-end wedding planners typically approach building relationships with other vendors. Join them as they define what high-end weddings mean to them, and how they best serve their couples.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Boutique wedding planner and designer who work together to serve a high-end, refined & tailored clientele.(2:53)

Advice for Photographers: (14:55)

Julie– Everything you do in business is a long game.

Courtney– You’re in a service-based industry where you have to be flexible

Technique for Time: (20:38)

Julie– Work is always going to be there, so you need to stop feeling guilty when you take time for yourself.

Courtney– Keep a todo list to organize your work.

Book Recommendations: (27:26)

Courtney:

Tipping Point by Malcom Gladwell – bit.ly/bp-tipping-point

Tribes by Seth Godin – bit.ly/bp-tribes

The Wedding Biz Podcast by Andy Kushner – theweddingbiz.com

Julie:

The Wedding Biz Podcast by Andy Kushner – theweddingbiz.com

Becoming Michelle Obama – http://bit.ly/bp-becomingmichelle

Marie Antoinette – bit.ly/bp-marieantoinette

Enneagram

Defining High-End or High-Net-Worth Clients: Incorporating an extension of their lifestyle in their wedding to create an experience for their guests. (33:23)

How to Connect with High-End Wedding Planners: (42:59)

  1. Have a shared experience with them. Ex: Industry events.

  2. Reach out to join their team for a day to understand how they best serve their clients.

  3. Create a lasting impression by learning how to see someone.

The Biggest Takeaway: (55:42)

Planners don’t always hold all of the keys to all of the clients.

Links:

invevents.com

fb.com/invisionevents

instagram.com/invisionevents

courtney@invevents.com

julie@invevents.com

Trello.com

harpersbazaar.com

Vero by Kelly Berry – bit.ly/bp-vero


View Details

Do you struggle with finding a balance between the two ideas of “play” and “work" in your photography business

In episode 327 of the Bokeh Podcast, Olivia Vale of Photo Fantastico shares how photographers who find themselves burning out should look to find joy in their work through playful exercises. Listen in as she explains how "work" and "play" don't have to be mutually exclusive, and provides three prompts to get creative today.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Technique for Time: Spend 30 minutes a day sitting and thinking without meditating. (30:22)

Content Recommendations: Stuart Brown’s Ted Talk: Play is more than just fun - bit.ly/bp-playmorefun (36:11)

The Gear Bag: Granola Bars - bit.ly/bp-naturevalley (38:36)

Before Incorporating Play: Sacrificing personal life for business. (41:35)

Creative Experiments from Photo Fantastico: (52:39)

  1. Take a photo of the most interesting thing in the room in the most interesting way.

  2. Take a photo of a color that speaks to your soul and look at it for a full minute.

  3. Take 5 selfies in 5 minutes in radically different ways.

Links:

oliviavale.com

instagram.com/photo_fantastico

photofantastico.com

Showit United - united.showit.co

Untethered Soul - bit.ly/bp-untethered

Episode 294: Creating Powerful Reception Lighting - Kenny Clapp - bit.ly/bp-294

Friends of Fearless Conference - theffconference.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you been working to achieve high sales goals for your business, but haven't been able to attain them?

In episode 326 of the Bokeh Podcast, Chad DiBlasio joins us to discuss how he used a value-based sales tactic to hit more than $20k in revenue in one month. Listen in as he highlights the motivation behind his goals, the psychology behind what motivates your clients to purchase, and how you can find success in this approach.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Your life exactly how you pictured it.

Advice for Photographers: Know what actually matters (7:44)

Technique for Time: Diligent in creating a life that encourages kids to do anything they’re capable of. (19:21)

Book Recommendations: (29:39)

The Bible

Psycho-Cybernetics by Maxwell Maltz - bit.ly/bp-psycho-cybernetics

The Subtle Art of Not Giving a F*** - bit.ly/bp-notgivinganf

Untethered Soul - bit.ly/bp-untethered

The Gear Bag: Large Crystal Prism - bit.ly/bp-long-prism (35:31)

Selling $20k in One Month (41:50)

The Dog Maternity Session (42:24)

The Motivation Behind a $20K/Month Sales Goal (49:10)

Value Based Sales Approach: Giving them something that is worth more than the money they have to trade to get it. (50:26)

Getting Started in this Approach to Sales: Ask questions of your clients to better understand their needs. (1:02:29)

Links:

diblasiophoto.com

instagram.com/diblasiophoto

chad@diblasiophoto.com

Episode 7 with Chad - bit.ly/bp-7

Biblical Success Secrets with Myron Golden - bit.ly/bp-biblicalsuccesssecrets

From the Trashman to the Cashman by Myron Golden - bit.ly/bp-trashmantocashman

Wealthy Photographer with Megan Keuthen

Drive by Daniel Pink - bit.ly/bp-drive

ReAwaken the Giant Within by Tony Robbins - bit.ly/bp-reawaken


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you ever run into a situation in your business where you made a mistake, but didn't know how to handle it?

In episode 325 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nathan and Haylee open up to Heather and Rich about a tough situation Photographer's Edit faced during their busiest time of the year. Listen in as they share what happened behind the scenes, the importance of empathy in communications, and the lessons they learned in setting expectations.

The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 2:00PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Connect:

richsmithphotography.net

@richsmithphoto

@heathersmithrsp

@nathanholritz

@hayleegaffin

photographersedit.com

@photogsedit

bokehpodcast.com

@bokehpodcast

Watch the Facebook Live Video Here:

https://www.facebook.com/photogsedit/videos/498134171047210/

Nathan's Message to Our Customers:

https://youtu.be/oC_bHsxvQo8


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you been waiting to incorporate album sales into your business, because you're uncomfortable with selling?

In episode 324 of the Bokeh Podcast, Raquita Henderson shows us a different way to look at and approach album sales, by offering them as more than just a product. Listen in as she shares how albums become a part of her couples' marriages, a conversation piece for family gatherings, and a peace offering during heated discussions.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: A photographer who values printing photographs. (12:03)

Advice for Photographers: People don’t know what they want. (16:17)

Technique for Time: Be honest with those you’re close to about your availability and utilize systems. (22:46)

Book Recommendations: (29:35)

Start With Why by Simon Sinek - bit.ly/bp-startwithwhy

Building a Storybrand by Donald Miller - bit.ly/bp-storybrand

How the World Sees You by Sally Hogshead- bit.ly/bp-howtheworldseesyou

Unconditional Parenting by Alfie Kohn - bit.ly/bp-unconditionalparenting

The Gear Bag: Quarterback Playbook - bit.ly/bp-quarterbackplaybook (31:46)

Wedding Albums Save Marriages (35:23)

Approaching the Print Process: (44:28)

  1. Take the time to design the album in person.

  2. Believe in the process and prints.

Links:

pinxitphoto.com

instagram.com/pinxitphoto

instagram.com/theraquita

Dubsado.com

fundydesigner.com

graphistudio.com

floricolorusa.com

millerslab.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do your wedding days ever feel chaotic or unorganized, even after spending time connecting with clients and vendors during the planning process?

In episode 323 of the Bokeh Podcast, we're introducing you to Miilu—the app that provides the simplest solution for event planning, coordinating, and scheduling. You can now collaborate with all vendors with ease using Miilu to create day-of timelines, shot lists, and more!

The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 2:00PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Connect:

richsmithphotography.net

@richsmithphoto

@heathersmithrsp

@nathanholritz

@hayleegaffin

photographersedit.com

@photogsedit

bokehpodcast.com

@bokehpodcast

Watch the Facebook Live Video Here:

https://www.facebook.com/photogsedit/videos/411066143107464/

Links:

Miilu.com

John Wick Video - bit.ly/vp-johnwick


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you thought through every detail when it comes to running a successful Facebook advertising campaign for your photography business?

In episode 322 of the Bokeh Podcast, Kendra Lynece walks us through her step-by-step guide to creating great Facebook ads. Listen in as she shares about the importance of your targeting, ad content, landing pages, and email sequences to better convert your audience into paying customers.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: The fun and romantic wedding photographer. (4:13)

Advice for Photographers: Don’t be afraid to invest in your business. (11:02)

Time Technique: There is no such thing as balance and accept it. To combat, she gets up at 5:00AM and makes time to meditate. (13:10)

Book Recommendation: (19:32)

You are a Badass by Jen Sincero

The Gear Bag: Vegan Protein Bars or Larabars (20:49)

The Importance of Brand Position in Your Facebook Ads (25:08)

Setting Up Your Facebook Ads: (26:08)

Start with your intention

Write out your email sequence emails

Create a landing page to drive them that.

Build your audience.

Build your ad.

Email Sequence for Lead Generation: (32:50)

An email that includes a wedding guide

A friendly reminder

An additional reminder

A final reminder

Building Your Landing Pages (36:19)

Example: kendralynece.com/in-home-lifestyle-session-special

Building Your Audience (39:47)

Audience Insights

Interests that match your ideal clients

Potential Interests: The Knot, Wedding Wire, Hayley Paige

Freebie: kendralenyce.com/ads

Links

kendralynece.com

instagram.com/KENDRALYNECE

chipdizard.com

thephotocookout.com

Chip’s Episode - bit.ly/bp-226


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you considered how much time you're wasting on unnecessary work in your photography business?

In episode 321 of the Bokeh Podcast, Jamie Findlay shares how facing burnout prompted her to re-evaluate her daily workflow and reset her priorities. Listen in as she shares how the changes she made in her routine, along with her advice for creating a healthy foundation for business.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Evolve is a community based company focused on education.

Advice for Photographers: You don’t have to stand on your island and die alone. (8:16)

Book Recommendations: (12:39)

The Science of Getting Rich - bit.ly/bp-sciencegettingrich

tonyrobbins.com

sethgodin.com

Big Magic by Elizabeth Gilbert - bit.ly/bp-bigmagic

How to Win Friends & Influence People - bit.ly/bp-winfriends

The Gear Bag: Digestive Enzymes (14:57)

Additional Health Resources: (14:57)

The Inventor

Wellness FX - wellnessfx.com

The Importance of Laying a Foundation (22:00)

Systems & Art in Business (23:52)

Jamie’s Experience with Burnout (24:54)

What Drives Jamie (27:49)

Determining Priorities (30:46)

Workflow Changes to Avoid Burnout: (34:12)

Block out time to take care of you.

Automate and build out the work you do on a consistent basis.

Create a monthly calendar to plan out your work.

Advice for Laying a Foundation: Don’t overthink it and make it simple. (45:50)

Links:

jamiefindlayphotography.com

instagram.com/jamiefindlayphotography

instagram.com/thelandlockedmermaid

evolveworkshops.org

instagram.com/evolveworkshops

Honeybook - share.honeybook.com/jamiefindlay


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you considered what message your brand tells potential customers?

In episode 320 of the Bokeh Podcast, Folasayo and Ndidi Ayoola of Oda Creative share the importance of developing a professional brand and the elements that impact the visuals. Listen in as they share the 5 mistakes they see brands making in developing their brand identity.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Balanced Relationships

Folasayo on Communication: (6:13)

Listening 80% of the Time

Clarify 10% of the Time

Speak 10% of the Time

Brand Position: Design studio that specializes in creative, out of the box designs to help clients stand out; living where art intersects with science. (11:01)

https://www.instagram.com/p/B3cw0DNBF8Q/

Advice for Photographers: (19:15)

Dream big and plan small.

Understand why you’re in business in the first place.

Technique for Time: (23:53)

Time blocking for business.

Spend time together doing the things they enjoy.

Book Recommendation: (29:13)

The Art of Strategy - bit.ly/bp-artofstrategy

Rich Dad, Poor Dad - bit.ly/bp-richdad-poordad

Where Amateur Artwork Falls Short: (35:14)

  1. Color

  2. Typography

  3. Complexity

  4. Name

  5. Avoid Raster Images

Knowing or Not Knowing What You Want (48:21)

Links:

odacreative.com

instagram.com/odacreative

The E-myth Revisited


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you taking advantage of Facebook's advertising platform in order to market your business with video?

In episode 319 of the Bokeh Podcast, Haylee Gaffin introduces the basics to getting started with Facebook Ads Manager. Listen in as she walks Nathan, Heather, and Rich through setting up a campaign, ad set, and video ad within Facebook.

The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 2:00PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Connect:

richsmithphotography.net

@richsmithphoto

@heathersmithrsp

@nathanholritz

@hayleegaffin

photographersedit.com

@photogsedit

bokehpodcast.com

@bokehpodcast

3 Advertising Components on Facebook:

Campaign (objective)

Ad Set (audience)

Ad (message)

Links:

Go Pro Hero 8 - bit.ly/bp-goprohero8

Nomatic Backpack - bit.ly/bp-nomaticbackpack

Haylee's Backpack - bit.ly/bp-haptimbackpack

Western Rise Pants - westernrise.com

Perpetual Traffic - digitalmarketer.com/podcast

Online Marketing Made Easy - amyporterfield.com/amy-porterfield-podcast

Facebook Blueprint - facebook.com/business/learn


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you ever feel like you'd be more successful if you had money to invest into your business?

In episode 318 of the Bokeh Podcast, Jill Houser opens up about her experience with accumulating $20k of debt in order to take her photography business to the next level. Listen in as she shares the benefits of taking out a loan, the advice she would give to those considering taking on debt, and how she paid it back in full from profits in her business.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Helping the uncomfortable feel comfortable in front of the camera. (2:13)

Technique for Time:

Understanding expectations in relationships.

Set boundaries on work.

Book Recommendations: (15:55)

Storybrand by Donald Miller - bit.ly/bp-storybrand

Retrain your Anxious Brain - bit.ly/bp-retrainanxious

Untethered Soul by Michael Singer - bit.ly/bp-untethered

The Gear Bag: Utensils for dinner. (23:24)

Going into Debt for Business (26:57)

Jill’s Experience with the Debt: (29:54)

Opened a Business Credit Card with 0% Interest for 6 months (up to 17.5% after).

Transferred the Balance to an Amex Card with 0% Interest for 15 months.

Jill’s Accumulated Debt: $20k for Gear (31:43)

Gear Jill Bought: (32:03)

Photobooth

Lenses

Backup Camera

Computer

The Impact of Debt on Jill’s Business: (33:20)

She quit the restaurant industry.

Image quality improved.

Allowed her to go from entry level to pro.

Paying off $20k in Debt: Live frugally and look at every dollar coming in as a payment towards the debt. (35:13)

Advice for Photographers: (36:38)

It takes money to make money.

Have a plan to paying off money that you can’t pay off right away.

For big purchases, test them out first.

Links:

jillhouser.com

instagram.com/jillhouserphotography


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you found a way to serve your boudoir clients in a way that goes beyond the camera?

In episode 317 of the Bokeh Podcast, LeZandra Persinger shares how she enables sexual healing during her boudoir sessions, and provides support beyond photography on her journey to becoming a sex therapist.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Empowering women to own their sexuality.

Knowing Who You Are (7:56)

Technique for Time: Create a firm schedule. (11:37)

Content Recommendations: Tim Ferris - tim.blog (17:53)

The Gear Bag: Yoga Mat and Yoga Blocks

The Topic of Sex (26:02)

Sexual Healing Through Boudoir Photography: (33:16)

  1. The photographer is a guide in the shoot and in the healing.

  2. Discuss with clients their potential triggers, along with what they want to express and feel.

Sessions with LeZandra: (37:23)

  1. Initial inquiry ensures the session type and price is what they’re looking for.

  2. In-person consultations to discuss expectations, followed with email series to prep them for the session.

  3. At the session, they’ll sit in hair and makeup while chatting.

  4. They’ll look over wardrobe choices.

  5. After the stylists leave, they get into a deeper conversation about why they’re having the session done.

  6. Then they get started with shooting while playing music. (Bonus: Clients can bring their own alcohol, but they have a 2 drink max.)

Links:

lezandraphotography.com

instagram.com/lezandraphoto


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Does the thought of learning a new editing program keep you from adding video to your marketing efforts?

In episode 316 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nathan and Haylee demo a brief introduction to their preferred video editing softwares. Listen in as they walk Heather and Rich through Adobe Premier Pro CC and Final Cut Pro.

The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 2:00PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Connect:

richsmithphotography.net

@richsmithphoto

@heathersmithrsp

@nathanholritz

@hayleegaffin

photographersedit.com

@photogsedit

bokehpodcast.com

@bokehpodcast

Watch the Facebook Live Video Here:

https://www.facebook.com/photogsedit/videos/2517157188405141/

Haylee's Ad from this Demo:

https://youtu.be/61qD1OqkY-E

Nathan's Ad from this Demo:

https://youtu.be/4_f9mCrdY5M


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you ready to take your elopements to the next level for your couples by planning a unique experience that will leave their day stress-free?

In episode 315 of the Bokeh Podcast, Maddie Mae describes how her team utilizes their experience to guide clients while planning their elopements. Listen in as she shares how you can get started in creating amazing elopement experiences for your couples.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Specializing in Elopements (4:48)

Brand Position: Elopement photographers and guides to your wildly different wedding experience that is completely yours. (13:40)

Advice for Photographers: Use your creativity as an asset, not just with your work, but in your business and marketing. (24:07)

Time Technique: Don’t be afraid to ask for help and create a team. (30:24)

Book Recommendation: (38:13)

Blue Ocean Strategy - bit.ly/bp-blueoceanstrategy

Building a Storybrand by Donald Miller - bit.ly/bp-storybrand

Start With Why by Simon Sinek - bit.ly/bp-startwithwhy

Scary Close by Donald Miller - bit.ly/bp-scaryclose

The Gear Bag: (42:46)

Nude Leggings - bit.ly/bp-fleeceleggings

The State of the Industry | Elopement Photography (46:45)

No industry standards.

Getting Started in Elopement Photography:

Niche Down - There are so many types of elopements.

Build your portfolio on your own travels

Second shoot lots of weddings.

Travel with your gear.

Create valuable content.

Why Maddie Added Guiding to Her Services: (1:00:34)

It allowed her to create a better experience for her clients.

Maddie’s Favorite Question to Ask Her Couples: (1:09:26)

Why did you decide to elope?

Links:

adventureinstead.com

instagram.com/adventureinstead

adventureinsteadacademy.com

Lateral Thinking by Edward Bono - bit.ly/bp-lateralthinking


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you looking to capture family portraits in a raw and impactful way that highlights their everyday lives?

In episode 314 of the Bokeh Podcast, Leslie Kershaw gives us a look at her interpretation of documentary family photography. Listen in as she discusses capturing real moments that contribute to a family's history and legacy.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Capture the soul of everyday family life. (07:05)

Advice for Photographers: To not get stuck in fear. (11:39)

Technique for Time: Develop habits and stick to what works. (23:24)

Atomic Habits - bit.ly/bp-atomichabits

Science of Habits - bit.ly/bp-scienceofhabit

Book Recommendations: (30:27)

Big Magic by Elizabeth Gilbert - bit.ly/bigmagic

The Artist’s Way - bit.ly/bp-artistsway

Leslie’s Style (32:45)

Black & White Photography (37:14)

Driving Ideas to Leslie’s Documentary Style: (41:49)

  1. Mindfulness

  2. Intentionality

  3. Creativity

  4. Mastery

Contribution to Family History (50:40)

Links:

lesliekershaw.com

instagram.com/lesliekershaw

instagram.com/lesliekershawphoto/

Building a Storybrand by Donald Miller - bit.ly/bp-storybrand


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you ever made a mistake in your business that left you feeling defeated or helpless?

In episode 313 of the Bokeh Podcast, Lindsay Collette opens up about the biggest mistakes she's made in her business and the steps she took to correct them. Listen in as she shares practical advice on learning from and moving on from the mistakes you make in your business.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: To timelessly and artistically preserve every wedding, portrait session, and lifestyle session with fresh eyes, an open heart, and a little bit of cheek. I believe in the beauty and power of the in-betweens, the differentiating moments that bind your story together. (2:34)

Advice for Photographers: Stay in the race. (10:41)

Time Technique: Stop when you’re tired. (19:04)

Content Recommendations: (23:16)

Oprah’s Super Soul Conversations - supersoul.tv

OSSC - Father Richard Rohr - bit.ly/bp-ossc-richardrohr

OSSC - Iyanla Vanzant - bit.ly/bp-ossc-iyanlavanzant

False Power of Ego with Oprah Winfrey - bit.ly/bp-ossc-falsepowerego

The Four Agreements - bit.ly/bp-fouragreements

The Law of Attraction by Ester Hicks - bit.ly/bp-lawattraction

Jim Carrey’s Commencement Speech - bit.ly/bp-jimcarrey-commencement

The Gear Bag: Ice Packs & Playlists (36:30)

My Biggest Mistakes: (39:27)

Not going for it and doing what you want to do.

Comparing myself to others.

Not listening to what my clients were telling me about what they love.

Not taking care of your health.

Quotes mentioned in this Episode:

Kenny Clapp - there is no failure, just learning experience.

"You can fail doing what you don’t want to do so you may as well take a chance an do what you love." - Jim Carrey

'Your need for acceptance can make you invisible in this world." - Jim Carrey

Links:

lindsaycollette.com

instagram.com/lindsay_collette/

Making a Choice by Gary Vaynerchuck - bit.ly/bp-garyvchoice

Vickie Black's Episode - bit.ly/bp-288


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Is there a goal that you're afraid to chase because it requires a bit of risk in your business?

In episode 312 of the Bokeh Podcast, Jennifer Garcia opens up about how risks can sometimes be rewarding when you face them with a plan. Listen in as Jennifer shares how she decided to take a risk by opening her own photography studio!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Inspiring confidence in her sessions, while building a brand on experience and design. (2:43)

Advice for Photographers: Realize talent is not enough. (7:24)

Time Technique: Working out every morning. (11:52)

Book Recommendation: (17:55)

Big Magic by Elizabeth Gilbert

Book - bit.ly/bp-bigmagic

Audible - bit.ly/bp-bigmagicaudible

Relentless by Tim Grover - bit.ly/bp-relentless

The Gear Bag: iPhone for Instagram Stories (22:54)

https://www.instagram.com/p/B2UxC0ulBPP/

https://www.instagram.com/p/B2ciElPAEiO/

Risk: Making a move that leaves you with the potential to fail. (35:55)

Jennifer’s Big Risk: Opening a photographer Studio. (40:39)

Why Jennifer Took the Risk: (43:00)

She wanted a challenge.

She craved change.

Jennifer's Hesitations: (45:25)

Not finding the right space, but once she found a space that she could see working, she just knew this was the space. Finances and time also were a factor in deciding what spaces were worth the risk.

Being a Calculated Risk-Taker (48:35)

Two Factors To Move Beyond Risk & Take Action (54:10)

  1. Don't force things to happen.

  2. Always move forward and take steps in the direction you want to go.

Links:

jencyk.com

instagram.com/jencykphotography


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you dreamt of photographing your favorite musicians at awards shows, concerts, and events?

In episode 311 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nathan Armstrong walks us through his journey to becoming an entertainment photographer, and what that role entails. Listen in as he shares the elements of good entertainment photography, providing real-time content, and how you can break into the industry.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Speed, Trust, and Relentless Consistency for the Entertainment Industry. (4:12)

Time Technique: Block Scheduling and Adding a Block for Smaller Tasks (21:52)

Content Recommendation: (28:46)

Bobbycast - bit.ly/bp-bobbycast

Dave Ramsey - daveramsey.com/show

Passion City Church DC - bit.ly/bp-passionchurchdc

The Gear Bag: Jason Cases (33:03)

Entertainment Photography: Capturing the people and elements and events that define our culture. (36:15)

instagram.com/p/Bw8gJFLBVqw

How Nathan Got Started in Entertainment Photography (41:52)

Breaking into Entertainment Photography: Find a local publication that needs a photographer for events; they can request press passes for that event from the venue or artist. (43:50)

instagram.com/p/ByTFtlDJm3r

Elements of Good Entertainment Photography: (47:59)

  1. Understand the existing lighting in a venue and use equipment that can handle low light scenarios.

  2. Access and trust (beyond the photo pit and soundboard).

  3. Know the artist and their popular songs.

Building Relationships at the Shows: (55:44)

  1. Connect with the tour managers.

  2. Be kind to the security guards.

Links:

nathanarmstrong.com

instagram.com/nathanarmstrong

nlaweddings.com

instagram.com/NLAWeddings

Chris J Evans Episode bit.ly/bp-289

instagram.com/901music


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

In an age where we're bombarded with digital images, are you leaving a lasting impact on your clients by providing heirlooms through prints?

In episode 310 of the Bokeh Podcast, Yaneck and Sasha Wasio discuss their passion behind providing prints and albums that preserve their clients' memories. Listen in as they share their workflow to selling physical products that their clients can cherish for a lifetime.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

The Gear Bag: Gummy Bears (8:02)

Book Recommendation: (8:30)

How to Write Copy that Sells - bit.ly/bp-copythatsells

Getting Things Done - The Art of Stress-Free Productivity -bit.ly/bp-gettingthingsdone

The Starbucks Experience - Five Principals of Turning Ordinary into Extraordinary - bit.ly/bp-starbucksexperience

Onward by Howard Schultz - bit.ly/bp-onward

Advice for Photographers: (18:10)

Understand your business financially

Care about your client experience vs what you want

Time Technique: Time blocking, automation, and outsourcing. (20:52)

Automation Software:

Acquity Scheduling - acuityscheduling.com

Followup CC - followup.cc

Template Emails in Gmail

TĂĄve -tave.com

The Gear Bag (Part 2): Altoids and Loupe (25:37)

The Importance of Prints (27:08)

Influential People in their Business: (27:20)

Steve Saporito on Experience and Print Sales - stevesaporitoeducation.com

Maureen - Graphistudio.com

Wedding Print Sales Workflow: (35:32)

Set the expectation that prints will be delivered before they book with you.

They include a print credit so the client can decide what to use the print credit for.

After the engagement session, they have a reveal and offer prints.

During the wedding, get to know the families, as they may want to order as well.

After the wedding, they have another reveal for ordering prints.

In-House & Outsource Printing: (44:55)

Wasio Master Print and Graphi Studio

Links:

wasiophotography.com

instagram.com/wasio

instagram.com/wasio_faces

youtube.com/c/yaneckwasiek

info@wasiophotography.com

Episode 43: How to Move Into a New Market -

View Details

Have you assessed your talents to determine where your strengths lie in your business?

In episode 309 of the Bokeh Podcast, Brittney Rossie discusses how knowing your strengths can help you build and succeed in your business. Listen in as she shares how you can use your core strengths to develop a brand position without getting distracted by what everyone else is doing.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Help personal brands figure out what makes them captivating to build a business around their lives with a strengths based personal brand. (2:01)

Advice for Photographers: Mission transcends fear. (5:35)

Brittney’s Mission: To impact people. (8:30)

Technique for Time: (9:59)

There is an ebb and flow with time as an entrepreneur.

Work in 90 day blocks with ideal week structures.

Book Recommendation: (18:01)

Strengths Finder 2.0 - bit.ly/bp-strengthsfinder2

The One Thing - bit.ly/bp-theonething

Simple Ways to Learn Your Strengths

  1. Self-reflection

  2. Work with someone else

  3. Strengthsfinder personality assessment

Boxing Yourself in with Labels (23:45)

Brittney’s Perspective on Insecurity in Our Culture (28:16)

Developing a Brand Position Based On Your Strengths (37:01)

Avoiding Shiny Object Syndrome (42:13)

Links:

brittneyrossie.com

instagram.com/brittneyrossie

clickup.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you attempted to break into senior photography, but can't quite figure out how to get started with this clientele?

In episode 308 of the Bokeh Podcast, Ike and Tash share three steps to getting started in senior portrait photography, along with their favorite educational platforms. Listen in as they discuss the state of the industry regarding senior photography and what it means for your business.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Black photographers with a diverse portfolio with a mission to pour into their community. (15:19)

Advice for Photographers: (25:23)

  1. Outsource

  2. Understand where you’re investing your money.

Technique for Time: Schedule your time. (27:16)

Content Recommendation: Gary Vaynerchuck (31:35)

The Gear Bag: Candy, JB Clip, Cold Brew Coffee, & Kombucha (35:03)

The State of Senior Portrait Photography (37:46)

Education for Senior Photographers (44:54)

Senior Online Summit with Amanda Holloway - amandahollowayphotography.com/product/senior-online-summit-ct

Kitchen Sink Workshop with Amanda Holloway - seniorphotographyworkshop.com

Push Conference - push.vickiesblack.com

Ikeandtash.com/educate

Getting Started in Senior Portrait Photography (49:12)

  1. Focus on Your Relationships

  2. Asking Questions

  3. You Have 2 Clients: Senior & Parent

Links:

ikeandtash.com

instagram.com/ikeandtash


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you taken the time to really dive into defining your ideal client based on the people you're already serving?

In episode 307 of the Bokeh Podcast, Erin Youngren explains why you should understand who your ideal client is and what motivates them, based on your past clients. Listen in as she describes three primary mistakes you are making when it comes to defining your ideal client.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Classic and traditional wedding photographers positioning themselves as 'Black Ties & Ballrooms,” helping their couples take in their wedding day. (13:11)

Advice for Photographers: We all experience the same creative battles. There will never come a time when you don’t experience fear, self-doubt, or rejection, but don’t same yourself for them. (19:07)

Technique for Time: Build a business around your life, rather than a life around your business. Credit to Julia Woods. (22:25)

Erin’s Podcast: thecreativerising.com

Book Recommendation: Start With Why - bit.ly/bp-startwithwhy (28:25)

The Gear Bag: Costco Trail Mix and Kiss Styling Mats - bit.ly/bp-kissstylingmat (32:20)

The Importance of Having an Ideal Client (36:23)

Figure Out the Why of Your Ideal Client (40:13)

Weirds: The things you choose to do with your time and money - from Seth Godin in We Are All Weird - bit.ly/bp-weareallweird (41:58)

Getting to Know Your Ideal Client (48:26)

3 Mistakes You’re Making with Ideal Clients (52:44)

  1. Staying at the surface of the conversation and not going deeper.

  2. Taking all of your client’s surface characteristics of yourself and making that your ideal client.

  3. Making an unrealistic image of your ideal client.

Links:

theyoungrens.com

instagram.com/theyoungrens

Free Training: dreamieclass.com

The Complete Book of Questions by Gary Poole - bit.ly/bp-completebookofquestions

If… Questions for the Game of Life - bit.ly/bp-if-questions


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you considered lowering your prices in order to book more of your ideal clients?

In episode 306 of the Bokeh Podcast, Melissa Hersey explains why she decided to lower her prices (nearly in half) in order to attract the clients she enjoyed working with most. Listen in as she shares three concepts to consider when setting your prices.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Relaxed, natural and intimate photography is her tagline, but she’s ok with having a similar business as those around her. (3:34)

Just in Case of Emergency Clause: A pact with 5 photographers who share similar brand positions to cover each other’s weddings just in case of emergency. (4:53)

Advice for Photographers: Be grateful for what you’ve got and set boundaries. (10:42)

Technique for Time: Setting timers for your tasks. (16:22)

Jess Jordana’s Episode

Book Recommendations: (18:44)

Boys Swallows Universe by Trent Dalton

Any Ordinary Day

The Gear Bag: Nikon gear in a world transitioning to Sony. 30-year-old 50mm 1.8 lens. (25:40)

Melissa’s Wedding Pricing History (2008-2019): (29:29)

Lowest: $850 AUS - $577 USD

Highest: $6500 AUS

Current: $3500 AUS

Melissa’s Price Increase Plan: Raise every season due to supply & demand. (32:25)

How Raising Prices Didn’t Go As Planned (35:37)

What Photographer’s Should Consider When Setting Prices: (43:50)

  1. Awareness of your ideal client and where they sit in their budget

  2. Awareness of what we need.

  3. Don’t get too privileged in yourself.

Links:

melissasphotography.com.au

instagram.com/melissasphotographyperth


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you passionate about your business, but struggling to keep it afloat? Does it seem like it will inevitably fail?

In episode 305 of the Bokeh Podcast, Matt Baron joins us to provide practical help to turn your failing business around! Listen in as he shares how he created a profitable, sustainable model out of his family's failing business.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Gear Focus is an online marketplace for photographers and videographers to sell their gear for top dollar. (4:49)

Advice for Photographers: Luck is when preparation meets opportunity. (10:48)

Technique for Time: Shut the business off during family time. (16:42)

Book Recommendation: Think and Grow Rich by Napolean Hill - bit.ly/bp-thinkgrowrich (20:03)

Important Behaviors that Lead to Failure: (25:04)

  1. Complacency

  2. Not Being Aware of Your Competition

  3. Not Looking at ROI

Key Principals to Turn a Failing Business Around: (40:26)

  1. Productivity with Efficiency

  2. Marketing

  3. Team - Find the right people for the bus, then find the right seat.

  4. Look at things differently.

Links:

gearfocus.com

instagram.com/gearfocusmarketplace

Click Up - clickup.com

Quickbooks - quickbooks.intuit.com

Good to Great - bit.ly/bp-goodtogreat


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Marketing is an essential part of any business, but are you creating a marketing plan that sets you up to achieve your goals?

In episode 304 of the Bokeh Podcast, Heidi Thompson explains why creating a great marketing plan is important for your business. Listen in as she walks through the benefits of developing a marketing strategy, along with how to create a plan that leads to success.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Help wedding professionals grow their business without going crazy in the process. (2:49)

Advice for Photographers: Do things with intention. (6:41)

Technique for Time: Ask what are your 3 most important things to move me closer to my goals. (9:24)

Podcast Recommendation: mindyourbusinesspodcast.com with James Wedmore (10:37)

Approaching a Marketing Plan: Make as many of your marketing decisions up front so CEO you can delegate to the worker you. (14:27)

Benefits to Creating a Marketing Plan: (16:59)

  1. Clarity & Focus

  2. Allows you to do more of what’s working and less of what’s not.

Tracking Your Data: (20:23)

  1. Map your data with the tool that works best for you (spreadsheet, pen and paper, etc)

  2. Quickbooks

  3. Google Analytics

Drawbacks of Not Having a Marketing Plan: (24:53)

  1. Waking up every day not knowing what you’re doing.

  2. Developing overwhelm by having too much to accomplish without a plan in place.

Creating a Marketing Plan: (29:08)

  1. Goals - Set your goals with numbers.

  2. Research - Interview your best clients, do a competitive analysis. Get the training here: evolveyourweddingbusiness.com/webinar

  3. Messaging - Review your communication in your brand.

  4. How - When, where, what, and how you’re going to market.

  5. Measure - Check in on the results on your efforts on a weekly, monthly, and quarterly basis.

Links:

evolveyourweddingbusiness.com

evolveyourweddingbusiness.com/webinar

Instagram.com/evolveyourweddingbusiness


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Does overthinking your strategy for IGTV cause you to avoid using it altogether?

In episode 303 of the Bokeh Podcast, Anesha Collins joins us for a second video marketing episode to discuss the benefits of IGTV. Listen in as she shares how to easily develop content for your channel, along with creative ways to leverage Instagram's platform!

Bonus: She's even sharing how you can get the swipe up feature without having 10k followers on Instagram!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Learn more about Anesha: Episode 258 (1:11)

Anesha’s Processing (3:17)

Editing Skin Tones (10:09)

Introduction to IGTV (17:00)

IGTV app

Anesha's IGTV Channel: instagram.com/unashamedimaging/channel

Adding to IGTV from Desktop: (19:48)

  1. Log into IG and go to your IGTV channel.

  2. Click the upload button.

  3. Add new IGTV video (within length and size parameters of IGTV).

  4. Add the cover, details, description, feed preview, and share to FB Page. TIP: Save it as a draft.

Video Length Limits on Instagram: (21:52)

Stories - 15 seconds

Feed - 60 seconds

IGTV - 15 minutes from phone and 60 minutes from web.

Feed to IGTV Preview Feature: Make the first 60 seconds of your preview compelling enough to get people to your IGTV video. (22:27)

Three Benefits of IGTV:

  1. You already have a following on Instagram (unlike starting new on youtube).

  2. Consumers are ready to buy on Instagram, but learn on Youtube.

  3. If you have less than 10k followers, you can get the Swipe Up feature.

“Scared money doesn’t make money” - Britney Han

Three Concepts for Content Creation on IGTV:

  1. Make sure that your CTAs make sense and are relevant.

  2. Be unique in the content you’re creating.

  3. Repurpose content from other platforms and think through the formatting.

Three Creative Ways to Leverage IGTV for Business:

  1. Tutorials, Webinar, Series, Education, Entertainment, and Product Showcasing

  2. Highlight Behind the Scenes

  3. Low Cost Advertising

"I shoot for the message, not for the length."

Links:

unashamedimaging.com

Instagram.com/unashamedimaging

Learn with AC Collective – unashamedimaging.com/education

instagram.com/learnwithac

Facebook Group: bit.ly/learnwithac


See

View Details

Are you striving to add value to your clients’ lives by doing more than just taking photos?

In episode 302 of the Bokeh Podcast, Robert J. Hill explains his desire to develop genuine connections with his couples in order to empower their relationship. Listen in as he shares tangible steps to finding and adding purpose to what you do in your business.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: My camera is my tool to help couples deepen their lives and empower their relationship so they can have a stronger and more intentional marriage. (2:05)

Advice for Photographers: Focus more on who you are than what you do. (8:52)

Technique for Time: Work Less and Make More, Set up a Strict Schedule, and Find a Co-Working Space (9:29)

Book Recommendations: (15:38)

How to Win Friends and Influence People - bit.ly/bp-winfriends

The Power of Now - bit.ly/bp-powerofnow

The Gear Bag: (23:31)

Holdfast Pouch - bit.ly/bp-holdfastpouch

Pelican Case for Cards - bit.ly/bp-pelicancardcase

Robert’s Original Motivation with Photography (26:17)

How Robert Empowers Relationships with His Work (30:30)

"Seek to Understand Rather than be Understood"

Adding Meaning to Your Business

  1. Questioning - Ask Why

  2. Look Internally for Education and Growth

  3. Find a mentor or business coach that is willing to get to know you.

  4. Personal growth and self development outside of business.

Links

robertjhill.com

education.robertjhill.com

instagram.com/robertjhill

The 80/20 Principle - bit.ly/bp-80-20

Untethered Soul - bit.ly/bp-untethered


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you get overwhelmed with writing scripts or managing the backend production of video marketing for your business?

In episode 301 of the Bokeh Podcast, our hosts continue the conversation in part 2 of this interview with Haylee and Nathan about simplifying video marketing in business. Listen in as they share the importance of creating direct messaging in your video content, along with the post-production and editing portion of their workflow.

The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 2:00PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Connect:

richsmithphotography.net

@richsmithphoto

@heathersmithrsp

@nathanholritz

@hayleegaffin

photographersedit.com

@photogsedit

bokehpodcast.com

@bokehpodcast

Links:

Premier Pro CC

Final Cut Pro

Gary V Video - youtu.be/v8cBTK45Uqw


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you looking for ways to use your photography business to make a positive emotional impact on your clients?

In episode 298 of the Bokeh Podcast, Tosha Gaines provides an inside look at her therapeutic photo sessions—connecting clients with their emotions. Listen in as she shares how to listen and engage on a deeper level with your clients, in order to pull their raw emotion into the camera.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Based in: Birmingham & Atlanta (1:45)

Brand Position: Commercial, Lifestyle, and Branding Portraits (2:00)

Advice for Photographers: Believe in yourself. (10:30)

Technique for Time: When working events, I’ll ask for media credentials for my kids so they can come with me. Starting to outsource. (15:16)

Content Recommendations: (20:12)

bokehpodcast.com

Gifts to My Future Self

Focus

Goal Digger

The Gear Bag: Taffy and a card from her dad (21:36)

The Semicolon Project (32:04)

Engaging on a Deep Level with Clients (33:18)

Benefits Clients Have Seen from Therapeutic Photography: (38:10)

Grief has no time-frame.

It’s ok to be emotional openly.

How to Bring Emotional Healing to Your Subjects:(42:31)

  1. Don’t be judgmental.

  2. Be an active listener.

  3. Be empathetic.

Empathy: Understanding and entering into another’s feelings. (53:01)

Links:

instagram.com/__.tosha.__

Fb.com/toshagainesphotography

toshagaines.com

Showit.co

Wordbook App - bit.ly/bp-wordbookapp


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you ready to redefine your editing style, but get easily distracted by the variety of inspiration you see from other photographers?

In episode 299 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nick Brimmer shares five practical steps to evolve your editing style and how to approach social media scrolling to avoid self-doubt. Plus, Nick and Nathan chat about their personal journeys with fitness and health.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Authentic, beautiful wedding photography with exceptional service to leave you glowing about your day. (5:47)

"People don’t remember your product as much as they remember how they feel about your product." (12:30)

Advice for Photographers: You cannot manage what you do not measure. (23:04)

Understanding Your Numbers: Calculate your base level of income required to succeed. (25:33)

Technique for Time: Focus and eliminate distractions. (28:05)

Book Recommendation: (32:02)

Consistent Cashflow by Tom Palzawicz - bit.ly/bp-consistentcashflow

So Good They Can’t Ignore You by Cal Newport - bit.ly/bp-sogoodtheycantignore

The Gear Bag: Fractal Prisms - getfractals.com (35:24)

Fitness Book Recommendation: Bigger Leaner Stronger by Mike Matthews - bit.ly/bp-biggerleanerstronger (37:06)

My Fitness Pal App (49:19)

The Impact of Instagram Scrolling (51:16)

  1. Surface Level Thought - I’m mad that this person is better than me; I feel bad about myself.

  2. Deeper Thought - Is it the photographer’s fault that you feel bad?

Owning Your Responsibility: (52:33)

  1. Take a step back and consider why you feel the way you feel/

  2. Understand the insecurity in yourself.

  3. Find a way to improve yourself.

Defining Editing Style: A consistent set of preferred editing choices across a portfolio that reflects an artist’s unique preference or style. (59:38)

"The consistency of your editing is always in the opacity of your blacks." (1:02:35)

Influential Photographers to Nick: (1:07:10)

Jordan Daniels

Olivia Strohm

Evolving Your Editing Style:

  1. Don’t take other people’s work personally.

  2. Pull images you love and create a portfolio of images in dropbox.

  3. Review the images and try matching the editing style.

  4. Create the time to develop skills that you desire to have.

  5. Show up to everything prepared with creative direction.

Links:

nickbrimmerphotography.com

instagram.com/nick.brimmer/

Heck Ya Photo Camp by bensasso.com

View Details

Are you struggling to find balance as an entrepreneur, due to your involvement in multiple roles?

In episode 298 of the Bokeh Podcast, Janioris Diaz Rodriguez describes what it takes to create a multi-faceted life and manage it all. Listen in as she shares how she manages a full-time job, creating music, capturing portraits, encouraging others through speaking engagements, and so much more—while loving every second of it.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Based in: Del Tona, FL (2:11)

Brand Position: Help people preserve their stories through photography as both a masterpiece and a work in progress. (3:37)

Advice for Photographers: Learn from every person; everyone knows something you don’t know. (13:50)

Technique for Time: Having an accountability partner. (19:51)

Content Recommendations: (2:55)

Podcasts: bokehpodcast.com, goaldiggerpodcast.com, shepodcasts.com, Cultivate Your Life - bit.ly/bp-cultivateyourlife

Books: A Million Little Ways by Emily P Freeman - bit.ly/bp-millionlittleways and the Bible

The Gear Bag: Hair ties and Sunpack Lens Pen - bit.ly/bp-sunpaklenspen (26:23)

Get to Know Janioris (31:07)

Considerations for Making Choices on Your Commitments: (39:44)

  1. What is your personality type and does the task fit it? You need self-awareness for what projects do for you.

  2. What are your priorities or value-set? Check out Powersheets by Laura Casey

  3. What season of life are you in?

How to Add Variety to Your Life: (43:59)

The 3 A’s: (45:40)

  1. Ability

  2. Affinity

  3. Affirmation

"Find a hobby that makes you money, one that keeps you fit, and one that promotes your creativity."

Links:

janioris.com

instagram.com/janiorisdr

facebook.com/JaniorisPhotography

Powersheets by Laura Casey - bit.ly/bp-powersheets


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you passionate about apparel, fashion, and photography? Did you know you could merge them into a career?

In episode 297 of the Bokeh Podcast, Vince Sirico shares how his dream of becoming a shoe designer led him to falling in love with shoe photography. Listen in as he explains what photographing shoes for brands entails, along with how you can get started in apparel photography.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: A photographer passionate about footwear and apparel. (3:18)

Advice for Photographers: Be incredibly patient. (9:50)

Technique for Time: Treat your job like a typical corporate workday and find a hobby that allows you to forget about your work day. (14:05)

Book/Content Recommendation: (16:51)

Shoe Dog by Phil Knight - bit.ly/bp-shoedog

This Is Not a T-Shirt by Bobby Hundreds - bit.ly/bp-notatshirt

How I Built This (AirBnB, WeWork, Starbucks, Southwest, & Toms Shoes) - bit.ly/bp-howibuiltthis

The Gear Bag: Fishing Wire (21:31)

Inspiration for Environmental Color Matching: trashhand.com & Tyler Mansor - instagram.com/arab_lincoln (24:02)

Location Scouting Processes (26:37)

How to Get Started in Apparel Photography (36:44)

  1. Don’t stray from your dreams and stay in your lane.

  2. Build confidence from putting in the work and continue learning.

  3. Pay it forward.

Links:

vincesirico.com

instagram.com/vincesirico


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Does the idea of producing video to market your photography business intimidate you?

In episode 296 of the Bokeh Podcast, Rich & Heather Smith flip the roles in this interview to ask Haylee and Nathan about simplifying video marketing in business in part 1 of this 2 part series. Listen in as they chat about the gear they use, and how to overcome the fears of getting in front of the camera.

The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 2:00PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit. Tune in on September 25th for part 2 of this video marketing series.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Connect:

richsmithphotography.net

@richsmithphoto

@heathersmithrsp

@nathanholritz

@hayleegaffin

photographersedit.com

@photogsedit

bokehpodcast.com

@bokehpodcast

Links:

Fstoppers Article - bit.ly/bp-iphonewedding

Go Pro Hero 7 - bit.ly/bp-goprohero7

Rode Mic for Go Pro - bit.ly/bp-rodemic4gopro

Gorilla Pod - bit.ly/bp-gorillapod

Go Pro Housing - bit.ly/bp-goprohousing

Go Pro Adapter - bit.ly/bp-goproadapter


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you creating valuable wedding photography timelines for your clients that prepare you for any situation?

In episode 295 of the Bokeh Podcast, Ashlyn Cathey discusses the importance of creating purposeful timelines for your weddings to leave them stress and chaos free. Listen in as she explains how to prepare your clients' expectations of their day and deliver an amazing wedding experience for your couples.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: (3:42)

Being personal, providing all day coverage, and having experience in the industry.

Driven by 3 values: to love couples, to serve above and beyond, to preserve special moments.

Advice for Photographers: (13:44)

  1. For Newbies: Time and consistency are your friend.

  2. For Experience: Don’t forget to take the time to feel inspired and learn new things.

Technique for Time: Time Blocking (17:27)

Content Recommendation: Behind the Scenes Podcast with Jeremy & Audrey Roloff - bit.ly/bp-behindthescenes (22:35)

The Gear Bag: Spiderbelt Dual Camera Holster - bit.ly/bp-spiderbeltdual (24:37)

Importance of Wedding Day Timelines: Living in the moment, means leaving time for those moments to happen. (31:47)

Key Notes for Timelines: (32:21)

  1. The day will fly by.

  2. Most days don’t go as planned.

  3. Make the day fun with extra time for fun things.

Reasons Timelines Don’t Work: (32:57)

  1. Miscommunicated Desires

  2. Coordination

  3. Not having a Plan B

Links:

ashlyncathey.com

instagram.com/ashlyncathey.photo


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do your reception photos fall short because you're not familiar with making the most of your light sources?

In episode 294 of the Bokeh Podcast, Kenny Clapp shares the important principals for creating powerful reception lighting. Listen in this special episode where we scroll through Kenny's Instagram to review the characteristics of light to look for while you're shooting.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Based in: Baltimore and the DMV area (2:30)

Brand Position: Honest, Meaningful, and Attentive (3:01)

Advice for Photographers: Learn the technical side of photography first. (10:56)

Content Recommendation: (12:38)

inspirephotoretreats.com

Mentors

SLRLounge.com

Youtube.com

Technique for Time: Treat your business like a business and give yourself a timeframe for getting things done.(16:52)

Book Recommendation: Mindset by Carol Dweck - bit.ly/bp-mindset (21:27)

The Gear Bag: Stamping Block - bit.ly/bp-stampingblock (24:10)

https://www.instagram.com/p/ByQBZXcllw2/

What Drew Kenny to Dramatic Lighting: His Experience at Failing with It. (27:20)

Drawing Inspiration:

Magmod How I Shot It Youtube - bit.ly/bp-howishotit

Photography Contests

fearlessphotographers.com

wpja.com

Four Characteristics of Lighting: (36:24)

  1. Quantity of Light

  2. Quality of Light

  3. Color of Light

  4. Direction of Light

Quantity & Quality of Light Discussion:

instagram.com/p/ByshiK0FIPC

Color of Light:

instagram.com/p/BsLRhqsFJeD

Direction of Light:

instagram.com/p/BnTeGXRhHC1

Practical Tips for Reception Lighting: (50:00)

  1. Scout your location ahead of time.

  2. Don’t overcomplicate things or equipment.

  3. Use grid to control your light.

  4. Experiment in a controlled manner.

Lighting:

Godox Flashpoint - bit.ly/bp-godoxflashpoint

AD200 - bit.ly/bp-godox-ad200 (55:01)

Mentioned in this Episode:

Eric & Amber Langwa

Eric McAllister - mccallisterphoto.com

Roy Cox - 4-optic.com

View Details

Are you ready to grow your team, but fear the idea of letting someone else manage work for your brand?

In episode 293 of the Bokeh Podcast, Katie Devaney of Be Light Photography shares how she found success in hiring team members and delegating work in her business! Listen in as she shares the key principles for bringing on the right people and delegating work to your team.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: A team of multiple photographers, offering film, digital, and video. (3:53)

Advice for Photographers: Always chase after your dream and don’t hold back. (4:58)

Technique for Time: Take days off during the week, make time for the people in your life, hire an assistant (6:58)

Book Recommendations: The Maxwell Leadership Bible by John Maxwell (9:39)

The Gear Bag: Fans - bit.ly/bp-portablefans (12:18)

Katie’s Team: (15:32)

5 Lead Photographers

1 Videographer

1 Administrative Assistant

Challenges with Delegation: Trust that they’ll show up, represent the company, deliver high quality work. (25:16)

Important Principals for Delegation: (26:46)

  1. Hire the right people for your team.

  2. Train your team well & be available to help when needed.

  3. Leave room for grace, no one is perfect.

Onboarding New Photographers: Everyone is different based on where they are in their experience. From 6 months to a year, it can vary. (35:46)

Links:

belightphotography.com

instagram.com/belightphotography

instagram.com/belightfineartphotography


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you set up the proper workflows for your business to efficiently operate, so that you can spend more time with the people you love?

In episode 292 of the Bokeh Podcast, Chip Gillespie shares the important principals behind creating workflows for every aspect of your photography business, allowing you to spend less time working in your business. Listen in as he shares his experience as a wedding photographer and how creating workflows led him to creating StompSoftware!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Connecting on a personal level with clients that continues to being them back and refer their friends. (2:54)

Advice for Photographers: Choose your clients wisely. (7:35)

Technique for Time: Build boundaries, create a dedicated work space, (12:35)

Book Recommendation: (22:32)

Rework by Jason Fried - bit.ly/bp-rework

Remote by Jason Fried - bit.ly/bp-remote

Start with Why by Simon Sinek - bit.ly/bp-startwithwhy

The Gear Bag: (25:36)

Sewing Kit - bit.ly/bp-sewingkit

Superglue - bit.ly/bp-superglue

Bartender Style Bottle Opener - bit.ly/bp-bottleopener

What is a Workflow? A set of tasks that get you from where you are to where you want to be. (28:34)

Photography Business Workflows: (31:33)

  1. Marketing Workflow

  2. Pre-shoot Workflow

  3. Editing Workflow

The Importance of Efficiency: Removing all unnecessary steps. (38:27)

Streamlining Communication: Canned Emails & CRMs (40:00)

Mentioned: Jenny Corbit

Maintain Your Brand (43:00)

You’re not Superman & you can’t do everything. (50:15)

Links:

chipgillespie.com

instagram.com/chipgillespieweddings

Stompsoftware.com

instagram.com/stompsoftware

BlogStomp

AlbumStomp

AlbumPrufr


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you ever felt disconnected from or left out of the photography community based on your skill level or experience?

In episode 291 of the Bokeh Podcast, Co Hodges of Unraveled Academy shares her thoughts on building an inclusive community and overcoming hierarchy in the photography industry. Listen in as she discusses the significance of relationships and authenticity in community building.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: All artists of all walks of life can come to learn, grow, and connect with others, where students and teachers are on the same level. (2:26)

Book Recommendations Pt. 1: Start With Why (4:14)

Advice for Photographers: There will always be another mountain to climb and conquer, but enjoy the one you’re facing now. (5:49)

Technique for Time: Create dedicated office hours. (10:33)

Book Recommendations Pt. 2: Big Magic by Elizabeth Gilbert (15:50)

Spectrum Inspired: To raise awareness and de-stigmatize autism spectrum disorders. (18:40)

The Gear Bag: Monopod (23:29)

Hierarchy in the Photography Industry: Stems from “fan-girling” over artists in the community, who then allow themselves to be put on a pedestal. (26:30)

Overcoming the Hierarchy: Adding Value (31:16)

Significance of Relationships (34:49)

Significance of Authenticity (36:36)

Sharing Vulnerable Parts of You: (39:50)

  1. Write down 100 things that make you up as a person.

  2. Cross out anything you wouldn’t be willing to share online.

  3. Use the remaining things to open the doors to your vulnerability.

Links

coleenhodges.com

instagram.com/co_hodges

theunraveledacademy.com

instagram.com/unraveledacademy

Let’s Get Unraveled Podcast - bit.ly/bp-unraveledpod

Nathan’s Episode on Let’s Get Unraveled - bit.ly/bp-unraveled-nathan

theunraveledacademy@gmail.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Does your website copy clearly convey the unique value you bring to your ideal clients?

In episode 290 of the Bokeh Podcast, Jess Jordana explains how she works with creatives to write website copy that will captivate, convert, and clone your ideal client. Listen in as she shares how you should approach clear communication through an audit of your existing copy.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Helps business owners connect, convert and clone their dream people with their message, while focusing on connection. (2:02)

Advice for Photographers: Start before you’re ready. (3:38)

Technique for Time: Carve out free time & operate by Parkinson’s Law: work expands into he time that is available. (6:24)

Book Recommendations: (9:18)

Bread & Wine by Shauna Neiquist - bit.ly/bp-breadandwine

Deep Work by Cal Newport - bit.ly/bp-deepwork

The Pumpkin Plan by Mike Michalowicz - pumpkinplan.com

Words that Your Potential Clients Won’t Relate to: (15:06)

Authentic

Joyful Couples (without specificity)

Communicating Clearly vs Clearly to Your Ideal Client: (19:27)

Your brain needs hooks and pegs to hang information on. You can communicate something clearly, but unless you provide the hooks and pegs for your clients to relate to, they aren’t going to comprehend what you’re trying to communicate.

How to Tweak Your Website Copy to Attract Your Ideal Clients: (24:53)

  1. Go through every page of your site and do an action audit, then create page goals.

  2. Review your homepage, making your goal to get them off of it.

  3. View your website copy as a conversation.

Links:

insagram.com/jessjordana

Jessicajordana.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you making an effort to build real relationships with more than just the clients in your photography business?

In episode 289 of the Bokeh Podcast, Chris J Evans discusses the importance of creating lasting, meaningful connections with other vendors, and the importance of gratitude in networking. Listen in as he shares his top three strategic relationships, along with how he builds and nurtures each of them.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Where fashion, nature, and weddings collide. An editorial style wedding photographer. (7:21)

Content Recommendation: (22:49)

Leaders Eat Last by Simon Sinek - bit.ly/bp-leaderseatlast

The Art of War by Sun Tzu - bit.ly/bp-artofwar

The Power of Broke by Daymond John - bit.ly/bp-powerofbroke

The Gear Bag: (26:58)

Kenneth Cole Bag - Vintage Lace bails, hand-dyed silk ribbons, prisms, dress hanger, and a deck of cards.

Networking with Vendors: (29:29)

Tag vendors on Instagram when you work with them.

Reach out to vendors you want to work with.

Continue email communication with the vendors you want to work with on a monthly basis.

Chris' Top 3 Relationships for Networking (35:12)

  1. Pacific Coast Wedding Magazine Editor (Robin)

  2. Venue Owner (Sylvia)

  3. Blog & Magazine Editors

Developing & Maintaining Relationships - Word Association: (45:25)

  1. Follow Up

  2. Networking Events

  3. Personal Interaction

  4. Ongoing Communications

The Importance of Gratitude (56:54)

Links

instagram.com/chrisjevansphoto

chrisjevans.com

Santabarbaraweddingcompany.com

bit.ly/bp186


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you considered what specializing in a particular type of photography could do for your business?

In episode 288 of the Bokeh Podcast, Vickie Black shares the benefits of specializing, along with her journey to becoming a senior portrait photographer. If you're ready to pick a lane and stay in it for the long-term, this episode is for you!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand position: For the Fashionable Teen (1:38)

Discussion on the Sexualization of Seniors (4:16)

Advice for Photographers: Price accordingly and value yourself. The clients you’re gathering now at a lower price point won’t be your clients when you raise your prices. (9:56)

Push Conference: A conference for senior portrait photographers that focuses on education. (11:55)

Technique for Time: Set a rigid schedule: Dedicated shoot and meeting days. (14:21)

Content Recommendations: The Kitchen Sink Workshop by Amanda Holloway - seniorphotographyworkshop.com (16:22)

The Gear Bag: Home Depot Light (21:08)

Vickie’s Journey to Specializing in Senior Portraits (24:02)

Specializing: If you only specialize in one thing, think about subsets that can be feeders back into your business. (26:41)

Finding Your Specialty Feels Like Falling in Love (28:54)

Specialize First, then Course Correct (30:03)

The Key to Specializing: Focus on what makes you happy. (32:05)

Steps to Narrow Down Your Specialty:

Review how is your business structured?

Photograph everything until you find what sets your soul on fire.

Evaluate your business every 6 months to make sure you’re making money.

Vicki’s Evaluation Process: (39:26)

  1. Look at the numbers.

  2. Look at what you’ve created.

  3. Get feedback from your model groups and their moms.

  4. Check your pride and ego at the door.

Links:

vickiesblack.com

instagram.com/vickiesblack

seniorstyleguide.com

instagram.com/seniorstyleguide


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you losing potential clients because they're getting lost in all of the copy you have on your website?

In episode 287 of the Bokeh Podcast, Rachel Greiman of Green Chair Stories explains how sometimes less is more when it comes to the text on your website. Listen in as she shares how to create well-balanced website content and cull your copy for killer conversion.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: (7:00)

For Photography - Capture the unbelievably ordinary moments that parents miss every day.

For Copywriting - I show people what makes themselves special even when they can’t see it.

Advice for Photographers: Everyone else made it up so you can to. (13:29)

Technique for Time: Start your day without meeting anyone else’s needs besides your own. For example, wake up before your baby to have time for yourself. (17:20)

Book Recommendation: Essentialism by Greg McCowen (20:39)

The Gear Bag: Snacks - Larabar & Peanut Butter Packets (22:40)

Balancing Your Website Copy (28:43)

Cull Your Copy for Killer Conversion:

  1. Use prominent Calls to Action.

  2. Don’t expect your photos to do the talking. Let your words sell you.

  3. Let your past clients sell you by adding testimonials.

  4. Don’t write a single word that is not true.

Links:

greenchairstories.com

instagram.com/greenchairstories

Episode 267 w/ Layers Photo - bit.ly/bp-267

ferjuaristi.com

Episode 243 w/ Karen Julia - bit.ly/bp-243

Episode 270 w/ Shares Davenport - bit.ly/bp-270


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you scrolled the Instagram accounts of your favorite bloggers or social media influencers and wondered how you could collaborate with them on their images?

In episode 286 of the Bokeh Podcast, Audrie Dollins shares her approach to creating beautiful imagery and content as a blogger photographer. Listen in as she shares the characteristics, the marketing strategies, and the processes that you'll need to become a photographer for bloggers and influencers.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: A Photographer who curates imagery for clients to accelerate their products, brands, & businesses.

Advice for Photographers: Focus on what you want to do and have to offer. Educate yourself, but don’t compare yourself. (16:59)

Technique for Time: Create a schedule for consistency. (19:22)

The Gear Bag: Flash Bender and stun gun. (23:26)

Book Recommendation: (27:43)

Light is the New Black - bit.ly/bp-lightnewblack

Girl Wash Your Face - bit.ly/bp-washface

Characteristics of a Good Blogger Photographer: (35:59)

  1. Work Ethic

  2. Lighting

  3. Listen and Collaborate

Marketing to Bloggers & Influencers: (44:18)

  1. Online Presence: Website & Social Media

  2. Networking in Your Hustle

The Process:

  1. Connect with the client to understand the story they’re telling.

  2. The client preps everything prior to arrival (ie. Food, products, etc)

  3. Photograph 1-2 hours per session.

Revenue Streams in Blogger Photography: (51:36)

  1. Session Fees

  2. Third Party Licensing Fees

Benefits to Being a Blogger Photographer: (55:58)

  1. Getting your weekends back.

  2. Meeting and connecting with other entrepreneurs, then helping their business grow.

Links:

audriedollins.com

Instagram.com/audriedollins

Positioning - bit.ly/bp-positioning

Dembflashproducts.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Photographing kids can be challenging, especially if you haven't found the right techniques to manage them during a portrait session!

In episode 285 of the Bokeh Podcast, Katie Pearson shares 10 tips and tricks to handling rambunctious kids during a shoot! Listen in as she shares some of her funniest stories with photographing children and the gear she uses for entertainment!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: My purpose is to capture love, relationships, and milestones in a fun and colorful way. “Let’s go outside and play!” (2:13)

Advice for Photographers: Customer service is a priority. Make sure your clients are happy from beginning to end. (7:18)

Technique for Time: Outsource your editing (9:41)

Book Recommendation:

Girl, Wash Your Face by Rachael Hollis - bit.ly/bp-washface

bokehpodcast.com

creativelive.com

The Gear Bag: A small handbag full of travel items that act as an emergency kit. (17:19)

How Katie Started Photographing Children (19:01)

Crazy Scenarios from Sessions: (22:35)

A Kid & a Rosebush (22:35)

Runaway Child (23:22)

The Gear Bag for Kids: (25:27)

Bubbles

Stickers

Managing Kids During a Portrait Session: (25:27)

  1. Carry interactive items in your gear bag like bubbles and stickers. (Ages 2-4)

  2. Get shutter huggers for your camera. (Ages 6 months to 1 year)

  3. Feather duster for tickling toes.

  4. Act silly.

  5. Download a fart app.

  6. Utilize Youtube for entertainment. (Baby Shark and Cocoa Melon)

  7. Have the child use the camera or be the assistant so they feel important.

  8. When you initially meet the family, get on the child’s level, introduce yourself, and ask them to play.

  9. Have patience and avoid showing frustration.

  10. Direct them to jump, twirl, and walk around to make it more playful.

Links

devinereithphotography.com

instagram.com/devinereithphotography


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you ever faced big life changes that require a shift in your business model?

In episode 284 of the Bokeh Podcast, Torrey Fox joins us to discuss the major changes in her personal life over the last year, and how that effected the amount of time she could put into her business. Listen in as she provides techniques for working more efficiently with less time available!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Telling the story of clients through timeless images. (6:08)

Advise for Photographers: Show the work that you want to be shooting. (9:16)

Book Recommendation: Rich Dad, Poor Dad (12:54)

The Gear Bag: Fanny Pack (Hershle) and Holsters (15:08)

Technique for Time After Big Life Changes: (18:30)

Scheduling uninterrupted time to work.

Stop watching Instagram stories.

Be pickier about the jobs she accepts.

Raise prices to work less.

Shooting film to attract a higher end client and spend less time editing.

Raising Prices for Less Work: (38:46)

Determine how much you want to work and how much you want to make.

Links:

torreyfoxphotography.com

instagram.com/torreyfox

facebook.com/torreyfoxphotography

Episode 60 - http://bit.ly/bp-60

http://rebeccayalephotography.com

https://rynloren.com/


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

As an entrepreneur, do you struggle with the idea that taking a long period of time off work will cause your business to crumble?

In episode 283 of the Bokeh Podcast, Rich & Heather Smith share what their business looks like after a 14 day sabbatical to Alaska, and how they managed their business without cell phone or internet. Listen in as they share practical tips for preparing your business for a long trip so that you can still enjoy traveling as a business owner.

The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 2:00PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Connect:

richsmithphotography.net

@richsmithphoto

@heathersmithrsp

@nathanholritz

@hayleegaffin

photographersedit.com

@photogsedit

bokehpodcast.com

@bokehpodcast

Preparing for a Trip/Sabbatical:

  1. Plan ahead for communication, money, and sessions.

  2. Don't overcommitted around your travel dates.

  3. Set up a great autoresponder.

  4. Build and rely on your relationships.

Practical Tip: Minimize your overwhelm by not over-doing it.

Links:

iPhone XS

Petapixel Article Mentioned

Photographersedit.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

As an entrepreneur, you're forced to face uncomfortable situations and be vulnerable in multiple areas of your business.

In episode 282 of the Bokeh Podcast, Thu Tran shares how she has confronted vulnerability with comparison on social media, criticism in her work, and letting go of control to outsource in her business. Listen in as she defines what it means to be vulnerable, how you can push through those feelings, and grow as a photographer and person.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

The Lesson: Learn to create a system for yourself and advertise early on. (9:01)

Technique for Time: Schedule everything in a block schedule.

Book Recommendations: (26:28)

Anything by Brene Brown - brenebrown.com

Essentialism by Greg McKeown - bit.ly/bp-essentialism

Scrum by Jeff Sutherland - bit.ly/bp-scrum

The Obstacle is the Way - bit.ly/bp-obstacle

Trillion Dollar Coach - bit.ly/bp-trilliondollar

The Gear Bag: (30:26)

Food & Dr. Pepper Chapstick

Thu on Defining Vulnerability: Taking a risk, putting yourself out there and not know the outcome.(38:07)

Nathan on Defining Vulnerability: Putting something out there for which you’re afraid to be judged for. (38:39)

How Codependency Relates to Vulnerability (43:19)

Facing the Comparison on Instagram (47:40)

Thu’s Areas of Vulnerability:

Social Media

Criticism

Outsourcing

Links:

2tphoto.com

instagram.com/thulegit

Reawaken the Giant Within - bit.ly/bp-reawaken


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Traveling the world to photograph weddings may sound like a dream, but have you considered the logistics of how to build a business to support it?

In episode 281 of the Bokeh Podcast, Ann Koch shares her experiences with international weddings, and how knowing your motivation for travel can effect your business model! Listen in as she shares the marketing components that you need to focus on in your business if you're ready to become an international wedding photographer.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Create memories that truly represent who they are by adding a little bit of magic. (2:26)

Advice for Photographers: Integrity means everything for your clients. (6:10)

The Importance of Meditation (13:50)

Book Recommendations: Why Buddism is True - bit.ly/bp-buddismtrue (18:44)

Video Mentioned in this Episode: bit.ly/bp-youtubetherapist

The Gear Bag: Sharpie for film labelling. (22:35)

The Importance of Asking for What You Want (30:57)

Before You Decide to Focus on International Wedding Clients:

  1. Understand Why You Want to Travel and the Motivation Behind It

  2. Establish Trust with Your Potential Clients

Tips for Overcoming Introverted Tendencies: Ask questions so your clients are forced to talk about themselves. (44:11)

How to Get International Clients: (48:39)

  1. Google and SEO

  2. Referrals from Past Clients and Venues

Links:

Annkathrinkoch.com

instagram.com/annkochphoto

Oura Ring - bit.ly/bp-ouraring

How to Win Friends and Influence People - bit.ly/bp-winfriends

rockmywedding.co.uk

Episode 243 with Karen Julia - bit.ly/bp-243


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you capturing more than beautiful portraits for your boudoir clients? What if you could create a storybook from each session that better portrayed the nuance of your client's personality?

In episode 280 of the Bokeh Podcast, Tasha Koetsch of Wanderlust Boudoir describes how she approaches her boudoir sessions with the intent of telling a story. Listen in as she describes her process for creating storybooks for her clients, and how she helps develop that storyline throughout the session!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Redefining beauty through storytelling with boudoir photography.

Advice for Photographers: Network and build your community. (6:55)

Technique for Time: Scheduling on your calendar. (10:15)

Content Recommendations: CreativeLive, Kelbyone?, Associateion of International Boudoir Photographers, DoMore, Bokeh Podcast, (13:33)

The Gear Bag: Copper pipes, tea candle holders, chandelier glass(16:02)

Ways to Define Their Story: (27:04)

  1. What props the client brings in for the session.

  2. What theme they want to portray in their session.

  3. What the client wears in the session

Style Closet Tips: Encourage clients to bring a black and nude thong to wear under the pieces.

Links:

wanderlustboudoirstudio.com

instagram.com/wanderlust_boudoir

calendly.com

Matt Mathews Episode: bit.ly/bp-268

theboudoiralbum.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you developing relationships that establish loyalty, leading your clients back to you for photos year after year?⠀

In episode 279 of the Bokeh Podcast, Michelle of M Harris Studios shares how she's developed a "Client for Life" program that allows her to photograph her clients from engagement to the rest of life's special moments.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Creating relationships with clients to create clients for life.

Advice for Photographers: Posing is the most important part of a business once you have a client. (4:56)

Tip for Posing: Find out what your client’s insecurities are prior to posing.

Technique for Time: (7:57)

  1. No Work Wednesdays

  2. Creating multiple to-do lists based on the realistic expectations for the day.

Content Recommendations: You’re a Badass at Making Money (13:23)

The Gear Bag: Sigma Art 20mm 1.4 (15:37)

Client For Life Program: (21:37)

Free 30 minute session every year with wedding packages.

Prints can be purchased through the online gallery.

This creates a continuous referral program from dedicated clients.

Links:

mharrisstudios.com

instagram.com/mharris_studios

Hustle in Heels - bit.ly/bp-hustleinheels

sixfigurephotography.com

todoist.com

cloudspot.io


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you concerned that photographers who are pricing themselves low are undercutting the market?

In episode 278 of the Bokeh Podcast, we chat with Sarah Willey on why she believes every market deserves great photography services, not just the higher end. Listen in as she breaks down how photographers can be successful with budget weddings, and how they can begin servicing the budget-friendly markets.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

The Lesson: Happy clients equals a happy life. (2:01)

Content Recommendations: Jenna Kutcher’s Goal Digger Podcast & Dave Ramsey’s Podcast (4:50)

The Gear Bag: A clipboard with timeline and shot list readily available. (6:06)

"80% of US wedding are photographed for $2k or less.”

Getting Clients When You’re Getting Started: (21:30)

Referrals

Facebook Boosted Posts

Associate Photography Business: This brand allows for affordable quality under a brand not associated with Sarah’s business. (32:05)

Supply & Demand Business Model: As time goes by, she adjusts her pricing based on the demand for her business. (35:58)

Breakdown of Budget Wedding Expenses: (39:26)

$1500 x 6 = $9,000/month

$9,000/month x 10 months = $90,000

$90,000 - 20% = $72,000 (not including write-offs)

$72,000 - $150/wedding (for outsourcing editing) = $64,800

$64,800 - $12,500 (in business expenses) = $52,300

Bonus: Add in your print sales.

Ideas for Working with Budget Brides: (46:35)

  1. Tune out what everyone says and be confident in your pricing.

  2. If you focus on the budget pricing, you will stay busier.

  3. Remember that your time is still valuable.

Links:

sarahlynnphotographypdx.com

facebook.com/photographybysarahlynn

instagram.com/sarahlynnphotographypdx

bit.ly/bp-171

bit.ly/bp-182


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you ever feel stuck in your business without any sense of control over the direction you're going?

In episode 277 of the Bokeh Podcast, Madi and Micah May share the story of their struggle with stress, exhaustion, and complacency when things didn't go as planned. Listen in as they share how they managed to move forward, along with a few steps you can take to get unstuck in your business.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Technique for Time: Workout every morning to be more alert and efficient. (3:16)

Book Recommendations: (6:36)

168 Hours - bit.ly/bp-168hours

Crash the Chatterbox - bit.ly/bp-chatterbox

Untethered Soul - bit.ly/bp-untethered

Advice for Photographers: Don’t be afraid to learn who you are, your strengths, and your weaknesses. (15:47)

Brand Position: Bringing personality to professional headshots. (19:33)

Madi & Micah’s Backstory (26:27)

Steps to Getting Unstuck: (32:44)

  1. Realize when you need to ask for help and find a mentor(s).

  2. Learn how to use your time well by setting good habits.

  3. Hire experts for the things you don’t do well or don’t enjoy.

Books They’re Learning From: (40:48)

Never Split the Difference - bit.ly/bp-neversplit

Creativity Inc - bit.ly/bp-creativityinc

Building a Storybrand - bit.ly/bp-storybrand

Links:

maymedia.us

instagram.com/may_media_

Option B - bit.ly/bp-optionb

Tomas Flint's Episode - bit.ly/bp-63


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Does entrepreneurship leave you feeling disconnected from a community in your local market?

In episode 276 of the Bokeh Podcast, Gene Yoon shares how he collaborated with a few friends to create a co-working space that was influenced by the concept of community. Listen in as Gene shares some of the biggest lessons he's learned from running a co-working space, along with how you can get started creating one today!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Capturing creative, yet natural imagery with a photojournalistic style. (1:18)

Advice for Photographers: Having a community based mentality will take you very far. (4:10)

Technique for Time: Be intentional about the time you’re carving out in your schedule. (5:26)

Content Recommendations: Youtube & Other Photographers (10:43)

The Gear Bag: Small Bluetooth Speaker (14:32)

Creating a Community Through Co-Working (18:16)

Time Commitment to Running a co-Working Space: For the first year, Gene was working out of the space, while still furnishing it. (20:03)

Business Model: A co-working space that hosts event, workshops, co-working opportunities through memberships and punch passes. (21:40)

The Lesson: (28:15)

Make an attempt to connect with others.

Join other networking groups out there.

Links:

gene-yoon.com

instagram.com/geneyoon

creativeclubchicago.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you found a way to generate recurring work within your business model?

In episode 275 of the Bokeh Podcast, Gustavo Fernandez explains why making the transition from wedding photography to corporate event photography was the key to consistent work. Listen in as he discusses networking for events, the principals for a successful corporate brand, and pricing your services.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Based in: San Francisco

Focused on: Headshot & Corporate Photography

Brand Position: A seasoned professional, trusted by Fortune 500 companies to capture their employees and events. (7:13)

The Lesson: Take care of your clients. Customer service is so important, so step it up. (14:31)

Technique for Time: Place everything in your calendar and stick to it. (17:57)

Book Recommendations: (22:20)

How to Win Friends and Influence People - bit.ly/bp-winfriends

Never Eat Alone - bit.ly/bp-nevereatalone

The Gear Bag: Monopod (25:44)

Gustavo’s Impetus for Transitioning to Corporate Events: The referral sources for corporate events provided more opportunities. (28:56)

Benefits of Corporate Events: (28:56)

  • They can occur on weekdays.

  • The relationships can be shorter with events since they are more transactional.

Networking in Corporate Events: (35:50)

Gustavo spends about 1/5 of the amount of time networking on corporate events than on weddings.

Principals for a Successful Corporate Brand: (42:58)

  1. How can you solve a problem for the clients?

  2. Over-Communication is key.

The Process to Pricing: (50:46)

  1. Look at the market and how you want to set yourself.

  2. Determine what you want to make and how much you want to work.

FREE DOWNLOAD:Top 10 Ways to Take Your Business to Six Figures in Corporate Event Photography

Mentioned in this Episode:

Bambi Cantrell - cantrellportrait.com

The Art of Wedding Photography - bit.ly/bp-artwedding

Links:

gustavofernandez.com

instagram.com/gustavofernandez

Bloom Messaging Platform

ama-assn.org

Tave.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you ready to profit more in your photography business through products sales, but have a fear of being too pushy while selling to your clients?

In episode 274 of the Bokeh Podcast, Tonya Damron exposes the reason that people are afraid of offering print products, and how you can overcome that fear. Listen in as she shares the opportunities you have to up-sell your packages and successfully profit from products in your business.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Based in: Knoxville, TN (01:19)

Shooting: Weddings & Humanitarian Work (01:19)

Brand Position: Providing amazing customer service by being herself and owning it. (06:29)

Bonus:Sends weddings out within a week,

The Lesson: Get business insurance and find a mentor. (20:05)

Technique for Time: Save work for work hours. (26:19)

Book Recommendation: Everybody Always by Bob Goff (31:46)

The Gear Bag: Bear Whistle and her Think Tank International Camera Bag - bit.ly/bp-ttairportbag (34:10)

Root of Fear in Selling: People think that if they try to sell something, it will always be pushy, when that’s not the case. (38:25)

"When you build collections that include everything you’re capable of offering, you’re limiting the ability to up-sell to your clients."

Why to put your prices online. (50:22)

Touchpoint for Selling Add-On’s (52:10)

  1. Consultation/Booking Session

  2. Pre-Wedding Consultation

  3. Post Wedding Preview Party (20% Off Special)

Links:

Tonyadamron.com

instagram.com/tonyadamronphotography

Positioning - bit.ly/bp-positioning


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do your personal relationships suffer because you're investing all of your time into your business? The concept of balance is subjective, but it may be time to evaluate how you can have more of it in your life.

In episode 273 of the Bokeh Podcast, Deb Kalsbeek and Bethany Crambley of SnapJoy Studio share how they've found balance while juggling five businesses between the two of them. Listen in as they share about their experience in finding a way to balance their workload to fit their individual needs.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Based in: West Michigan (1:21)

The Businesses:

Joy Photo - Owned by Bethany

Snap Studio - Owned by Deb

Weddings In A Snap - Co-owned by Deb & Bethany

BE - Owned by Deb

SnapJoy Studio - Co-owned by Deb & Bethany

Brand Position: (11:43)

Joy Photo - Capturing joy and storytelling in a generic way that is specialized in a genuine way.

Snap Studio - Photographer serving wedding clients as one vendor to simplify the planning process so they can focus on the reason they’re getting married.

Wedding in a Snap - Weddings don’t have to be about the chaos, so plan your wedding over a two hour consultation.

BE - Education based on community over competition.

SnapJoy Studio - Provide a space that has all of the tools you could possibly need as a photographer.

The Lesson: (21:15)

Find a mentor.

Put yourself out there.

Content Recommendations: (24:38)

Jasmine Star - jasminestar.com

Seth Godin’s Podcast - seths.blog/podcasts

Gary Box FB Group - facebook.com/groups/1828961777318899/

The Gear Bag: (30:00)

Krystal

White Balance Tool

What is Balance? A effort to meet goals without sacrificing mental health. Physical health, or relationship health. (34:33)

Contrasts in Work Habits & Balance for Deb & Bethany: Not everyone’s idea of balance will look the same, listen in as they share how they differ yet still find balance. (42:11)

Links:

Joy Photo - joyful.photos

Snap Studio - SNAPSTUDIOGR.com | instagram.com/snapstudiogr | fb.com/snapstudiogr

BE - Be-TheChange.net | instagram.com/grbossbabes

SnapJoy Studio - snapjoystudio.com | instagram.com/snapjoystudio | fb.com/snapjoystudio

Rising Tide Society - rising

View Details

Are you looking for ways to grow your photography business without giving up even more of your time?

In episode 272 of the Bokeh Podcast, Kesha Lambert discusses the changes she had to make in her business and life that led her to grow a team of associate photographers. Listen in as she shares how building an associate team enabled her to create more time for herself, expand her reach in the market, and take on more clients in her business.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

The Lesson: Be consistent. (10:00)

Book Recommendation: (15:37)

How to Win Friends and Influence People - bit.ly/bp-winfriends

Five Essential People Skills - bit.ly/bp-5peopleskills

The Gear Bag: (20:40)

Cashews & an Ice-Breaker like Glitter or Confetti

Personal Shifts Made for Growth: (34:13)

Investing Time & Energy into Growing the Team

What Building a Team Enabled for Business: (40:50)

  1. Growth - The number of clients that couldn’t book due to budgets, availability

  2. Time - Photographing less because you have associates that can handle some of the weddings.

  3. Reach - With lower price points for associates, you can reach an additional market that otherwise wouldn’t be able to afford your services.

Links

keshalambert.com

instagram.com/keshalambert


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you long to make a lasting impact on your community, but struggle with building a business model to reflect your overall concept?

In episode 271 of the Bokeh Podcast, Michelle Ellsworth opens up about the unimaginable loss that led her to make a mark on the world with her photography business. Listen in as she shares the heartfelt story behind her why, along with the steps you can take to make a lasting impact with your brand.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Based in: Salt Lake City, UT

Focused on: Families, children, and senior portraits.

Brand Position: We believe every family has a story worth telling, each child has a childhood worth remembering and all relationships have a love worth showcasing. (3:30)

Book Recommendation: Building a Storybrand (5:17)

Storybrand Worksheet - mystorybrand.com

The Lesson: Adopt an “I don’t know how to do it, yet” mentality. (9:03)

Technique for Time: Always be present in whatever it is that you’re doing, create boundaries, and block off your time. (12:02)

The Gear Bag: JBL Portable Speaker (19:04)

Michelle’s Story: After a heartbreaking loss, Michelle realized what moments she would go back and relive; that’s what she provides to her clients. (30:41)

Steps to Implementing Your Mission Into Your Business:

  1. Find your remark-ability factor; this eradicates all competition.

  2. Get creative in all areas of your business.

  3. Become humble and willing to learn.

  4. Take action; when you become stagnant, you want to take action.

  5. Get involved with community.

  6. Have a mindset shift to more community and less competition. You do you.

Links:

Permissiontoremember.com

permissiontoremember.org

instagram.com/permission_to_remember

Start with Why by Simon Sinek - bit.ly/bp-startwithwhy

Ted Talk with Simon Sinek - bit.ly/bp-simon-ted

The Seven Decisions by Andy Andrews - bit.ly/bp-7decisions


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you considered the potential marketing opportunities you could have on Pinterest's searchable platform?

In episode 270 of the Bokeh Podcast, Sharee Davenport guides us through the effective benefits of leveraging Pinterest as more than just a social media platform. Listen in as she shares the primary principles to effectively using Pinterest, along with quick tips ensure your pins are seen!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Based in: Colorado (1:30)

Photographing: Weddings & Elopements (1:30)

Brand Position: Building strong relationships with clients. (2:16)

Advice for Photographers: Stop trying to curate who you are to be who you think people want you to look like. (9:12)

Technique for Time: Working Monday-Friday while her son is in school. (12:55)

Book Recommendations: How to Win Friends and Influence People (17:08)

The Gear Bag: Boutonnière Pins (19:02)

Benefits of Pinterest:

  1. Drive traffic to your site.

  2. Get found based on keywords for inspiration, planning, venues you’ve shot at, etc.

Pinterest Keyword Tips: Add alt-text keywords to your photos (Blogstomp, Wordpress, Narrative, Lightroom, etc.) Bonus: Adding it in before Pinterest will help you with SEO and Pinterest. (30:09)

Principles to Effectively Using Pinterest: (31:17)

  1. Use strong searchable keywords in your pins.

  2. Stop following the 80/20 rule unless you’re a blogger or influencer.

  3. Funnel users to a specific page on your website.

Quick Tips: (31:17)

  1. Turn your Pinterest into a business account and move anything that doesn’t backlink to your website to a secret board.

  2. Utilize the 500 characters for your alt text.

Links:

Shareedavenport.com

instagram.com/shareedavenport

facebook.com/shareedaveportphotographer

pinterest.com/shareedavenport/pins

analytics.google.com

hustleandflow.net

evolveworkshops.org


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you letting your work spill over into your personal life due to a lack of boundaries?

In episode 269 of the Bokeh Podcast, Jenna Joseph of Jenna Photo explains the importance of setting boundaries in your business to help provide a better work/life balance. Listen in as she shares how boundaries can not only benefit you, but your client experience as well!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Based in: Temecula Wine Country (1:44)

Type of Photography: Wedding & Engagement Photography (1:44)

Brand Position: Creating a comfortable and stress-free experience so authentically joyful imagery is a natural byproduct. (3:59)

Implementing the Brand Position: (5:35)

  1. Relationship building

  2. Timeline

The Lesson: Find a mentor, invest in community, and pour your time and finances into education. (10:02)

Technique for Time: Schedule everything and be aware of what you have going on. (12:21)

Book Recommendations: How to Win Friends and Influence People - bit.ly/bp-winfriends (18:19)

The Gear Bag: Boutonniere Pins (21:09)

Defining Boundaries: The expression and protection of our values and self-care. (24:33)

Jenna’s Values: Family Time (28:03)

How Jenna Sets Boundaries: (28:03)

  • Creating set office hours and making your clients aware of them.

  • Setting email as primary form of communication

  • Scheduling family days & protecting them.

  • Contracts and clear communication.

  • No work while on date nights.

Links:

instagram.com/jenna_photo

Jennaphoto.com

Google Voice - voice.google.com

Brenebrown.com

tonyrobbins.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you nailed down the style of photography you want to offer for boudoir sessions?

In episode 268 of the Bokeh Podcast, Matt Mathews walks through his process to refining his boudoir style, and how he gets creative during shoots. If you're ready to take your boudoir style to the next level, then you'll want to listen in!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Teaching humans the art of self-worth.

The Lesson: Be authentic and who you are. (19:55)

Technique for Time: Hire an assistant (26:14)

Book Recommendations: Jewel’s Memoir (29:46)

The Gear Bag: Canon 5D Mark III & 50mm 1.2 (34:05)

Defining Your Boudoir Style:

  1. Review different styles and look for what you’re drawn to for inspiration.

  2. Dissect and understand how they created the image.

  3. Incorporate it into your style with your own twist on it.

Getting Creative During the Shoot: Rather than capturing them in a dozen different poses on the bed, take time to photograph the details of their body in a single pose. (52:38)

Mentioned in this Episode:

Annie Leibovitz

Sue Bryce

Adobe Camera Raw

Links:

https://mattmathews.com/

instagram.com/matt_mathews

Matt Mathews Education for Photographers - bit.ly/bp-matteducationfb

tribearchipelago.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you considered the reasoning or purpose behind the brand you've created?

In episode 267 of the Bokeh Podcast, Danielle Green and Connor Brogan of Layers Photo emphasize the importance of developing a brand with meaning. If you think it's time to rebrand your business, listen in as they share the steps you need to take to evaluate and build a brand that is based on your passions.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Based in: Northwest Arkansas (00:02:42)

Brand Position: Wedding & Elopement Photographers for Darkly Romantic Dreamers

Advice for Photographers: Keep the spark of wander. (00:19:34)

Time Technique: Treat your job like a 9-5 to avoid overworking. (00:31:16)

Resource Recommendations: Conferences/Workshops & Therapy (00:36:14)

The Gear Bag: Turtleneck Pillow, Eye Cover, Essential Oils (00:41:29)

bit.ly/bp-trtlneck

Steps to Rebranding With Meaning:

  1. The Why: At the end of your life, what matters most is the moments you had with the people you love. Nostalgia is intoxicating. And falling in love is probably the most enchanting event of anyone’s life. So capturing a couple and portraying it how it actually feels, that’s a really unique challenge that we are passionate about. We are always looking for new ways to recreate the story and authentic vibe of each couple. (00:55:48)

  2. The How: Approaching the clients how they would want to connect with you to build that relationship. (1:00:00)

  3. The Where: Telling stories where love lives, not just in exotic places. (1:03:42)

Links:

Layersphoto.com

instagram.com/layersphotos

facebook.com/layersphotography

bit.ly/bp-spotifymodeling

instagram.com/modelingmusic

modelingmusic.co

bit.ly/bp-bridge

bit.ly/bp-photoshop

instagram.com/onestoryhero

layersphoto.com/stories/2018/2/23/kata-mari-northern-california

Squaremuse.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you looking to build a bigger brand for your business that includes a team of photographers?

In episode 266 of the Bokeh Podcast, Jodi Ramos of Millyard Studios discusses how she created a team of passionate photographers who help each other grow in their business. Listen in as she shares how you can build your team, create a healthy environment for collaboration, and find the right photographers for your brand.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Following along in the journey of our clients' lives. (5:36)

The Lesson: You can say anything you need to say, as long as you smile. (8:43)

Technique for Time: Map out your schedule for the entire year. (12:28)

Education Recommendations: Learn from other photographers, get a mentor, educate yourself on others’ experiences. (18:51)

The Gear Bag: Gear Ties & Chapstick (12:50)

bit.ly/bp-gearties

Finding the Right Hire: (33:00)

  1. Someone you can get along with and enjoy on a personal level.

  2. Someone who has an interest in growing in the field and have experience in it.

Principles for Building a Big Business: (36:03)

  1. Clarity - Pricing, workflow, and everything in your business is clear.

  2. Listen - What is important to your client?

  3. Be Kind

Links:

millyardstudios.com

instagram.com/millyardstudios

The E-Myth Revisited - bit.ly/emyth-revisited


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you created systems in your business that allow you to focus more on your life and less on business?

In episode 265 of the Bokeh Podcast, Dave Shay discusses how automation can help you maintain a better work/life balance by eliminating tasks you are constantly repeating. Listen in as he shares the three important questions you should ask yourself to determine if the work you're doing needs to be automated!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Based out of: Raleigh, NC

The Brand Position/Mission: I’m not the “anything to get the shot” person, because I’m making sure to not distract the couple from their wedding day. I’m here to help couples make their marriages last longer. (8:36)

Advice for Photographers: Success happens when preparation meets opportunity. (13:27)

Brenizer Stitch: Taking a portrait lens and turning it into a landscape by taking 80-90 frames and stitching them together. This keeps the depth of field, but includes the rest of the scene. bit.ly/bp-brenizer (17:20)

Book Recommendations: (23:00)

4 Hour Work Week - bit.ly/bp-4hr

The Power of Habit - bit.ly/bp-powerofhabit

The Gear Bag: Kirkland Chocolate Chip Granola Bars (27:45)

Three Questions to Determine Automation: (36:46)

  1. Have I done this more than once?

  2. Is sending this manually worth the time for me?

  3. If I forget to send this, is my client going to be more frustrated than if I send it on time and it’s just not as personalized?

Automated Elements of Business: (39:11)

  1. Emails

  2. Blogging

  3. Post-Wedding Referral Request & Up-sell

Links:

daveshay.com/traction

instagram.com/daveshay

myphotographerlovestacos.com

Tave.com

Shootproof.com

Zapier.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you effectively communicating your unique brand position to your clients? Have you determined what sets you apart in your market?

In episode 264 of the Bokeh Podcast, Mike Morby joins us to discuss the importance of creating a unique brand position with valuable differentiators for your business. Listen in as he shares how you can assess your brand position and approach the communication of your position to your clients.

Advice for Photographers: Building a sustainable business takes time. (1:56)

Book Recommendations: (17:17)

Built to Last - bit.ly/bp-builttolast

Building a Storybrand - bit.ly/bp-storybrand

Ego is the Enemy - bit.ly/bp-egoistheenemy

The Gear Bag: Snacks and Magnetmod.com Gear (20:46)

Brand Position: Mike wants to be known for his use of light, all day wedding coverage, easy to work with, response time, wedding day expert, handles any situation, creativity, and a non-intrusive approach. (33:51)

Determine Your Brand Position: (36:05)

  • Review Your Experience with Other Businesses

  • Figure Out What You Care About In Your Business & Life

  • Assess the Market, But Don’t Pay Too Close Attention

  • Determine Your Values

Negative Effects of Paying Too Close Attention to the Market: (39:01)

  • Undervaluing Yourself

  • Doing the Opposite of What Everyone Else is Doing

Communicating Your Brand Position: (49:26)

Look at the touchpoint in your client interactions, and ask what you can do to implement your differentiators into each touchpoint. Does everything you’re doing support your brand?

Potential Client Touchpoints: (49:26)

  • They hear about you.

  • They visit your website.

  • They contact you.

  • You respond.

  • Set up consultation.

  • They book you.

  • And so on.

Links

instagram.com/morbyphotography

morbyphotography.com

morbyphotography.com/2019-business-workshop

Four Hour Work Week - bit.ly/bp-4hr

Kindle - bit.ly/bp-kindle

Libby - meet.libbyapp.com

The E-Myth Revisited - bit.ly/emyth-revisited


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you looking to dive deep into defining your photographic style? Sometimes we have to go back to the basics of photography!

In episode 263 of the Bokeh Podcast, Rhea Whitney shares the technical aspects of how she approached developing her photographic style. Listen in as she provides an overview of what’s in her gear bag, her go-to camera settings, and her overall vision for her photography.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Serving: DC, Maryland, & Virginia + Houston, Austin, & Dallas

Brand Position: Capturing portraits & weddings for the chic and modern creative & couple.

Advice for Photographers: Invest in education. (24:39)

Book Recommendations: (31:08)

The Rise of the Youpreneur -bit.ly/bp-youpreneur

Secrets of the Six-Figure Woman - bit.ly/bp-6figwoman

The Gear Bag: Prism & Imagination (34:10)

Equipment: (46:07)

Nikon D750 - bit.ly/bp-nikond750

50mm 1.4 - bit.ly/bp-nikon50

85mm 1.4 - bit.ly/bp-nikon85

35mm 1.4 - bit.ly/bp-nikon35

24-70mm 2.8 - bit.ly/bp-nikon24-70

Macro 60mm 2.8 - bit.ly/bp-nikon60

70-200mm - bit.ly/bp-nikon70-200

Godox Flashpoints - bit.ly/bp-godoxflashpoints

Godox AD200 Strobe - bit.ly/bp-godox-ad200

Links:

rheawhitney.com

instagram.com/RheaWhitney

facebook.com/rheawhitneyphotography

instagram.com/photobombacademy


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you feeling inadequate as a part-time photographer, due to the overwhelming thoughts that you’re not successful until you go full-time?

In episode 262 of the Bokeh Podcast, Seanna Leaf shares how she has found success in her business as a part-time photographer. Listen in as she explains how you should be the only person to determine what success looks like for your photography business, and how to define that success yourself.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Focusing on authentic and emotion-filled moments at weddings and between couples. (1:58)

Advice for Photographers: (6:02)

Try every kind of photography to find what you love.

Make meaningful connections in the industry.

Technique for Time: Create lists to stay organized. (9:57)

Google Lists - bit.ly/bp-googlelists

Todoist.com

Content Recommendations: (13:27)

Bokeh Podcast

The Photography Together Podcast by Kyle Yates

The Listening by Kayla Tene

The Business of Photography by Sprout Studio

Goal Digger Podcast by Jenna Kutcher

The Gear Bag: Prisms (16:52)

"Lately I have been doing a lot of reflection on my life as a Social Worker and a photographer and realizing that at this point in my life I actually don't want to be a full time photographer & that's OKAY! I feel like we are always bombarded with the thoughts that if your not full-time your not 'successful' and I put that in quotes because truly we need to all determine what success looks like for ourselves.” - Seanna Leaf

Defining Your Own Success: (30:12)

  1. Look inward, not outward.

  2. Separate your goals into small and big goals, then celebrate them!

Links:

seannaleafphotography.com

instagram.com/seannaleafphotography

Allie Siarto - How to Sell WITHOUT IPS Episode - bit.ly/bp-249

nathan@photographersedit.com

Getting Things Done - bit.ly/bp-gettingthingsdone


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you attempted to grow your Instagram following, but want to ensure you genuinely engage with potential followers?

In episode 261 of the Bokeh Podcast, Devin Robinson shares his secret to streamlining authentic engagement on Instagram. Listen in as he shares how you can start growing your Instagram following today!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Bold & Intimate Wedding Photographers Dedicated to Capturing Images that Evoke Emotion (5:46)

Advice for Photographers: Prioritize your life. (14:05)

Technique for Time: Outsourcing to get your time back. (19:43)

Book Recommendations: Launch - bit.ly/bp-launch (25:49)

Streamline Authentic Instagram Engagement: (35:22)

  1. Follow new accounts as often as possible.

  2. Unfollow inactive users.

  3. Search for big events in your area on Instagram and follow people that look like your target bride.

  4. Begin engaging with those accounts, using keyboard shortcuts.

Creating Keyboard Shortcuts: Setting > General > Keyboard > Text Replacements (40:58)

Links:

anchorandveilphotography.com

instagram.com/anchorandveil

Anchorededucation.co

education.anchorandveilphotography.com

9forty4.com

nathan@photographersedit.com

kreativsummit.com- January 27-29, 2020 in Orlando FL

Reawaken the Giant Within - Tony Robbins - bit.ly/bp-reawaken

The Anchored Podcast - anchorandveilphotography.com/anchored-podcast


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Is your photography business growing, while you're struggling to attract your ideal clients?

In episode 260 of the Bokeh Podcast, Shauna and Jordon Cooney walk through how they evaluated their existing clients, determined the type of client they wanted to attract, and created a plan to attract them long-term.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Help to create marriages that last. (2:29)

Advice for Photographers: Don’t be afraid to invest in education and continue learning. (10:26)

Book Recommendations: (14:37)

The Five Love Languages by Gary Chapman - bit.ly/bp-5love

The Power of Habit by Charles Duhigg - bit.ly/bp-powerofhabit

Your Best Year Ever by Michael Hyatt - bit.ly/bp-bestyearever

Start by John Ackuff - bit.ly/bp-startja

Mastering Fear by Brandon Webb - bit.ly/bp-masteringfear

Technique for Time: (18:08)

Utilize a digital calendar.

Chunking tasks for every day of the week.

The Gear Bag: Deodorant (and Old Spice Bear Glove), Sweat Rag, and Step Stool (28:46)

What is an Ideal Client? Someone who sets your soul on fire, who trusts you, and makes your job enjoyable. (32:17)

The Secret to Success: Hustle (41:04)

Steps to Determine Your Ideal Client: (42:57)

  1. Determine Your Why

  2. Determine the value you want to bring to your client.

  3. Do an ideal client brain dump by categorizing them into the most profitable clients, the most referring clients, and the repeat clients.

  4. Determine what traits these clients share.

  5. Create your ideal client profile.

Your Ideal Client Profile: (56:16)

Age Range

How did they meet their partner?

This or That interests: Coffee or Tea? Wine or Craft Beer?

Links:

shaunaandjordon.com

instagram.com/shaunaandjordon


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you searching for ways to bring additional value to your business by incorporating your life's mission into your work?

In episode 259 of the Bokeh Podcast, Kate McFadzen discusses the ways that you can begin to weave your passion into your photography business. Listen in as she shares how she has adapted her business to focus on empowering love and relationships, and how you can get started pursuing your life's mission.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Niche: Weddings, Boudoir, and Branding (1:46)

Brand Position: Compassionate and consciously curated photography experiences for adventuresome souls. (5:46)

Advice for Photographers: Start before you’re ready and never stop learning. (10:08)

Technique for Time: Outsourcing and asking for help. (13:35)

What to Outsource: Editing, Accounting, Social Media, Admin Tasks, and Blogging (13:35)

The Gear Bag: Glue Dots - bit.ly/bp-gluedots (20:15)

The Klem Klub: A year long memberships for Kate’s clients that includes two mini sessions, monthly online workshops, quarterly fireside chats, and pop up happy hour events. The concept is to have a safe space in a like-minded community.

The Klem Klub Payment Structure: $97/month or $1100/year

The Klem Klub is for People Focusing On:

  1. Loving Yourself

  2. Loving Your Significant Other

  3. Improving Your Relationships with Friends and Family

How to Get Started Pursuing Your Life’s Mission: (44:10)

  1. Figure out what your life’s mission is.

  2. Brainstorm 2-3 ways to weave it into your business.

  3. Find 2-3 friends to bounce ideas off of.

Links:

klemstudios.com

instagram.com/klemstudiosphotography

facebook.com/klemstudios

aloveportrait.com

Positioning - bit.ly/bp-positioning

22 Immutable Laws of Marketing - bit.ly/bp-22laws

Dax Shepard's Podcast - armchairexpertpod.com

Mating in Captivity - bit.ly/bp-micaptivity

risingtidesociety.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you taking advantage of the benefits of video marketing for your business?

In episode 258 of the Bokeh Podcast, Anesha Collins discusses the video marketing trends in 2019 that you should be incorporating into your business. Listen in as she shares the advantages of video marketing, the steps to implement video into your business, and the tools that will help you succeed.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Did you know? Bokeh comes from the Japanese word Boke meaning blur. (1:24)

"Video can speed up the know, like, and trust factor tremendously.” (13:47)

Advice for Photographers: Never stop learning. (20:17)

Technique for Time: Video Marketing - Following Anesha’s theory, if 3 clients are asking the same question, then it needs to become a video for reference. (27:29)

Book Recommendations:

Building a Storybrand - bit.ly/bp-storybrand (25:03)

Purple Cow - bit.ly/bp-purplecow (35:30)

Six Figure Woman - bit.ly/bp-6figwoman (35:49)

Bonus from Nathan: This Is Marketing by Seth Godin - bit.ly/bp-thisismarketing (37:57)

The Gear Bag: Silver platters, small plates, and other props for detail shots. (38:30)

Advantages of Video Marketing: You’ll have an organic reach on social media that you won’t have to spend money to get. (41:30)

Connecting through Video on Your Site: Show your clients who you are, how you work, and what your portfolio looks like through an overview video on your site. This can help set expectations on what to expect when they book you. (44:24)

Anesha’s Niche: Bright, Clean, & Soul-touching (49:50)

2019 Trends in Video Marketing: (55:23)

  1. Live Streaming: Facebook Live and Instagram Live

  2. IG TV

  3. Blogging with video, overview, and/or a text transcription.

Live Streaming Tools: eCam Live and loola.tv (55:23)

"On social media, we get to the point where there is inauthenticity in your authenticity." - Josh Medlin. (1:04:17)

Steps to Implement Video into Your Business: (1:09:16)

  1. Tap into a resource that will guide you the right way.

  2. Take a video marketing quiz/assessment.

  3. Start using Instagram stories immediately! Find a challenge to participate in if you don’t know where to start.

Content Categories: Create 3 pillars of content categories with sub-categories for each to pull from. (1:13:31)

Links:

unashamedimaging.com

Instagram.com/unashamedimaging

Learn with AC Collective - unashamedimaging.com/education

View Details

Have you considered how incorporating film into your wedding photography can drastically improve your client experience and allow you to better connect with your couples?

In episode 257 of the Bokeh Podcast, Heather Anderson reveals how offering both film and digital photography not only sets her apart in her market, but has also helped her slow down to be in the moment with her clients. Listen in as she shares how to incorporate film photography into your business, the advantages of shooting on film, and her own post-production workflow for film after weddings.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Offering film and digital photography services. (01:54)

Advice for Photographers: Be of service to everyone. (9:34)

Meditation Resources: (15:01)

The Wild Unknown Animal Spirit Card Deck - bit.ly/bp-wildunknown

headspace.com

4-7-8 Technique

Book Recommendations: A New Earth: Awakening Your Life’s Purpose - bit.ly/bp-newearth (16:57)

Podcast Recommendations: Oprah Winfrey’s SuperSoul Sundays - bit.ly/bp-oprahsupersoul (17:39)

The Gear Bag: Three Pocket Apron - bit.ly/bp-workapron (18:46)

Heather’s Website Quote: "I specialize in film photography, I love the feeling and aesthetic a film image provokes. Film has pushed me creatively to become a more thoughtful and artful photographer. Shooting in film really forces me to slow down and conceptualize the image before clicking the shutter. This allows me to offer my clients artful and timeless imagery of their wedding day.” (21:15)

Advantages of Working with Film:

It’ll slow you down so you’ll notice if their hand looks awkward, the flowers are off, when rings are crooked, etc.

When you slow down, it allows you to be in the moment.

You take the time to conceptualize the shot you’re about to take.

How do you avoid missing shots when you slow down for film? (26:05)

Hire a second shooter that shoots digital and will be capturing the moments in between and guarantee that you don’t miss the shots.

The Film Gear: (26:57)

Medium Format: Mamiya 645 - bit.ly/bp-mamiya654

35mm: Canon Rebel - bit.ly/bp-canonrebel

Film: Kodak Portra 160 - bit.ly/bp-portra160

Film Tip: Pick your film based on your environment and your couple. (29:53)

Matching Your Images for Hybrid Shooting: c1ick.com

Wedding Film Workflow: (32:57)

  1. Mail the film off via FedEx for developing.

2.

View Details

Are you missing out on creating powerful portraits due to a lack of connection with your clients?

In episode 256 of the Bokeh Podcast, Dauss Miller discusses the role that psychology plays in a photography business, and how important building relationships is with your clients. Listen in as he outlines the steps he takes to create a real connection, provide a comfortable environment, and direct powerful portraits.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Technique for Time: Look at your workday in 3-hour segments and group tasks that are similar. (8:35)

Book Recommendations: (19:21)

Crushing It by Gary Vaynerchuk - bit.ly/bp-crushingit

Start with Why by Simon Sinek - bit.ly/bp-startwithwhy

The Subtle Art of Not Giving a Fuck - bit.ly/bp-notgivinganf

Simon Sinek’s Ted Talk - bit.ly/bp-simon-ted

Advice for Photographers: Understand what you’re passionate about. (23:27)

Brand Position: Creating a unique experience for clients by approaching commercial shoots with an understanding of the company’s brand through research. (26:37)

The Gear Bag: His first business card as a reminder of where he started. (29:00)

The Psychology of Business: Everything is about connecting with, building trust, and building a relationship with the client.

How to Connect with Clients: (39:09)

Understand what motivates them.

Understand what is interesting to them.

Creating a Comfort for Powerful Portraits: (42:02)

  1. Get to know your clients before your shoot so you can provide them with comforting things like favorite foods, drinks, music, etc.

  2. Maintain eye contact.

  3. Engage and compliment.

Links:

daussmiller.com

instagram.com/daussmiller

movado.com

luminox.com

The Untethered Soul - bit.ly/bp-untethered

Reawaken the Giant Within by Tony Robbins - bit.ly/bp-reawaken


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you ever considered relocating your photography business to a smaller town? The process of starting over can be scary and overwhelming.

In episode 255 of the Bokeh Podcast, Janean Gray discusses how she successfully moved her business from a big city to a small town. Listen in as she shares the advice on how to get connected, build your brand before moving, then nurture relationships once you’ve relocated!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Technique for Time: (02:47)

  1. Utilizing services and putting processes in place, like Photographer’s Edit and Honeybook.

  2. Move your office to your studio.

  3. Set aside time to do something for yourself, like running.

Book Recommendations: High Performance Habits by Brendan Bouchard -bit.ly/bp-high-performance-habits (10:57)

Advice for Photographers: Make friends with local photographers.

Brand Position: (20:08)

Newborn Photography - Timeless Newborn Photography with a Luxury Boutique Experience (20:37)

Wedding Photography - Luxury Country Weddings with a Mix Between Classic and Photojournalistic (21:49)

The Gear Bag: Pre-Sterilized Pacifiers (28:18)

I have learned that is it about building relationships and nurturing those relationships. (33:38)

Ways to Restart in a New Market: (35:18)

  1. Facebook Groups

  2. In-Person Networking Groups

  3. Facebook Ads

A Look Inside Janean’s Facebook Ads: (39:41)

  • Generic ads within a small radius around the town to women with small children to like her page.

  • Boosting posts for open model calls for newborns to a generic area including “everyone.”

  • Geo-targeting around a specific venue if there is a wedding expo going on, because there are brides in that area.

Where are Janean’s Clients? (41:29)

Newborn Clients are on Facebook

Wedding Clients are on Instagram

Testing Your Pricing Through Mini Sessions: Let your clients choose the number of digitals they want so you can see what is more popular and will sell better! (44:19)

Links:

janeangrayphotography.com

facebook.com/gainesvillephotographer - Janean Gray Photography at Magnolia Lane Studio

instagram.com/janeangrayphotography

blissfulbabyworkshops.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are your wedding days so busy that you find very little time to capture the wedding party photos?

In episode 254 of the Bokeh Podcast, Alina Thomas provides a step-by-step posing workflow to capture a variety of wedding party photos when you’re on a time crunch.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Technique for Time: Batch working to schedule blog and social media posts. (1:58)

Book Recommendations: Building a Storybrand by Donald Miller - bit.ly/bp-storybrand (6:48)

Advice for Photographers: Consistency is key to anything you commit to. (9:47)

Brand Position: A wedding photographer for couples who want more than just beautiful pictures, they want a full experience. (14:24)

The Gear Bag: Macro Filters - bit.ly/bp-macrofilter (20:05)

Step-by-Step Wedding Party Posing Flow:

  1. Camera - Wedding party lined up on each side of the couple, looking at camera. (28:28)

  2. Laugh - Original position, but looking at each other and laughing. (28:54)

  3. Cheer - Original position, with couple kissing & wedding party cheering. (29:32)

  4. Camera - Have the wedding party move around and pair up, then repeat the first three poses, starting with looking at camera. (29:59)

  5. Laugh - New position, but looking at each other and laughing. (29:59)

  6. Cheer - New position, with couple kissing & wedding party cheering. (29:59)

  7. Silly - Full wedding party making silly faces.

  8. Walking - Bride & Groom walking ahead of everyone else, then kissing.

  9. Selfie - Have wedding party get together like they’re taking a selfie, but the photographer is shooting it.

Quick Tip: Take a landscape and portrait image for double the images.

Links:

Alinathomas.com

Alinathomas.com/bokeh

instagram.com/alinatthomas

Convertkit.com

Greetabl.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Is your editing style inconsistent? While exploring your creativity can be empowering, you could be hurting your overall client experience!

In episode 253 of the Bokeh Podcast, Denise Karis discusses the importance of creating a consistent look in your editing, and how it plays a role in how your clients perceive your brand. Listen in as she shares three ways to create a consistent editing style that won't diminish your artistic freedom.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Technique for Time: Try to make your time count for double whenever you can. (Ex. When her son needed attention, but she needed to edit, she taught her son photoshop.) (5:19)

Book Recommendation: You’re a Badass by Jen Sincero -bit.ly/bp-badass (8:28)

Advice for Photographers: Don’t wait for permission from anyone. (18:55)

Brand Position: A wedding photographer that encourages you to have and to hold (your photos through prints and products). (21:28)

One-Week Post-Wedding Gifts:

25 Prints from the Wedding to the Couple (24:35)

3-5 Prints to the Parents of the Couple (26:06)

The Gear Bag: A bag of medication and Shout wipes.

The Importance of Consistency:

Consistency is important to set expectations for your clients. Imagine going to Starbucks and expecting your favorite drink to taste like you enjoy, yet the barista decides to make the drink based on their mood.

How to Produce Consistent Patterns In Your Work:

  1. Pick a signature image that represents your style and builds your portfolio based on that image.

  2. Put into words what you love about your work.

  3. Allow other people to be different without it affecting your style.

Links:

denisekaris.com

instagram.com/denisekaris

denisekaris.com/photographers

denisekaris.com/blog

denisekaris.com/day-5-why-consistency-is-important-in-photography

Engaged in Arizona Youtube Channel

Photomechanic

Lightroom

WHCC


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you find yourself struggling to create a consistent and smooth flow between poses during your couples sessions?

In episode 252 of the Bokeh Podcast, Sara and Alex Lucas of Al Weddings walk through their workflow to easily pose couples without hesitation. Listen in as they share their six main poses, along with variations to each pose!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Originally, Sara and Alex branded themselves as a husband and wife team, offering wedding photography and videography. Today, they’ve found that couples are looking for photographers they can connect with on a personal level and their reviews always include comments on this aspect more than the photography. (00:05:36)

Advice for Photographers: No matter where you are in your business, remember to learn and continue to educate yourself. (00:15:42)

Technique for Time: Create a structured workflow that you stick to. (00:21:03)

Book Recommendations: (00:34:38)

The Miracle Morning by Hal Elrod - bit.ly/bp-miraclemorning

Total Money Makeover by Dave Ramsey - bit.ly/bp-moneymakeover

How to Set the Tone for Smooth Posing: (00:44:37)

Remember that your clients are experiencing you for the first time, so using repetitive posing is fine, they’re not going to know. You can also plan to use points of reference in your posing so that not every session feels the same.

A Posing Circle: Download the guide here! (01:03:37)

  1. Walking

  2. V/T Pose

  3. Chest to Chest

  4. Reverse V

  5. Stacked (Prom)

  6. Action Poses

Links:

alweddingsllc.com

instagram.com/alweddings

Tuesday Together - risingtidesociety.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you considered the positive impact your relationship with wedding venues can have on your photography business?

In episode 251 of the Bokeh Podcast, Joe Dantone discusses how networking with wedding venues can be an amazing asset in your marketing plan. Listen in as he shares how prioritizing these relationships has resulted in more booked weddings than any other referral source.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Technique for Time: Have time to decompress with someone in your life before your day starts and set aside a special day each week with your family. (4:12)

Content Recommendations: Chase Jarvis & Pye Jirsa (6:48)

Advice for Photographers:

1.Make sure you have a good accountant. (10:30)

Bonus: Check out Joe’s accountant, Mike Clipper, on the Bokeh Podcast here: Episode 153

  1. Always ask questions, listen and observe, try new things and fail to learn. (11:22)

Brand Position: Documenting genuine moments, creatively. (14:11)

The Gear Bag: "The Frankenstein"(18:29)

Manfrotto Nano Clamp: bit.ly/bp-manfrotto

Phottix US-A3 Ball Head: bit.ly/bp-phottixswivel

Joe’s Business Backstory: (22:54)

Why Venues? The first place that most couples go during wedding planning is their venue. If that venue recommends you, they already have a significant amount of trust in you. (24:25)

How to Stand Out With Venues: (31:15)

  1. Follow Up with the Venue: Right after the wedding is done, send the coordinator an email letting them know that you’ll send the images over shortly to use with an appreciation note.

  2. Show Up and Connect: Hand deliver the images so you can put your face out there.

  3. Give in Appreciation: Deliver a thank you gift at the end of the year as an Thank You

Links:

joedantone.com

Instagram.com/joedantone_photography

fb.com/joedantonephotography

dantonecreative.com

instagram.com/dantone_creative

instagram.com/jdpfamilies


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you experiencing enough growth in your business to consider hiring additional staff?

In episode 250 of the Bokeh Podcast, Brett Yacovella shares the ins and outs of the hiring process as he reveals five significant paradoxes in the process of growing your team.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Technique for Time: Intentionally use tools that will allow you to create time. (2:31)

Being Present: Stop letting your technology interrupt your connections. (12:57)

Book Recommendations: (17:50)

The Seven Habits of Highly Effective People by Franklin Covey - bit.ly/bp-7habits

Dare to Lead by Brene Brown - bit.ly/bp-daretolead

Advice for Photographers: (19:42)

  1. You ought to not just be good in what your profession is.

  2. Find your unique niche.

Brand Position: (24:18)

  1. We are highly relational.

  2. We come as a team.

The Gear Bag: (25:49)

  1. Prophoto Lights

  2. Yourself

5 Significant Paradoxes to Scaling a Business: (41:01)

  1. Revenue Growth Potential with Increase Overhead Expenses (41:28)

  2. Ability to Reach More People as Opposed to a Loss of Individual Connection with Your Clientele (49:30)

  3. Innovation & Artistry as Opposed to Losing Control of Quality & Style through Delegation (52:24)

  4. Managing and Leading People vs. Managing and Leading Clients Individually (58:01)

  5. Managing Ourselves vs Leading Others.

Links:

Friction by Jeff Rosenbloom - bit.ly/bp-friction

Episode 63 with Tomas Flint - bit.ly/bp-63


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you leaving money on the table because you aren’t interested in implementing an in-person sales (IPS) model?

In episode 249 of the Bokeh Podcast, Allie Siarto shares how she’s successfully incorporated print sales into her workflow without having to meet up with her clients for an additional reveal.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Technique for Time:

Use a scheduling tool for ease of scheduling time with people. (2:07)

Plan out time for when you’ll work and won’t work. (4:05)

Ask for help where it is needed, like childcare. (4:05)

Batch content creation. (4:28)

Automate everything you can. (4:35)

Book Recommendation: (8:28)

The Emyth - bit.ly/bp-emyth

The Zero Waste Home - bit.ly/bp-zerowaste

Advice for Photographers: Avoid debt, budget where you can, and put some time into the business side. (15:36)

The Gear Bag: A reflector as a traditional reflector, shade, and the bag for when someone sits on the ground. (22:03)

Benefits of Print Sales:

  1. Money

  2. Happier Clients

Four Ways to Virtually Sell More Print Products:

  1. Curate your products. (36:06)

  2. Set client expectations. (38:55)

  3. Give your clients the right tools. (41:57)

  4. Host a virtual viewing party. (47:40)

How to Push Sales in a Timely Manner: (52:43)

  1. Set up a timer to expire the gallery.

  2. Incentivize the purchase with a sale.

Links:

photofieldnotes.com

Calendly.com

Schedule Once - oncehub.com

17Hats.com

Swift Galleries - theprintmakersystem.com

https://www.boomeranggmail.com

Pixelu.com/slideshare

designaglow.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you preparing to turn your photography hobby into a professional business, yet worry about getting overwhelmed?

In episode 248 of the Bokeh Podcast, Kishia Saffold of Short Stuff Photography discusses the workflow, systems, and marketing tips you need to implement into your business to avoid that feeling of overwhelm!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Technique for Time: Waking up at 4AM to go to the gym will keep you disciplined in all areas of your life. (2:33)

Book Recommendation: Think and Grow Rich by Napolean Hill - bit.ly/bp-thinkrichgrow (11:20)

Advice for Photographers: Don’t buy everything you see on youtube. (15:33)

Brand Position: Making people who aren’t photogenic feel comfortable in front of the camera with professional makeup and quick turn-around times. (17:59)

The Gear Bag: Prism (22:05)

Proudest Moment: Voted Best Photographer in her area last year.

Systems for an Efficient Business: (29:54)

tailwindapp.com

dubsado.com

paypal.com

dropbox.com

zoom.us

Marketing Tips for Photographers: (38:07)

  1. Consistently Posting on Social Media

  2. Television

  3. Networking Opportunities

Links:

Shortstuffphotography.com

fb.com/shortstuffphotography

instagram.com/shortstuffphoto

orangetheoryfitness.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you creating headshots that truly capture the personality of your client?

In episode 247 of the Bokeh Podcast, Ben Marcum describes the importance of creating compelling headshots for your clients, and the unique elements that make a headshot stand out.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Book Recommendation: (7:57)

The Subtle Art of Not Giving a Fuck: bit.ly/bp-notgivinganf

Think and Grow Rich: bit.ly/bp-thinkgrowrich

The Toilet Paper Entrepreneur

3 Simple Steps

Building a Storybrand: bit.ly/bp-storybrand

Advice for Photographers: Get out and talk to people to get yourself seen. (12:56)

The Gear Bag: (17:45)

Nikon D850 w/ 70-200mm

Tethered with Capture One - youtube.com/watch?v=Vp2uq4UBLYI

Paul C Buff Alien Bees

Elements of a Compelling Headshot: (35:51)

  1. Connection

  2. Confidence

Links:

benmarcum.com

benmarcumportraits.com

instagram.com/benmarcumphoto

peterhurley.com

headshotcrew.com

The Secrets to Creating Amazing Headshots - Peter Hurley: bit.ly/bp-Headshot

How to Win Friends and Influence People: bit.ly/bp-winfriends


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you struggling to develop a pricing model that not only pays your bills, but also reflects the value you place on your business?

In episode 246 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nicole Bissey shares how she partnered with another photographer to create a business model that allowed them to combine their individual prices and still book clients. Listen in as she explains how you should create a unique value proposition in order to increase your prices and charge what you're worth.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Technique for Time: Create a routine and set boundaries. (1:31)

Staying Present: Meditate with the Calm App (5:57)

Book Recommendation: How to Win Friends and Influence People - bit.ly/bp-winfriends (9:58)

Advice for Photographers: No opportunity is too good for you. (15:08)

The Gear Bag: Nikon D850 (16:20)

Brand Position: Wedding photographers who want the real shit. (18:46)

Price Increase with their Merger: When merging their separate wedding businesses, they had to double their prices to compensate for the merge. (24:50)

How to Increase Your Prices: (28:56)

  1. Find a mentor who can help you review your work and review your finances to understand what you need to make.

  2. Figure out who your client is and how they want to be served.

  3. Figure out the level of service you want to provide.

Links:

Blkcoffeephoto.com

instagram.com/blkcoffeephoto

Matt Odom’s Episode: bit.ly/bp-245

Keh.com

theweddingreport.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you considered a career in commercial photography, but aren’t sure how to prepare for the change?

In episode 245 of the Bokeh Podcast, Matt Odom walks us through five concepts that commercial photographer require. Listen in as he highlights the importance of how efficiency and connection can help guide your success in commercial photography.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Technique for Time: Set aside a day to do everything that is paper related. (2:27)

Staying Present: Find a way to stay relevant. (6:31)

Book Recommendations: Photography Q & A by Zach Arias - bit.ly/bp-photographyqa (9:43)

Advice for Photographers: Learn to hear the word no, because you will make mistakes. (15:26)

Brand Position: A commercial photographer who works efficiently. (18:20)

The Gear Bag: Godox AD600 (31:26)

5 Concepts to a Great Commercial Photographer: (42:06)

  1. Patience for success

  2. Learning every single day.

  3. Shooting to practice.

  4. Outgoing personality because you’ll be dealing with people daily.

  5. Learn how to handle criticism.

Links:

mattodomphotography.com

instagram.com/mattodomphoto

facebook.com/mattodomphoto

Jab Jab Jab, Right Hook - Gary Vaynerchuk - bit.ly/bp-jab

Verbal Judo - bit.ly/bp-verbaljudo

Mentioned in this Episode:

garyvaynerchuk.com

joeyl.com

claycookphoto.com

sethhancock.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you looking for ways to avoid burnout during your busy seasons?

In episode 244 of the Bokeh Podcast, Kelly Berry shares how incorporating personal projects into your workload can help combat burnout and fuel your passion for photography.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Technique for Time: Getting up early to focus better. (2:06)

Staying Centered: This can be different for everyone, but for Kelly, riding horses and spending time outdoors. But also, just be inspired by what your clients are doing and saying. (07:05)

Book Recommendations: Big Magic by Elizabeth Gilbert - bit.ly/bp-bigmagic (11:45)

The Lesson: Connect with as many creatives in your field as possible. (15:46)

Brand Position: Fine art photographer capturing editorial, engagements, and weddings.(18:36)

The Gear Bag: Canon 5D Mark III with ZEISS 50mm & Contax 645

Why Passion Projects? It fuels you and allows you to be creative without the pressure of work. (43:34)

Vero Workshops: A workshop that brings out the artist in you. (50:27)

Links:

Kellyberryphoto.com

instagram.com/kberryphoto

veroworkshop.com

instagram.com/workshopvero

pixieset.com<

pixellu.com/smartalbums


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you optimized your website content to help you rank on Google?

In episode 243 of the Bokeh Podcast, Karen Julia discusses what you need to know about SEO in 2019. Listen in as she shares the five biggest mistakes that photographers are making in their SEO efforts, and how to avoid them!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Technique for Time: Schedule everything in your calendar in time-slots. (01:58)

"If you don’t have 10 minutes a day to meditate, then you need to make some significant changes." - Tim Ferris (00:07:22)

Book Recommendation: Start With Why - Simon Sinek - bit.ly/bp-startwithwhy (00:08:09)

Advice for Photographers: Your focus should be on systems rather than your kit. (00:11:10)

Brand Position: A boutique, personalized SEO experience for photographers. (00:15:47)

Hummingbird - A Google Algorithm Natural Language Processor that crawls the content of a site for topical relevance. (00:30:46)

Google Search Console - Google’s way of communicating if your site has penalties. (00:35:34)

Example of Penalties for Google Search:

  1. Creating content that is similar to keywords targeted throughout your site without a lot of text. Having too many low quality pages can hurt your search ranking. (00:36:32)

  2. Not having a mobile friendly website with a fast load time. (00:37:54)

Recommended Load Time for Mobile Site: Less than 2 seconds. (00:39:41)

Load Speed Time Tool: GTMetrix.com (00:40:00)

Utilize the Algorithm Technology: Talk about the types of weddings you’d like to shoot, including details. (00:42:44)

Quality Over Quantity: Writing short 2-300 words articles doesn’t cut it anymore. (00:43:27)

Mistakes Made In SEO: (00:44:08)

  1. Putting too much priority in the homepage. At least 75% of your search traffic should come from blog posts. (00:44:42)

  2. Creating content that doesn’t match what people are searching. Use Google Trends to find what people are searching for, then mix in what you want to talk about with what a user wants to know. (00:49:57)

  3. Waiting to blog about a wedding until after the wedding. If you go ahead and start blogging about a venue/wedding, after it is booked, you can drop the images in the post after the wedding and by then it has had time to gain traction with Google. (00:53:08)

  4. Including dates or names in your title or url. This causes you to rank for those as keywords rather than the primary topic. (1:00:00)

  5. Hoarding old blog posts. Prune your website of old, irrelevant content. (01:03:27)

Everything on your site should be within 3 clicks of the homepage. (01:04:08)

Karen’s Recommended Post Count: 100-120 posts (01:06:23)

Mentioned in this episode:

Honeybook

Links:

photoseolab.com

<

View Details

Are you ready to run your business, rather than be run by your business?

In episode 242 of the Bokeh Podcast, Stacey Krolow of Meet Pepper explains how delegating work in your business will help you become a better CEO. Listen in as she shares what a virtual assistant can do for you and your business.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: Set an end time to your day.

Being Present: Meditation and Morning Routines

Book Recommendations:

miraclemorning.com

You Are a Badass

The Lesson: Stop Comparing Yourself to Other Photographers

The Gear Bag:

Nikon D750

Sigma Art 35mm 1.4

Sigma Art 85mm 1.4

Sigma Art 24mm

Fujifilm XT2

Fujifilm 23mm (equivalent of 35mm)

Zonguey Speed Master .95 (equivalent of 50mm)

Brand Position: Virtual Assistants for Photographers and Creative Entrepreneurs

Tasks to Hand Over to Virtual Assistants:

  1. Email Management & Communication

  2. Contracts & Invoicing

  3. Creating Workflows

  4. Scheduling & Planning

  5. Bookkeeping

  6. Newsletters

  7. Blogging

  8. Social Media

Links:

meetpepper.ca

instagram.com/meet.pepper

barnsleyresort.com

ouraring.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Does your client experience suffer from slow turnaround time?

In episode 241 of the Bokeh Podcast, Caitlin & Luke Bachtold share how they manage to deliver client galleries to clients in just over a week after their weddings. Listen in as they share the benefits of outsourcing, and what their full workflow looks like from the wedding to the final delivery!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Technique for Time: Get you day started really early.

Book Recommendation:

The Bible

Luke: This is Marketing Seth Godin -bit.ly/bp-sg-marketing

Caitlin: Worth Every Penny by Erin Verbeck & Sarah Petty- bit.ly/bp-everypenny

The Lesson:

Caitlin: It’s about the people you’re photographing, not just the craft.

Luke: Always keep learning; don’t stay on cruise control.

Brand Position: A husband and wife photography and videography team loving and serving couples.

The Gear Bag:

Canon 5D Mark IV

Sony A7 III

Walkie Talkies: bit.ly/bp-walkietalkie

The Post Production Workflow:

Saturday

  • Shoot the Wedding

Sunday

  • Day Off

Monday

  • Luke Culls the Wedding with No Distractions in Photomechanic

- Caitlin Adds to a Lightroom Catalog and Edits 100 Photos for the Blog and for Reference for Editors

- Caitlin Uploads the Edited Photos to an Online Gallery to send to their Virtual Assistant

- Caitlin Downloads the Images and Uses Blog Stomp to Prep for Blogging, Creates Vendor Credit Links, and Drafts the Blog Post

Tuesday

  • Caitlin Reviews the Draft and Adds Content About the Wedding Day

- Luke Sends the Lightroom Catalog to Photographer’s Edit

Friday

  • Images Arrive Back from Photographer’s Edit

Monday

  • Caitlin Uploads Images to Gallery and Send to Client

- Virtual Assistant Delivers Images to Vendors

Tips for Faster Culling:

  • Do It As Soon As Possible

  • Don’t Get Emotionally Attached to the Photos

  • Pick Instead of Delete

Why a Faster Turnaround Time?

It provides less liability for your business - the shorter the amount of time that the images are in your hands, the less likely something will happen to them.

Backups:

  • Harddrive

  • NAS - Cloud Based Storage (Used only to access image on the go as needed)

  • External Harddrive in a Fireproof Safe

  • Online Gallery System

Links:

caitlinandluke.com

instagram.com/caitlinandlukephoto

caitlinandluke.com/education

View Details

Are you ready to make your photography business a full-time career, yet unsure of what challenges you may face?

In episode 240 of the Bokeh Podcast, Keith Layne shares how he prepared to turn hide side-hustle into his primary source of income. Listen in as he describes the concerns you'll need to address before going full-time in order to set yourself up for success.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: Starts his day with meditation, but it’s a work in progress.

Book Recommendations:

Steve Harvey Jump - youtube.com/watch?v=kILVFRlUtT8

The E-Myth Revisited - bit.ly/bp-emyth

Storybrand by Donald Miller - bit.ly/bp-storybrand

The Lesson: I’m working to create a lifestyle that my family can enjoy, but if I’m not there to enjoy it, what’s it worth?

Brand Position: I help clients celebrate life, while strengthening they love and deepening the bonds with their loved ones.

Concerns Addressed Before Making the Move to Full Time:

  1. Family

  2. Finances

  3. Brand

Mentioned in this episode:

Shaun Austin

Montana Dennis

Chad Diblasio

Tim Hussey

Links

Tim Hussey’s Episode: bit.ly/bp-86

Shaun’s Episodes: bit.ly/bp-shaun

Chad Diblasio’s Episode: bit.ly/bp-7

Kiss Books: kiss.us


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

In an age where video is becoming more and more popular, have you considered what hybrid shooting could do for your photography business?

In episode 239 of the Bokeh Podcast, Julianna J discusses the opportunities that videography can offer for your clients and your business. Listen in as she shares the challenges and rewards that come with learning video, along with how you can get started in videography!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: Outsourcing editing to Photographer’s Edit

Staying Focused: Create a morning routine.

Book Recommendations:

miraclemorning.com

5lovelanguages.com

The 4 Hour Work Week: bit.ly/bp-4hr

Reawaken the Giant Within: bit.ly/bp-reawaken

Book Summary Companies:

Getabstract.com

blinkist.com

The Gear Bag: Compact Sony RX105

Challenges of Adding Video to Your Workflow:

  1. Understanding Your Gear for Video (Frame Rates and Basic Terminology)

  2. How to Make a Switch in a Timely Fashion

  3. Understand the Workflow for Post-Production

Rewards from Shooting Video:

  1. You’re Offering Something Different and You Stand Out

  2. Making More Money from the Same Event

  3. Developing a New Skill for the Marketing Future

Moving in the Direction of Video:

  1. Do Not Charge Until You Are Confident - Practice, Practice, Practice with Your Existing Customers

  2. Get an Organized System for Handling and Naming Files

Links:

Juliannajphotography.com

juliannaj.com

instagram.com/msjuliannaj

Fiverr.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you constantly struggling to create new content that's worthy of hitting publish on your blog?

In episode 238 of the Bokeh Podcast, Vanessa Hicks walks us through how she plans an entire month of content in just one hour. If you’re ready to consistently add content to your website, then listen in as she shares her process to planning out content and a few pieces of content you may have not considered sharing!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Benefits of Blogging:

  1. SEO

  2. Permanent Resource for Clients

  3. Consistent Social Media Content

How to Consistently Blog:

  1. Create a Blog Series that Benefit Your Clients

  2. Add Your Work Around the Series

  3. Stay Ahead of Blogging

Series Ideas:

  1. Friday Five

  2. Monday minutes

  3. Tuesday Tips

  4. Wedding Wednesday

  5. A Day in the Life

Links:

instagram.com/vanessahicksphotography

Vanessahicksphotography.com

Session Mentioned in the Episode: vanessahicksphotography.com/hawaii-engagement-photographer-leah-dave

Vanessa’s Month of Content: hvanessahicksphotography.com/tips-creating-month-worth-blogging-content-hour-vanessa-hicks-photography


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you ready to take your portraits to the next level by offering an edgy, intimate, and creative style of portraiture?

In episode 237 of the Bokeh Podcast, Heather Jackson walks us through the thought process of offering romantic sessions that encourage couples to feel comfortable in little to no clothing. Listen in as she shares how you can attract the clients that are interested in these sessions, and make your clients feel comfortable enough to get undressed in front of the camera.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Technique for Time: Understand Quality over Quantity

Staying Present: Limit Your Internet Usage

Book Recommendation: How to Win Friends and Influence People - bit.ly/bp-winfriends

The Lesson: Believe in yourself and the final goal/dream.

The Gear Bag:

Sigma 50

Canon 70-200

Canon 35

Canon 24-70

Canon Flashes

Waterhousing

Wonderboom - bit.ly/bp-wonderboom

Inspiration:

indiaearl.com

Chuyphotos.com

Laurkenkendall.com

How to Get Your Couples Comfortable:

  1. Bond over food or drink.

  2. Loosen up with music.

  3. Read into the couple and their personality to determine what they’re up for.

  4. Keep the conversation going and continuously check in on them.

Links:

instagram.com/jackson.takes.photos

jacksontakesphotos.com

badfishsup.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you researched the market that you're servicing with your photography business and the opportunities that lie beyond your specific market?

In episode 236 of the Bokeh Podcast, Scott Choucino shares his opinion on why it's important for every market to have affordable photography, and how those charging less aren't undercutting high-end photography services.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: Create time for yourself by focusing on tasks that are positive on your life.

Brand Position: Commercial Food Photographer in London

Why You’re Not Happy with Your Payment:

  1. Are you trying to pitch a service to a client who doesn’t need it?

  2. Is your skillset as good as you think it is?

Are less expensive photographers undercutting the market?

No, everyone has a type of client they work best with and their price will reflect that.

How to Create a Scalable Business For the Largest Segment of the Wedding Market:

  1. Create great systems.

  2. Determine your service for your price so you don’t lose money.

  3. Don’t focus on your gear.

Links:

scottchoucino.com

instagram.com/scottchoucino

Garyvaynerchuk.com

theflashcentre.com

theweddingreport.com

FStoppers Article: bit.ly/bp-cheapphotogs


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you giving your high school seniors the opportunity to express who they are in their senior portraits?

In episode 235 of the Bokeh Podcast, Isaac Coffy of Coffy Creations discusses the importance of providing a creative space for seniors to feel comfortable being themselves. Listen in as he shares how he's helping his male clients creatively tell their story through their senior portraits.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Technique for Time: After having a heart attack in his early twenties, Isaac realized he needed to focus on what was important in his life, so he began to outsource.

Staying Present: Meditation

Book Recommendations: Never Split the Difference - bit.ly/bp-nstd

The Lesson: Set goals that are attainable, but don’t have to be what everyone else’s are.

How to Connect With Your Market:

  1. Focus on the market that you’re able to relate to.

  2. Get creative with their session by asking what they’d love to be photographed with if no one ever saw the photos.

  3. Create an environment that they feel comfortable in with music.

The Biggest Difference in Shooting Males vs. Females:

Posing

Marketing to Seniors:

  1. Show seniors who you are by being on your social media.

  2. Show your impactful and unique images in your marketing.

  3. Do Instagram story takeovers during your sessions, because their friends could be watching it!

Links

coffycreations.com

instagram.com/coffycreations

fb.com/coffycreations

Boomeranggmail.com

Imagingusa.org

Photographersedit.com

The Untethered Soul: bit.ly/bp-untethered

fourhourworkweek.com

headspace.com

How to Win Friends and Influence People: bit.ly/bp-winfriends


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you aware of how far the photography industry has progressed over the last few years?

In episode 234 of the Bokeh Podcast, join long-time industry friends, Nathan Holritz of Photographer's Edit, Todd Watson of Showit, and Shaun Austin of Kiss Books to discuss the state of the photography industry. Listen in as they discuss the advantages photographers have now compared to years ago, and how that has impacted their own businesses.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Mission Statement:

Showit - To cultivate creativity.

Kiss- To pursue simple.

The Biggest Changes in the Industry:

  1. Educational Opportunities

  2. Technology

  3. The Emphasis on Experience

Links:

kiss.us

instagram.com/kissbooks

instagram.com/shaunaustin

showit.co

instagram.com/showit

KatelynJames.com

Essentialism: bit.ly/bp-essentialism

The Power of the Other: bit.ly/bp-other

Showit.co/united

Episode 216: bit.ly/bp-216

therevenantprocess.com

Garyfong.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you looking to incorporate print sales into your senior portrait sessions while maintaining a boutique experience?

In episode 233 of the Bokeh Podcast, Britney Smith of The Glam Lab Photography provides three key principals for making the transition to in-person sales! Tune in as she walks through her own process and why she decided to make the switch!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Technique for Time: She had to decide to take time for herself and her business and send her children to daycare for half days. After drop-off, she’ll meditate and journal to get in the right mindset to accomplish tasks for the day.

Book Recommendations: Rich Dad, Poor Dad - bit.ly/bp-richdad-poordad

The Lesson: You need to charge your worth in order to run a successful photography business.

The Gear Bag: Canon 6D w/ 85 mm 1.4

The IPS Process:

  1. Have a consultation to discuss how it works, expectations, and get to know each other.

  2. Capture the photoshoot with intent of delivering 25-30 images to the client.

  3. Send over 2 sneak peaks.

  4. Two weeks later, reveal their images via slideshow at Premier Ordering Session (or IPS session) for the first time.

  5. During ordering session, label images as Favorite, Maybe, and No’s.

  6. Determine the products that they’d like to order for themselves, then allow add-ons after they hit the minimum ordering fee.

  7. Determine the products that they’d like to order for their family members.

Principles:

  1. Build a relationship with your clients.

  2. Remind your clients of the value of prints and products.

  3. Do not undercut yourself.

Links:

theglamlabphoto.com

instagram.com/theglamlabphotography

thephotocookout.com

pixieset.com

millerslab.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you dream of photographing professional athletes in their element while exploring some of the most beautiful places in the world?

In episode 232 of the Bokeh Podcast, action sports photographer Erin Hogue shares her advice on how to break into the sports photography industry, and what challenges you can expect to face in this niche!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Action, Adventure, and Lifestyle Photographer

The Lesson: Never stop or underestimate your value.

The Gear Bag: 70-200mm & Sony A9 (Weather-sealed)

Top Three Challenges of Action Sports Photography:

  1. The Gear Needs to Hold Up in Conditions

  2. Getting to Locations for Shooting

  3. Be Able to Show Your Value in a Competitive Industry

How to Break Into Action Sports Photography:

  1. Start shooting in the parks/places that host the sport you’re looking to focus on.

  2. Build relationships with the athletes that you want to work with.

Links:

erinhogue.com

instagram.com/erinhogue

youtube.com/erinhogue


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you taking the appropriate steps to helping your boudoir clients feel comfortable?

In episode 231 of the Bokeh Podcast, Anna Johnson shares the importance of creating a welcoming environment for your clients, from your initial conversation through the final delivery. Listen in as she shares four important ideas that you can incorporate into your business to create an amazing and comfortable experience for your boudoir clients!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Serving boudoir clients who are ready to just be.

The Lesson: Be authentically you.

The Gear Bag: Canon 35mm

Creating a Comfortable Environment for Boudoir:

  1. Throw out the negative aspects of shame from the conversation.

  2. Talk with your clients and engage in conversation.

  3. Try not to make it a production with too much equipment and lighting.

  4. Start them out with comfortable positions to ease them into it.

Links:

Boudoirego.com

instagram.com/boudoirego


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you struggling to be present in your personal life due to the overwhelming amount of work you're trying to accomplish for your business?

In episode 230 of the Bokeh Podcast, Lisette Gatliff describes the moment she realized her business was taking over her life. Listen in as she shares three ways you can start creating a healthier balance between your personal and business life!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Wedding & family photographer capturing everything from your “I Do’s” to your child’s first birthday.

The Gear Bag: Canon 135mm 2.0

How to Create Balance:

  1. Create a distinction between personal and business life.

  2. Outsource what you can.

  3. Create templates for faster responding.

Links:

Lisettegatliff.com

instagram.com/Lisettegatliffphoto


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Sometimes the most bizarre experiences can help us develop as a photographer.

In episode 229 of the Bokeh Podcast, Alex Arnold tells the story of how documenting photos of safe-houses from the Cold War helped prepare him for the hectic pace of wedding photography!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Capture weddings, portraits and food.

The Lesson: Find a mentor.

The Gear Bag: 50mm & 70-200mm

Alex’s Cold War project relates to wedding photography because you’re having to work fast and on a specific schedule to ensure everything is captured.

Links:

Alexarnoldphotography.com

instagram.com/alexarnoldfoto

Honeybook.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you a new photographer looking to build your portfolio, but struggling to grow it without any experience?

In episode 228 of the Bokeh Podcast, Elizabeth Burgi highlights the importance of portfolio building when you're just starting out, and shares three attainable ways to gain experience.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Creating a safe & friendly space to capture the best pictures of her clients.

The Lesson: Be ok with rejection! Not every client is a good fit for you.

The Gear Bag: 50mm

Building Your Portfolio:

  1. Reach out to photographers you admire and ask to shadow their 2nd shooter.

  2. Create your own small-scale styled shoots.

  3. Attend a styled shoot or workshop (after doing your research).

Links:

Elizabethburgi.com

instagram.com/elizabethburgiphotography


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you searching for community that is more than just a networking group?

In episode 227 of the Bokeh Podcast, Devon Rowland shares the importance of finding a community of people that you enjoy being around and can also relate to. If you're ready to find a group of like-minded people, listen in!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Personality driven portraits and emotional candids (for weirdos).

The Lesson: Learn from others and do what feels right for you.

The Gear Bag: Sony 90mm Macro Lens

Create a community with the people you enjoy spending time with and keep it genuine.

Links:

devonrowland.com

instagram.com/devonrowlandphotography

facebook.com/devonrowlandphotography

samhurdphotography.com

lensbaby.com

How to Win Friends & Influence People: bit.ly/bp-winfriends


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you ready to strategically place your photography brand in front of your ideal clients online?

In episode 226 of the Bokeh Podcast, Chip Dizard reveals the benefits of Facebook advertising and how to easily market to potential clients! Listen in as he shares three simple ways you can improve your Facebook advertising campaigns today!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: Helping people tell their story and assisting creators create.

The Lesson: Know your customers are so you can focus on your target market.

The Gear Bag: Canon 24-70mm 2.8

3 Ways to Improve Your Facebook Ads:

  1. Know who your customer is.

  2. Know what cold traffic is and how to approach those people.

  3. Offer something of value for free.

"The sweetest thing for someone’s ears is to hear their name and know that you know them."

Links:

chipdizard.com

Chipdizardweddings.com

instagram.com/chipdizard

chipdizardweddings.com/fbadsimpact

wppiexpo.com

Showit.co

tomayiacolvin.com

tomayiacolvineducation.com/thecookout2019

chipdizardweddings.com/moments

garyvaynerchuk.com

Jab Jab Jab Right Hook by Gary Vaynerchuk: bit.ly/bp-jab


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you creating unique, original work that helps you stand out in a market where everyone is a photographer?

In episode 225 of the Bokeh Podcast, Jesse and Moira LaPlante discuss why and how they created unique sessions, called Alt Sessions, focusing on the important interests of their couples! Listen in as they share their process with Alt Sessions and four key ideas to creating a unique experience.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Technique for Time: Mental Health Monday - Force yourself to do something fun one day a week.

Book Recommendations:

Outliers by Malcom Gladwell: bit.ly/bp-outliers

The Sirens of Titan by Kurt Vonnegut: bit.ly/bp-SirensTitan

One Perfect Day by Rebecca Mead: bit.ly/bp-OnePerfectDay

The Lesson: Find your niche & don’t try to copy others.

Tenebrism: Violent contrasts of dark and light.

Brand Position: Striving to take unique photos

The Gear Bag: MagModifiers & Godox AD200

The Alt Session Process:

  1. Start each process with a “good fit” phone call to explain the idea behind the Alt Session.

  2. Once booked, schedule another phone call that allows you to get to know them so you can plan a unique session for them.

  3. Set the expectation that this is unique and anything can happen.

  4. Bond with your couple through the experience.

4 Key Ideas to Creating Unique Sessions:

  1. Start shooting for yourself, because you’ll start attracting like-minded clients and it will make your job so much more enjoyable.

  2. Don’t worry about what the wedding industry tells you to do.

  3. Don’t feel like you have to take every single client that comes to your door.

  4. Listen to your client without expectations of what they’ll say so that you can truly get to know them.

Connect:

jlaplante.com

instagram.com/j.laplante.photo

Iconoclasm Workshop: jlaplante.com/workshops

Links:

Mating in Captivity - Esther Perel: bit.ly/bp-micaptivity

Ted Talk - The Secret to Desire in a Long Term Relationship : bit.ly/bp-TedTalkEP1

Ted Talk - Rethinking Infedelity: bit.ly/bp-TedTalkEP2

Kurt Vonnegut: vonnegutlibrary.org

Ray Bradbury

Philip K Dick

The Darkest Hour

Pride & Prejudice

To the Wonder


View Details

Have you considered serving other businesses and brands by offering brand photography as a service?

In episode 224 of the Bokeh Podcast, Erica and Jon Hayes share the role that brand photography can play in a client's marketing, and how you can best serve that niche. Listen in as they discuss the key elements of great brand photography.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: Wake up early for coffee and quiet time, then plan out the day based on priority.

Book Recommendations: Total Money Makeover by Dave Ramsey

The Lesson: Don’t jump off your business too soon.

Brand Position: We partner with commercial and personal brands to plan, style and intentionally create compelling imagery.

The Gear Bag:

Erica - Canon 5d Mark III with 50mm 1.2

Jon - 70-200mm

Both - 100mm Macro Lens

Key Elements of Good Brand Photography:

  1. Focus on the product or service that they are trying to sell and don’t distract from it.

  2. Less is more.

  3. Focus on the colors.

  4. Adapt your style to serve your client’s brand well.


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you ready to start advertising your business on Facebook, but have no idea where to start??

In episode 223 of the Bokeh Podcast, our special guest, Jordan Jones shares the five biggest mistakes that photographers make with facebook ads, and what to do instead. If you're ready to take the next step in your advertising efforts, this episode is for you!

The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 2:00PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Connect:

richsmithphotography.net

@richsmithphoto

@heathersmithrsp

@nathanholritz

@hayleegaffin

photographersedit.com

@photogsedit

bokehpodcast.com

@bokehpodcast

peteandjordan.com

@peteandjordan

February's Workflow Wednesday Theme: Marketing & Advertising

3 Basic Components of a Facebook Ad:

  1. Capture Attention

  2. Offer a Unique Value Proposition

  3. Convert

The 5 Biggest Mistakes People Make When Advertising on Facebook (And What to Do Instead):

  1. They Use Boosted Posts (Instead: Use the feature-rich Facebook Ads Manager.)

  2. They Don't Establish the Right Objective...or Any Objective at All (Instead: Be clear about what you're trying to accomplish with your business, and take advantage of Ads Manager to choose a relevant objective.)

  3. They Don't Use the Facebook Pixel (Instead: Use it! It only takes a few minutes to install!)

  4. They Only Target Cold Traffic (Instead: Develop a retargeting campaign to follow up with those that saw your first ad, in order to build on the message communicated in that ad.)

  5. They don't Analyze Their Data (Instead: Capture it using the Facebook Pixel, and use the data to make intelligent marketing decisions.)

Links:

Petapixel's Article About Apple's Use of the Word Bokeh

Purpose-Driven Profit Facebook Group

Fuji Instax Mini 9 Camera

View Details

As a photography business owner, establishing your pricing structure can feel complicated and overwhelming.

In episode 222 of the Bokeh Podcast, Mary Breuer shares important ideas you should take into consideration for establishing your fees. Listen in as she shares her simple formula to determine just how much money you should be charging in order to run a successful photography business.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: Planning is key.

Book Recommendation: Captivate by Vanessa Van Edwards

The Lesson: Find a mentor that inspires you.

The Gear Bag:

Tamron 35mm 1.8

Nikon d610

How to Determine Your Pricing:

  1. Determine how much you actually need to survive personally.

  2. Multiply that amount by 70%. This should be your bottom package. Divide that by 3 to account for your take home pay, your taxes, and investing in your business. See how you can add more services and upsell.

  3. After you’ve had time to try out your pricing, take time to reevaluate to price higher than you need to survive.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Sue Bryce

Links

fb.com/marybreuerphotos

instagram.com/marybreuerphotos

Untethered Soul - Michael Singer: bit.ly/bp-untethered

Theweddingreport.com

Emyth Revisited: bit.ly/emyth-revisited

Time Management from the Inside Out: bit.ly/bp-timemanagement


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you find the consistent creation and scheduling of good content for social media overwhelming?

In episode 221 of the Bokeh Podcast, our special guest, Meredith Ryncarz presents manageable solutions to the stress of establishing a valuable brand presence through social media. Listen is as Meredith shares a simple strategy for creating interesting content, and pushing it out to your most important channels!

The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 2:00PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Connect:

richsmithphotography.net

@richsmithphoto

@heathersmithrsp

@nathanholritz

@hayleegaffin

photographersedit.com

@photogsedit

bokehpodcast.com

@bokehpodcast

meredithryncarz.com

@meredithryncarz

therestartspecialist.com

@the_restart_specialist

February's Workflow Wednesday Theme: Marketing & Advertising

Content Buckets: Content types that your business should consistently share about that you can pull from when planning.

Battle Rythm: A consistent set of tasks that you must accomplish before anything else on a set date.

Link:

Buffer.com

MeetEdgar.com

Tailwindapp.com

Google Analytics

Planoly.com

Craig Groeschel Podcast: bit.ly/bp-craig


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you making an effort to network and build relationships for your photography business? If not, you may be missing out on opportunities to grow!

In episode 220 of the Bokeh Podcast, Kelsey Christine and Britt Hyatt of Launch Your Day Dream discuss three significant relationships you should be focusing on in your business. Listen in as they share how to approach these relationships, and where you can find them!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique:

Britt - Set office hours and communicate them to your clients.

Kelsey - Create a structured schedule based on categories.

How to Stay Focused:

The Power of Now

You Are a BadAss at Making Money

The Lesson:

Kelsey - Figure out what you want to specialize in and embrace that niche.

Britt - Build relationships and network with others.

Relationships for Your Photography Business:

  1. Client Relationships

  2. Collaborative Relationships

  3. Community

Think About the Client Experience:

Are you making it easy to move through your process?

Are you setting expectations?

Are you giving your clients motivation to continue to work with you?

Places to Create Collaborative Relationships:

Facebook Groups

Meetup.com

Styled Shoots and Vendor Relationships

Workshops and Networking Events

Links:

launchyourdaydream.com

instagram.com/launchyourdaydream

WTF is Branding FB Group: bit.ly/bp-wtfbranding

Rising Tide Society: risingtidesociety.com

Dubsado.com

Asana.com

Paper Cover for iPad: bit.ly/bp-papercover

The Rise of Superman: bit.ly/bp-superman

The Untethered Soul: bit.ly/bp-untethered

nevicavazquez.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are your family portraits missing connection between your subjects?

In episode 219 of the Bokeh Podcast, Brooke Schultz shares three simple ways you can adjust your approach to family portraits to capture love-soaked and soulful images.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Technique for Time:

Automation is the magic sauce for solopreneurship.

Batch work can help save you time.

Book Recommendations: The Big Leap by Gay Hendrix - bit.ly/bp-bigleap

The Gear Bag:

Pentax 645 N2 w/ 75mm 1.2

Nikon F100 w/ Sigma Art 1.4

Brand Position: Soulful Family Photographer

The Lesson: You’re going to fail and you’re going to look stupid, but be willing to show up for that.

What story do you want to tell about what a family is?

How to Get Love-Soaked Family Portraits:

  1. Create connection through touching heads.

  2. Expect things to go wrong so you can prepare to handle anything that could come up.

  3. Invent games out of simple poses, so it will make the session fun.

Links:

instagram.com/brookebschultz

Brookeschultzphotography.com

http://brookeschultzphotography.com/bokeh

Kartra.com

MadMimi.com

meetedgar.com

Palousemindfulness.com

The Untethered Soul - Michael Singer - bit.ly/bp-untethered


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you creating a comfortable and inviting environment for your boudoir clients to experience?

In episode 218 of Bokeh Podcast, our hosts and special guest, Traci Miller of Indium Boudoir discuss the importance of making your client feel natural in a very intimate setting! Listen in as Traci shares her full client experience from start to finish, and highlights some of her go-to poses for boudoir photography!

The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 2:00PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Connect:

richsmithphotography.net

@richsmithphoto

@heathersmithrsp

@nathanholritz

nathan@photographersedit.com

@hayleegaffin

haylee@photographersedit.com

photographersedit.com

@photogsedit

bokehpodcast.com

@bokehpodcast

indiumboudoir.com

instagram.com/indiumboudoir

January's Workflow Wednesday Theme: Client Experience

Create a Relaxing Environment:

  1. Tour the studio to give an idea of where they'll be.

  2. Offer wine or water for comfort.

  3. Create casual conversation with them during hair and makeup.

  4. Play music they enjoy the whole time.

Key Principals for Posing:

  1. Encourage them to arch their back consistently.

  2. Have them keep their lips apart during poses.

  3. Ensure your lighting is flattering their figure and highlighting features.

Link:

Ore Adesena Episode: bit.ly/bp-200

Photomechanic: camerabits.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

We’ve all heard the term “niching down,” but have you considered how you could apply the concept to your business?

In episode 215 of the Bokeh Podcast, Kaycee Lunde shares how she combined her passion for farming and photography to find her niche in country weddings. Listen in as Kaycee shares about life on the farm, branding her business to attract her ideal clients, and how you can discover a niche that combines your passions.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Technique for Time: Create systems in your business so you can spend more time out of your business.

How to Focus on Being Centered:

Long-range planning and saying no to overbooking yourself.

Take a Sabbatical.

Book a mobile massage therapist to come to you.

The Lesson: Give yourself grace.

The Gear Bag: Canon 5D Mark IV & Canon 6D w/ 70-200mm f2.8 and Sigma Art 35mm, 50mm, & 85mm

Mentioned in this Episode:

Brands that Book with Davey Jones

Goal Digger Podcast with Jenna Kutcher

Ty’s Tech Line

Links:

kayceeann.com

instagram.com/kayceeannfarm

17hats.com

NATHAN’S MASSAGER

Planoly

Tonicsiteshop.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you get overwhelmed when it comes to focusing on the goals you create for yourself and struggle with actually accomplishing what you set out to do?

In episode 216 of the Bokeh Podcast, transformational life coach, Jaime Gordon joins us to share the components of creating a vision (rather than goal), and the long-term impact that short-term vision casting can make in your life and business. Listen in to as she explains how you can transform your view on goal-setting by adjusting the way you're approaching the process.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Technique for Time: Wake up 45 minutes before everyone else to journal have time to reflect on yourself and the things you’re thankful for.

Book Recommendation: Three Laws of Performance by Steve Zaffron & Dave Logan: bit.ly/bp-3laws

The Components of Vision:

  1. Includes future-based language.

  2. Clear and and specific with measurable results.

  3. Action steps and how you’ll get there.

  4. Include completion dates for each action step and final completion.

  5. Add in a way of being or a posture of the heart that will support your vision.

Links

jaimegordonlifecoaching.com

instagram.com/jaimegordonlifecoaching

Bombsell Business Podcast Episode: bit.ly/bp-bbp63

The Untethered Soul - Michael Singer: bit.ly/bp-untethered


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you creating a personalized experience for your couples that begins the moment they inquire with you?

In episode 215 of Bokeh Podcast, our hosts and special guest, Ryn Loren discuss how you can make small adjustments to your workflow to create a unique and personalized experience for your clients! Listen in as Ryn walks through how she approaches her sessions, the personal touches she puts on her experience, and how she connects with her clients on Instagram!

The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 2:00PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Connect:

richsmithphotography.net

@richsmithphoto

@heathersmithrsp

@nathanholritz

nathan@photographersedit.com

@hayleegaffin

haylee@photographersedit.com

photographersedit.com

@photogsedit

bokehpodcast.com

@bokehpodcast

rynlorenphotography.com

@rynloren

January's Workflow Wednesday Theme: Client Experience

The Inquiry Form

  1. Include a scale of readiness that's personalized to your interests to understand how invested your potential client already is in you!

  2. Allow your potential client to ramble on with details about their love story.

  3. Pose a question that highlights your client's favorite type of gift.

Connecting with Clients

To better connect with clients, Ryn likes to go out for drinks before the session to really get to know the clients! This helps them feel comfortable when she asks them to do funny prompts, like waffle and jello.


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Converting wedding leads in an over-saturated market can be challenging, especially when you’re competition is charging less than you. Are you providing your potential couples with the best tools to understand the value you'll bring on their wedding day?

In episode 214 of the Bokeh Podcast, wedding photographer and educator, Jordan Correces discusses the importance of nurturing your leads to help build trust in the potential relationship! From lead generation to conversion, Jordan shares the three steps he takes to turn those generated leads into paying customers!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: Plan tomorrow, today.

PPA: Profit Producing Activities

Book Recommendation:

One Thing - bit.ly/bp-one-thing

How to Win Friends and Influence People - bit.ly/bp-winfriends

Influence - bit.ly/bp-influence

Rich Dad Poor Dad - bit.ly/bp-richdad-poordad

Posing Tip:

Make sure you’re posing your clients in a way that is flattering to their body. In the image below, Jordan advises:

  1. Have your couples stand as if a string is pulling them up by their heads, bring the shoulders an inch back, and make sure the bottom of the spine have a curve.

  2. Take a look at their legs. Michael is putting all of his weight on his back leg and Kayla has raised one hip over the other to relax the post.

The Lesson: To be successful in business, you have to become a different person (for the better).

The Gear Bag: Canon 5D Mark III & 6D + Sigma Art 35mm 1.4 & 85mm | Excellent 100T

3 Steps to Conversion:

Lead Generation

Lead Nurture

Client Conversion

The Strategy:

  1. Create a lead magnet that provides a compelling offer.

  2. Collect their email address and place them in an educational email series about your business.

  3. Send these leads to the places you’re most active online, where you’re sharing 90% content and 10% CTA.

Links:

jcorrphotography.com

instagram.com/jcorrphotography

bit.ly/weddingleadmachineaccelerator

Untethered Soul - bit.ly/bp-untethered


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you struggling to build a brand that truly represents you and attracts your ideal client? Maybe it’s time to take a look at how your skills can set you apart from your competition!

In episode 213 of the Bokeh Podcast, Michelle Garayua introduces the importance of understanding your strengths and the significance they can have in branding your business. If you’re ready to hone in on your strengths and implement them into your brand to grow your business in 2019, this episode is for you!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Technique for Time:

Minimize distractions by planning out the week on “Reset Sundays.”

Plan out monthly and weekly tasks in a written calendar.

Focus Keeper App - 25 minutes of work and 5 minutes of break.

Workout Happy Youtube Channel

Book Recommendations:

Sacred Marriage by Gary Thomas - bit.ly/bp-sacred-marriage

Sacred Parenting by Gary Thomas - bit.ly/bp-sacred-parenting

The Lesson:

To be successful as a business owner with photography, I have to look at my business as a CEO of my company more than a worker bee. Look at the big picture view of your business and determine what you can do to create a better business model, where you can outsource, and where you can grow.

Strengths Based Leadership:

  1. Who are you leading, guiding, and developing in your business? If it’s you, you need to be growing.

  2. How can you add value into you and your business?

Strengths Based Leadership in Your Branding:

  1. Intake - Self-awareness through journaling activities.

  2. Assess - Take the Strengths finder Assessment

  3. Journal Activity - Set time aside to journal for self discovery. How will your strengths impact your marketing?

  4. Strategy Session - Discuss the discovery of the journaling activity, and brainstorm changes that need to be made in the business and marketing strategy.

  5. Evaluate - Set aside time to review changes and the impact they’ve made.

Questions to Ask Yourself:

  1. What is your brand position and marketing plan? What’s working and not working?

  2. Are you attracting your ideal clients?

  3. Do you feel like your clients value your approach?

Links

michellerayphotography.com

Instagram.com/michelle_ray_photography

Piyo or Yogalates

The Emyth Revisited: bit.ly/emyth-revisited

Strengths Based Leadership by Tom Rath: bit.ly/bp-strengths-based


See

View Details

Calling all senior portrait photographers! Are you offering a boutique experience that provides a valuable and memorable experience for your clients?

In episode 212 of Bokeh Podcast, our hosts and special guest, Renee Bowen discuss the opportunities that providing a boutique experience can bring to your business! Listen in to learn how she created a efficient workflow that also created value proposition in her business for her clients.

The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 2:00PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Connect:

richsmithphotography.net

@richsmithphoto

@heathersmithrsp

@nathanholritz

@hayleegaffin

photographersedit.com

@photogsedit

bokehpodcast.com

@bokehpodcast

reneebowen.com

@reneebowen

January's Workflow Wednesday Theme: Client Experience

Renee's Boutique Senior Photography Experience:

  1. An inquiry comes through the website into Tave.

2.Renee sends out a template email to the potential client with her signature Senior Portrait Magazine that includes all the pricing and information and frequently asked questions, along with links for her site and instagram (and highlights) with all the information of how and why Renee does what she does. It’s a gateway into knowing who she is - as well as sharing pricing.

  1. After a few emails/follow up, they're booked. This process can be automated, but Renee prefers to have a little dialogue with the client beforehand; and helps them figure out which session would be best for them.

  2. Once booked, Renee sends a physical Welcome Packet (includes a digital copy as well) that includes samples announcements, branded swag, and album ordering information - the most important thing here being the How To Prep info (what to wear/what to expect with hair/makeup, etc.) - A few weeks before the session, she sends out an email preparing them for the session. This includes information on what to wear, a hair and makeup guide, and any additional session information.

  3. The in-person ordering session is also scheduled and on the calendar.

  4. On the day of the shoot, hair and makeup are provided. While getting hair and makeup done, Renee is looking through the outfits the client brought, deciding which would look best at each location.

  5. On the evening of t

View Details

Are you making an effort to provide value and connect with your clients on Instagram?

In episode 211 of the Bokeh Podcast, Ellie Koleen introduces the concept of lifestyle Instagramming, and how it can be beneficial to your business. Listen in as she discusses the importance of sharing more than just your portfolio online, and how you can provide value through creating content about your personal interests outside of your business.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: Outsourcing to a part-time assistant who handles album design, blogging, and client gifts.

Staying Present: Set a routine that keeps you motivated.

Book Recommendation: Building a Storybrand by Donald Miller

The Gear Bag: Nikon D850 with 35mm, 50mm, & 85mm

The Lesson: Hire a bookkeeper that handles your expenses each month.

Instagram Insights Tips:

Review post insights to see how many people have saved your photos to understand what content your audience wants to come back to.

Lifestyle Instagramming: Being human & finding ways to relate to your audience. Giving your followers a reason to follow you beyond your work.

Lifestyle Topics Ellie Shares Unrelated to Photography:

  1. Travel inspiration that will engage followers who want recommendations.

  2. Interior design as she remodels her own home.

  3. Food, recipes, & restaurants.

  4. Style, fashion, & product reviews.

Links:

instagram.com/elliekoleen

onepeloton.com

soultwin.studio

Paulmullinsphoto.com

quickbooks.intuit.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you overwhelmed from taking on too much work in your photography business, but are afraid to ask for help? As entrepreneurs, the state of your mental health should be a priority in your life and your business.

In episode 210 of the Bokeh Podcast, we're joined by Vanessa Hicks to discuss the importance of taking your mental health seriously. Listen in as she opens up about her battle with anxiety and depression, and shares solutions to avoiding the six triggers of mental health challenges.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: Give yourself days off.

Book Recommendations:

168 Hours - bit.ly/bp-168hours

Girl Code by Cara Leyba - bit.ly/bp-girlcode

The Lesson: Make sure the foundation of your home is sturdy before you take on this journey of entrepreneurship.

The Gear Bag: Canon bodies and Sigma lenses. (Sigma 35mm Art)

6 Triggers for Anxiety:

  1. Stress & Lack of Self Care to Manage

  2. Uncertainty

  3. Social Isolation

  4. Barriers to Mental Health Resources

  5. Identity and Self-worth is Attached to Our Business

  6. Shame & Feeling Alone

Solutions:

  1. Find free time so you have a break between business and yourself.

  2. Set specific and realistic goals for your business.

  3. Connect with a community you can relate to.

  4. Find free resources through Google.

  5. Put yourself and your family first.

  6. Vanessa is here, you’re not alone, reach out to her.

Links:

vanessahicksphotography.com

instagram.com/vanessahicksphotography

facebook.com/vanessahicksphotography

Defining Your Brand’s Position with Bonnie Bakhtiari - bit.ly/bp-110

How to Design Your Photography Business with Taylor Jones - bit.ly/bp-162

Developing a Distinct Photography Brand with Jess Onesto - bit.ly/bp-186

World Health Organization - who.int

honeybook.com/risingtide

Rising Tide Society Creative & Chronically Ill - bit.ly/bp-rtscci

Tony Robbins Reawaken the Giant Within - bit.ly/bp-reawaken


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you creating an impressive experience for your clients that is consistent each and every time?

In episode 209 of Bokeh Podcast, our hosts and special guest, Laura Neff, explore the potential of automation with CRMs, and how you can create a consistent client experience through workflows! Listen in as Laura shares her how she's utilized her CRM, her favorite features in Honeybook, and how she's saved time through creating automated workflows!

The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 2:00PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Connect:

richsmithphotography.net

@richsmithphoto

@heathersmithrsp

@nathanholritz

@hayleegaffin

photographersedit.com

@photogsedit

bokehpodcast.com

@bokehpodcast

@lauraleecreative

lauraleecreative.com

January's Workflow Wednesday Theme: Client Experience

Sample Email Types:

Vendor Recommendations

Wedding Education Blog Posts

Timeline Recommendations

Album & Print Education

Officiant Script for Unplugged Weddings

Laura's Questionnaires:

  1. Relationship

  2. Engagement Session

  3. Wedding Day Questionnaire

  4. Preliminary Timelines

  5. Vendor Sheet Social Handle

Milestones Deserves Texts: This allows you to be the first person to tell them about the milestone! Examples: Sneak Peaks & Blog Posts

Get 50% OFF your first year of Honeybook here!

Links:

Wedding Photographer's Playbook: lauraleecreative.com/wedding-photographer-playbook

Google Assist: assistant.google.com

Alexa: bit.ly/bp-alexa

The Fireside Retreat: lauraleecreative.com/the-fireside-retreat

Peteandjordan.com

Movemountainsretreat.com

View Details

Have you attempted to outsource your editing, but have a hard time giving up control over your work?

In episode 208 of the Bokeh Podcast, Teshorn Jackson shares his experience with outsourcing, and how he finally let go of the control. Listen in as he explains the significance of trusting your editors to create the edits your brand requires.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: Set reminders for tasks on your phone to manage your time.

Book Recommendations:

4 Hour Work Week - bit.ly/bp-4hr

The Richest Man of Babylon -bit.ly/bp-richestman

Brand Position: Mid to High-End Wedding Photographer focusing on client experience.

The Lesson: Get a professional help with the financial and business paperwork.

The Gear Bag: 35mm

ďťżLinks:

teshornjackson.com

instagram.com/teshornjackson

daveramsey.com

Pause & Pursue Thou Shalt Live the Life You Are Meant to Live: bit.ly/bp-pausepursue


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you considered how important consistency is in your client experience?

In episode 207 of Bokeh Podcast, our hosts and special guest, Ashley Gerrity share five important principles that will help in creating routines for a better experience for your clients. Listen in as Ashley shares how her job at Starbucks prepared her to place importance on client experience, and how she adapted that concept into her photography business!

The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 2:00PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Connect:

@nathanholritz

photographersedit.com

@photogsedit

bokehpodcast.com

@bokehpodcast

ashleygerrityphotography.com

@ashleygerrityphotography

January's Workflow Wednesday Theme: Client Experience

5 Important Principals for a Better Client Experience

  1. Put you, first. The airplane oxygen mask method.

  2. Create a productive workspace.

  3. Put it on the calendar.

  4. Set clear expectations from day one by protecting your boundaries & welcoming your clients into “their” time.

  5. Focus on the client pieces.

Links:

Calendly

bit.ly/bp-ep2

bit.ly/bp-80


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you offering valuable insight to your couples that explains the value and significance of a great wedding day timeline?

In episode 206 of the Bokeh Podcast, Lindsay Rozelle walks us through her process of building timelines that work specifically for her clients' big day. Listen in as she shares the questions you need to ask each couple so you can help build a custom timeline, plus the best ways to communicate the importance of your role in planning for the wedding day.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: Utilizing Dubsado to handle her workflows.

Book Recommendation: Living with Intent by Mileca Chopra - bit.ly/bp-livingintent

The Gear Bag: 35mm 1.4

Communicating the Significance of a Timeline:

  1. Include your role in the timeline and planning in all marketing materials, events, and website.

  2. Take advantage of the initial consult to determine what overall timeline they’re looking at and what types of photos they’ll need so they can let you plan the day. (Ex: Will they have a first look and receiving line?)

Initial Questions to Help Build the Timeline:

  1. Will your ceremony and reception be in the same venue?

  2. Will you have a first look?

  3. Will you have a receiving line?

  4. Do you want sunset photos?

  5. Do you want a sparkler exit?

  6. What are your priorities for the day?

Lindsay's Ideal Timeline:

First Look

Wedding Party Photos

Family Photos

Links:

Your I Do Crew - bit.ly/bp-idocrew

Luckybirdphoto.com

instagram.com/luckybirdphoto

fb.com/luckybirdphoto

Dubsado.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you leveraging your bride's network of friends for the growth of your wedding business? Where there is a bride, there's typically a bridesmaid.

In episode 205 of the Bokeh Podcast, Quianna Marie shares how building trust and growing relationships with the bridesmaids at your weddings can help convert them into your clients. Listen in as she shares a few key ideas to help build that trust, while also creating a better client experience overall.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique:

Stack your days with related tasks.

Give yourself buffer time to breathe and reflect between tasks.

Add an extra day to your work travel for vacation time so you can relax.

Book Recommendations: Magnolia Table by Johanna Gains

Brand Position: Focusing on the love between couples, but also helping people achieve the dreams the long for.

The Lesson: You can’t please everyone.

The Gear Bag: 50mm

Converting Bridesmaids to Brides:

  1. Utilize social media before the wedding day by requesting wedding hashtags, commenting on photos under that hashtag (and the bridesmaids in it), and tagging the bride.

  2. Blanket acts of service throughout the day by sharing mints, fetching waters, refilling champagne glasses, and helping anyone who needs it.

  3. Offer "Prom Photos” for bridesmaid and their dates.

Tips for Engaging Wedding Guests: Offer access to the wedding gallery through a text opt-in. This will lead to more exposure and potentially more print sales.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Amy & Jordan Demos

Links:

quiannamarie.com

instagram.com/quiannamariephotography

socialprintstudio.com

blinkist.com

eztexting.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Did you just come out of a successful busy season that left you struggling to keep up with every task you needed to complete? Don't let that feeling of overwhelm lead to burnout!

In episode 204 of the Bokeh Podcast, Laylee Emadi shares her own story of burnout and overwhelm, and how she managed to pull through. Listen in as she provides two poignant ideas that will enable you to avoid burnout in your business, so that you can keep growing and doing the work you love.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: Plan your time off yearly, monthly, and weekly to ensure you’re committed to taking time off.

Book Recommendation: Braving the Wilderness by Brene Brown - bit.ly/bp-braving-wilderness

Brand Position: I work to empower, encourage, and build confidence in every client that I work with.

The Lesson: If you’re not including yourself and your needs in the plans of your business, it will overrun your life.

The Gear Bag: Sigma Art 35mm

How to Prevent Burnout:

  1. Re-evaluate your why.

  2. Learn to identify reg flags so you can put action into play.

Links

instagram.com/laylee_emadi

Layleeemadi.com

jordanmatter.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you ever considered how much work goes into the business of other wedding vendors, and how you can work with them to create a better experience for your client?

In episode 203 of the Bokeh Podcast, Jacqueline Malocu, makeup artist and owner of Beautiful Dream Team, discusses what she wants photographers to know about makeup artists. Listen in as she shares about the importance of collaboration, and how working with other vendors like they're your teammates can build a better client experience.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: Make a plan for the next day

Book Recommendations:

Bible

Born to Win by Zig Ziggler: bit.ly/bp-borntowin

Leave Your Mark by Jay Williams: bit.ly/bp-leaveyourmark

Beautiful Dream Team’s Client Experience:

Create a vision w/ client and the other vendors on site.

The Lesson: Not everyone that you hire will do everything just as you do.

How to Collaborate Better with Vendors:

  1. Introduce yourself & meet the other vendors.

  2. Be empathetic about the timeline and what happened that was out of another vendors control.

Links:

beautifuldreamteam.com

instagram.com/makeup4weddings

PsyCosmotology: bit.ly/bp-psycosmetology

Reawaken the Giant Within: bit.ly/bp-reawaken


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you ready to take your side hustle to a full-time job, but aren't sure what steps you need to take to get started?

In episode 202 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nick Church shares the most important steps to prepare for a successful transition to full-time photography. Listen in as he shares the importance of planning, and how those plans can impact your business long-term.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Technique for Time: Prioritize your task based on what will move your business forward.

Book Recommendations:

Productivity Ninja: bit.ly/bp-productivityninja

The Lesson: When you turn photography into a business, the photography aspect of it falls down low on your list of things to do.

The Best Investment for Nick’s Business: Facebook Ads

3 Steps to Going Full-Time:

  1. Make sure you'll enjoy photography full-time and that running a business is what you want!

  2. Develop an exit strategy!

  3. Develop a financial plan that includes your projected income.

Links:

nickchurchphotography.co.uk

instagram.com/nickchurchphotography

Todoist.com

clubhouse.io

Getting Things Done by David Allen: bit.ly/bp-gettingthingsdone

omnigroup.com

garyvaynerchuk.com

lightbluesoftware.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Does the idea of moving to in-person sales intimidate you, when the industry has moved online? You're not alone!

In episode 201 of the Bokeh Podcast, Keala Jarvis shares how she moved to IPS, and the impact it has had on her business as an international portrait photographer. Listen in as she describes the three main fears most photographers have about transitioning to an IPS business model, and how you can overcome those fears!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: Scheduling out all emails and social media.

Brand Position: International portrait photographer that creates unique artistic expressions of the individual or family’s soul.

The Gear Bag: Canon 5d Mark III & Sigma Art 50mm & Reflector

Fear Photographers Face with IPS:

  1. Rejection

  2. It takes a lot of extra time.

  3. Expensive to start out.

Links:

Kealajarvis.com

instagram.com/kealajphoto

fb.com/kealajphoto

boomeranggmail.com

Buffer.com

Workflow Wednesday: Social Media: bit.ly/bp-161

joerogan.com

Big Magic by Elizabeth Gilbert: bit.ly/bp-bigmagic

Knightingale by Kristen Hannah: bit.ly/bp-knightingale

Kindle Paperwhite: bit.ly/bp-kindle

The Poop Sandwich: bit.ly/bp-poopsandwich

The Suttle Art of Not Giving an F: bit.ly/bp-notgivinganf

Jess Onesto: bit.ly/bp-186

Bobbi Brinkman: bit.ly/bp-146


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you going out of your way to create a safe, yet enjoyable space for your boudoir clients to be vulnerable in front of the camera?

In episode 200 of the Bokeh Podcast, Ore Adesina of Intimate Lens Studio goes into detail about how she helps her clients feel comfortable with sharing an intimate side of themselves with her camera. Listen in as she explains the different ways in which you can approach boudoir sessions for individuals and couples that will allow them to feel confident, beautiful, and comfortable in such an intimate environment.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: Make the best use of your available time and get organized with a programs and systems.

The Process:

  1. Send out a questionnaire that helps understand what they are looking for, what they will wear, and what they love about their body.

  2. Skype session to review their questions

  3. Start with modest outfits and poses to get the couple comfortable.

  4. Select outfits from the lingerie closet that match the style of the client.

  5. For individuals, talk through the session. For couples, let them just enjoy each other, but guide them so that they’re comfortable.

Links:

Intimatelensstudio.com

instagram.com/intimatelensstudio

Dubsado.com

Photomechanic:bit.ly/bp-pm

Quickbooks: bit.ly/bp-quickbooks

Ira Glass: bit.ly/bp-iraglass

thephotocookout.com

www.kirstenlewisphoto.com

Creativelive.com

The Paradox of Choice: bit.ly/bp-poc

Camp Do More: domorephotographers.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you approaching your weddings and sessions with the mentality that you're capable of creating beautiful imagery, no matter the situation?

In episode 199 of the Bokeh Podcast, Colleen Bies shares how she takes on the mindset of an agency art director to ensure the images she is capturing reflect her brand. Listen in as she describes the role of an art director, how that relates to your photography business, and the four elements that will set you up for a successful session!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Book Recommendations:

Quitter - John Acolf

Dare to Lead - Brene Brown

The Gear Bag:

kamrette.com

Art Director: Sets the overall style and vision for the project they’re in charge of.

4 Elements to be an Effective Art Director:

  1. Prepare your client: Talk to your client about their artistic style and expectations for the day, including timelines.

  2. Mindfulness: Paying attention to who and what is around you.

  3. Resourcefulness: Use your knowledge to change things when they aren’t what you want for a shot in a room.

  4. Take an Action

Links:

colleenbies.com

instagram.com/colleenbies

Episode 138: bit.ly/bp-138

The Second Shooter Workshop: bit.ly/bp-2ndshooter

joebuissink.com

Showit.co/united

Rising Tide Society: honeybook.com/risingtide

nataliefranke.com

kaitmasters.com

A Reflection on Laos: bit.ly/bp-laos

https://www.lowepro.com/us-en/fastpack-bp-250-aw-ii-lp36869-pww/

SKB Cases I Series 3I 2007: bit.ly/bp-sks3

Lateral Thinking - Creativity Step by Step: bit.ly/bp-lateralthinking


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Does being an international elopement photographer sound like a dream, but you have no idea what it takes or where to get started?

Let us introduce you to elopement expert, Rochelle Cheever as she shares about creating a powerful elopement experience for her clients and how a knowledge of international destinations can set you apart. Listen in as she provides the elements to creating an lasting experience that will be more than your clients ever dreamed.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

About Rochelle: Rochelle Cheever is a destination wedding photographer from Italy, currently living in San Diego, California and traveling the globe to capture couples in love. For more than a decade she’s traveled the world perfecting the art of adventure and capturing exotic elopements and intimate weddings on camera. She blends the sensitivity of a portrait painter with the beauty of fine art photography, transcending the commercial and transforming your memories into a masterpiece.

Time Technique: Take advantage of work vacations: vacations that align with your work travel.

Book Recommendation: The Artists Way by Julia Cameron: bit.ly/bp-artistsway

Brand Position: Destination Wedding Photographer for Wanderlust Couples

The Gear Bag: Kontax 645 with 80mm and 58mm + Light Meter

Key Elements of A Powerful Elopement Experience:

  1. Determine if their a good fit for your brand through conversation.

  2. Listen to their story to determine the best venue for their elopement.

  3. Connect them with the vendors in the area that you prefer to work with: planners, makeup artists, etc.

  4. Become familiar with areas so you can make recommendations on the style that the couple is choosing.

Rochelle’s Book:

Italy, A Romantic Journey - rochellecheever.com/book

Coming January 2019: The Elopement Experience - rochellecheever.com/the-elopement-experience-ebook

Links

rochellecheever.com

rochellecheeverprints.com

facebook.com/aromanticjourney

instagram.com/rochellecheever

pinterest.com/rochellecheever

Kennykim.com

yoga.com

Gaia.com

convertkit.com

bit.ly/bp-portra400


See acast.com/privacy

View Details

Are you ready to take your business to the next level but struggle to find balance with being the parent you want to be? You don’t have to choose one over the other!

Enter Laurken Kendall, our guest in episode 197 of the Bokeh Podcast. Laurken is a photographer, wife to a farmer, and mother of three. She's a believer of legacy and insists that her sons have shown her the true meaning of love. Listen in as she shares about life on the farm, raising 3 boys, and the 4 principals that allow her to successfully balance every aspect of her life.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Brand Position: I’m Laurken. I’m here for the imperfect and in love

The Gear Bag: Nikor 58mm and 35mm

Tips to Manage Your Time:

  1. Create a consistent weekly schedule.

  2. Outsource parts of your business that aren’t necessary.

  3. Set boundaries with your schedule.

  4. Focus on 3 tasks that will move your business forward.

Principles to Successfully Juggle Work and Life:

  1. Self Care

  2. Knowing When Enough is Enough

  3. Creating Boundaries

  4. Create a Good Support System

Links

instagram.com/laurkenkendall

Laurkenkendall.com

You are a Badass at Making Money: bit.ly/bp-bamoney

brenebrown.com

Brooke Johnson - Blush by B: blushbyb.com

instagram.com/braillegold

swipesapp.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you find yourself overwhelmed in your photography business, working on tasks that aren't moving you forward?

In episode 196 of the Bokeh Podcast, Latoya Dixon Smith reveals how you can find freedom in your business by implementing systems that will save you time and resources. Listen in as she shares how you can start creating systems by answering a few simple questions.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Questions to Ask Yourself About Your Workflow:

What is taking up most of your time?

Are you being efficient?

Is every task you’re doing adding value to your business?

Can you outsource or delegate it?

What is it that you need to do to run your business?

Eisenhower Matrix

Helps you decide on and prioritize tasks by urgency and importance, sorting out less urgent and important tasks which you should either delegate or not do at all.

Where Should You Start?

Make your client experience better.

Links:

latoyadixon.com is now oneunionstudios.com

Latoyadixonsmith.com

instagram.com/latoyadixonsmith

fb.com/systemsforphotographers

BP Episode 149 with Latoya Dixon Smith: bit.ly/bp-149

thephotocookout.com

tomayiacolvineducation.com

Benjamin Davis: yameanstudiosfilms.com/

Jide Alakija: alakijastudios.com

Kanayo Adibe: kanayoadibe.com/

Lynsey Weatherspoon: lynseyweatherspoon.com

Kahran & Regis of Creative Soul Photography: creativesoulphoto.com

Jessica Boyd of Guild Agency

Casey Neistat: caseyneistat.com

Jocko Willink: jockopodcast.com

BP Episode 63 with Tomas Flint: bit.ly/bp-63

The Level Financials: levelfa.com

The E-Myth Revisited: bit.ly/bp-emyth


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Is your photography business satisfying your desire to make an impact on your community and the people you care about most in your life?

In episode 195 of the Bokeh Podcast, Petronella Lugemwa opens up by describing the impact her life has had on capturing the photos she is most passionate about. Knowing why you continue to focus on a career in photography and understanding the influence your photos have on others can fulfill more than just your own passions. Listen in as she shares simple questions you need to ask yourself in order to find the "why" in your business.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Book Recommendation: Love Yourself Like Your Life Depends On It - Kamal Ravikant

The Gear Bag: Canon 35mm 1.4

How to Figure Out Your Why:

What breaks your heart?

What are you really good at doing?

What problem do you solve?

What do friends and family say about you?

What lights you up?

Why do people hire you?

Where are you based?

What types of work do you enjoy showing?

Who is your ideal client & why?

Conduct Research on Your Ideal Client Client to figure out what they struggle with.

Your WHY will be a marriage of your strengths + ideal client problems or struggles.

Links

petronellaphotography.com

instagram.com/petronellaphotography

instagram.com/bypetronella

United Conference: showit.co/united

Inspire: inspirephotoretreats.com

Episode 31 with Petronella: bit.ly/bp-31

godox.com

sigmaphoto.com

rangefinderonline.com

Simon Sinek's Ted Talk: bit.ly/bp-simon-ted

reichmanphotography.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you looking for an easy to use online gallery that also offers a built-in smart store that you personalize specifically for your brand?

In episode 194 of Bokeh Podcast, our hosts, along with special guest, Heather J. Keys of Pass discuss the efficiency and ease of setting up an online gallery for your clients. Listen in as Heather shares the newest features and demos how you can seamlessly implement Pass into your existing client workflows!

The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 2:00PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Connect:

richsmithphotography.net

@richsmithphoto

@heathersmithrsp

@nathanholritz

photographersedit.com

@photogsedit

bokehpodcast.com

@bokehpodcast

passgallery.com

@passgallery

heatherjkeys.com

@heatherjkeys

Links:

Passgallery.com

Vivi: shootandshare.video

agree.com

Shoot & Share Community: facebook.com/groups/shootnshare

kiss.us


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you constantly fear that you'll lose images because you don't have a backup system in place?

In episode 193 of the Bokeh Podcast, Dawn Richardson of Dawn Elizabeth Studios explains the importance of taking extra steps to guarantee the safety of your client's images. Listen in as Dawn shares every step in the workflow of her backup system so you never have to worry about losing files.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique:

  1. Outsource in personal and business.

  2. Stack your days with similar tasks and use an online calendar to stay available.

Brand Position: Capturing joyful moments of couples ready to party and celebrate their day.

The Gear Bag: Canon 5D Mark IV with 70-200mm or Canon 85mm 1.4 IS

Creating a System to Keep Your Files Safe:

  1. Start in your camera: Utilize both card slots in your camera for backup, have a backup camera ready to go if one stops working, and do not reformat cards until your client gallery is delivered.

  2. Download your images as soon as possible.

  3. Backup your images on a second hard drive and a cloud drive.

Links

instagram.com/dawnelizabethstudios

dawnelizabethstudios.com

Dawn’s Backup Blog: bit.ly/bp-DESbackup

Rising Tide Society: bit.ly/bp-rts

Dave Ramsey’s Total Money Makeover: bit.ly/bp-tmm

Photomechanic: bit.ly/bp-pm

Backblaze: backblaze.com

Lacie Rugged Harddrives: bit.ly/bp-lacie


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you looking to break into commercial and editorial photography, but unsure of how to capture truly authentic images of your clients for publication?

In episode 192 of the Bokeh Podcast, Lynsey Weatherspoon breaks down 3 important elements of her commercial portrait sessions that enable her to capture beautiful images that show the true personality of her subject.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: Making an effort to rest and spend time building relationships.

Book Recommendation: Black Women Photographers - bit.ly/bp-bwp

The Lesson: You’re going to have a year where nothing happens.

Advice: Connect with photographers who are where you want to be.

Brand Position: Commercial portraits that tell a story.

The Gear Bag:

Canon 5D Mk IV with 24-70mm f2.8

Canon 5D Mk III with 70-200mm

3 Elements of Good Commercial Portraiture:

  1. Psychology

  2. Lighting

  3. Research

Breakdown of Psychology:

  1. Be vulnerable with your clients.

  2. Care about your clients so they’ll relax.

  3. Warm your clients up by talking them through the session so they’ll be natural with you.

Breakdown of Lighting:

  1. Simple is best with soft lighting. (Interfit S1 with Boom)

  2. Focus on the personality of the client.

  3. “Let the person shine… not the lighting!"

Breakdown of Research:

  1. Look for photos of the client you’ll be shooting so you don’t recreate photos that have already been taken. This allows you to use your own creative eye to create.

  2. Look for articles about the client so you’ll have something to talk about or have a direction in which you’ll take the shoot.

  3. Get what the client wants and what you want for your portfolio.

Links:

lynseyweatherspoon.com

instagram.com/lnweatherspoon

facebook.com/lnweatherspoon

photokina.com

interfitphoto.com

Photek Softlighter: bit.ly/bp-photek


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you missing out on additional income because you're not sure how to get started with In-Person Sales (IPS)?⠀

In episode 191 of Bokeh Podcast, Keala Jarvis joins Nathan, Haylee, Heather, and Rich to share her step by step process for IPS! From setting client expectations to final delivery, confidence in knowing your product's value is so important! Ready to get started with IPS? Listen to this episode!

The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 2:00PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Connect:

richsmithphotography.net

@richsmithphoto

@heathersmithrsp

@nathanholritz

photographersedit.com

@photogsedit

bokehpodcast.com

@bokehpodcast

kealajarvis.com

@kealajphoto

Links:

bit.ly/workflowwednesday

Pinterest.com

Photomechanic: camerabits.com

Pixiset.com

OhSnapBoutique.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you find yourself spending most of your time working on administrative tasks in your photography business when you'd rather be capturing more photos of your clients?

In episode 190 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nicole Hoffman, Head of Customer Service for TĂĄve, discusses the benefits of using Customer Relationship Management (CRM) software to create templates and workflows that will allow you to spend less time on the back end of your photography business. Listen in as she shares how TĂĄve can help keep you organized, and save you time so you can get back to doing the things you love.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: Calendar all of your work, but block out time too.

Brand Position: Creating a experience that guides her clients through their whole wedding day which stands out

Favorite Book: Crushing It by Gary V

The Gear Bag: 85mm 1.4

How to Save Time in Your Daily Workflow:

  1. Set up a good calendar system + Tave integrates with outside calendar systems.

  2. Create workflows for your business.

  3. Create templates for everything.

Links:

nicoleklym.com

Fantastical App: bit.ly/bp-fantastical

Gettingthingsdone.com

instagram.com/nklymphoto

facebook.com/nicoleklymphoto

Tave.com - Use code BOKEH for 20% your first year!


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Does the thought of offering, creating, and delivering albums for your clients overwhelm you?

In episode 189 of the Bokeh Podcast, our hosts chat with Shaun Austin and Morgan Rager of KISS Books about the process involved in creating an album with their company! Listen in as they share the KISS experience that makes album design simple for your business.

The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 2:00PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Connect:

richsmithphotography.net

@richsmithphoto

@heathersmithrsp

hayleegaffin.com

@hayleegaffin

@nathanholritz

photographersedit.com

@photogsedit

bokehpodcast.com

@bokehpodcast

Links:

bit.ly/workflowwednesday

KISS Books

Shaun Austin on Instagram


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you continuing to evolve with changes over time in your photography business? Whether it's new marketing platforms, technology, or business education, it's important to remain relevant.

In episode 188 of the Bokeh Podcast, Bobbi Brinkman shares how after 37 years in her photography business, she still shoots around 50 weddings a year! Listen in as she discusses the importance of remaining true to your passion, even as business evolves.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

The Gear Bag: Fuji XT2 & XT3

Links:

Episode 146: bit.ly/bp-146

Showit.co

Steve Jobs by Walter Issacson: bit.ly/bp-stevejobs

Untethered Soul by Michael Singer: bit.ly/bp-untethered

Godox.com

Adoroma.com

Eneloop

Youngnuousa.net


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you offering your clients a timeless product that will hold their memories for a lifetime?⠀

In episode 187 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nathan, Rich, and last-minute special guest Shaun Austin - CEO of KISS Books - walk through the importance of offering albums to their wedding clients! Listen in as they share the philosophy behind selling, creating, and delivering beautiful wedding albums.

The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 2:00PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Connect:

richsmithphotography.net

@richsmithphoto

@heathersmithrsp

hayleegaffin.com

@hayleegaffin

@nathanholritz

photographersedit.com

@photogsedit

bokehpodcast.com

@bokehpodcast

Links:

bit.ly/workflowwednesday

The Obstacle is the Way

The Defiant Ones

KISS Books

Shaun Austin on Instagram


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Is your photography brand attracting the type of clients you want while also uniquely representing you?

In episode 186 of the Bokeh Podcast, Jess Onesto of Cheers Babe Photo shares the importance of branding and making sure your business stands out! Listen in as she explains how she created her unique brand and how she used it as an opportunity to expand her business with an online shop.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique:

  1. Batch working in email.

  2. Take time/a day off work.

The Lesson: I’m not the right photographer for everyone and that’s ok.

The Gear Bag: 50mm 1.2

Brand Position: I’m a passport ready photographer helping fun and creative couple capture their toast worthy wedding.

Links:

Cheersbabephoto.com

instagram.com/cheersbabephoto

instagram.com/cheersbabeshop

The Untethered Soul: bit.ly/bp-untethered

Building a Storybrand: bit.ly/bp-storybrand

The Road Back to You: http://bit.ly/bp-roadbacktoyou


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you proactively making connections in order to grow your photography business?

In episode 185 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nathan, Haylee, Heather, and Rich discuss the importance of networking with intention! Listen in as they share the methodology in building relationships with potential clients, vendors, and others in order to build and market your business.

The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 2:00PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Connect:

richsmithphotography.net

@richsmithphoto

@heathersmithrsp

hayleegaffin.com

@hayleegaffin

@nathanholritz

photographersedit.com

@photogsedit

bokehpodcast.com

@bokehpodcast

Links:

shootproof.com

Petapixel Article

whcc.com

Eventbrite.com

creativemornings.com

aaf.org

risingtidesociety.com

uschamber.com

bni.com

ypchattanooga.org

cwli.org


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you looking to grow your photography business in one area, but nervous about specializing and missing opportunities?

In episode 184 of the Bokeh Podcast, Morgan Mendez of Lady Ilg Photography shares how specializing in your business can actually set you up for success! Listen in as she explains the importance of specializing and how to determine what niche you choose!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique:

Outsource the things that don’t require you

Batch Work

Mentioned in this Episode:

Thomas Flint

Why Specializing Matters:

  1. It gives your clients a reason to trust you without ever having worked with you, because they can see that you’re a master in your craft and you know what you’re doing.

  2. It opens the door for you to educate other business owners in your specialize area.

  3. It allows for more filtered referrals when your clients know what you focus on in your business.

How to Determine Your Specialty:

  1. Do I feel as though my business could sustain itself if I had to take time off?

  2. Am I passionate about what I’m doing?

  3. Is what I’m doing lighting my bulb?

Links

ladyilgphotography.com

instagram.com/ladyilg

facebook.com/LadyIlgPhotography

The Art of Specializing: ladyilgphotography.com/specialize

bit.ly/workflowwednesday

imdb.com/apps

Amazon Prime: Jack Ryan

The Glass Castle

How I Built This


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you proactively making an effort to grow your photography business offline?⠀

In episode 183 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nathan, Haylee, Heather, and Rich discuss the importance of networking! Listen in as they share the philosophy behind building relationships with others in order to build and market your business.

The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 2:00PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Connect:

richsmithphotography.net

@richsmithphoto

@heathersmithrsp

hayleegaffin.com

@hayleegaffin

@nathanholritz

photographersedit.com

@photogsedit

bokehpodcast.com

@bokehpodcast

Links:

bit.ly/workflowwednesday

Reawaken the Giant Within - Tony Robbins: bit.ly/bp-reawaken


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you ready to grow your team with associate photographers, but fear you won't find the right people for the job?

In episode 182 of the Bokeh Podcast, Sarah Willey joins us to share how she grew her business by hiring associate photographers, plus she gives an inside look at the process she followed to find them. If you're interested in adding to your team, listen to Sarah's advice on finding and employing photographers under your brand.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: Pomodoro Technique is a time management method developed by Francesco Cirillo in the late 1980s. The technique uses a timer to break down work into intervals, traditionally 25 minutes in length, separated by short breaks.

The Lesson: Be open to feedback and constructive criticism.

The Gear Bag: 70-200mm

Mentioned in this Episode: Annie Leibavits

Tips for Employing Associate Photographers:

  1. Find people who’s personality matches yours.

  2. Open up the opportunity to your clients when you’re not available.

  3. Be consistent in participating in your brand so your client continue to receive the same experience.

Links:

Episode #171: bit.ly/bp-171

tomato-timer.com

Heyfocus.com

Ben Turner SEO Episode #44: bit.ly/bp-44

Calendly.com

Shootq.com

Shootflow.com

Honeybook.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you struggle with the idea of giving up control in your business? We've been there and we understand!

In episode 181 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nathan, Haylee, Heather, & Rich continue the conversation on outsourcing editing and discuss the Photographer's Edit workflow. Listen in to hear Rich & Heather's process of setting up their editing style, prepping files for editing, and receiving their final edits from Photographer's Edit.

The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 2:00PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Connect:

richsmithphotography.net

@richsmithphoto

@heathersmithrsp

hayleegaffin.com

@hayleegaffin

@nathanholritz

photographersedit.com

@photogsedit

bokehpodcast.com

@bokehpodcast

Links:

Workflow Wednesday: Outsourcing Editing Part 1

Jide Alakija

Mike Colon


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you ready to break into wedding photography, but have hesitations in facing the challenges of being a new wedding photographer?

In episode 180 of the Bokeh Podcast, Kerry Murray shares how he balances his full-time job and family, while pursuing his side hustle in photography. Listen as he provides insight on his experience with managing multiple jobs, figuring out pricing, and getting booked when you're just starting out.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: Schedule blocks of purpose.

The Lesson: This is hard work and will require a lot of sustained energy to make work.

Brand Position: Wedding photojournalist capturing natural, authentic photographs.

The Gear Bag: Nikon D750 & 85mm 1.4

Links

Kerrymurrayphoto.com

instagram.com/kerrymurrayphotography

facebook.com/kerrymurrayphoto

Hootsuite.com

Episode 135: Easton Reynolds


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you missing out on big opportunities to grow your business with new or existing clients?

In episode 179 of the Bokeh Podcast, Allison Hopkins discusses the importance of looking at every opportunity and deciding how you can grow from it. Listen in as she shares ways you can better serve your existing clients, evaluate and utilize your strengths, and capitalize on opportunities in your business.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique:

  1. Schedule your time.

  2. Get massages ones a week.

Brand Position: A Cleveland based wedding and lifestyle photographer focused on unscripted, artful moments.

The Gear Bag: 85mm 1.4 & Nikon D850

Principals To Taking Advantage of Opportunities:

  1. Serve your clients first.

  2. Manage your down time to learn. Ex: Listen to podcasts while commuting.

  3. What are you strengths outside of being photographer?

  4. Continue to grow the connections you have made.

Links:

Allisonhopkins.com

instagram.com/allisonhopkinsphotography

Expensify.com

Quickbooks.com

Tim Terris with Jason Freed: tim.blog/2018/07/23/jason-fried/

Time Ferriss - 4 Hour Work Week: bit.ly/bp-4hr


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you hesitant to give up control when it comes to your business? You're not alone!

In episode 178 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nathan, Haylee, Heather, and Rich discuss the importance of delegating work, like editing, so you can focus on the things that will grow your business and fulfill your life.

The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 2:00PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Connect:

richsmithphotography.net

@richsmithphoto

@heathersmithrsp

hayleegaffin.com

@hayleegaffin

@nathanholritz

photographersedit.com

@photogsedit

bokehpodcast.com

@bokehpodcast

aelphotos.com

Links:

Goliath Must Fall - bit.ly/bp-goliath

Podcast: Elon Musk #1169: bit.ly/bp-elonmusk

chatbooks.com

Ted Talk: Dying Well: bit.ly/bp-dyingwell

Webinar: Getting Started with Photographer's Edit: bit.ly/pe-getstarted


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Has the art of film photography been lost in an age of digital formats?

In episode 177 of the Bokeh Podcast, Braedon Flynn reveals the reason he primarily shoots with film. Listen as he shares about his passion behind film photography and his success in running multiple businesses. If you’ve been wanting to add film to your photography business, this episode is for you!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Mentioned in this Episode:

garyvaynerchuk.com

erickelley.com

Links:

braedonphotography.com/

instagram.com/braedonflynn/

twitter.com/braedonflynn

bit.ly/youtube-braedon

filmsupply.club

thephotoreport.com/

theartistreport.com/

The Automatic Customer: bit.ly/bp-autocustomer

The Alchemist: bit.ly/bp-alchemist

Rolleiflex


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you think you're ready to become a professional photographer, but still have questions about running a business?

In episode 176 of the Bokeh Podcast, we brought on Alanna Lee, a new photographer, to ask us the biggest questions she had about running a photography business. Listen as Nathan, Haylee, Heather, and Rich answer her questions about communication, gear, books, and so much more! If you're just starting out in your photography business, you'll want to take a listen!

The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 2:00PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Connect:

richsmithphotography.net

@richsmithphoto

@heathersmithrsp

hayleegaffin.com

@hayleegaffin

@nathanholritz

photographersedit.com

@photogsedit

bokehpodcast.com

@bokehpodcast

aelphotos.com

Links:

useloom.com

boomeranggmail.com

How I Built This Podcast

startwithwhy.com

buildingastorybrand.com

Girl, Wash Your Face: bit.ly/bp-washface

Re-Awaken the Giant Within: bit.ly/bp-reawaken

How to Win Friends & Influence People: bit.ly/bp-winfriends

juliepaisley.com

Love i

View Details

Being self-employed comes with so much freedom, but do you find it easier to procrastinate as a result?

In episode 175 of the Bokeh Podcast, Tallan Paul shares three principles that will enable you to get more work done. Listen as he outlines a plan to establish your goals and achieve them successfully, without procrastinating.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: Schedule everything in Google Calendar

The Lesson: Failure is always around the corner. If you don’t prepare for anything, it could ruin everything.

The Gear Bag: Pro Clip by Peak Design: bit.ly/bp-proclip

How to Get Things Done:

  1. Analyze your personality type and understand why you do the things you do.

  2. Set goals & plan for them.

  3. Set “anti-goals” for where you don’t want to be.

Creating a Plan for Success:

  1. Write out the steps to achieving your goal.

  2. Schedule out time to complete those steps, along with time for fun activities.

Movies Mentioned:

The Revenant

The Samurai

To the Wonder

Pride & Prejudice

Links

tallanpaul.com

ReAwaken the Giant Within by Tony Robbins: bit.ly/bp-reawaken


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you creating a relaxing photographic experience for your couples on their wedding day, despite a hectic schedule?

In episode 174 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nathan, Haylee, Heather, and Rich share their best secrets to managing clients' expectations when it comes to the timeline for a first look and wedding portraits. Listen as they share the tools they use to manage their time, how to convince your couples to have a first look, and tips to getting the best expressions from everyone during a wedding day.

The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 2:00PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Connect:

richsmithphotography.net

@richsmithphoto

@heathersmithrsp

hayleegaffin.com

@hayleegaffin

@nathanholritz

photographersedit.com

@photogsedit

bokehpodcast.com

@bokehpodcast


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you interested in welcoming every couple into your business, but struggle with how to approach posing?

In episode 173 of the Bokeh Podcast, Cassandra Zetta provides possible posing concepts that focus less on gender roles, and more on providing a unique experience - customized to every single couple you photograph. Listen in as she walks through a simple yet practical guide for posing couples!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: Setting up boundaries with off days and work hours.

The Lesson: Money Management - Save money and pay yourself first.

The Gear Bag: Canon 135mm 2.8

Concepts to Consider:

  1. Drop your understanding of gender roles and just focus on the couple.

  2. Provide open ended instruction rather than assigning each person to pose. This allows the couple to assign their placement based on what feels right for their relationship.

  3. Guide the couple in poses that are relatable; similar to things they would do at home like snuggling up to watch a movie.

  4. Use reciprocity to ensure both couples are receiving the same amount of affection during your shoot.

  5. As you go to pose a couple, ask yourself, “If I reversed the position of each partner, does this pose still work?” If no, consider a different pose.

Links

cassandrazetta.com

The Untethered Soul: bit.ly/bp-untethered

Bobbi Brinkman: bit.ly/bp-bobbi


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you wanted to break into the pet photography niche, but struggle with capturing a pet's personality?

In episode 172 of the Bokeh Podcast, Emma O'Brien shares her journey to becoming a pet photographer. Listen as she shares three big ideas that will help you better capture the personality of a pet.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: Be smart in how you schedule yourself.

The Lesson: Not knowing how to price accordingly eventually led to her hiring on a business coach.

The Gear Bag: Nikon D810 with Nikor 20-70 2.8mm

Differences in People vs. Dogs:

  1. Dogs come in different levels of training and communication can be complicated with them.

  2. Dogs have a very short attention span.

  3. Lighting a dog’s face requires more lighting from the from than a human face.

Breaking into the Market:

Connect with charities, vets, and pet shops to shoot free photos to build your network.

3 Ways to Capture a Dog’s Personality:

  1. Be extremely patient.

  2. Keep snacks and treats on hand (higher end treats, such as chicken or cold meat, work best).

  3. Sit at the same level as a dog.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Polly Alexander

Links:

Dogart.co

Emmaobrien.com

fb.com/emmaobrienphotos

Instagram.com/emmaobrienphoto

twitter.com/emmaobrienphoto

instagram.com/dogartphotography

Episode 107: bit.ly/bp-107

Pollyalexander.com

Dog Sounds App: bit.ly/bp-dogapp


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you intimidated with growing your business on Facebook due to how overwhelming the advertising platform can be?

In episode 171 of the Bokeh Podcast, Sarah Willey of Sarah Lynn Photography shares her approach to a successful Facebook marketing strategy. Listen as she discusses the importance of consistency and engagement, along with concepts to understand before you begin boosting posts.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Technique for Time: Step away from your computer to reset, then get back to your work. Also outsourcing and delegating work that takes up too much of your time.

The Lesson: Require deposits to cover your time.

The Gear Bag: Canon 85mm 1.2

Facebook Mistakes by Business Owners:

  1. Giving Up

  2. Not learning how to target the correct audience.

What to do on Facebook:

  1. Stay consistent in posting.

  2. Engage with those commenting.

  3. Focus on your own business and your clients.

  4. Test your target audience to find the right one.

  5. Get reviews from your clients.

Presets Mentioned:

SMAL: bit.ly/bp-smal

VSCO.com

Mentioned in this Episode:

Rising Tide Society: bit.ly/bp-rts

Links:

sarahlynnphotographypdx.com

Instagram.com/sarahlynnphotographypdx

facebook.com/photographybysarahlynn

Makoar Chandelier Glass Ring: bit.ly/bp-ring

E-myth Revisited: bit.ly/emyth-revisited

Episode 135 with Easton Reynolds: bit.ly/bp-135


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you wanted to get your work published on your favorite wedding blog?

In episode 170 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nova Reid of Nu Bride shares how to shoot with a publication in mind, in order to capture the attention of blog editors. Listen as she shares what she looks for in photos submitted to Nu Bride.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: Place boundaries around your work so you can take care of yourself.

Practical Steps to Inclusion in Your Photography Business:

  1. Have an awareness of your brand and a desire to be inclusive.

  2. Review your portfolio. Does it represent inclusion? Who are you not representing?

Steps to Getting Published on Wedding Blogs:

  1. Connect with the bloggers that align with the same audience as your clients.

  2. Capture skin tones appropriately.

  3. Submit photos that fit the publication you want to be published in. For example, Nu Bride wants you to capture the emotion of the day, so less posed and more candid.

Links:

Novareid.com

Nubride.com

instagram.com/nu_bride

http://bit.ly/bp-tokenism


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you tired of lugging heavy bags of gear to every wedding, sorting through endless equipment to find that one lens you were looking for? What if you could get rid of it all, and photograph a wedding day with just one lens?!

Listen in to episode 169 of the Bokeh Podcast, as Kien Lam shares the big idea that enabled him to set all other gear aside (and the busywork that comes with it!) and focus on capturing his clients’ wedding day with just one piece of glass.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Resources for Cheap Travel:

ThePointsGuy.com

millionmilesecrets.com

Cheapest Flight Days:

Tuesday, Wednesday, Saturday

Two Problems to Tackle for Travel Photography:

  1. Visibility - They won’t book you unless they know about you.

  2. Value Proposition - What do you bring to the table that someone local couldn’t?

Principals to Photographing with Just One Lens:

Connect with and respect the subject so you can anticipate the best moments during the day.

Links:

whereandwander.com

instagram.com/hellokien

Around the World Timelapse Video

bit.ly/bp-onelens


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you find it difficult to maintain a healthy lifestyle while also running your photography business?

In episode 168 of the Bokeh Podcast, Christopher Becker shares about his weight-loss journey and his path to healthier living. Listen in as he shares a few simple changes you can make to your daily routine that will allow you to live a healthier lifestyle, even with a busy schedule.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: Schedule your time and try the Pomodoro Technique.

The Lesson: Don’t be complacent.

Links:

thebecker.com

fb.com/thebecker

instagram.com/thebecker

ketology.co

ketocrashcourse.com

4 Hour Work Week by Tim Ferris: bit.ly/bp-4hr

4 Hour Body by Time Ferris: fourhourbody.com

Eat Bacon Don’t Jog: bit.ly/bp-bacon


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you find yourself stressed out while photographing a wedding?

In episode 167 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nathan, Haylee, Heather, and Rich discuss the steps they take to ensure a stress-free wedding day. Listen as they share their tips for successful wedding photography, from timeline planning to second shooters and more.

The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 2:00PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Connect:

richsmithphotography.net

@richsmithphoto

@heathersmithrsp

hayleegaffin.com

@hayleegaffin

@nathanholritz

photographersedit.com

@photogsedit

bokehpodcast.com

@bokehpodcast


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you offering a photography service that not only stands out in your market, but also provides a luxurious experience for your clients?

In episode 166 of the Bokeh Podcast, Charity Maurer shares the three components of her business that truly elevated her brand to the luxury level. Making these simple changes in your business will allow you to create a unique service in your market.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: Create rhythms and routines around time.

The Gear Bag: Pentax N2

Brand Position: High end wedding photographer for clients planning luxury destination weddings in Arizona.

Three Components to Luxury Wedding Photography

  1. Offering an elevated service.

a. Quick response times.

b. Offer a team (two photographers and an assistant) for the couple on their wedding day.

  1. Attention to detail.

a. Notice when others need a break or when someone needs a water.

b. Cutting out distractions in your photos while you’re shooting.

  1. Offering a more curated product.

a. Culling to create a more finalized product.

Mentioned in this episode:

garyvaynerchuk.com

denisreggie.com

Links:

charitymaurer.com

instagram.com/charitymaurerphoto

facebook.com/charitymaurerphoto

Building a Storybrand by Donald Miller: bit.ly/bp-storybrand

Tribes by Seth Godin: bit.ly/bp-tribes

All Marketers Tell Stories: bit.ly/bp-sgstories


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do your busy seasons leave you feeling overwhelmed, leading to burnout? Trust us, you're not alone!

In episode 165 of the Bokeh Podcast, Debbie Neff provides tips on how to avoid burnout with just a few simple changes to your behaviors in business. Listen as she shares how to reduce stress, stay positive, & move forward when busy season comes around.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: Outsource, Set Realistic Goals, and Take Commercial Breaks

Brand Position: Natural, Dreamy, & Romantic Wedding Photographer

The Lesson: Let go of things you can’t control.

The Gear Bag: Canon 5d mk iii + 85mm 1.4 + Sigma Art 35mm 1.4

Three Behaviors that Lead to Burnout:

  1. Not saying no when you should.

  2. Not giving yourself enough down time.

  3. Being pessimistic about your business and work.

How to Avoid Burnout:

  1. Hit the pause button.

  2. Find a different creative outlet.

  3. Remember your why.

  4. Figure out if your workflow can be more efficient.

Mentioned in this episode:

alleiarestaurant.com

twotenjack.com

garyvaynerchuk.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you doing everything you can to prepare for a successful day of wedding photography?

In episode 164 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nathan, Haylee, Heather, and Rich share and compare the wedding day checklists that keep them on track. Listen as give tips for better client communication leading up to the wedding, and share their favorite outfits and snacks for those long days!

The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 1:30PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Connect:

richsmithphotography.net

@richsmithphoto

@heathersmithrsp

hayleegaffin.com

@hayleegaffin

@nathanholritz

photographersedit.com

@photogsedit

bokehpodcast.com

@bokehpodcast

Links:

enelloop: bit.ly/bp-eneloop

Workflow Wednesday: Managing Your Images: bit.ly/ww-images

apple.com/watch

lululemon.com

bananarepublic.gap.com

express.com

vivobarefoot.com

crocs.com

toms.com

kindsnacks.com

rxbar.com

Twizzlers: bit.ly/bp-twizzlers


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you dream of managing your photography business with your partner, but fear that it will cause complications in your relationship?

In episode 163 of the Bokeh Podcast, Bob and Dawn Davis give us a closer look into how they've managed to successfully run a business together while keeping a healthy relationship. Listen as they share the important components of working with your partner.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: When things get overwhelming or stressful, they take a break and do something they enjoy.

Key Components to Running a Business With Your Partner:

  1. Respect

  2. Purpose

Links:

bobanddawndavis.com

fb.com/BobandDawnDavis/

instagram.com/bobanddawndavis

twitter.com/bobanddawn

Crossfit.com

beachbodyondemand.com

Chopra.com

graphistudio.com

The Prayer of Jabez by Bruce Wilkinson: bit.ly/bp-jabez

Mating in Captivity by Esther Perel:bit.ly/bp-micaptivity


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you created a professional representation of your brand through the thoughtful design of your marketing materials?

In episode 162 of the Bokeh Podcast, Taylor Fisher of Taylor Jones Photography explains the value of cohesive design and branding for your photography business. Listen as she shares three steps to better design for you logo, website, and business cards.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: Be diligent about how you’re spending your time. Taylor decided to outsource her editing and take Sundays off work in order to focus on her self-care.

The Gear Bag: Sigma Art 35mm and 24mm

3 Steps to Better Design for Your Photography Business:

  1. Create or re-evaluate your logo with a professional.

  2. Review and update your website design.

  3. Get familiar with design: good vs. bad.

Links:

ThemeForest.net

Taylorjonesphotography.com

instagram.com/taylorjonesphotography

fb.com/TaylorJonesPhotography/


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Does keeping up with your social media fall low on your to-do list?

In episode 161 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nathan, Haylee, Heather, and Rich share their workflows for selecting social media content from shooting to posting. Listen as they discuss current trends, hashtags, and tools for social media management.

The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 12:30PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Connect:

richsmithphotography.net

@richsmithphoto

@heathersmithrsp

hayleegaffin.com

@hayleegaffin

@nathanholritz

photographersedit.com

@photogsedit

bokehpodcast.com

@bokehpodcast

Links:

forestapp.cc

Chad Diblasio: diblasiophoto.com

Laura Lee: lauraleecreative.com

shootq.com

shootproof.com

buffer.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you struggle with maintaining a healthy relationship while focusing so much time and energy into your business?

In episode 160 of the Bokeh Podcast, Natalie Franke, co-founder of Rising Tide Society and Head of Community at Honeybook, discusses how she and her husband, Huey, have continued to thrive in their marriage during one of their busiest seasons. Listen as she shares three tips to proactively focus on your relationship when you have a busy schedule.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: Leverage your Google Calendar and track your time with a time tracker!

Three Ways to Prioritize Your Relationship:

  1. Have dinner together every night.

  2. Take time to go on walks together.

  3. Dedicate one weekend a month to be together.

Links:

Honeybook.com/risingtide

@risingtidesociety

nataliefranke.com

@nataliefranke

ProCreate


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you capturing art that your couples will want to display for years to come?

In episode 159 of the Bokeh Podcast, Trynh Krajanowski shares her approach to creating fine art for her clients from taking the photo to post-production. Listen as she dives into her love for film photography and shares about her upcoming workshop in California this fall.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: Using a CRM, Wanderlust, and Google Calendar to track everything.

The Lesson: Find the right people to work with and delegate the work to.

Brand Position: Natural, simple, and luxury are engrained into images without having to say it.

The Gear Bag:

Contax 645 w/ 80 mm and 140mm

Canon 5Dmkiii

85mm

100mm

200mm

Register forThe California Fine Art Photography Workshop.: trynhphoto.com/workshop/

Mentioned in this Episode:

wunderlist.com

Todoist.com

17hats.com

The Untethered Soul by Michael Singer: bit.ly/bp-untethered

breethe.com

Good to Great by Jim Collins: bit.ly/bp-goodtogreat

Work Rules by Laszlo Bock: bit.ly/bp-workrules

Building a Story Brand by Donald Miller: bit.ly/bp-storybrand

photovisionprints.com

lucymunozphotography.com

sirenfloralco.com

sarahkaylove.com

Links

Trynhphoto.com

instagram.com/Trynhphoto

instagram.com/Trynhstudio


See

View Details

Do you find it hard to be productive while working from home?

In episode 158 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nathan, Haylee, Heather, and Rich continue the conversation on ways to stay motivated and get work done while working from home. Listen as they compare their struggles in self-employment and how they've managed to overcome them.

The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 12:30PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Connect:

richsmithphotography.net

@richsmithphoto

@heathersmithrsp

hayleegaffin.com

@hayleegaffin

@nathanholritz

photographersedit.com

@photogsedit

bokehpodcast.com

@bokehpodcast

Links:

Awaken the Giant Within by Tony Robbins: bit.ly/bp-awaken

ReAwaken the Giant Within by Tony Robbins: bit.ly/bp-reawaken


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you struggled to incorporate album sales into your portrait sessions?

In episode 157 of the Bokeh Podcast, Rae Barnes provides ways you can help your client understand the importance of purchasing an album. Listen as she shares her step by step process for photographing, designing, and selling albums with every session.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: Don’t multitask, but focus on the work at hand.

Brand Position: Playful portrait photographer for busy parents.

The Lesson: Plan ahead in your business.

The Gear Bag:

Nikon D5 & Nikon D3S

70-200mm

17-35mm

50mm

85mm

Process to Album Sales:

  1. At inquiry, let your client know the most popular item to purchase is the album.

  2. During the session, shoot for an album with variety and personal touches.

  3. Cull images down to 50 total.

  4. In-person slideshow of images and review what is best for the album photos. Share the album options with them to show what they can purchase.

  5. Design the album in Smart Album, get approval and upload to Red Tree.

Mentioned in this episode:

garyvaynerchuk.com

chatbooks.com

pixellu.com/smartalbums

redtreealbums.com

Links

Website: raebarnes.com

Instagram: instagram.com/raebarnesphoto

Facebook: facebook.com/raebarnesphotography

bit.ly/bp-margin

bit.ly/bp-timemanagement


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you considered building your business around your love for travel?

In episode 156 of the Bokeh Podcast, Meghan Harrison explains how she and her family are visiting every national park this year while she works as a traveling photographer. Listen as she shares three principals to becoming a successful travel photographer.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Technique for Time: Outsource your editing and wake up earlier than the rest of your family.

Brand Position: Authentic storytelling for the sentimental bride.

The Lesson(s):

Learn who your audience is and love on them.

Create an amazing prep checklist.

The Gear Bag:

50mm for weddings

35mm for her family

Three Principals to Travel Photography:

  1. Simplify your life.

  2. Make connections and meet new people everywhere you go.

  3. Do batch work based on your accessibility.

Mentioned in this episode:

Natalie Norton

The Find Lab

Links:

http://meghanrosephotography.com/

workshops.meghanrosephotography.com

instagram.com/meghanrose_photography


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you prioritizing education in new business strategies and skills?

In episode 155 of the Bokeh Podcast, Morgan Taylor shares how education can develop management and leadership experience. Listen as he provides his favorite resources to expand your knowledge in business and creativity.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: Manage your time like you manage your finances. If you spend money you don’t have, you’re going to be in debt. If you spend time you don’t have, you’re going to be in debt.

The Lesson: Don’t let the tough situations get to you. In life, stuff happens. We can choose to dwell on it or we can choose to overcome it.

The Gear Bag: Sony A7R3 & 85mm 1.4 G Master

Top Resources for Learning:

skillshare.com

Podcasts

youtube.com

Photographers

Two Important Characteristics of a Great Leader:

Humility

Drive

Mentioned in this Episode:

instagram.com/shaunaustin

meredithryncarz.com

honeybook.com/risingtide

Links:

themorgantaylor.com

Instagram.com/themorgantaylor

Meredith - How to Have Difficult Conversations: bit.ly/Ryncarz

bit.ly/emyth-revisited

Skillshare


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you afraid of confrontation? As business owners, sometimes we’re faced with difficult conversations.

In episode 154 of the Bokeh Podcast, Meredith and Jason Ryncarz share the importance of understanding how to approach a problem and how to have hard conversations. Listen as they provide steps to resolve conflict and prepare you to calmly handle any situation you face.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: Automating your workflow.

The Lesson: Don’t fit into the mold that others are creating for your business, be your own.

The Gear Bag: Nikon D850 and Orthodontic Wax

S: State the facts.

T: Tell your story.

A: Ask questions.

T: Talk Tentatively

E: Encourage Testing

Links:

Photography Website: meredithryncarz.com

Consulting Website: therestartspecialist.com

Mentioned in this Episode:

Episode 62: How to Prepare Your Business for 2018 - Meredith Ryncarz: bit.ly/bokeh62

17hats.com

calendly.com

Never Check Email in the Morning: Julie Morgenstern: bit.ly/BP-NCEM

planetfitness.com

Crucial Conversations by Kerry Patterson: bit.ly/bp-crucialconv

arbingerinstitute.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you have problems managing your finances while running your photography business?

In episode 153 of the Bokeh Podcast, Certified Public Accountant (CPA) Michael Klipper shares what mistakes you may be making that are keeping you from having a financially healthy company. Listen as he shares the biggest struggles photographers face with money and three steps to proactively manage your finances!

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: Schedule everything. Bonus tip: Treat yourself like you would an employee where you’re scheduling everything so you know when you’re working.

Biggest Financial Struggles for Photography Business Owners

Cash Flow: Planning ahead and setting aside enough money to cover you through the slower seasons of your business.

3 Steps to Proactively Managing Your Finances

  1. Have a good accounting system or software like Quickbooks Online.

  2. Set goals for you

Links

Website: engagecpas.com

Instagram: instagram.com/engagecpas

Facebook: fb.com/engagecpas

calendar.google.com

Outlook.com

The Four Hour Work Week: http://bit.ly/bp-4hr

The E-Myth by Michael Gerber: bit.ly/bp-emyth

The E-Myth Revisited by Michael Gerber: bit.ly/emyth-revisited

Quickbooks Online: bit.ly/bp-quickbooks

Gary Vaynerchuck: bit.ly/bp-garyvee

Rising Tide Society: bit.ly/bp-rts


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you ever want to give up on managing your social media accounts?

In episode 152 of the Bokeh Podcast, Alex Gray shares her heart behind keeping her work up to date on social media. Listen as she provides 3 practical tips to simply, yet effectively utilize social media.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: Schedule out personal time.

Brand Position: Capturing Nostalgia for Adventurous Couples in Love

Lesson Learned: Don’t overbook or push yourself to hard.

The Gear Bag: Canon 5d Mark III, Canon 50mm 1.4, Sigma 35mm 1.4

"...one thing I've noticed is that as artists many photographers have a tendency to become discouraged and take social media success very personally.

I love educating professionals to think about social media differently. A recent trend in the industry is that photographers will throw up their hands and say, "Forget it! Followers, likes, etc - they don't matter in the grand scheme. They don't define me or my talent." And while it can be true that this kind of success doesn't necessarily define how talented you are, social media has become an integral part of every single business, company and corporation, and it cannot be ignored. You won't see companies like NIKE throwing in the towel simply because they're "over it." I would love to share ways that photographers can redefine the way they see and utilize social media, while offering tools that help professionals to mentally separate performance on social media from their success as human beings..."

3 Ways to Effectively and Efficiently Utilize Social Media Accounts:

  1. Engagement with other accounts is key. Set aside an hour in the morning and the afternoon to comment on the work you love in your feed. This supports others, but helps you grow as well.

  2. Tag accounts that you want to be featured on in your posts.

  3. Always measure your results.

Mentioned in this episode:

@radstorytellers

@oarsandbeanies

Links:

alexmariphotography.com

@alexmari_


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you lose motivation throughout the day while working from home? Maybe you get distracted by other things you could be doing.

In episode 151 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nathan and Haylee discuss their own struggles in self-employment and how they've managed to overcome them. Listen as they provide their favorite ways to stay motivated and get work done in their day to day responsibilities.

The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 1:00PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Connect:

hayleegaffin.com

@hayleegaffin

@nathanholritz

photographersedit.com

@photogsedit

bokehpodcast.com

@bokehpodcast

Links:

Todoist

Asana

Forthy Monkey


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Is the amount of time it takes to blog your sessions keeping you from maintaining an updated portfolio on your website?

In episode 150 of the Bokeh Podcast, Ebby Lowry walks through her process for efficiently culling, editing, and blogging her sessions. Listen as she shares her favorite tools to manage her workflow.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: Set business hours.

The Lesson: Sacrifices have to be made.

The Gear Bag: 50mm 1.2 and Leather Backpack

Blogging Tools:

Wordpress: wordpress.com

Yoast: yoast.com

Blogstomp: stompsoftware.com/blogstomp/

Photo Mechanic: camerabits.com

The Blogging Process:

  1. Shoot

  2. Upload to computer and back up.

  3. Cull through the entire gallery in Photo Mechanic.

  4. Cull for the blog.

  5. Edit the photos for the blog.

  6. Blogstomp the images and draft the blog post.

  7. Write the copy for the blog post.

Tips for Culling in Blogstomp:

  1. Create an “originals" folder.

  2. Create a “to edit” folder.

  3. Create a “to blog” folder.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Food Network: foodnetwork.com

Bobby Flay: bobbyflay.com

Chef’s Table: bit.ly/BPChefsTable

Kara Kamienski Photography: karakamienskiphotography.com

Miriam Salgado: mirsalgado.com

Kenny Kim: kennykim.com

Links:

Facebook: facebook.com/ebbylphotography

Instagram: instagram.com/ebby_lowry

Website: ebbylphotography.com

Backpack: bit.ly/BPBackpack


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you longing to make connections and build relationships with other photographers in your community? Fulfilling that sense of belonging in any industry is invaluable.

In episode 149 of the Bokeh Podcast, Latoya Dixon Smith of the Queen Photographers shares how she grew her Facebook group of 30 women in South Carolina to an international collaborative of black women photographers around the globe. Listen as she provides 3 helpful tips to launching and maintaining a photography community.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: She hired a business coach to help her manage her time and know what was worth investing herself into. This coach helped her build a system that allows her to stay focused and accomplish her goals. Now, she sets aside time each day to journal and reflect.

Lesson Learned: It is hard to be transparent, but it will allow you to connect with your ideal clients.

The Gear Bag: Sigma Art 35mm lens

Helpful Tips to Launching a Photography Community:

  1. You have to be selfless.

  2. Regularly engage and show up.

  3. Be flexible in how you’ll serve your community

Mentioned in this Episode:

Sierra Collins: sierracphotography.com

Brown Girl with a Camera - Ruby Melton: bgwac.com

Latia Curtis Makeup Artist: latiacurtis.com

Anna of Urban Petals: urbanpetalsllc.com

Ola Kimble: olakimble.com

Catalyst Wedding Co: catalystwedco.com

Tomayia Colvin: tomayiacolvin.com

Catherine Ray - Evergreen Era Films: evergreenerafilms.com

View Details

Do you struggle with naturally posing your clients while also matching their personality? As photographers, we often have to read our clients to know what works during a session.

In episode 148 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nathan, Haylee, Heather, and Rich discuss the importance of creating an enjoyable experience during an engagement session that doesn't feel stiff. Listen as Rich Smith shares his favorite tricks to creating and delivering the perfect engagement session for every couple.

The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 1:30PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Connect:

richsmithphotography.net

@richsmithphoto

@heathersmithrsp

hayleegaffin.com

@hayleegaffin

@nathanholritz

photographersedit.com

@photogsedit

bokehpodcast.com

@bokehpodcast

Links:

JBL Clip 2 Speaker: jbl.com/JBLCLIP2BLKAM.html

Apple Watch: apple.com/watch

momentdesign.co

Promptography Facebook Group: facebook.com/groups/promptography

unposedfieldguide.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you find yourself searching for creativity in your work? Running a photography business can leave you drained and uninspired.

In episode 147 of the Bokeh Podcast, Mike ColĂłn discusses his journey to finding inspiration in his career and how you can do the same. Listen as he provides two tips for staying inspired, while also maintaining a successful business as a photographer.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: Share a calendar with your significant other so you can make time for each other.

Lesson Learned: Once you start, you can never stop. - Dennis Reggie

The Gear Bag: Sony a7R III

2 Ways to Stay Inspired:

  1. Establish your big picture view and values. What drives you?

  2. Find ways to incorporate your passion into your work.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Kenny Kim: kennykim.com

Jeremy Lucero: lucerophotography.com

Wedding Style Magazine: weddingstylemagazine.com

Denis Reggie: denisreggie.com

Gary Vaynerchuk: garyvaynerchuk.com

Links:

Website: mikecolon.com

Instagram: instagram.com/mikecolon

Twitter: twitter.com/mikecolon

Facebook: facebook.com/mikecolon2

Youtube: youtube.com/user/mikecolon


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Does your photography business communicate an openness and excitement to photograph the love story of all couples?

In episode 146 of the Bokeh Podcast, Bobbi Brinkman shares how she ensures her clients are welcomed with love and open arms from the moment they land on her website. Listen as she discusses how you can update your website to attract and embrace every couple, no matter who they love.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: Educating clients on what your hours are so there is an expectation for when they’ll receive a reply.

Brand Position: She listens so she can better tell your story.

Lesson Learned: You have to stay up to date with technology, not just photo gear, but programs that will enable you to run your business better.

Ways to Welcome LGBTQ Weddings:

  1. Add a rainbow badge to your website or make it known that you’re inclusive of all weddings.

  2. Find LGBTQ couples to photograph and add to your portfolio, but don’t make it about your portfolio, make it about them.

Mentioned in this Episode:

The Knot: theknot.com

Links:

Website: bobbibrinkmanphotography.com

Instagram: instagram.com/bobbibrinkmanphotography

Facebook: facebook.com/BobbiBrinkmanPhotograph

Twitter: twitter.com/BobbiBrinkman


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Being an entrepreneur means you're able to take your work anywhere. Are you utilizing the appropriate tools to better manage your work on the go?

In episode 145 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nathan, Haylee, Heather, and Rich share the apps that enable them to mobilize their businesses. Listen as they provide tips to saving time, balancing your workload, and growing your business, all from your phone.

The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 1:30PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Connect:

richsmithphotography.net

instagram.com/richsmithphoto

instagram.com/heathersmithrsp

hayleegaffin.com

instagram.com/hayleegaffin

instagram.com/nathanholritz

photographersedit.com

instagram.com/photogsedit

bokehpodcast.com

instagram.com/bokehpodcast

Apps:

Spark: sparkmailapp.com

Milebug: Since the release of this episode, this app is no longer available.

Quickbooks: quickbooks.intuit.com

Park Mobile: parkmobile.io

Venmo: venmo.com

Bank of America: bankofamerica.com

Expensify: expensify.com/

Prism: prismmoney.com

Mint: mint.com

Sunseeker: bit.ly/ww-sunseeker

Helios: Since the release of this episode, this app is no longer available.

Google Calendar: calendar.google.com

Gmail: mail.google.com

Todoist: todoist.com

Asana: asana.com

Buffer: buffer.com

Dropbox: dropbox.com

Evernote: evernote.com

1Password: 1password.com

Filmic Pros: filmicpro.com

Forrest: forestapp.cc/

Three Tips to Save Time on Your Phone:

  1. Organize your apps by categories/usage so you aren't distracted when you go to work on something.

  2. Use the Forrest App to eliminate distraction.

  3. When in groups with others, put your phone upside down so you aren't on it when you're spending time with others.

Other Links:

Paradox of Choice: http://bit.ly/ww-poc

Garyvaynerchuk.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you aspire to travel internationally while working as a photographer, yet struggle to find ways of making it a profitable business?

In episode 144 of the Bokeh Podcast, Miriam Salgado shares how she united her love of wedding photography and international travel and built her career. Listen as she provides three steps to becoming an international wedding photographer and how you should be charging for it.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: Block off your time.

Lesson Learned: You can say no.

The Gear Bag: Pelican Case, Sony a6500, Sony a7r2, Sony a99

Biggest Challenges of Photographing Internationally:

  1. Making the time work with you and your family.

  2. Knowing how to charge for international travel and wedding.

How to Charge for International Weddings:

  1. Charge for Your Work

  2. Travel Fees

  3. Lodging for the time you’re there for the wedding.

Three Steps to Become an International Wedding Photographer:

  1. Make sure this is what you want to do. You’ll be traveling, working with other timezones, putting forth effort to be found, etc.

  2. Research and register on wedding websites in the countries you want to shoot in.

  3. Reach out to vendors and coordinators on social media in the countries you want to shoot in.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Kenny Kim: kennykim.com

Gary Vaynerchuk: garyvaynerchuk.com

Links:

Mirsalgado.com

Facebook: facebook.com/mir.salgados

Instagram: instgram.com/mirsalgadophotography

Twitter: twitter.com/mirsalgado

Snapchat: instagram.com/mirsalgadophotography

Youtube: youtube.com/channel/UCKl_02KaPeTr7tJKOVutaxw


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out informati

View Details

Have you noticed a lack of diversity and inclusion in the wedding industry? From portfolios to publications, there is room for each of us to further diversify our businesses, and to encourage others to do the same!

Listen in to episode 143 of the Bokeh podcast, as Jessica Hunt discusses how she was able to develop a more inclusive business model through work with industry publications, and shares ways that we as photographers can be more considerate in our efforts at promoting and exemplifying diversity.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: Be intentional about when you’re working and when you’re not working.

The Lesson: Don’t compare your success to the success of others. Success is different for everyone.

The Gear Bag: 50mm 1.2 on a Canon 5d Mark III

4 Steps to Getting Published

  1. Preparation - Get to know your couple, their vendors, their story, and their wedding day timeline so you can prepare to capture images for them and the publications.

  2. The Wedding Day Details - Make sure that what you’re shooting is a comprehensive representation of the wedding. This includes the big venue shot, the ceremony and reception space without guests, etc).

  3. Choosing the Photos - You’ll want to submit between 100-150 photos to a publication that capture beauty, details, and emotion to tell a story.

  4. Research Publications - Research who you’re submitting to and make sure your work fits their niche and style.

How to Promote Inclusion in Your Business:

  1. Reflect and evaluate yourself and see where you sit in your own biases.

  2. Reach out to other business owners and start talking about inclusion so you can work together to change.

  3. Create imagery of inclusivity and sharing it in your portfolio.

Resources for Diversity & Inclusion:

Catalyst Wedding Co: catalystwedco.com

Tomayia Colvin Education: https://www.tomayiacolvineducation.com

Nova Reed of Nu Bride: nubride.com

Get 10% off your first year with Two Bright Lights with the code: JHUNTPHOTOS

Links

Website: jessicahuntphotography.com

Instagram: instagram.com/jhuntphotos

Email: hello@jessicahuntphotography.com

Nathan’s Email: Nathan@photographersedit.com

Oura Ring:

View Details

Are you able to easily find the files you're looking for on your computer? Staying organized a key component to the success of your photography business.

In episode 142 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nathan, Haylee, Heather, and Rich share the principles that enable them to keep their computer organized and decluttered, and the tools that help them do so . Listen as they provide tips for keeping your computer, files, and business organized.

The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 1:30PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Connect:

instagram.com/richsmithphoto

instagram.com/heathersmithrsp

instagram.com/hayleegaffin/

instagram.com/nathanholritz/

instagram.com/photogsedit/

instagram.com/bokehpodcast/

State Farm: statefarm.com

Dropbox: dropbox.com/

Evernote: evernote.com

iCloud: icloud.com

Backblaze: backblaze.com

1Password: 1password.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you ever wanted to explore wedding photography, but are either new to the industry or stuck in your own niche?

In episode 141 of the Bokeh Podcast, Benjamin Clifford discusses how connecting with other professionals and setting goals can ensure you’re entering the wedding photography industry successfully. Listen as he also provides 3 tips that will help you book weddings when you’re just starting out.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: Make a list of 3-5 things you need to accomplish each day and live by it. Reevaluate and repeat.

The Gear Bag: Nikon 85mm 1.4

The Lesson: As a business owner, you’re expected to know and do everything.

Ben’s Goals for Starting a Photography Business:

  1. Getting to spend time with his family.

  2. To fulfill the creative gap that he felt in his career.

  3. Being in a role that constantly challenges him.

Ben’s Business Model:

  1. Maximize Time (so it can be spent with family)

  2. Maximize Profit (to ensure you’re not wasting money)

Brand Position:

We provide a luxurious wedding photography experience to a select number of bride and grooms.

3 Tips to Launching Your Photography Business:

  1. Find a Mentor

  2. Organize a Styled Shoot

  3. Share the types of sessions you want to attract.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Dave Ramsey: daveramsey.com

Links:

Website: benjamincliffordphotography.com

Instagram: instagram.com/benjamincliffordphotography/

The 168 Hours - Laura Vanderkam: amazon.com/168-Hours-Have-More-Think/dp/159184410X

Workflow Wednesday - How to Manage Your Numbers: photographersedit.com/blog/workflow-numbers-accounting/


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you spending too much time trying to organize and communicate your services with potential clients when you could be growing in other areas of your business?

In episode 140 of the Bokeh Podcast, Calli Burnett explains how she streamlined her booking process to automate the detail confirmation, contract, and payments for a session. Listen as she provides two key principals to efficient automation.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Time Technique: Automation in her processes.

Brand Position: Natural light photographer specializing weddings in Noosa and Maleny.

The Lesson: Still to your processes to protect yourself.

The Gear Bag: Canon 5dmkIV w/ 70-200mm and 27-70mm

Two Key Principles to Efficient Automation:

  1. Make sure there is a reason for your processes and workflows.

  2. Take one step at a time. Start with the thing you’re repeating so often.

Links:

Instagram.com/callib.photography

instagram.com/charliandivy

fb.com/callibphotography

www.callibphotography.com.au

Lightblue


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you struggle to connect with parents during your birth sessions?

In episode 139 of the Bokeh Podcast, Lindsey Harmer explains how becoming a doula helped her not only connect with, but support parents during the birth of their child. Listen as she provides 3 tips to break into the birth photography market.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

The Lesson: Lindsey was trying to do everything in her business alone. It finally downed on me that we don’t have to be in competition with each other.

Brand Position: A birth photographer who is there to be a witness, but also there to be a supporter.

The Gear Bag: Canon 24-105mm and 50mm

What is a Doula?

A doula is a birth buddy (or coach) that is there to be an advocate for and support the mom, know her birthing plan, and do everything to keep that plan in effect.

Primary Characteristics of a Good Birth Photographer:

A photographer has to be trustworthy; the client is letting you in on a very intimate and emotional day, both physically and emotionally.

How to Break Into the Birth Photography Market:

  1. Start with the people you already know and have built trust with.

  2. Get educated on birth and the process and prepare for what you’re going to see, especially if you haven’t gone through it yourself.

  3. Reach out to the community: mom communities, OB offices, etc.

Mentioned in this Episode:

Photo Native

Gary Vaynerchuk

Links:

Instagram: Instagram.com/linzmariephotography

Website: lindseymarie.me


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

As a creative, your finances are the last thing you typically want to manage, yet they are paramount to the success of your business.

In episode 138 of the Bokeh Podcast, Colleen Bies reveals the biggest fear for creatives when it comes to accounting. Listen as she shares three tips for overcoming those fears and setting your business up for financial success.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

The Lesson: Allow yourself to be open to the world and the community.

Check out Colleen’s Boudoir Workshop covering:

  1. Posing and Styling

  2. Marketing

  3. In Person Sales

Proceeds will be donated to a local women’s abuse shelter.

Biggest Financial Fear:

Creatives claim to just be creative minded, not business minded.

3 Tips for Finances:

  1. Consistently look at your financials.

  2. Pay attention to the numbers, where they come from, and what they mean.

  3. Get professional help.

The Gear Bag:

Pentax 645n

Canon 1V

Mentioned in this Episode:

Rising Tide Society

Links:

Website: colleenbies.com

Instagram: instagram.com/colleenbies

Facebook: fb.com/colleenbies

Website: thetacticalentrepreneur.com

Instagram: instagram.com/thetacticalentrepreneur

Facebook: fb.com/thetacticalentrepreneur

The E-Myth

Todoist.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you get overwhelmed when dealing with money for your business? Finances and accounting can be tough to manage, especially for the creative entrepreneur.

In episode 137 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nathan, Haylee, Heather, and Rich share the tools and workflows that help keep them financially responsible in their businesses.

The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 1:30PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Connect:

@richsmithphoto

@heathersmithrsp

@hayleegaffin

@nathanholritz

@photogsedit

@bokehpodcast

Shootq

Venmo

Quickbooks

Google Sheets

Mint

Pass

Shootproof

Nate Reynolds - Rubix CPA


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you feel lost in an over-saturated market where every photographer is providing the same service?

In episode 136 of the Bokeh Podcast, Misty Christensen describes how important it is to set yourself apart in order to stand out to your ideal clients. Check out her advice on the three questions you should be asking yourself to make sure you don’t fall into the background of your market.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Technique for Time: Putting the phone away when you should be focusing on something else.

Brand Position: A photographer who cares about you and your wedding.

The Gear Bag: Nikon D750 with a 105mm 1.4

3 Questions to Ask Yourself to Stand Out:

  1. What are my strengths?

  2. What are my weaknesses?

  3. What makes me different as a person?

Mentioned in this episode:

Gary Vaynerchuk

Links:

Website: Mistycphotography.com

Instagram: Instagram.com/mistycphotography


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you searching for ways to advertise your business to the right audience?

In episode 135 of the Bokeh Podcast, Easton Reynolds shares how Facebook ads allow you to target audiences that fit your ideal client while creating messages that will convert. Check out his three simple steps to getting started with Facebook ads.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

The Lesson: After a few years in business, it snuck up on them one year that they only had 10 of the 30 weddings they wanted on the books. Easton and Laura soon realized they hadn’t been intentional in growing their clients and booking.

Time Technique: Go hard at work, when you’re at work. Go hard at home, when you’re at home.

Brand Position: Timeless elegance meets high artistry.

The Gear Bag:

Yongnuo 564

Nikon D750

Magmod Modifiers

Three Steps to Facebook Advertising:

  1. Get to know your ideal clients and their interests.

  2. Add value to your potential clients by giving them information that is practical and free, which will create brand trust.

  3. Reach out to past clients to get a video testimonial of them.

Mentioned in this episode:

Gary Vaynerchuck

Andy & Abigail

Redwood and Rye Studios

Links

Website: theartofsixfigures.com

Facebook: fb.com/theartofsixfigures

Facebook Group: fb.com/groups/TheArtOfTheSecondShot/

Website: lureyphotography.com

Instagram: instagram.com/lureyweddings/

Facebook: fb.com/LuReyPhotography

View Details

Once a client decides they want to book you, are you prepared to take them on as a client?

In episode 134 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nathan Holritz, Rich and Heather Smith, and Haylee Gaffin share the importance of creating workflows and implementing systems that will keep you organized while saving you time during your booking process. Listen in as they share programs you can begin implementing today.

The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 1:30PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Connect:

@richsmithphoto

@heathersmithrsp

@hayleegaffin

@nathanholritz

@photogsedit

@bokehpodcast

Shootq

Venmo

Costco

Honeybook

Dubsado

Agree

Shootflow

Chasing Lockets

Voss

Alex Marie


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you struggling to determine how you should be pricing your services in a way that meets your financial goals?

In episode 133 of the Bokeh Podcast, Kir Tuben explains the importance of setting goals that will lead to success, and then pricing yourself in order to meet those goals. Listen in as she provides three steps to intelligently establish pricing that will enable success for your business.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

The Lesson: Comparison is the root of all evil, so you should be nicer to yourself.

Time Technique: Schedule time to do nothing.

The Gear Bag:

Canon 5dmkIII with any prime lenses.

Pentax 645n

Canon eos3

How to Define Your Success?

Create small goals with overarching big goals that will allow you to reach the success you want.

Kir’s Goals:

  1. Cultivate a loving home.

  2. Feeling content.

  3. Being financially stable.

Three Steps to Intelligently Establish Pricing:

  1. Look at your bills and budget to determine what income will make you financially successful.

  2. Set a limit for yourself on how much you’re going to work by limiting weddings or sessions.

  3. Determine how many weddings or sessions you’d need to shoot to hit the prior goals.

If your final price seems unreasonable for your market, make adjustments to #2 and #3.

Mentioned in this episode:

Carly Jurach

Tony Robbins

Links:

Website: kir2ben.com

Facebook: fb.com/kir2ben

Instagram: @kir2ben

Rising Tide Society:

Cultivate What Matters

Re-Awaken the Giant Within - Tony Robbins

Gary Vaynerchuck


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

As a self-employed entrepreneur, are you struggling to manage your finances while pursuing your dream?

In episode 132, Vincent Pugliese shares how you can prioritize and plan for financial freedom in your business. Listen in as he discusses the most harmful behaviors that are causing entrepreneurs to be careless with their money.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

The Lesson: After reaching out to his dad for a job opportunity, his dad said, “You have a skill, but you’re not using it correctly.”

Time Technique: Rather than involving their kids in sports and extracurricular activities that they didn’t really care about, they spend the time together.

Two Motivating Factors of Change: Inspiration & Desperation

Harmful Financial Behaviors:

  1. Being unaware of prioritizing your investments that will lead to growth.

  2. Not spending time with those who will build you up and help you grow.

Fruit to Financial Freedom:

F - Food

R - Residence

U - Utilities

I - Insurance

T - Transportation and Taxes

Mentioned in this episode:

Jim Rohn

Seth Godin

Dan Miller

Links:

thefreelancetribe.com

Freelance to Freedom

Mint.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you building an online presence that is attracting and booking your ideal clients?

In episode 131 of the Bokeh podcast, Nathan Holritz, Rich Smith, and Haylee Gaffin discuss how to use social media to market to your ideal clients online. Listen in as they review how to use organic and paid social media to build an online presence and drive traffic to your website.

The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 1PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Connect:
Richsmithphotography.net
@richsmithphoto
@heathersmithrsp
HayleeGaffin.com
@hayleegaffin
@nathanholritz
Photographersedit.com
@photogsedit
@bokehpodcast

Links:
iris-works.com
Hootsuite.com
Buffer.com
Planoly.com
Gary Vaynerchuck
Jab Jab Jab Right Hook - Gary Vaynerchuck
Shootq
Honeybook
Dubsado


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

You’re clear about your photographic style and you’ve determined your ideal client, but have you created the legal and financial structure for your business that is necessary for your protection and for your success?

Make sure to listen in to episode 130 as lawyer and photographer, Paige Griffith, guides us through the 5 steps photographers need to take to make sure that they’ve sucessfuly established their business from a legal standpoint, and set themselves up for financial success.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Lesson Learned: After working her traditional 8-5 job as a law clerk and photographing on the weekends, she knew she something wasn’t right since she lived for the weekend. She knew photography was pulling her into a different direction than the traditional post-law school route. She decided to combine her photography and legal passions into one as her own practice.

Time Technique: Schedule time for yourself.

The Gear Bag: Canon Mark IV, 85mm 1.2L, Reflector

The Legal Paige: Empowering small business owners to feel confident and protected in their legal legitimacy.

5 Steps to Legal Success in Your Business:

  1. Determine if you’re running your business alone or in a partnership, then determine how you want to register your business (sole proprietor, LLC, etc.)

  2. Maintain a separate business bank account (requires a free EIN number).

  3. Create a budget spreadsheet that is accounting for the percentage of what your tax liability will likely be in the end. Keep all of your receipts.

  4. Ensure that you have the necessary contracts in place.

  5. Have a plan in place in case something comes up (ex. A lawyer you can call).

Download Paige’s Top 10 Business Tricks

Budgeting Tips:

  1. Plan for your taxes on a monthly basis to ensure you’re saving the correct amount of money.

  2. Keep all of your receipts.

  3. Working from home saves so much in the long run.

  4. Hire independent contractors before hiring full time employees.

Photographers Mentioned in this Episode:

Alysha Larkey - Make It Happen Photography

Jenna Kutcher

Zack Gray

Christina Scalera

Links:

Website:

View Details

What happens to your images after you shoot? Do you have an efficient workflow in place to name, download, archive, and edit your images, or does everything feel a bit chaotic and haphazard?

In episode 129 of the Bokeh podcast, Rich and Heather Smith and Nathan Holritz outline a simple, efficient workflow for managing your images during and after your portrait session, wedding, or commercial shoot, so that you can rest easy, and direct your attention to other important areas of your business and personal life!

The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 1PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Links
Nathan Holritz
Heather Smith
Rich Smith
Photographer's Edit

Spider Holster
Lexar Card Reader
Hyperdrive Portable Hard Drive


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do your weddings tend to feel chaotic and unorganized at times? Do you fall behind your timeline or lose track of keeping up with everything your couple holds special during their big day?

In episode 128 of the Bokeh Podcast, photographers Andrew Mishler and Melanie Soliel explain how to use a pre-wedding consult to set the tone and organization for your client’s wedding day. Listen in as they share important tips that will help you master your pre-wedding consults.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Andrew & Melanie’s Lesson Learned: After the tragic loss of a wedding couple shortly after the wedding, their focus of creating beautiful images that would make a great blog post or help them get published shifted to to creating very deep and meaningful images for their couples.

Brand Position: Quality over quantity and family over everything. They’re not working just for the client, they’re working for their kids and their kids’ kids and beyond.

The Gear Bag: Canon 5D Mark III & IV, 85mm 1.2, 135mm

The Pre-Wedding Consultation:

This is the secret to a successful wedding day. It allows you to set up expectations, decrease stress,

Three Purposes of the Pre-Wedding Consultation:

  1. Setting up the foundation for a successful wedding day timeline by going over the wedding details and getting connected with the coordinator.

  2. Determining the appropriate amount of coverage to ensure you’re getting paid for your time.

  3. Creating legacy images for the couple based on their individual desires and situations.

4 Tips to Improve Pre-Wedding Consultation:

  1. Setting the expectation from the very first conversation that the consultation with happen 3-4 weeks before the wedding.

  2. Get to know your couple on a personal level through their family dynamics, a family tree, and a history of each family member.

  3. Don’t give away time. If you realize during the consultation that there may not be enough time in the day, suggest adding more.

  4. Don’t assume your client is going to give you everything you need to know about the wedding day; you have to ask the questions.

Links:

Website: AndrewandMelanie.com

Facebook: Andrew & Melanie

Instagram: @Andrew_mishler @Melaniesoliel

Jeff & Jen - Tonic Site Shop

How to Create a Website that is Uniquely You - Jeff Shipley and Jen Olmstead

View Details

Is your desktop or laptop cluttered with files from past and recent photo shoots, with no easy to way to find the files when you need them? Are those same images taking up space on your hard drive, slowing your computer down, and leaving you wondering where to put the images next?

Listen in to this weeks' Workflow Wednesday episode with Nathan Holritz and Rich and Heather Smith, as they break down how you can simply and efficiently organize and archive your images from past and recent portrait sessions or events for easy access when needed, and safe backup for peace of mind.

The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 1PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Links
Nathan Holritz
Heather Smith
Rich Smith
Haylee Gaffin
Photographer's Edit

WD hard drives
Samsung solid state hard drive
Backblaze
ChronoSync
WhatSize
Arq
ShootProof

The Smith's folder naming scheme

Year, Month, Day, Date, Job Name, Job Type

The Smith's folder contents

LR catalog, Originals folder, Edited folder, Temporary folder

Nathan's folder structure

Year, Client Name, Date/Type of Shoot, Originals, Edited, LR Catalog


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you hesitant to make an appearance on your Instagram in order to maintain a beautiful feed? Could this be leading to missed opportunities from clients who want to know the person behind the camera?

In episode 126 of the Bokeh Podcast, Anastasia Giaouris of Olive Photography shares how she uses Instagram Stories to represent her brand, herself, and her values. Listen in as she provides you with tips to get started creating content for Instagram Stories that will connect you and your followers.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

For me, the purpose of the stories primarily is to connect with your viewers, help them get to know you.

Lesson Learned: Two months after going full time, she experienced an anxiety attack where she ended up calling an ambulance. After that experience, she realized she needed to take time for herself, live her life with intention and not let her business take over her life.

Steps to Taking More Time for Herself:

  1. Going out for more walks.

  2. Learn how to ground yourself and just take time to breathe.

Brand Position: A photographer of love and happiness, capturing genuine warm moments of life and love.

Content Ideas for Instagram Stories:

  1. Great projects you’re working on.

  2. Upcoming shoots that you’re preparing for.

  3. Your pets, because everyone loves animals.

  4. Food that you enjoy.

  5. Behind the scenes of your life.

3 Creative Ways to Use Instagram Stories:

  1. Make your followers an insider on a dilemma.

  2. Poll your audience.

  3. Take them with you on an adventure.

4 Steps to Get Started:

  1. Identify what your brand is and the type of people you want to attract.

  2. Asses things that you already do that naturally represent your brand to share on your stories.

  3. Utilize the tools that Instagram has to make stories look fun.

  4. Don’t be afraid to show your face.

Instagram Accounts to Follow for Inspiration:

@kironcmukherjee @phil_torres @brides

Mentioned in this Episode:

Nichole Goddard

Links

Website: olivephotography.ca

Instagram: @olivephototo

Facebook: Olive Photography

Workflow Wednesday

View Details

Are you efficiently managing your communication with potential clients and colleagues? With all of the tools and functionality out there, where do you begin implementing systems?

In episode 125 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nathan Holritz, Haylee Gaffin, Heather Smith, and Rich Smith continue the series on managing communication in their photography business. They share their top three tools and tips to efficiently organize and structure your primary forms of contact.

The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 1PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Links
Nathan Holritz
Heather Smith
Rich Smith
Haylee Gaffin
Photographer's Edit
Shootq
Boomerang for Gmail
Text Expander
Slack
Gmail
Todoist
Unroll.me
Getting Things Done


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you losing potential customers on your website? Do you see plenty of traffic in your analytics, yet visitors continue to fall off without converting?

In episode 124 of the Bokeh Podcast, Paige Vaughn and Amanda Csakan share how building funnels on your website can impact client experience and conversion. Listen as they provide tips on how to create better funnels and what to avoid when building them.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Paige’s Aha Moment: Stay in your swim lane and don’t compare yourself to other entrepreneurs.

Amanda’s Aha Moment: It’s important to figure out who you want to serve and what will meet their needs. This allows you to define your messaging.

Amanda’s Technique for Time: Pomodoro Technique - Breaking tasks down into 20-25 minutes of focused time separated by 3-5minute breaks.

Paige’s Technique for Time: When you approach your business, really prioritize the 2-3 talents that you are the best at and outsource the rest.

Amanda’s Brand Position: Helping photographers and wedding creatives build brands that reflect who they are and what that stand for while attracting the clients they love working with.

Paige’s Brand Position: Wedding photographer for fun, easygoing, joyful couples in love.

The Gear Bag: Canon 5D Mark III, 50mm 1.2L

Tips for Creating Funnels for Your Website:

  1. Keep your CTAs to a minimum and as clear as possible.

  2. Using your website as a content resource will keep users interested in your website and sign up for your eNewsletter. Capturing their emails allows you to keep in contact with them even if social platforms disappear.

How You’re Hurting Your Website Funnels

  1. There are too many Call-to-Actions on a Homepage or there are none. You should have no more than 3-5 CTAs.

  2. Photographers jump straight into talking about themselves without talking about their service or the opposite and they’re not talking about themselves at all.

  3. The “About” page isn’t speaking to your dream client.

Photographers Mentioned in this Episode: Abbey Grace

Links:

Tribes by Seth Godin

Rising Tide Society

Abbey Grace

Dubsado

Photographer’s Edit

Moment Lens

View Details

Are you overwhelmed with the constant onslaught of phone calls, emails, text messages, and social media messages to your business? Is all the incoming communication distracting you from the rest of your business?

In episode 123 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nathan Holritz, Heather Smith, and Rich Smith begin a series about how to more efficiently manage all of the communication associated with running a photography business. To start the conversation, the trio discuss the significance of scheduling times for communication, and share the schedules that have worked best for their businesses.

The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 1PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Links

Nathan Holritz

Heather Smith

Rich Smith

Haylee Gaffin

Photographer's Edit

PhoneView

Inbox Pause

Boomerang for Gmail

Drift


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you struggle with turning website traffic into paying clients?

In episode 122 of the Bokeh Podcast, Davey Jones explains the importance in the design of your website and how you could be converting more clients. Listen as he shares the biggest mistakes you may be making that are causing you to lose conversions.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Davey’s Lesson Learned: Successes of past businesses don’t always follow you on new adventures and you have to remember the work that goes into building a new brand. You have to learn how to pivot and make small changes based on the results that you’re seeing.

“An interesting story is life minus all of the boring parts.” - Alfred Hitchcock

Brand Position: Helping creative service-based business owners build their brands, launch their websites, and expand their reach

Mistakes You’re Making On Your Website:

  1. They design the website based on an outline you’ve planned out with pages for every item when they should be focusing on the flow and user experience of the website.

  2. They’re blending galleries of different types of photography and events where they should be sharing galleries of individual events that allow clients to see not only a beautiful aesthetic, but an experience.

  3. Oversharing is a common mistake; your site doesn’t need to give a potential client enough to not need to contact your or convert.

  4. Creating contact forms on your website is great, but if you’re not offering an alternative way for someone to contact you (like an email address) or have asked too many questions, you’re losing potential inquiries.

“Make your about page about your ideal client instead of about you."

Photographers Mentioned in this Episode: Jenna Kutcher

Links:

Website: daveyandkrista.com

Instagram: @daveytjonsey @kristaajones @daveyandkrista

Facebook: Davey & Krista

Jeff Goins - The Art of Work

Donald Miller - Building a Storybrand

Showit.co

View Details

Are you exuding integrity in your business as a way to build a better client experience and set yourself apart from others?

In episode 121 of the Bokeh Podcast, Megan Newton shares how maintaining integrity in her business has allowed her to gain the trust and loyalty of her clients. Listen as she shares six ways you can proactively treat your clients with a higher level of integrity.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Megan’s Aha Moment: Megan would sing praises of her business when it was doing well and talk negatively about it when it wasn’t meeting her needs until someone pointed out that she was in an unhealthy relationship with her business.

Time Technique: Set aside time to be together at the beginning of your day.

Brand Position: Sophisticated, moment inspired imagery for authentic and intentional couples.

The Gear Bag: Canon 5D Mark III, Sigma 50mm

Integrity: The quality of honesty.

"Collaboration allows for you to be in power with your client as opposed to power over your client."

Six Steps to Integrity:

  1. Invest in time with your client.

  2. Be transparent in how you intend to use the images.

  3. Share your client’s images with them for approval and experience before you share on social media.

  4. Ask permission again before sharing.

  5. Delivering images on time to the clients.

  6. Arriving on time to set events and meetings.

Links

Website: megannewtonphotography.com

Facebook: Megan Newton Photography

Instagram: @megnewton

Episode 101: Ryan Dugger - How to Become a Full-Time Photographer

The Four Agreements - Don Miguel Ruiz

iEmpathize


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you have systems implemented in your business that allow you to efficiently get work done?

In episode 120 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nathan Holritz, Heather Smith, and Haylee Gaffin discuss dive further into conversation about task and project management. Listen in as they share their weekly and daily routines that allow them to manage their workload. The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 1PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Links

Nathan Holritz

Heather Smith

Haylee Gaffin

Trello

Katelyn James' Screencast of Trello

Todoist

ShootQ

Photographer's Edit

Mint

Getting Things Done - David Allen

4 Hour Workweek - Time Ferriss

Project Management for Dummies


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you putting your artistic agenda above your client experience?

In episode 119 of the Bokeh Podcast, Rachael Schirano shares how you can put your client first while still maintaining your creativity. Listen as she provides tips for creating a smooth wedding day for both you and your client.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

The Gear Bag: Canon Body, Canon 24-70mm 35mm, Canon 135 mm

Tip for Choosing Gear:

You don’t always need what everyone else has. Learn what works best for your style of shooting and stick with it.

Tip for a Smooth Wedding Day:

  1. Create a very secure timeline in collaboration with the wedding couple.

  2. Have them create a family portrait shot list so you can run through it much smoother.

Links:

Website: Rachaelschirano.com

Instagram: @rachaelschirano<

Facebook: Rachael Schirano Photography

Episode 81: Helping Boudoir Clients Feel Beautiful - Rachael Schirano

Mating in Captivity - Esther Perel

Moment Lens


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you intrigued by mirrorless cameras, but hesitant to make the switch in your business?

In episode 118 of the Bokeh Podcast, Ashlee Hamon explains why she made the switch to mirrorless and the impact it made on her photos and business. Listen as she shares her favorite accessories and gear since going mirrorless.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Ashlee’s Aha Moment: I am the one that define’s my success.

Time Technique: Setting boundaries and sticking to them.

Brand Position: A boutique wedding and portrait photographer based in Tampa telling vibrant stories about who and what you love.

The Gear Bag: Fujinon 56 mm lens

Ashlee’s Decision to Go Mirrorless:

When she was on a 12 hour hike in Chile for a wedding, she was lugging one body and two lenses around and was miserable.

Ashlee’s Equipment:

Fuji X-T2 Mirrorless Camera Body

Nissan Flashes

Phottix Triggers for Nikon

Mentioned in this Episode:

Joe McNally

The Strobist

Links

Website: ashleehamon.com

Instagram: @ashlee_hamon_photography


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you struggle to accomplish every project you set out to complete?

In episode 117 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nathan Holritz and Haylee Gaffin discuss setting up and utilizing project management systems for your business. Listen in as they share how to get started in organizing your business. The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 1PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Ready to Get Organized?

  1. Create a system.

  2. Break everything into Projects and Tasks

Links

Nathan Holritz

Haylee Gaffin

Trello

Katelyn James' Screencast of Trello

Asana

Teamwork

Wunderlist

Todoist

Getting Things Done - David Allen

4 Hour Workweek - Time Ferriss

Project Management for Dummies

Erin Condren


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you looking to use your gift of photography in a way that gives back to others?

In episode 116, photographer Laura Jennings shares the impact photographers can have on families facing difficult times. Listen as she describes the beauty behind gifting your talents to others and how you can partner with Magic Hour Foundation to provide free sessions to families battling terminal cancer.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Laura’s Aha Moment: You can’t please everyone. So finding a niche will allow you to find your ideal client.

Time Technique: Know your slow season and use that time to travel. Plan to keep one day of the week dedicated to family.

Brand Position: She specializes in sunset beach family portrait sessions for tourists.

The Gear Bag: Canon 5D Mark III, Sigma 35 mm

Magic Hour Foundation:

"I have been beyond blessed to have this talent, let alone make a business out of it that supports my family. And I felt like aside from the pro bono work I do on my own, it needed to be taken to a larger scale. That's when I found the Magic Hour Foundation, which offers free photo services (and adorable keepsakes) for families battling terminal cancer, or survivors.

I met my first family in 2016 and it was honestly one the most rewarding and difficult things I've ever done. Charlie was suffering from terminal brain cancer that was quite a battle for about 7 years. He ran marathons, has a wife and 2 teenage daughters and fought so hard. They decided to take a final vacation to Panama City Beach to bring Charlie to the beach and try to relax as a family. That's when I met them.

We went out to the beach at sunset for about 45 minutes and just talked, laughed, played, all while capturing their last moments together as a family. The way he looked at those girls was something they needed documented forever. I sobbed the entire walk back to my car and home, but had never felt so "accomplished" as a photographer, if that makes sense.

You forget sometimes that you are creating their legacy. These pictures are not only for them right now, but for generations to come."

The Magic Hour Foundation Process:

  1. You’ll receive a call from the Magic Hour Foundation, who provides you with the name, number, email, and status of a person in need of the service.

  2. You’ll contact the family and set up an appointment and determine any special requests for the session.

  3. Run through a session just like you would a normal session, but keep in mind the sensitivity and importance of these pictures.

  4. After you edit the images, you’ll upload them to the Magic Hour Foundation portal.

  5. MHF creates an online gallery and keepsake box of the prints for the client.

View Details

Are you photographing weddings in a way that captures your client's vision of their big day?

In episode 115 of the Bokeh Podcast, Lisa Meyer shares the importance of communication and expectation with clients prior to their wedding day. Listen as she provide tips on how to plan the wedding day timeline and set those expectations to deliver a vision your client will be proud to show off.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Lisa’s Aha Moment: After a back to back wedding weekend, Lisa confused the two weddings and missed a shot requested by one of her brides. From then on she realized she needed to know her limits and treat each wedding as it’s own with preparation and detail.

Time Technique: Keep up with your workflow and don’t get behind.

Brand Position: Lisa puts herself out there as part of her brand and connects with her clients when she meets them.

The Gear Bag: EBL Rechargeable AA Batteries,

The Wedding Vision Process:

  1. When a bride first books, establish whether they want to trust your creative judgement or if they have very specific needs for their wedding day.

  2. Fine-tune the expectations and details during the engagement session.

  3. Clearly establish the final expectations based on the wants of the client through examples for inspiration; if those examples cannot be met, explain why and how they could be.

  4. Work with them to create a timeline that ensures all of their photos are captured, along with candid moments.

Links:

Website: lisameyerphotography.com

Facebook: Lisa Meyer Photography

Instagram: @lisameyerphotography

Moonwalking with Einstein - Joshua For

W Magazine


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Does your business support the dreams you have for yourself and your family? It's time to make those dreams a reality.

In episode 114 of the Bokeh Podcast, Graham and Ashley Scobey share how to ensure that your business supports your dreams, the steps to building that business, and how to maintain it.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Ashley’s Aha Moment: There is no “there” when you’re looking at the future of your company and trying to get “there.” When they realized that, it allowed them to live in the now.

Graham’s Aha Moment: When working at Starbucks, his boss instilled in him that there is always something to do, so you shouldn’t be standing around waiting.

Time Technique:

  1. Implementing workflows and systems that will save you time.

  2. Being a husband/wife team has the advantage of handling the home and business with balance.

  3. Outsourcing your work.

Brand Position: High end photographers and tellers of courageous love stories, specializing in creating art that allows for time-travel. Focus on who you are, not what you are.

The Three Pillars of their Brand:

  1. Invest in People

  2. Develop Relationships

  3. Moments in Time

Three Steps to Building the Business of Your Dreams:

  1. Take the dream and break it down into objectives (step by step process of getting to your how). Put the objectives on your calendar and honor the schedule.

  2. Invite your community to hold you accountable.

  3. Follow through with your plans.

Links:

Website: thescobeys.com

Instagram: @thescobeys

Facebook: Scobey Photography

Alan Watts

Gary Vaynerchuk

Toto’s Africa

The 4 Hour Work Week

The Lean Startup - Eric Reis

Where good ideas come from - Steven Johnson

Onward - Howard Schultz


See acast.com/p

View Details

Have you been searching for a solution to deliver beautiful galleries and tangible products while acting as a client management system?

In episode 113, Nirit & Amir Karby share how they saw a need in the photography industry that led to the creation of Pic-Time. From simple, yet flexible features to automation, Pic-Time fulfills the needs of your business, while creating tangible products for your clients.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Aha Moment: When launching Pic-Time, it was the first company that didn’t include investors or partners that they had to answer to; it was finally a company that was theirs.

Time Technique: When planning to take time off, delegation of team members to handle your work is key.

Pic-Time is a platform for gallery sharing, product ordering, client management, and more, created by artists and engineers to fulfill a need in the photography industry.

Three Factors Driving Pic-Time:

  1. Simplicity

  2. Flexibility

  3. Automation

How Pic-Time Delivers Tangible Products:

  1. Photographers choose their fulfiller.

  2. Photographers can design albums or suggest prints.

  3. There are a variety of print products.

Links:

Website: www.pic-time.com

Instagram: @pictime_us

Facebook: Pic-time


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Does the fear of dealing with negative feedback in your photography business give you anxiety?

In episode 112 of the Bokeh Podcast, Skylar Coonan shares her approach to handling negative feedback through open communication and empathy.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Skylar’s Aha Moment: After trying for so long to be professional, she realized that she wasn’t being personal in her business, which was keeping her from connecting with potential clients.

Time Technique: Set aside and schedule time weekly for the important people in your life.

Brand Position: “There’s a story in every photo and your story is worth capturing.” The photos she takes are meant to be memories captured.

The Gear Bag: Canon 7D & 17-55mm 2.8

Sources of Negative Feedback:

  1. Yourself

  2. Family & Friends

  3. Clients

Motivators of Negative Feedback:

  1. Lack of confidence

  2. Lack of communication

"When we get negative feedback, we should use it as fuel to excel."

How to Handle Negative Feedback:

  1. Have an understanding of when to apologize and when to stand up for your business.

  2. Learn to approach a situation with love to allow acceptance and understanding.

  3. Empathize with your clients and understand that they paid for a product and just want to be happy with it.

Photographers Mentioned in this Episode:

Shannon - Silver Vine

Links:

Website: skylarcoonanphotography.com

instagram.com/skylarcoonanphotography

Facebook: fb.com/skylarcoonanphotography

Tony Robbins - ReAwaken the Giant Within


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you enjoy working with children and want to incorporate school portraits into your services?

In episode 111 of the Bokeh Podcast, Kristin Boyer describes how she got started in school portrait photography, while still running her children and family portrait business. Listen as she shares the challenges, rewards, and top tips to getting started with photographing school portraits.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Kristin’s Aha Moment: Don’t be afraid. Photography had always just been a hobby and when someone she was teaching started her business, she realized she could as well.

Time Technique: Block off time, schedule it, and plan around it.

Brand Position: Kristin is a children and family photographer focusing on joy and real emotions.

The Gear Bag: Canon 5d Mark IV; 70-200mm 2.8, 24-105mm

How is the Market with Lifetouch?

For many large schools that have too many children to give too much individual attention to, Lifetouch is a perfect solution. For many smaller schools that want to provide a more individual based experience, smaller companies can come in and provide that.

The Most Challenging Element of School Photography:

  1. The workflow of processing before and after: how to keep up with 800+ student names, classroom, and order information.

  2. Keeping lighting consistent for all students’ photos. Purchasing a tent was the best decision for keeping consistency.

The Most Rewarding Element of School Photography:

Engaging with the children and seeing them smile.

5 Key Elements of Good School Portrait Session:

  1. Relax & have fun.

  2. All of the basic work of organization should be done beforehand.

  3. Have the kids repeat something that will make them laugh.

  4. Keep everything simple on the day of, from the equipment to the backdrops.

  5. Take between 5-8 shots of each child with different expressions. Parents are more likely to buy a series of different shots.

4 Steps to Getting into School Photography:

  1. Figure out the logistics: How will you provide proofs, online ordering, and physical products.

  2. Create a portfolio through a model call.

  3. Get in contact with the schools local to you, but start small.

  4. Stay true to yourself and the work you want to work on.

Links:

Website: kboyerphotography.com

Facebook: Kristin Boyer - K. Boyer P

View Details

Do you want to create a unique brand position that targets your ideal clients?

In episode 110 of the Bokeh Podcast, brand designer and strategist, Bonnie Bakhtiari of BisforBonnieDesign.com, shares the importance of how your brand should verbally and visually represent you. Check out her four steps to clearly and creatively define your brand position.

The Bokeh Podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Bonnie’s Aha Moment: Understanding that boundaries are important in entrepreneurship.

Bonnie’s Brand Position: Bonnie is a brand designer and strategist for creative women entrepreneurs. She specializes in crafting visual brands that reflect the heart of their life’s work.

Bonnie’s Definition of Brand: A brand is made up of multiple components: visual, verbal, and experiential. It is a promise that you make to your clients through your work.

Bonnie’s Definition of Brand Position: How you position yourself in your client’s mind and how you educate your client on how your work fits into their life.

A Good Brand Position Defines:

  1. Who you are.

  2. What you do.

  3. How it’s different.

  4. How it adds value.

Three examples brand positions that are not detailed enough:

  1. I’m a photographer for people in love.

  2. I’m a wedding photographer in (city/state).

  3. I’m a photographer that specialized in engagements, weddings, and anniversaries.

Three examples of good brand positions:

  1. Graham & Ashley Scobey - “We are tellers of courageous love stories, specializing in wedding photography for adventurous brides.”

  2. I’m a photographer specializing in luxury destination weddings for joyful couples in an elevated experience.

  3. I’m a newborn & family photographer serving families with special needs children in Central Pennsylvania through personalize intimate in-home sessions.

"Your brand position statement doesn’t have to feel hard or overwhelming."

4 Steps to Develop a Clearer, More Effective Brand Position:

  1. Know who you are and articulate that in writing.

  2. Write down what you offer in specifics.

  3. Write down and articulate clearly who your ideal client is that you want to be working with.

  4. Brainstorm ways that your process, approach, and style is different; lean into that.

Photographers Mentioned in this Episode:

Graham & Ashely Scobey

Links:

Website: bisforbonniedesign.com

Instagram: @bonniejoymarie

22 Immutable Laws of Marketing by Al Ries and Jack Trout

View Details

Are you looking to increase your sales while still building a relationship with your clients?

In episode 109 of the Bokeh Podcast, Carly Jurach of Someplace Images shares how she implemented in-person sales (IPS) into her workflow in order to increase her profits. Listen as she shares three tips to getting started with IPS that will also create a better experience for your clients.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Carly’s Aha Moment: While sitting around a table at a James & Jess workshop talking about the persona of their ideal client, she couldn’t name everything that her clients would be interested in, but she knew that they were brides who wanted to feel comfortable and positive during their session. James told her, “You’ve found it, you’ve found your ideal client.” How she makes people feel is much more important than any persona she could give her clients.

Carly’s Introduction to In-Person Sales (IPS):

When Carly worked on cruise ships, she managed IPS for all clients before they got off the ship.

How to Determine What to Sell:

Ask yourself, what would you want out of a session?

How to Host Same Day Sales Sessions:

  • Prior to the session, send them pricing and products, a questionnaire to determine what they want, and offer to answer any questions.

  • Plan for a five hour day.

  • Provide Hair, Makeup, & Mimosas in your studio.

  • Hold the session between 60-90 minutes

  • Allow them to get dressed and comfortable while you’re importing, culling, and adding presets to the images (average 45 minutes).

  • Run through a slideshow of the images and share your packages and product samples.

How to Get Started with IPS:

  1. Run your numbers and know where you want to be in order to know where you have to price yourself.

  2. Setting your products and product prices.

  3. Memorize everything for ease of selling.

Photographers Mentioned in this Episode:

Jess Fairchild

James Witty

Abbey Grace

Gary Fong

Links:

Website: someplaceimages.com

Instagram: @someplaceimages

Facebook: Someplace Images

Private Boudoir Facebook Group: Someplace Boudoir & Glamour

Email: carly@someplaceimages.com

Episode 84: Batman Lenses, Cruise Ships, and Burnout - Carly Jurach

James & Jess Workshop

View Details

Would you like to have a website that not only looked stunning, but more effectively communicated what your photography business is offering to potential clients?

In this new (and hilarious!) episode of the Bokeh podcast, Jeff Shipley and Jen Olmstead share how they’ve created a company that enables photographers to more effectively package and sell their photography brand through a website that actually reflects the photographer's personality, and converts new clients!

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Jeff’s Time Technique: He schedules his free time before anything else is scheduled.

Jen’s Time Technique: Having dedicated work days and dedicated mom days to create a productive, yet balance life was helpful. When she had her second child, she realized it is a constant evaluation of your time and what works for you.

Background on Tonic: Jeff & Jen met in an online Facebook group, met for drinks, and immediately knew that together, they could meet the needs of so many photographers on a budget.

Importance of Branding in your Website:

In branding your website, you want to ensure that you’re attracting your ideal clients, showing who you are, and what you do while still creating a beautiful visual.

How to Find Inspiration without Copying:

Find inspiration from multiple sources that will allow you to create something unique.

Photographer’s Mentioned in this Episode:

Shay Cochran

Links

Website: tonicsiteshop.com

Facebook: Tonic Site Shop

Instagram: @tonicsiteshop

Old Fashioned Recipe

The Brand Interview

The Brand Questionnaire

Showit.co

United

W Magazine


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Is your business losing money when you know it should be growing?

In episode 107 of the Bokeh Podcast, photographer and business coach Polly Alexandre shares 10 ways you’re holding yourself back from potential clients and income in your photography business.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

About Polly:

Polly Alexandre is an International Success Coach for Creative Entrepreneurs.

With a background in fashion, advertising & photography before becoming a coach and healer, Polly is a serial entrepreneur and leading money block coach. She mentors, coaches & supports ambitious, creatives to overcome their past, and the blocks & fears holding them back, so they can truly fulfill all their potential in life and business.

Polly helps people overcome their negative money beliefs, raise their rates and make more money, and in the process become more empowered, more confident and create more peace, freedom and happiness.

As a photographer Polly fulfilled all her goals of shooting weddings all over the world, being extensively published and getting commissioned by Martha Stewart Weddings, including her dream a Martha Stewart Weddings print cover. She now takes a few select wedding commissions a year & blogs at livingbeautifully.com.

Polly’s Aha Moment: You have to keep evolving and you can’t resist change.

Time Technique: The first 2-3 hours of Polly's day are spent on her so that she can get in the mindset that she wants to be in for her clients.

Photographers Mentioned in this Episode:

Emma O’Brien

Darcy Benincosa

Katie Julia

10 Ways Your Photography Business is Losing Money

  1. When you allow your worth to be determined by someone else’s budget.

  2. Planning your pricing based on the local market.

  3. Holding onto regrets, resentments, and mistakes. This blocks the flow of abundance.

  4. Not developing ongoing relationships with your existing clients.

  5. Believing that print sales are dead and buying into the mentality that “nobody does that anymore.”

  6. Trying to do everything yourself.

  7. Doing admin support.

  8. Not working on yourself because you’re so focused on your business.

  9. Apprehension about money. If you’re uncomfortable with receiving money, you’re going to be uncomfortable running a business.

  10. Having a fear of success and being in the public eye.

Links

Coaching Website: pollyalexandre.com

Wedding Website: alexandreweddings.com

Financial Website:

View Details

Are you looking to improve the processes in your photography business?

In episode 105, Jeff Watkins of KolorPHX Photographic Co. shares about the importance of iteration and workflows in business that proactively improve overall client experience. Listen as he provides four tips to effectively iterate the processes in your business.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Jeff’s Aha Moment: Being confident in my faults and stop playing the comparison game.

Time Tool: Schedule your time.

Brand Position: They set themselves apart by creating a wonderful client experience that allows their client to trust them.

The Gear Bag: Canon 5D mk III & IV, 24 mm, 50 mm, 70-200mm, 85mm, and 100 mm

Tips for Timelines with Planners:

Build the relationship with the planner first. After relationships are built, you can make suggestions and offer to make their job easier by providing insight on your thoughts as a photographer.

Four Ways to Effectively Iterate and Improve Processes:

  1. Be self-aware and understand your weaknesses.

  2. Listen to your clients and give them what they want.

  3. Schedule everything

  4. Create an inner circle of professionals that are already at a place you want to be at that will act as mentors.

Links:

Website: https://kolorphx.com

Instagram: @kolorphx

Facebook: Kolor PHX Photographic Co.

JPEGMINI - Reduce file size by up to 80%.


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

We all want to figure out how to spend less time doing busywork, but most of us are artist types - not workflow engineers!

Unless you’re Carrie. 😃

Listen in to today’s Bokeh Podcast interview as engineer-turned-photographer, Carrie Wildes, shares 3 important elements of her workflow that have helped her photography business run way more efficiently!

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

The Gear Bag: Spider Belt

Three Steps to a More Efficient Photography Business:

  1. Hire an editor or outsource your editing.

  2. Hire a Studio Manager or Virtual Assistant to handle the admin work you don’t enjoy.

  3. Implement a workflow system.

Wedding Wiz - Transforms your clients’ answers

The Promise Love Foundation

  • Provides answers for families interested in fostering or adopting children.

  • Helps raise funds for families wanting to adopt.

Links

Website: Carriewildes.com

Instagram: @carriewildes

Facebook: Carrie Wildes

ShootQ

The E-Myth Revisited - Michael Gerber

Google Voice

Wedding Wiz

The Promise Love Foundation


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you ever feel overwhelmed, stressed, or burnt out from the responsibilities of being an entrepreneur?

In episode 104 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nathan Holritz, Heather Smith, and Haylee Gaffin discuss mental health and finding a peace of mind as the last topic in this series on health. Listen in as they share their struggles with mental health and the steps they've taken to proactively ensure a healthy state of mind. The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 1PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Tips to maintaining peace of mine:

  1. Know your limits & recognize them.

  2. Learn to say no to the things you don't enjoy.

  3. Invest in yourself through another passion. ex: piano.

  4. Try out the 4-7-8 Technique.

  5. Soothing music and meditation or prayer before bed.

  6. Create margins in your life.

  7. Cut out caffeine.

  8. Epsom salt baths with lavender essential oil.

  9. Read: Re-Awaken the Giant Within - Tony Robbins

  10. Understand the significance of two factors: belief (the meaning you give an experience), and choice (the power to move beyond an experience and make the life you want).

  11. Read: The Untethered Soul - Michael Singer (learning how to give less significance to the voice inside your head, and meditate)

Links:

Facebook Page: Photographer's Edit

Host: @nathanholritz

Co-Host: @heathersmithrsp

Co-Host: @hayleegaffin

Ted Talk: How to make stress your friend

4-7-8 Technique

View Details

Are you looking to test out commercial photography in your business?

In episode 103 of the Bokeh Podcast, Lindsay Abshagen of Eppich Photography shares how she got started in commercial photography while still managing her wedding and portrait photography business. Listen as she shares her product shoot workflows, along with three tips to get started in commercial shoots.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Lindsay’s Aha Moment: After struggling and what Lindsay describes as climbing a mountain, her aha moment came when we realized she made it. She made photography work as a business.

"Don’t strive for the perfect balance."

Time Tool: Use your calendars and lists to stay organized.

Brand Position: Rather than building a brand based on style or material things, Lindsay builds her brand based on relationships.

The Gear Bag: Canon 5D mk IV, Canon 70-200mm, Canon 50mm f/1.2

Tips for those interested in commercial photography:

  1. Just try it out so you can practice and learn.

  2. Realize that much of the commercial world is self taught.

  3. Start talking to people locally.

Links:

Website: eppichphotography.com/

Instagram: @eppichphotography

Facebook Eppich Photography

Rocky Mountain Chocolate Factory

WPPI


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Does running a photo booth sound like a good addition to your photography business?

In episode 102 of the Bokeh Podcast, Michael and Melissa McManus of M2 Photography and Poser PhotoBooth Co share how they decided a photo booth was the right move in their market. Listen in as they share how to get started with the right booth, hire the right people, and execute a plan for a successful business.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Michael & Melissa’s Aha Moment: After years of taking any and everything, Michael and Melissa realized that the things that would make them happiest were easily obtained through:

  1. Taking less weddings.

  2. Raising their prices and having associates for lower budget weddings.

  3. Saying no to people that weren’t a good fit.

The Gear Bag: Nikon D850

Gethrr:Gethrr was created to allow anyone to make a tangible difference in other people’s lives starting with $1/month donations.

Why a Photo Booth?

  1. There was a need for a photo booth company that had it all together in their market.

  2. It was an opportunity that would allow them to shoot less weddings.

The Importance of Photo Booths:

  1. It’s a perfect Segway for photographers to take on another business venture.

  2. It’s an experience you’re providing

Two Way to Misuse a Photo Booth:

  1. Photographers aren’t treating their Photo Booth like a business.

  2. They’re not hiring and training good people to run the booth.

How to Hire the Right People:

  1. Take formal applications, conduct interviews, and provide preliminary video training.

  2. Have a paid in-person training of the photo booth and company expectations.

  3. Bring them on tag-a-longs with an existing attendant until they get a feel of what a solo event would feel like.

  4. Based on how the training went, they’ll be hired for solo events.

How to Incorporate a Photo Booth into your Business:

  1. Begin with a plan and goals for the business.

  2. Research and find the photo booth that works for you.

  3. Learn everything about the gear you purchase so you can teach attendants how to fix things if they mess up.

  4. Start putting feelers out there for an attendant before you book your first wedding.

  5. Package it really nicely from the price packages to the booth itself.

Links:

Website: m2-photography.net

Instagram: @therealm2 @m2_michael &

View Details

Is your side hustle starting to show promise as a full-time career?

In episode 101 of the Bokeh Podcast, Ryan Dugger of Creative Revolver shares his transition from part-time to full-time. Listen in as he provides three tips to preparing for full-time entrepreneurship.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

About Ryan: Ryan is a Nashville native currently living in Chattanooga, TN as a photographer, videographer, and designer. He loves spending time with his wife and two sons.

Ryan’s Aha Moment: After working in a corporate job that he hated, Ryan soon realized that the typical “American Dream” was not what he wanted out of life. He decided to make the move to entrepreneurship to support his family on his own terms.

Technique for Time: Scheduling time off and shutting business off when you’re not working.

The Gear Bag:

Canon 16-35mm for Real Estate

70-200mm for Creative.

Three Tips to Go Full Time

  1. Learn to live on less.

  2. Invest in yourself.

  3. Set up a support system.

Photographers Mentioned in this Episode

Jeremy Cowart

Ben Hartley

Links:

Creativerevolver.com

Instagram: @creativerevolver

Facebook: Creative Revolver

My Beloved Wedding Films

Velo Coffee

Gary Vaynerchuk

Jon Acuff - Start: Punch Fear in the Face

Jeremy Cowart - I’m Possible


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Is your marketing voice truly telling a story to your audience?

In episode 100 of the Bokeh Podcast, photographer and storytelling Megan Kuethen shares how she took her background in storytelling and created a unique brand position in her market. Listen as she shares two big ideas to telling your story!

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Megan’s Aha Moment: You have to treat yourself like a business if you want your clients to treat you like a business.

Megan’s Brand Postion: The Storyteller

The Gear Bag: Nikon D750 with 50 mm f1.4

Photographers Mentioned in the Episode:

Henri Cartier-Bresson

Two Storytelling Principles:

  1. Stories are personal, so it only works when it is authentic.

  2. Start now, because you already have a story that your audience is waiting to hear.

Links

megankuethen.com

Instagram: @megankuethen // @megankuethenphoto

Facebook: Megan Kuethen

Brand Positioning - the place that a brand occupies in the mind of the customer and how it is distinguished from products from competitors.

The Count of Monte Cristo

Jab Jab Jab, Right Hook - Gary Vaynerchuk


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you feel stuck in your current market, but desperately want to raise your prices?

In episode 99 of the Bokeh Podcast, Katie Bradshaw of KB Digital Designs shares how year after year, she raises her prices while growing her business. Listen in for three tips to raising your prices while keeping not only your confidence, but your loyal clients as well.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Katie’s Aha Moment: Don’t overbook or overwork yourself, otherwise you’ll get burnt out.

Technique for Time: Katie tries to travel as often as she can, so in order to do this, she finds openings in her schedule and plans a trip.

The Gear Bag: 85 mm f1.2

Fun Fact: Around 80% of weddings photographed in the US are $2,000 and below. (Source: The Wedding Report)

3 Big Ideas to Raise Your Prices:

  1. Make one annual price increase a year, but no more than that.

  2. Grandfather in some of your past clients to provide them with your older prices.

  3. Always remember that you will lose clients, but you’ll gain clients that believe in you and your work.

Links

The Wedding Report

Kbdigitaldesigns.com

Instagram: @kbdigitaldesigns

Facebook: KB Digital Designs


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you nervous to start your own photography business? Maybe the thought of entrepreneurship scares you.

In episode 98 of the Bokeh Podcast, Hope Taylor shares how, at 16-years-old, she began building her successful photography business. From personalizing your branding to creating a solid support system, Hope shares the advice she would give to young entrepreneurs who are building their businesses.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Hope’s Aha Moment: When Hope was starting her business at the age of 16, she faced a number of obstacles in convincing those around her that she should pursue this dream. When she realized that she could stand her ground, it was enough to get her to where she is today.

How Parent’s Can Support Their Child’s Dream: Read Supporting & Parenting a Young Entrepreneur

Technique for Time:

  1. Batch similar tasks into the same day/timeframe.

  2. Set up a full-time autoresponder that has information for everyone that could possibly email you.

Hope’s Weekly Schedule:

Mondays: Blog Posts & Social Media Scheduling

Tuesday: Editing in the Morning & Shooting in the Afternoon

Wednesday: Margin Day

Thursday: Editing in the Morning & Shooting in the Afternoon

Friday: Margin Day

Hope’s Brand Position: Hope began her business by marketing as an individual, not a business. While she shares about her services, she is primarily sharing about her and her life.

The Gear Bag

Favorite Camera Body: Canon 5d Mark III

Favorite Lens: Sigma 50mm f/1.4

Favorite Camera Bag: Kelly Moore Backpack

Favorite Accessory: Black Rapid Crossbody Camera Strap

Two Biggest Challenges of Starting a Business at 16:

  1. Having to overcome the criticism of pursuing a non-traditional career at a young age.

  2. Earning the trust of your clients when you’re so young, but also knowing your place in the industry.

Two Biggest Rewards:

  1. Dealing with the criticism at such a young age prepared her fo

View Details

Is your physical health falling low on your priority list? Are looking to implement exercise into your routine?

In episode 97 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nathan Holritz, Heather Smith, and Haylee Gaffin discuss exercise in this month's series on health. Listen in as they share their journey with fitness, current routines, and tips to efficiently incorporate fitness into your weekly schedule. The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 1PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Links:

Facebook Page: Photographer's Edit

Host: @nathanholritz

Co-Host: @heathersmithrsp

Co-Host: @hayleegaffin

richsmithphotography.net

1 Million Cups - Networking with Entrepreneurs

Ryan Duggar of Creative Revolver

Resources:

Kayla Itsines

bengreenfieldfitness.com

P90X

Fitbit

Tabata Method

HIIT

Tim Ferris

Suspension Weight Training

Nathan's Video on Exercise, Resources,

View Details

Do your family portrait sessions tend to feel stiff and over-posed?

In episode 96 of the Bokeh Podcast, Jenna Anderson of Jenna Cole Photography describes her take on play-based family portrait sessions. Listen in as she shares the steps she takes to not only create a fun environment for the kids, but capture memories that will last a lifetime for the family.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Jenna’s Aha Moment: She can enjoy being a photographer without the fame, the following, or being booked up all the time. Enjoy the process you’re in and how you’re growing from it.

Technique for Free Time: Slowing down her business goals and setting up structure has allowed for her to find focus on the tasks at hand without distraction. This also allowed her to set up boundaries around life and work.

The Gear Bag: Her Canon AE-1 that her mom learned film photography on.

Play-Based Family Portrait Sessions: These sessions are set up to capture how a family would normally engage with one another, without every client’s session coming out the exact same.

Steps to Creating Play-Based Family Sessions:

  1. Once booked, reach out to the family for names, ages, and a photo of the family so you can think about the family and how you can use their features to interact with each other.

  2. Capture the “Grandma Photo,” the photo grandma wants of everyone looking and smiling.

  3. Play games with the kids that will get the fun started:

a. Shark Attack: where the child secretly gets to be a shark and go attack by kissing the ears of the unsuspecting parents.

b. The Sushi Roll: everyone is facing the same direction and standing in a row, when one person rolls in, pulling the rest of the family into a “sushi roll.”

  1. Sometime you’ll just need to play games with the kids before the session to make them feel comfortable.

Photographers Mentioned in this Episode:

Samantha Kelly

Yan Palmer - "The Fall Apart"

Links:

Your Inner Critic is a Big Jerk - Danielle Krysa

Paradox of Choice - Barry Schwartz

Tony Robbins

Website: jennacole.com

Instagram: @jennacolephoto

Facebook: Jenna Cole Photography


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you searching for a classic and timeless style for your brand and products?

In episode 95 of the Bokeh Podcast, photographer Heather Durham shares her approach to creating a timeless product for clients to enjoy for years to come. Listen in as she shares her post-production process for creating this look and delivering quality products.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Heather’s Aha Moment: While at a conference, Heather heard someone tell her that she can’t do it all. She needed to delegate what didn’t require her in the business to someone else.

Technique for Free Time: Being intentional is key for having free time from work.

Heather’s Work: She doesn’t want to stick to one genre or niche of photography, because she feels challenged with photographing something different or new on occasion.

The Gear Bag: 70-200mm lens or Arca-Swiss Cube Head

Creating Timeless Images: Keeping classic edits that don’t take on trends or fads will help keep images timeless for your client’s families to enjoy long after their gone.

Heather’s Post-Production Process:

  1. Load photos into computer.

  2. Send to Photographer’s Edit to cull and edit.

  3. Provide gallery and album guide to clients, either in person or online.

  4. Clients will favorite the images they want added to their album, then Heather creates a spread in Pic Arts of those images for proofing.

  5. After final proofing, Heather uploads to Red Tree Albums, and ships directly to the client.

Links:

Photographer’s Edit

17 Hats

Red Tree Albums

Pikartz

Indie Printing

Musea

Website: Heatherdurhamphotography.com

Instagram: @heatherdurhamphotography

Facebook: Heather Durham Photography


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you struggle to prioritize your health as an entrepreneur? Are looking to develop healthier habits to make nutrition a higher priority?

In episode 94 of the Bokeh Podcast, Nathan Holritz, Heather Smith and Haylee Gaffin discuss nutrition in this month's series on health. Listen in as they share their journey with developing healthy eating habits that fit their own life and provide tips to a simpler approach to a balanced diet. The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 1PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Links:

Facebook Page: Photographer's Edit

Host: @nathanholritz

Co-Host: @heathersmithrsp

Co-Host: @hayleegaffin

The Tim Ferriss Show - Podcast

BenGreenfieldFitness.com

Whole 30

AllRecipes.com

Hungry for Change


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you struggle to build personal relationships while focusing so much of your time and energy on your business?

In episode 93, relationship expert and business coach, Monique Melton, discusses the importance of genuine connections inside and outside of your brand. Listen in as she shares the four behaviors you may be presenting that are hurting your personal relationships.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Monique’s Aha Moment: Make sure your identity is grounded in something outside of your business. Who are you without the business or relationships in your life? Continuing to pursue you is so important, not only for life, but for those relationships or businesses to grow.

Technique for Free Time: Intentionally scheduling time for her family on the calendar is extremely helpful of creating the harmony she needs in her life.

Creating the Monique Melton Brand: After Monique did some soul searching to find her calling, she felt the desire to support business owners in building profitable businesses while maintaining healthy relationships.

Sweet Brands:

S - Story - What is the brand story between you and your clients?

W - Wealth - How are you growing your business?

E - Experience - What are the stages of your client experience?

E - Exceptional Marketing - How are you reaching your clients?

T - Team - How are we going to develop and nurture your team?

You can buy almost anything, but you cannot buy relationships.

Four Behaviors that are Hurting Your Personal Relationships

  1. Relying on social media as a replacement for relationships when it should only be used as an enhancement.

  2. Not having an identity outside of your brand. Making time for little things you enjoy outside of your business is so important for creating your own identity.

  3. Looking at others in your industry as competition will either cause you to be too prideful or too insecure in your work. Your best work will come from you comparing yourself to your potential.

  4. Not learning from others outside of the industry you’re in is causing you to lose potential growth in your business. If you’re only looking at what other photographers are doing, you’re not going to grow beyond those you’re looking at.

Links:

Instagram: @Moemotivate

Facebook: Monique Melton

Website: moniquemelton.com

EntrepreFriendships - Monique Melton

Sweet Brands

View Details

Are you overwhelmed with all of the busywork that is running a photography business? Would you like to learn how to simplify and streamline your workflows, so that you’ll be less stressed, have more free time, and ultimately build a more successful business?

In episode 92 of the Bokeh Podcast, we introduce our new series, Workflow Wednesdays. Our host, Nathan Holritz, along with co-hosts Heather Smith and Haylee Gaffin, will focus on helping you develop more efficient daily and weekly workflows for every aspect of your photography business. The audio from Workflow Wednesday episodes is from our weekly Facebook Live videos. Tune in live on Wednesdays at 1PM EST, at facebook.com/photogsedit.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Links:

Facebook Page: Photographer's Edit

Host: @nathanholritz

Co-Host: @heathersmithrsp

Co-Host: @hayleegaffin

4 Hour Work Week - Tim Ferriss

The E-Myth Revisited - Michael Gerber


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you struggling to balance your personal life while you hustle in your professional life?

In episode 91 of the Bokeh Podcast, Kylee Ann of Kylee Ann Studios provides three steps that will allow you a healthier hustle to create the balance you desire. From adjusting your focus to reflecting on your priorities, Kylee shares personal examples of developing a healthy work-life balance.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, follow on Spotify, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

About Kylee: Kylee is a mom boss building businesses and community from the comfiest spot on her bed. As a photographer, an educator, a mom blogger and community builder, she leads an incredible team of photographers and employees and helps other entrepreneurs create thriving businesses. Her favorite part of the job is taking her children on adventures.

Kylee’s Aha Moment: When she realized that just because everyone else was giving up their time didn’t mean she had to, she found the best work/life balance.

3 Steps to Healthy Hustle:

  1. Focus of the essential. What brings you joy, profit, and necessity?

  2. Have family focused days that don’t include work.

  3. Meditate and think about the bigger picture of your life and business

Photographers Mentioned in this Episode:

Abbey Kyhl

Links:

The Shift Conference

The Untethered Soul - Michael Singer

Website: kyleeannphotography.com

Instagram: @kyleeannstudios


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you looking to turn your passion for photography into a sustainable business?

In episode 90 of the Bokeh Podcast, Adam Mason shares about his start in photography, his role in educating entrepreneurs, and the passion that inspired it all. Listen as he provides three steps to build the foundation for a sustainable business.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Adam’s Aha Moment: When first starting out in his business, Adam’s client’s continued to mention that his personality and who he was made an impact on their decision to hire him. Eventually Adam realized that he needed to incorporate himself into his branding.

Technique for Free Time: Halfway through each month, Adam and his wife will send each other the events they have planned and also share a calendar on Google doc.

"If you fail to plan, then you plan to fail."

Adam's Brand Position: Adam’s goal for his photography business is to capture photographs of couples that reflect them. He doesn’t want his images to say “Adam Mason,” he wants them to truly embody the couple. This positioning sets him apart from other DC area photographers.

The Gear Bag: 35mm 1.4

How to Maintain a Sustainable Business

  1. Ensure that your business is profitable while managing business expenses.

  2. Make time for your personal needs to establish a work-life balance so you don’t burn out.

Three Steps To Building a Sustainable Business

  1. Determine the facets in your life and business that your passionate about to focus on that will benefit you the most.

  2. Be yourself and let that shine in your work.

  3. Go for your dreams.

Photographer’s Mentioned in this Episode:

Tony Hoffer

Abbey Grace

Natalie Frank

Links:

The Tim Ferris Show

The Bearded Tog on iTunes

Instagram: @thebeardedtog

Instagram: @masonphotography

Website: adammason.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you struggle with creating consistent content for your social media pages that represents your brand?

In episode 89, photographer Kate Supa shares behind the scenes of her successful Instagram account. Listen in as she suggests four tips to creating consistency with your social media content.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Kate’s Aha Moment: When she decided that photography was the career she wanted to pursue, she realized that she needed to stand out in a market that so many people were entering.

"Consistency is key across all of your social media channels."

VSCO Filter: A6

4 Tips for Creating a More Consistent Feed:

  1. If you’re not sharing photos of yourself, you should start. A good rule of thumb is have a photo of yourself posted somewhere in your last nine posts.

  2. Utilize Instagram’s features to post photos that may not match your feed. For example, use the swipe feature to highlight a photo on your feed that matches and share the other photo in the same post.

  3. If you’re using a filter, use the same one each time to keep your feed visually consistent.

  4. Once you identify who your audience is, make sure your captions are identifying with those people and give them a reason to follow you.

Photographers Mentioned in this Episode:

Jasmine Star

Katelyn James

Links:

Instagram: @katesupaa

Website: katesupa.com

Facebook: Kate Supa

You May Also Enjoy:

7: Building a Photography Brand Chad Diblasio

31: Creating a Clear Brand Position - Petronella Lugemwa

34: Define Your Values, Define Your Business - The Harris Company

71: Why We Do What We Do - Jessica Kaucz


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you intimidated with the thought of building a photography brand that represents you?

In episode 88 of the Bokeh Podcast, Danette Chappell shares how she built a brand that reflected her style and attracted adventurous couples eloping in Las Vegas. Listen in as she provides three steps to creating a powerful brand that you’re passionate about.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

About Danette: Danette is a Las Vegas-based wedding and elopement photographer who's photographed over 1,500 weddings and elopements in 14 different states. She has a passion for teaching business and helping other creative entrepreneurs succeed. She’s also a staff writer for Fstoppers.com and leads a monthly entrepreneur meeting for creatives in Las Vegas. She’s been featured in many online publications including Shoot and Share, Offbeat Bride, Forbes, The Knot, Weddingwire, and Bridal Guide. She also loves cats, Harry Potter, and the occasional video game.

Danette’s Aha Moment: After being in business for a few years and moving to Las Vegas, she realized that she was so focused on the technical aspect of her business that she had no interest in the business side of her business. When she decided to take the business side seriously, she saw a positive change in her business. She made this change by investing in education to learn more about business rather than technicalities of photography.

Danette’s Advice on Creating Free Time: Set the expectations with your clients of what hours you’re working and you don’t have to go back on it.

How to Stand Out in A Group of Photographers

Create a niche that you love.

Danette’s Niche: High-end adventurous elopements.

What is a brand? The perception that is in someone’s mind when they think of your company.

Steps to Create a Powerful Photography Brand:

  1. Know and understand your “why.”

  2. Define your ideal client.

  3. Create a clear distinction for your brand.

Photographers Mentioned in this Episode:

Sarah Barlow

Mike Cologne

Links:

4 Hour Work Week - Tim Ferris

Website: Amberlightcollective.com

Instagram: @amberlight_collective_photo

FStoppers - Does Your Photography Have a Brand?

You May Also Enjoy:

7: Building a Photography Brand Chad Diblasio

View Details

Does your website describe you as more than just a photographer?

In episode 87 of the Bokeh Podcast, Phillip & Eileen Blume share how they turned their website into a personalized client experience that allows potential clients to connect with them. Listen in as they share how a trip to Guatemala gave them the confidence to adapt their business model to base solely on connection with clients and how that idea impacted the complete redesign of their website.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Japanese References:

Tatami Mat

Fusuma - Doors that cover closets.

Shōji - Doors that separate rooms.

Aha Moment: When Phillip & Eileen weren’t sure that their business would last, they decided to take the funds they had left and help an organization in Guatemala. They were asked to create a video (with no experience) and ended up creating a feature length documentary. This allowed them to travel around the country showing the film, and gave them the confidence they needed to realize it was about connecting with people. They then applied this model to their business.

Tips For Starting Your Business:

  1. Track your numbers and review them!

  2. Find a Studio Management System

Maximizing Mini Sessions: $10K in One Weekend Webinar:

By registering for this free webinar, you'll learn their acclaimed maximizing system that's helping photographers profit more from one 20-minute session than most earn from an entire wedding. The Blumes will then explain you their old-school secrets to multiply ideal clients and skyrocket your business! Select a convenient time, then don't miss the detailed 80-minute web class with this inspiring TEDx duo, published business experts and working humanitarian photographers. Webinar space is limited. Click here to reserve your seat."

Three Steps to a More Personal Website:

  1. Find a platform that works for you.

  2. Create an interactive and personal experience on your site.

  3. Personalize your about page so you can connect on a deeper level with clients.

  4. Develop easy navigation.

  5. Incorporate Video.

Links:

17 Hats

ShowIt

Seth Goden

VWO

Website: theblumes.co

Instagram: @eileen_blume

Maximizing Mini Sessions: $10K in One Weekend Webinar

View Details

Does the time investment of being an entrepreneur leave you missing out on making memories with your friends and family?

In episode 86, Abbey Kyhl of Seven Summers Creative shares about the moment she realized that in order to have a healthier work-life balance, a shift needed to be made in her business. This shift led her to a 24 hour work week. Listen in as she describes her journey to self-care and three tips for saving time that she has applied to her business.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Abbey’s Aha Moment: Early in Abbey’s business, work was taking up too much of her time that should have been spent with her family. When Abbey realized that her son was aware of it, she knew she had to make a change.

Tool for Time: Schedule your time off before you schedule your clients.

The Gear Bag: 50mm 1.2

The Shift: Make a shift in your business with the top creative industry leaders teaching you how to hustle. Enroll here.

The 24 Hour Work Week: In this course, you’ll learn a step by step process of how to maintain your business and balance your personal life, while only working 24 hours a week.

3 Time Saving Tips:

  1. Analyze the processes in your business based on the time it is taking up.

  2. Experiment and determine when is the best time to work for you.

  3. Review the work you’re doing and determine what, if anything, can be automated, delegated, or eliminated.

Photographers Mentioned in this Episode:

Eric O’Conner - Allori Photography

Links:

Website: Seven Summers Creative

Facebook Group: 7S Creatives

The Shift Online Conference

The 24 Hour Work Week Course

The 4-Hour Work Week - Tim Ferriss


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Does being a photography business owner seem chaotic and unorganized at times?

In episode 85, Tim Hussey, owner and lead developer of Pixifi, shares how a lack of organization in his photography business led to the development of a business management software. Listen as he describes the importance of having systems in place that will allow you to enjoy the freedom of entrepreneurship.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Editing for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Tim’s 1st Aha Moment: After his wedding, Tim realized how much he enjoyed the interaction with the photographer and loved the idea of being a photographer. So he went out on a whim, convinced his wife to get a camera, and took off from there.

Tim’s 2nd Aha Moment: After getting his start in photography, and realizing how unorganized he was, Tim thought, “I’m a software developer, why don’t I develop something to keep me organized.” Then Pixifi was born.

Tim’s 3rd Aha Moment: While building Pixifi and still working at the software company, he was overworking himself. Someone told him to take care of himself or he will burnout, so he did just that. Now he is a huge promoter of self-care.

What Sets Pixifi Apart:

Pixifi was built with the idea that every business is complex and needs options. While many other companies opt for a more simplistic approach to their system, Pixifi pushes the envelop with the ability to do more.

What to expect for 2018:

  1. The ability to schedule texts to your clients as reminders.

  2. A Production module that allows multiple clients, vendors, locations, etc. to be managed in one place, which is great for multi-day weddings or mini-sessions on the same day. This will allow you to do batch work on these items, such as emails and workflows.

Links

Pixifi.com

Pixifi Academy

Facebook: Pixifi

Instagram: @pixifi


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Has your passion for photography and building a successful business led to burnout? You’re not alone!

In episode 84 of the Bokeh Podcast, Carly Jurach of Someplace Images shares how loving her role as a studio manager and photographer on a popular cruise ship led her to experience burnout. Listen in as she describes her experience with overcoming burnout by focusing on the opportunities she was most passionate about.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Carly’s Aha Moment: When her business became overwhelming and lonely, she realized she needed an accountability partner. Once she found one, she realized how valuable it is to have someone checking in on you and making sure you’re running your business how you should.

Where Carly Studied:

Savannah College of Art & Design

Lacoste School of the Arts in Lacoste, France

Companies Carly Worked as a Photographer for:

F/V Wizard

Norwegian Cruise Lines: Norwegian Pearl, Norwegian Gem Norwegian Jewel, Norwegian Sun

Semester at Sea

Flytographer

Carly’s Tip for Burnout: Pick and choose your clients that align with the things you’re most passionate about.

Links:

Rising Tide Society

The Amazing Start Planner

United

Website: someplaceimages.com

Personal Instagram: @carlysomeplace

Business Instagram: @someplaceimages


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you looking to specialize in a very targeted niche, with no idea of how to market it?

In episode 83, photographer Cherry Thomas shares the one move she made that allowed her to turn her dream of photographing local elopements into a reality. Listen in as Cherry explains how a single blog post changed her career and the steps she took to make her specialized niche a success.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

About Cherry: Cherry is a Santa Barbara based photographer, specializing in elopements at the Santa Barbara Courthouse. When she’s not capturing the love of a special elopement, you can find her with her husband enjoying Star Trek, Star Wars, and Lord of the Rings.

Cherry’s Aha Moment: When she realized that she no longer wanted to convince someone to hire her through what seemed like an interview, she decided to stop listing out her “qualifications,” change her credentials to things about her, and be herself. Soon after, she began booking clients with similar interests as her or just because they felt like they knew her.

How Cherry Books Elopements in Santa Barbara: She created a page that explained step-by-step how to elope at the local Santa Barbara courthouse. This allowed for her to be found by couples coming in from out of town. Through the resources she provided, the couples immediately wanted to book her.

Photographers Mentioned in This Episode:
Jose Villa
Ansel Adams
Andrejka Hirshegger
Episode #56: How to Communicate with Your Clients
Episode #15: A Photographer’s Gypsy Life

Links:
Yoast
Instagram: @bycherryphotography
Website: bycherryphotography.com
Blog Post: How To Get Married At The Santa Barbara Courthouse


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you struggling to find balance and harmony while running a photography business?

In episode 82, Laura Neff of Laura Lee Photography explains how finding harmony in your business and life can be achieved through efficiency, simplifying your systems, and working smarter. Listen in as she provides six steps that will help you make more money and have more time for your family, friends, and yourself.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

About Laura: Laura is a New Jersey + worldwide wedding and brand photographer preserving memories for adventurous, fun-loving couples and heart-driven creative brands. In addition to running a very successful photography business, she educates the creative community on all things workflow, systems, productivity and time management! She's obsessed with firepits, sweet wine, deep conversation, elephants, and showing off her horrible dance moves at any given moment. Laura is on a mission for entrepreneurs to schedule more date nights, brunch weekends, and vacations as a result of finding work-life balance while running a thriving business!

Laura’s Aha Moment: Before her official transition to full time photography, Laura experienced overwhelming burnout during that first busy season. At that moment, she knew there had to be some type of workflow that would automate her client’s experience. That was when she realized that she needed to work smarter, not harder, by implementing a CRM system.

Technique for Balance: Schedule everything. As an entrepreneur, your job can overlap into your personal life, so scheduling personal things, such as date nights, can help create a balance.

What Harmony Means to Laura Neff:
Feeling fulfilled & successful in both life and business, through balance, success, and happiness.

6 Steps to Harmony in Business and Life:
1. Define your “non-negotiables."
2. Define your values in life and business.
3. Choose a word or phrase for the year.
4. Define your ideal lifestyle.
5. Set your goals.
6. Say “no” to the things that do not fit within your non-negotiables or your values.

Download Laura’s Free Workbook: Intentionally Designing Your Life and Business here!

Laura’s Non-Negotiables:
1. Weekends that are not spent photographing weddings are spent with her friends and family. This means no engagement or portrait sessions on the weekends.
2. Meetings are only scheduled on specific days on the week so she has two full workdays to accomplish her tasks.
3. As a co-leader in her local Tuesdays Together group, she makes sure that she attends every meeting.
4. Only shoot three portrait sessions a week.

Laura’s Values:
1. Relationships
2. Self-Care
3. Adventure
4. Community
5. Gratitude
6. Freedom
7. Balance
8. Passion
9. Learning & Teaching

Laura’s 2017 Words and Phrase:
Words: Growth & Impact
Phrase: Get out of your comfort zone!

Laura’s 2017 Goals Achieved:
1. Grow her newsletter list to 10,000 people.
2. Be a guest on 5 podcasts.
3. Host 2 webinars.

The Fireside Retreat:
Keep an eye out for Laura’s workshop where she walks throug

View Details

Do you find that your clients struggle with comfort and beauty during their boudoir shoots?

In episode 81, Rachael Schirano shares how she makes her clients feel comfortable and beautiful in her boudoir experience from start to finish. Listen as she shares her journey with photography, her passion behind boudoir, and the inviting environment she has set up to ease her clients’ nerves.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Rachael’s Aha Moment: In the fall of 2012, she was going through a mentorship that allowed her to explore different types of photography. Her mentor continued to tell her that she should go into wedding photography, which was something she logically thought she didn’t want to do. It wasn’t until her mentor continued to repeat back to her what Rachael was saying that she realized she needed to make the switch to wedding photography. While it wasn’t in her plan, it became her passion. Sometimes what you think you want isn’t what you need.

Technique for Getting Work Done: Rachael recently got rid of her laptop and only uses her desktop for work. This requires her to really concentrate and focus on the task at hand and not get distracted by her surroundings.

The Boudoir Experience:

  • Hair and makeup are included in the experience, because when you’re going into a boudoir session, you want to feel pampered and relaxed. This typically takes about an hour.
  • In preparation of the shoot, Rachael keeps champagne on hand, burns candles, and plays music to create a very boutique experience
  • Rachael suggests that her clients bring a variety of items to wear, but always make sure it is something they feel comfortable in. Comfort is key to shooting boudoir photography. Rachael will go through the bag with them to pick out three outfits based on queues (facial expressions, etc.) they provide will looking through it.
  • The shoots typically last about an hour, but that includes outfit changes and conversations to help the client feel comfortable.

Links

Website: Rachaelschirano.com

Instagram: @rachaelschirano

Facebook: Rachael Schirano Photography


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you searching for an organized, more systematized way to run your photography business? In episode 80 of the Bokeh Podcast, photographer Ashley Gerrity shares how she organized her business by implementing the perfect workflow. Listen as she shares her top three tools for running a successful business and studio from anywhere in the country. The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast. Ashley’s Aha Moment: While she is a huge advocate of long term planning, it has to be evolutionary. This realization came when her husband’s residency placed him on the other side of the country. This change meant she had to evaluate the challenges, plans, and options in her business. Tips for Consuming Podcast Content: Use time that allows you to focus on the content, like driving in the car or walking the dog. Company Tools: 1. Honeybook - This client management system allows you to create a workflow for each client. 2. Asana - This project management system can be used for big picture goals in her business. 3. Google Drive - This cloud based system allows Ashley to store and share important documents with her team. Champagne Fridays: The editor of San Fransisco Bride taught this technique at a conference. The concept is to sit down with a bottle of champagne and reflect on the business as a whole. What can be changed, adjusted, and improved upon. Systems: 1. Photographer’s Edit - In order to get time back in her business, Ashley outsources her photos for culling and color correction. This also allows her to see the final edits from her associates just before they go to the client. 2. Pixieset - To provide digital downloads to her clients, Ashley uses Pixieset for gallery delivery. 3. Fundy - This company is used to make print sales with the company. Links Episode 2: Starbucks & 50 Weddings - Ashley Gerrity The E-Myth Revisited by Michael E. Gerber Episode 40: It’s about Relationships - Laura Neff You May Also Enjoy: #73: Time Management for the Photographer #66: Associate Photographers: The Workflow - Jennie Tewell #59: The Ultimate Portrait Workflow - Erin Costa


See

View Details

Do you ever get disappointed turning away clients because you’re already booked?

In episode 79, Amy & Tavis Guild of Memory Montage Photography share how they solved this problem by hiring a team of photographers under their brand. Listen in as they describe the process of hiring, training, and successfully managing their team of photographers.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Amy & Tavis’ Aha Moment: For years, Amy & Tavis had taken extra time in their business to set up tools and systems to help manage and operate. It wasn’t until Amy was hospitalized for a long period of time that they realized the benefit that these systems had on their business by continuing to run their it when they couldn’t.

Team Overview: Amy & Tavis have created a team of photographers who had experience, but weren’t wanting to manage the business aspects of a wedding. Their team consist of 6 photographers who are available to work in pairs on wedding days.

Preparing to Join the Team: Each photographer joined Memory Montage for a summer internship before coming on as a member of the primary team. This allowed them to shadow Amy & Tavis at weddings to get an understanding of how the Memory Montage Brand would handle things.

Workflow for the Memory Montage Team:

  1. The studio manager gets the inquiry, shares the availability and pricing of each team, then sets up the booking.

  2. The photographers assigned will meet with the clients before their wedding to get to know them and review the wedding day timeline.

  3. The photographers assigned will photograph the wedding, then leave the cards with Amy & Tavis.

  4. Amy & Tavis will send the photographs to Photographer’s Edit to edit all of their images. Then they'll handle the delivery of the images to the clients.

Links:

The E-Myth Revisited by Michael E. Gerber

Simon Sinek

Extreme Ownership

tavisandamy.com

Website: memorymp.com

Instagram: @memorymontagephotography

Facebook: Memory Montage Photography


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you overworking yourself and missing out on time with your family?

In episode 78 of the Bokeh Podcast, Erin Hernandez-Reisner shares how a horrific personal experience drastically shifted her perspective about work-life balance, changed her relationships with her clients, and led to a 20-hour workweek!

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

Erin’s Aha Moment: When Erin’s daughter suffered a spinal injury, her business was put on hold. During that time away she realized that some of her customers were truly invested in her business and supported her family. She had taken the time to connect with her clients and it had benefited her business in a way she had never imagined it.

Erin’s Three Goals to Define Her Success:

  1. Build a business that provided her with enough money to do life comfortably.

  2. Have the balance that allowed her to spend quality time with her family.

  3. Make the effort to see the world and travel.

Connecting With Their Wedding Clients: When Erin realized that her wedding clients weren't just the couple, but also the families of the couple, she quickly changed her approach to client relationships to include them. Giving the opportunity to the couple to allow their parents to be part of their viewing or have their own and order prints, grew her business significantly.

The Benefits of Viewing Photographs with Clients:

  1. ou get to see the reaction and impact your work has made on them.

  2. Clients share their favorite images with you and want your recommendations how to use them in albums and prints.

  3. You can grow your business by offering the family that same option as your couples and allow them to order prints and albums.

Links:

Book Recommendation: Re-Awaken The Giant Within - Tony Robins

Website: Photosedge.com

Instagram: @photos.edge


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you growing relationships with your clients? It’s time to start being intentional with those connections.

In episode 77, Shaun Austin, CEO of Kiss Books, discusses how being intentional with building relationships will allow your clients to find trust in you and your work. Listen as he describes the philosophy behind making sales and provides the four questions you should be asking yourself to intentionally grow your business.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast.

About Shaun: Shaun was a wedding photographer for 15 years and is now the CEO of Kiss Books. He enjoys yoga, tennis, and spending time with his wife and kids.

Shaun’s Aha Moment: We Shaun went to move forward with his company, he realized the team of supportive people behind him were cheering him on.

Pursuing Simple: What is your priority or the next top thing to get your client to the finish line? Companies, like Kiss, are here to help you get there, whether through prints, albums, etc.

Philosophy Behind Sales: Investing in Relationships - Without relationships, there is no trust with your business. Everyone’s system may look a little different, but you should have a system in place to secure the relationships.

Four Questions to Ask Yourself About Your Business:

What’s Wanted?

What’s Needed?

What’s Working?

What’s Not Working?

Links:

Episode 18: In Pursuit of Simple - Shaun Austin

Blog: Kiss.us/blog

Personal Instagram: @shaunaustin

Instagram: @kissbooks


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you ever wonder how you can drive print sales in your photography business? Utilizing prints for growth is a strategy often overlooked nowadays. In episode 76 of the Bokeh Podcast, photographer James Kelly of Scotland shares how he has built a business that focuses of providing his clients with a physical product. Listen as he shares his three step process for growing your print sales. About James: James is a wedding, landscape, and equine photographer in North East Scotland. When he’s not shooting, you can find him spending time with his fiancee, son, and cocker spaniel. James’ “Aha” Moment: When he had his first son, it changed the outlook on his whole life and business. James’ Guide to Sales for Prints & Albums: 1. Review your pricing and make your print sales a priority. James charges more for his service so he can price his prints lower and the client ends up getting more for their money. 2. Communicate the quality of your services & offerings to your clients. 3. Select a company that will provide you with the best quality. Links Jameskellyphotography.com James Kelly Photography @jameskelly_photo The Print Foundry Queensberry Albums


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you ever have trouble staying focused on your work? With a world of unlimited distractions, it can be hard to find that focus. In episode 75 of the Bokeh Podcast, photographers Rich and Heather Smith share how they’ve adjusted the techniques in their daily routine to dive into deep work without distractions. Listen is as they share the difference between focusing on deep work and shallow work, provide techniques for productivity, and tools for minimizing distractions. The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app, add to your playlist on Stitcher, or listen on Overcast. Rich & Heather’s Aha Moment: Getting your business to go deeper and realizing that there is more to the business that can be found. Random Fact About Rich: He’s very adventurous, naming himself an adrenaline junkie. Random Fact About Heather: She’s lived through more natural disasters than anyone she knows, from earthquakes to mudslides. Technique for Finding Free Time: Simply make it happen. The Smiths take December off every year to spend with their family. Deep Work vs. Shallow Work: Deep work can be described as work that takes heavy concentration with no distractions. Shallow work can be described as the type of work that can be taught to someone else easily. Primary Changes to Focus on Deep Work: 1. Accountability with Mentorship 2. Time Blocking Links Deep Work - Cal Newport Boomerang Focus App Forrest App Website: richsmithphotography.com Instagram: @Richsmithphoto


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Does your business get so overwhelming that you have little to no time for self-care? In episode 74 of the Bokeh Podcast, Sara O'Hara of Sara Jeanne Photography opens up about a time in her life when she realized, not only the importance of self-care, but the impact it had on her business. Listen as we dive into the importance of emotional health, embracing time management techniques, and Sara's four steps to self-care. The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app or add to your playlist on Stitcher. About Sara: Sara is a wedding photographer in Montana, but also works for the International Academy of Wedding Photographers. She loves the mountains, coffee, dark beer, and traveling. Sara’s Aha Moment: While you can do anything, you can’t do everything. Time Management Technique: Sara’s learned that the best way to get things done is to schedule it. They plan ahead for everything, date nights, days off, weddings, consultations, etc. Four Steps to Self Care:
1. Schedule Time Off - Take the time to care for yourself and enjoy time for yourself. If that means you need to put it on the calendar to make it happen, then put it on your calendar.
2. Define Your Own Success - While there are so many different definitions of successful, make sure the goal you're striving for is one that you're setting for yourself and planning for.
3. Live Three Miles Deep Instead Of Three Miles Wide - Rather than focusing on the surface level things, put your efforts into the things that truly matter and will help grow your business.
4. Outsource - Whether you're outsourcing a component of your business or your personal life, review the tasks you're completing and analyze what pieces are absolutely necessary for you to be involved in, then outsource the rest. Links
Website: sarajeanne.com
Instagram: @sarajeanne2
Facebook: Sara Jeanne Photography
International Academy of Wedding Photographers
Rising Tide Society


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you ever feel short on time? As if you’re unable to manage your schedule well enough to effectively run your photography business? In episode 73 of the Bokeh Podcast, photographer Erika Grace shares the techniques and workflows she uses to manage her weekly schedule. Listen in as she explains the importance of organization and repetition in her schedule that allows her to efficiently operate her business with little to no stress. The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app or add to your playlist on Stitcher. About Erika: Erika is a wedding and portrait photographer based in Deland, Florida. Erika’s Aha Moment: When Erika realized she could make a living doing what she loved, it motivated her to pursue the trade. Time Management Technique: Erika has created a weekly schedule that include certain tasks set for certain days of the week and she avoids changing that. What Organization Means to Erika: When it comes to photography, Erika has no problems being carefree. When it comes to business, Erika has to stay organized in order to successfully run her business. One Tip for Maintaining Time Management: Get into a repetitive groove that will allow for you to get more work done. Links erikagracephoto.com Instagram: @erikagracephoto


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you considered narrowing your photography services to a niche market, but unsure how to go about doing so? In episode 72, photographer Rachael Spiegel shares how she has built a successful career in the niche market of photographing only Bar and Bat Mitzvahs. Listen in as Rachael shares three tips she utilized to educate herself in her practice, gain experience under established professionals, and network with vendors in her specialty. The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app or add to your playlist on Stitcher. Rachael’s Aha Moment: When Rachael was studying photojournalism, a photo editor reviewed her portfolio and told her that she didn’t see her passion in the photos she was taking, Rachael immediately knew she was right. She hadn’t found her passion in news photography. Time Management Tool: Photographer’s Edit handles all of her editing so that she can spend more time with her family. Benefit of Going to School for Photojournalism: To be in a community that was so supportive was beneficial, especially for an industry that is a solitary profession. Bar Mitzvah: The celebration of a Jewish boy turning 13 and becoming an adult in the eyes of Judaism and becoming an active member of the religious community. Bat Mitzvah: The celebration of a Jewish girl turning 12 and becoming an adult in the eyes of Judaism and becoming an active member of the religious community. Bat Mitzvahs are relatively new (around 100 years old, Bar Mitzvahs have been celebrated for around 800 years). Mitzvah Services: Mitzvahs can be celebrated in a variety of ways, including a synagogue service where the child reads from the Torah, leads the service, or does an alternate service. Many Bar and Bat Mitzvah children are also required to pick a community service project to work on during the year preparing for their Mitzvah. Mitzvah Celebrations: After the service, many families host a celebration. Depending of the family, it could be in a ballroom with a DJ and dinner or it could be a small gathering. Horah: Traditional circle dance with everyone on the dance floor and the child is lifted into the air in a chair. In some cases, the family of the child will be lifted in the air on chairs as well. Challenges in Photographing Mitzvahs: Many synagogues will not allow you to photograph the service, so you have to coordinate an alternate date to shoot formals in the synagogue. You’re also photographing in a sacred place, where certain behavior, such as horsing around and jumping in the air, is disrespectful, so you need to find more subtle ways to create a feeling of relaxation and comfort with the family. Rewards in Photographing Mitzvahs: In order to truly appreciate a Bar or Bat Mitzvah, you have to understand everything that goes into it, including the preparation of the child for the year leading up to it, learning a new language, reading the Torah, singing, etc. You get to capture the celebration of a child’s hard work and the joy it brings to the family. 3 Steps to Breaking Into Mitzvah Photography: 1. Educate yourself on the essentials of Bar

View Details

Do you ever forget the "why" behind your business? What is it that motivates and drives you to continue building your photography business? In episode 71 of the Bokeh Podcast, Jessica Kaucz of See Me Roar dives into the passion and motivation behind her work that has become the "why" in building her business. From personal experience to impacting the lives of others, Jessica's primary goal in her photography is to empower women. Listen in as she shares 4 simple steps you can take to finding the "why" in your photography business. The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app or add to your playlist on Stitcher. Jessica’s Aha Moment: She needed to let the public get to know her personally online so they can decide if they want to work with her. If they can’t connect on a personal level, then she’ll never be able to get those photos out of them. Time Management Technique: If you have kids, you understand the organization that must come with them, so Jessica stays organized, which helps keep her time managed. Why Jessica is a Photographer: She wants to show people the beauty in real life, in daily life. Jessica photographs in a very raw and real way. She’s on a journey to empower women and in order to do that she no longer removes what some would call “flaws” in photographs. Jessica’s Motivation Behind Her Work: Her two daughters inspire her to make a change in the definition of beauty. She doesn’t want them to feel like they have to be an ornament for somebody. 4 Steps to Finding Your “Why" 1. Try a lot of things and give yourself the opportunity to find what it is you truly enjoy. 2. Listen to what people are saying about you and find out what works with your clients that you do. 3. Take time to think about what bits of life make you excited and use that as motivation. 4. Remove the limitations of society and the noise in your mind and think about what you really want to do. Links: Blog: Unashamed Stories of Abuse Survivors Facebook: See Me Roar Instagram: @seeme_roar The Untethered Soul by Michael Singer


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you noticed opportunities to grow your photography business, but don’t feel like you have any extra time to invest in those efforts? Is your busy schedule keeping you from building the photography brand of your dreams? In episode 70 of the Bokeh Podcast, Andrea Bogard of Northern Art Photography shares how making the decision to outsource her photo editing to Photographer’s Edit gave her the time necessary to pursue a new business venture. She used the time that would have been spent behind a computer to launch a niche photography business that combines her love of sport and photography! The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app or add to your playlist on Stitcher. Andrea’s 1st Aha Moment: When Andrea realized that she wanted to make a career out of photography, she switched her degree from Accounting and Law to Accounting and Business to prepare her for building her own business. Andrea’s 2nd Aha Moment: She wanted to pursue photography in a way that would provide her with a great income, but also feed her soul. While her business was thriving, she was looking for something to combine her passions. After realizing the work and time involved to growing her business, she decided to outsource her editing. Challenges with Outsourcing Editing: Andrea’s biggest challenge with outsourcing was letting the control go. Advantages to Outsourcing: Andrea was able to save money on childcare and take the time to grow her businesses. She even launched a brand new business, Life A Field, with the additional time she had available from not editing. Links: Photography Website: northernartphotography.com Instagram: @northern_art_photography Facebook: Northern Art Photography Photo Booth Website: lifeoutsidethebooth.com Sporting Photography Website: lifeafield.com


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Does the thought of networking terrify you? Whether introvert or not, it can be a scary thought to make connections in large groups or B2B events. In episode 69 of the Bokeh Podcast, Emily Edgar of Emily Nicole Photography shares how she decided to start networking through personal outreach rather than large events. This simple realization that relationships can be formed in a more authentic way has completely changed her business. Now she has developed a personal connection with a large network of industry professionals that has brought success to her business. The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app or add to your playlist on Stitcher. About Emily: Emily is a family and small wedding photographer based out of Vancouver. You can typically find her with her cat(s) and fiancé planning their wedding for next year. Emily’s Aha Moment: It’s so easy to take the time to call industry related professionals and make connections. Time Management Technique: Making the decision to outsource her editing has freed up her time, so much so that she can take on more weddings each year. Vancouver’s Networking Scene: There are large networking groups and conferences, but Emily tends to stick to the smaller groups of one or two when she’s meeting up with them. 3 Keys To Developing Strong, Beneficial B2B Relationships:
1. Find companies that align with your specific business and reach out to them.
2. Be prepared to tell them what you want from the relationship and the details around it.
3. Share your images and provide value for them in the relationship. Emily brings the following to her networking meetings: 1. Images specific to the vendor’s needs 2. Prepared packages of her services Links Website: www.emilynicolephotos.com/ Instagram: @emily_nicole_photos Facebook: Emily Nicole Photos Kiss Books


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you having trouble connecting with your clients on Instagram? Is it possible to engage them in a meaningful way that enriches their experience with your brand? We think so!

In episode 68 of the Bokeh Podcast, Instagram maven and branding expert, Jasmine Star reveals how she goes deep with her Instagram audience to create real connections. There's a lot to learn as Jasmine shares her journey from photographer to branding strategist. Listen in and get connecting with those clients!

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app or add to your playlist on Stitcher.

About Jasmine: Jasmine Star decided that law wasn’t for her, so she left law school to pursue photography. After years in the business, she realized she felt a calling to help other entrepreneurs build their brands on social media. Now she's built Social Curator with the help of her husband, JD.

Jasmine’s Aha Moment: She realized she can make her own rules.

Why Jasmine Transitioned: Jasmine felt like she reached a creative ceiling. She realized she was one of 35 hired hands at a wedding, not Jasmine.

Why Jasmine Chose This Path: Jasmine feels convicted to empower strong business owners.

About Social Curator: Jasmine empowers entrepreneurs to build a brand and market it on social media by having the right things to say, the photos to post, and knowing exactly what to do.

Jasmine’s Top Tip for Social Media: Emulate what is being done, shared, and seen. The people that are getting the most engagement is because they were one of the emulators of doing it first.

How to Effectively Communicate Your Brand on Instagram: Use your Instagram profile as a business card:

  • Your Physical Location

  • What You Do

  • Who It’s For

  • How They Can Contact You

What is Social Curator? It’s a monthly social media subscription that walks you through what you should be focusing on in social media for that month. It breaks down what is actually working.

Links:

Website: jasminestar.com

Social Curator Website: mysocialcurator.com

Instagram: @jasminestar


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

As photographers, we tend to get carried away with the business and lose sight of the client experience. Has that ever happened to you? Maybe you’re completely unaware that your client experience is lacking because you haven't put yourself in your customer's shoes.

In episode 67 of the Bokeh Podcast, photographer Lori Blythe shares how she realized how much she could improve her client experience through getting on the other side of the lens. From hiring different photographers for multiple sessions, she found what she loved about their experiences that she would incorporate into her own. Doing this allowed her to get in her customer's shoes.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app or add to your playlist on Stitcher.

About Lori: Lori is a photographer based out of Fredericksburg, TX. You can find her cuddling her two Australian Shepherds, drinking peppermint tea, and listening to Spotify playlists when she’s not capturing moments for her clients.

Lori’s Aha Moment: The value of your photography business can be found in the three E’s: Equipment, Education, and Experience.This allowed her to feel good about raising her prices.

The Other Side Of The Lens: While Lori’s professional career has been photographing people, she found that she had no idea how to be on the other side of the camera. This helped her realize the value of a photographer’s direction and communication, which in turn, helped build a better experience for her clients.

6 Important Notes From Being On The Other Side Of The Lens:

  1. Be human to your client by connecting with them personally. This helps a client feel comfortable

  2. Go the extra mile to make a model feel beautiful by incorporating a hair and makeup team.

  3. Bring music to fill the silence.

  4. Demonstrate the poses for your clients to fully communicate what you’re asking of them.

  5. Be open and direct about pricing of the session, packages, and products.

  6. Share as much information as possible about a client/s session.

Links:

Website: Loriblythe.com

Personal Instagram: @Lori_Blythe_

Business Instagram: @loriblythephotography

Facebook: Lori Blythe Photography


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Ever wish there were two or three of you to get your work done? If only there were someone to build us a cloning machine! Or have you considered hiring associate photographers?

In episode 66 of the Bokeh Podcast, photographer Jennie Tewell shares the benefits of hiring associate photographers! While we’ve previously discussed how to build a team of photographers in episode 61, today Jennie is sharing what the workflow of her associate photographers looks like! From client communication to accounting, she lets her associate photographers’ talents shine through and uses them to benefit her business.

About Jennie: Jennie Tewell is a wedding photographer based in Mobile, AL. With her two associate photographers, Brianna and Elizabeth, they’re capturing weddings for a wide range of clients. When she isn’t photographing people, you can find her putting on talent shows with her husband and three daughters.

Jennie’s Aha Moment: After becoming overwhelmed with her schedule, Jennie decided to specialize in weddings for the sake of income and enjoyment. Once deciding on wedding photography, then outsourcing some of her tasks, she found that she was spending more time with her family.

Jennie’s Tip for Managing Time: Jennie has found that her most productive time to work is at night, so she sets aside one or two nights a week to work. For the things she can, she’ll outsource so she can focus on other areas of her business.

Benefits of Associate Photographers: There are many benefits to having associate photographers! For example, when clients reach out about session types that Jennie doesn’t do, she can offer it to an associate photographer. Or maybe a bride reaches out about a date she’s already booked or with a lower budget, she can share her associate photographers with them.

The Associate Photographer Workflow: While Jennie handles the booking, billing, and ongoing communication, she allows her associate photographers to communicate about everything that will happen on the wedding day. Once the wedding is over, she manages the editing, delivery, and up-selling.


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Ready to jump into the next phase of your business? Ready to begin fast-tracking the process? With so many techniques and steps to take, things can get overwhelming.

In episode 65 of the Bokeh Podcast, Jessica Odaynik of Jesslance Photo gives insight into her four simple steps to fast-tracking your photography business. Through networking and managing her time, she’s found success in focusing on her priorities while still creating happy clients.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app or add to your playlist on Stitcher.

About Jess: Jess is an engagement and wedding photographer in Connecticut. When she’s not shooting, you can find her mountain biking, running, or hanging with her pups.

Jess’ Aha Moment: She decided to focus on what excited her and eliminated everything she didn’t want to focus on for her portfolio. This left her with engagements and weddings since she found the most enjoyment in being part of those.

Jess’ Secret to Time Management: Setting timers and alarms to help manage her completion rates of tasks.

Jess’ Four Biggest Lessons Learned:
1. Trust Your Gut - As soon as you move forward with something that feels right for you, you’ll immediately feel right about it.
2. Network - There are so many Facebook groups (large and small) that hold meet ups, allowing you to network with other professionals.
3. Utilize Feedback - When you get feedback, find ways to use it to improve your business!
4. Manage Your Workflows - Whether it is in templates, systems, or outsourcing, find what works for you that will allow you to make the most of your business.

Links:
Website: jesslancephoto.com
Instagram: @jesslance.photo
Facebook: Jesslance Photo
Justin & Mary Marantz
168 Hours by Laura Vanderkam
Pomodoro Technique
Multitimer App
Business Network International
Inspire Photo Retreat


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Struggling to find a balance in art and business as a photographer? It's so easy to get lost in one or the other and lose sight of the big picture. In episode 64 of the Bokeh Podcast, Peter Clayman of NH Images shares steps you can take to pursue the art of photography while still keeping the business side a priority. Peter discusses how he found a balance that allowed him to utilize his business skills, focus on client wants and needs, yet still create art with his photography. The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app or add to your playlist on Stitcher.

About Peter: Peter Clayman is a New Hampshire photographer and videographer with NH Images. After leaving the corporate world to pursue photography, he found a great balance in art and business. When he's not photographing weddings, he enjoys spending time with his children and working out.

Peter’s Aha Moments:
1. While working in corporate America, Peter was given a camera and shown that he had artistic potential to do more in photography, so he quit his full time job.
2. After being in sales, he realized his skill for creating connections and partnerships came natural.

How Peter's business degree helped start his business:
1. Profitability - He was focused on being profitable from day.
2. Relationships - Knowing that business relationships were so important in corporate world, allowed a transition into understanding and respecting them in the entrepreneur world as well.
3. Differentiate - Creating a differentiator in his business from his competition based on what mattered to the couple.

Major Drawbacks on Focusing on the Artistic Side of Photography:
1. Managing paychecks to take care of the bills.
2. You may not be focusing on what the client is looking for.
3. You are missing opportunities to create relationships.

2 Ways to Pursue the Artistic Side of Photography While Running a Business:
1. Take time to shoot images you’d like to capture at shoots if time allows.
2. Shoot for yourself or create a passion project for yourself.

Links
Website: nhimages.com
Facebook: NH Images Photography & Video
Instagram: @nhimages
Twitter: @nhimages
Never Eat Alone by Keith Ferrazzi


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Looking for inspiration in your business? As entrepreneurs, we go through phases that require us to search for something more for our businesses. Whether we search in art or elsewhere, we can find inspiration in areas outside of our primary passion.

In episode 63, photographer Tomas Flint describes how he found inspiration in the music and life of Tom Petty. As on of the most influential musicians in Tomas' life, Tom Petty created a beautiful example of collaboration with others in his work. This idea of collaboration motivated Tomas to push his business further through working with others. Listen to episode 63 as Tomas shares his story of inspiration through Tom Petty, and how photographers can apply the idea of collaboration to their own businesses.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app or add to your playlist on Stitcher.

About Tomas: Tomas Flint is a photographer based out of Rochester, New York. He finds joy in spending time with his son and playing the guitar.

Tomas’ Aha Moment: Regardless of where his career is going, where it is, is good.

Tomas’ Musical Inspiration: Tom Petty

Tomas’ Comparison of Photographers and Musicians: Their trajectory is so incredibly parallel to ours in the way that we get to creating, manifesting, nurturing, and presenting ideas. Its all the same vibe, it's all creation. These examples of work serve as the inspiration as to how he can get more out of himself and what he can aspire to.

Tomas’ Tip for New Ideas: Wherever the essence of your work is coming from, you need to focus on that. If you can do that, you can make a better product.

Links: Website: tomasflint.com
Instagram: @tomasflint
Simon Sinek - Golden Circle Ted Talk
Julie Morgenstern - Time Management from the Inside Out
Photographer's Edit


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

As we approach the end of another year, have you started to prepare your business for 2018? Part of being a successful business owner is establishing a clear and actionable business plan, and that includes planning in advance for the new calendar year! But what’s the best way to go about this process? In episode 62 of the Bokeh Podcast, photographer Meredith Ryncarz explains the significance of not waiting until the new year to plan for the new year, and outlines the steps that she and her husband have implemented in their business for a powerful planning process that has led to continued growth! The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app or add to your playlist on Stitcher.

About Meredith Ryncarz: Meredith Ryncarz is a photographer currently based in Birmingham, AL. As a military spouse, she's developed a flexible business model that enables her to move her business to a new location easily. She's utilized her plan to help others as well with The Restart Specialist.

Meredith's Aha Moment: When she started to step outside of the photography industry and look at education that was provided for Fortune 500 companies, it changed how they interacted with vendors, customers, and employees.

Meredith's Favorite Tools:
17hats - Client/project manager that handles contracts, invoices, and questionnaires.
ConvertKit - Email marketing automation for bloggers.
Meet Edgar - Social media tool.
Photographer’s Edit - Custom photo editing for portrait and wedding photographers.
Planoly - Instagram planner & scheduler.
SurveyMonkey - Survey tool.
Teak & Twine - Custom gifting service.
Trello - Task Management Software

Four Steps To Planning For The New Year:
1. SWOT Evaluations - Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities, and Threats
2. Survey clients of their experience anonymously through SurveyMonkey.
3. Review client workflows & adjust.
4. Make a list of goals and dreams with actionable tasks.

Links: MeredithRyncarz.com
Instagram: @meredithryncarz
Facebook: Meredith Ryncarz Photography
The Restart Specialist - Created by Meredith Ryncarz to help others who need to restart their businesses based on her personal experience as a military spouse who relocates every three to four years.
Arbinger Institute Training
Creative Live
International Academy of Wedding Photography
Todoist - Task Management Software


View Details

Are you overwhelmed with the number of bookings for your wedding and portrait business? What if you could share the workload with associate photographers?

In episode 61 of the Bokeh Podcast, Katie Snyder shares how she went from burnout to managing a team of successful photographers under her brand. She shares her journey to building a team of photographers, including her fears of letting go and her requirements for finding the right people for her team. Now, as a successful business owner, Katie credits much of the growth of her business to the amazing team she has the pleasure to work with.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app or add to your playlist on Stitcher.

About Katie Snyder: Katie Snyder is a photographer based out of Atlanta, where she resides with her husband, Dan. When they're not in Atlanta, they're touring with Dan's band, Paper Lights. To accommodate the demand of her services and allow for flexibility in her career, Katie created a team of photographers to better serve her clients.

Katie's Aha Moment: She didn't have to do everything herself. Running a business can be overwhelming, but finding the tasks that you are passionate about can allow you to delegate tasks.

Katie's Theory: Everyone is born creative.

Katie's "Why" For Building A Team: Her drive for building the team came from her own burnout. As an entrepreneur, she found that she was working long hours every day, with very little time to spend with friends and family. Around her 30th birthday, she felt stuck and unsure of how she could continue. She wanted to find a way to make the business work for her. At that time, she had associate photographers who had been helping her with weddings when she decided to take a year off from shooting weddings herself.

Katie's The Most Difficult Part of Having a Team: Learning how to communicate to the client that they will be getting a photographer that isn't her, but they'll be getting a photographer who is just as good, if not better.

Three Steps for Hiring the Right Photographers:

  1. Personality - Find someone with a great personality that can handle the stress of a wedding day. Personality is more important than skill on some level.

  2. Communication - How do they communicate with others and with you? Find someone who can respond promptly.

  3. Skill Level - Find someone who is well versed in every lighting scenario.

Links:

KatieSnyder.com

Instagram: @katiesnyderphotography

Facebook: Katie Snyder Photography

Music: Paper Lights


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Afraid to jump because you don't want to fail? While some failure is inevitable, not every failure will hurt you. In many cases, it can improve your business and yourself in more ways than one.

In episode 60 of the Bokeh Podcast, Torrey Fox shares her successes, failures, and everything in between that has helped guide her business to be what it is today. From trial and error, Torrey has found that taking jobs she knows fit her style will allow her and her clients to appreciate the work she is doing.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app or add to your playlist on Stitcher.

About Torrey Fox: Torrey Fox is a San Francisco based photographer who got started with photography in 2005. When she's not shooting weddings, you can find her sipping wine with her boyfriend, traveling, and hiking.

Torrey's Aha Moment: Stay motivated & grow more by continuing to use you camera. Pick it up, go out on your own, and take photos for yourself.

Tip for Creating Balance: Learn to say no. Once you realize what you want to focus on in your business and what fits your brand, you shouldn't take on every request that comes your way.

Torrey's Initial Mistake:

When she first started out, she was quiet behind the lens. She found that her lack of communication with her clients caused for pictures that didn't match the style she wanted. To adjust, Torrey began talking to her clients from behind the camera and guiding the poses. After each session, she would write down what she did well at and what she could improve on in her next shoot.

Three Tips for Starting Out:

  1. Manage client expectations.

  2. Not everything you see online will work for you.

  3. Do not overpromise just to book a client.

Links:

Torreyfoxphotography.com

Instagram: @torreyfox

Facebook: Torrey Fox Photography


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Developing a portrait workflow can seem daunting when there is so much to do, but that reinforces the purpose of the steps and processes needed to be successful. From scheduling to the session, processing, proofing, and selling, having a workflow can expedite the process, saving you time and money.

In episode 59 of the Bokeh Podcast, Erin Costa shares her simple workflow to portrait sessions. This workflow has enabled her to provide a niche service to vacationers in her area by shooting and delivering their portraits before they ever head home from vacation.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app or add to your playlist on Stitcher.

Show Notes:

ErinCostaPhoto.com Instagram: @erincostaphoto Facebook: Erin Costa Photo Book Recommendation: 22 Immutable Laws of Marketing by Al Ries and Jack Trout SEO Services: Ben Turner at Turner Web Services


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Motherhood isn't always easy, especially when you're trying to balance a family with your owning a photography business. Establishing a simple proactive workflow and task list can minimize the stress and eliminate the fear of not providing enough attention to one or the other.

In episode 58, Marquette Mower of Marquette LaRee shares how she went from playing tug of war between her family and business to a successful work-life balance by proactively setting expectations for herself and her clients.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app or add to your playlist on Stitcher.

Show Notes:

Marquettelaree.com Instagram: @marquettelaree Facebook: Marquette LaRee


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Building a business around your passion can be an amazing experience, but have you ever wanted to do more? Think about how you can use your business to truly benefit others. In episode 57 of Bokeh podcast, Stephanie Wilcox of JW Weddings shares what motivated her to build her business to benefit others. From raising her four boys to raising funds for villages in Kenya, Stephanie has a passion for using her business to help others. Make sure to listen to hear the steps she took to begin using her business to make a difference. The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app or add to your playlist on Stitcher. Show Notes: Jwweddingphotography.com Instagram Hashtag: #domore Ministry: Fomministries.org Instagram: @Jwwedding Facebook: JW Wedding Photography


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

In today’s Bokeh podcast episode, wedding and portrait photographer Andrejka Hirschegger shares what she’s learned - not only about how to communicate effectively with a client - but ultimately how to lead them through an amazing experience with her business! Make sure to listen for tips that you can apply to your client communication today!

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app or add to your playlist on Stitcher.

Show Notes:

Website: andrejkaphotography.com

Instagram: @andrejkaphotography

Facebook: andrejkaphotography

Book: Creating Customer Evangelists, by Jackie Huba and Ben McConnell

Snack: Green Tea Kit Kats


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Fall into a slump mid wedding season? Loose your groove during your busiest time of year? In episode 55 of the Bokeh Podcast, Erin Schmidt shares the steps she takes to get her groove back.

From channeling your creativity to planning time for yourself during those times of burnout, the steps Erin provides can easily be implemented into your routine.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app or add to your playlist on Stitcher. Show Notes: eschmidtphotography.com Facebook: ESchmidt Photography Instagram: @eschmidtphotography Rising Tide Society Erin's The YOU in Photography Workshop The Tipping Point by Malcolm Gladwell


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you feel like you never have enough time in a day, not only to get all of your work done, but to take care of you?

In Bokeh podcast episode 54, Nathan Holritz - experienced wedding photographer and Photographer's Edit's CEO - shares an important tool that enables you to maximize work productivity, while simultaneously creating more freedom to take care of yourself and spend time with the important people in your lives!

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app or add to your playlist on Stitcher. Show Notes: Learn more about MIT's in The Power of Less, by Leo Babauta Website: photographersedit.com Facebook: Photographer's Edit Instagram: @photogsedit Twitter: @photogsedit


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you ever seen your images being used without your permission or not providing proper photo credit? Know of businesses abusing copyright law? As photographers it's so important that we take the opportunity to educate those who may not be aware of the laws they're breaking. In episode 53 of the Bokeh Podcast, Haylee Gaffin, Digital Marketing Manager at Photographer's Edit, shares how she overcame these challenges and managed expectations.

Whether you're new to the industry or a veteran, make sure you're following this simple workflow to educate others on copyright by following these five steps.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app or add to your playlist on Stitcher. Show Notes: Jab Jab Jab Right Hook - Gary Vaynerchuck Website: photographersedit.com Facebook: Photographer's Edit Instagram: @photogsedit Twitter: @photogsedit


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Styled shoots are an incredible opportunity to develop relationships with businesses in your market and build your portfolio for your website! But a styled shoot can be hard work, requiring lots of time, dedication, and creativity, and if you haven’t managed one before, it’s tough to know how to go about the process! How then should a photographer go about planning and carrying out a styled shoot in the most efficient yet mutually beneficial way possible? In episode 52 of the Bokeh Podcast, wedding photographer Samantha Clarke outlines her approach to planning, executing, and utilizing an amazing styled shoot. And make sure to listen for the key ingredient that will enable you to bring it all together! The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app or add to your playlist on Stitcher. Show Notes: Website: samantha-clarke.com Blog: samanthaclarke.net Instagram: @samanthaclarke Youtube: How to Organize a Styled Shoot


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Ever dream of traveling the world, photographing musicians, and attending concerts for a living? Sounds like a music lover's dream job, and it does exist!

In episode 51 of the Bokeh Podcast, Anna Lee of Anna Lee Media discusses what it's like being a touring band photographer. She gives us a glimpse inside her start in photography, discusses the challenges associated with getting into and being a photographer in the music photography industry, and details the experience of being on the road with a band that becomes family for months at a time!
Listen at bit.ly/bokehpodcast or go to the link in our bio.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app or add to your playlist on Stitcher. Show Notes: annaleemedia.com #almfancam Instagram: @annaleemedia Twitter: @annaleemedia Facebook: Anna Lee Photography


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Photography workshops are everywhere, and sadly, many of them lack depth and significant value for the attendees. How, then, do you create a unique workshop that not only gives you an outlet to share what you’ve learned in business, but does so in a way that is truly beneficial to the photographers that sign up? In Bokeh podcast episode 50, Michelle Cox Vergara of Michelle Cox Photography shares how she took her passion for education, and turned it into a workshop focused on helping new photographers. Not only do we discuss the first steps toward launching a workshop, but Michelle shares some important questions you should ask yourself before offering your own. The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app or add to your playlist on Stitcher. Show Notes: Website: michellecoxphotography.com Instagram: @michellcoxphoto Workshop: From the Heart Workshop


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

With the photography market becoming flooded with new photographers everyday, it can be difficult to find your niche. Not only that, but breaking into a niche with nationally recognized competition, such as senior portrait photography, can feel somewhat impossible. In episode 49 of The Bokeh Podcast, Mario Masitti shares how he made a break into senior portrait photography in three simple steps.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app or add to your playlist on Stitcher.

Show Notes:

Website: mariomasitti.com Education Website: sessionswithmario.com Facebook: facebook.com/sessionswithmario Instagram: @sessionswithmario Snapchat: @MarioMasitti


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

In the season of turning your hobby into a profession, there are key components you'll want to know before starting your business as a professional photographer. In Bokeh Podcast episode 48, Emily Reiter of Anna Delores Photography shares what she feels are the most important elements of starting a photography business while minimizing stress. Learn more about Emily's journey of transitioning from desk job to full-time photographer overnight.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer’s Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. You can also subscribe to the Bokeh podcast on the Apple podcast app or add to your playlist on Stitcher.

Show Notes:

Website: Annadelores.com

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/AnnaDeloresPhotography/

Flickr: https://www.flickr.com/photos/annadelores/

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/annadelores/

Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/annadelores/

Twitter: https://twitter.com/anna_delores


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Learning how to effectively use natural light in your photography can be challenging enough, but adding other external sources of light to your photographic process can be just plain overwhelming! Enter Francisco Joel Hernandez, photographer, educator, and Sony Alpha ambassador. On today's Bokeh podcast episode, Francisco shares simple tips and inexpensive tools to help you get started in the world of off-camera lighting, enabling you to become a more skilled photographer and set your work apart! The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer's Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. Show Notes: Website: http://www.fjhphoto.com Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/fjhphoto/ Youtube: Youtube.com/fjhphoto Adorama XPLOR 600 Light: https://www.adorama.com/us%20%20%20%20868364.html?gclid=CjwKCAjw8IXMBRB8EiwAg9fgMJ8QalLle8slOGW9UhhO7ZggDqM7TQS7-bu7uh33dofQ7zmy_ztseBoCtTUQAvD_BwE Fotodiox EZ-Pro Octagon Softbox: https://www.amazon.com/Fotodiox-Octagon-Softbox-Speedring-Profoto/dp/B003EWOCUK/ref=sr_1_fkmr0_1?ie=UTF8&qid=1501698679&sr=8-1-fkmr0&keywords=photodiox+easy+pro+octobox Sony a7R II: https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1159878-REG/sony_a7r_mark_ii_digital.html Sigma Art 85:

View Details

Are you interested in making a more personal connection with your clients in order to grow your photography business? Listen in to Bokeh podcast episode 46 as Michael Sasser shares three simple steps to begin using video as a marketing tool in your photography business! Bonus: We also dive into how to more effectively run ads for your business, and you might be surprised on which platform Michael sees the best results!

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer's Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer.

Show Notes: 

Website: sasserstillsboudoir.com

Instagram: @sasserstillsboudoir


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

In a time when technology enables almost anyone to take a decent picture, it’s more important than ever to figure out other ways to make one’s photography business stand out. The fastest track to a next-level business is designing a killer client experience, and in today’s Bokeh podcast episode, the affable Joel and Amber Palmer share how they’ve done just that!

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer's Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer.

Show Notes:

FREE DOWNLOAD: 5 Tips to Improving Client Experience This Week!

Book: The Long Tail, Chris Anderson

Website: joelandamber.com

Facebook: facebook.com/joelandamber

Instagram: instagram.com/joelandamber


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Update: As of 1/17/19, Turner Web Services is no longer in business. We still encourage you to listen to this episode as the content is valuable and still applicable for your business!

If we want to build and sustain our photography businesses, we must have a significant presence online. Part of establishing that presence is making sure that we can be found easily, and SEO (Search Engine Optimization) is one of the most vital elements of that process. And yet, not enough photographers are spending time on SEO for their websites, and even if they are, the resources dedicated toward that effort have been misplaced in many cases.

Enter Ben Turner, owner of Turner Web Services, and the solution to your SEO woes! Ben joins today's podcast episode to share the biggest mistakes photographers are making when it comes to their website and SEO, and how to address those mistakes. Listen in carefully - Ben has some valuable information to share that could make a big difference in your online presence right away!

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer's Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer.

Show Notes:

Google Trends

Moz


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are you moving your photography business into a new market, and curious how to do so successfully? Or maybe you have an established photo business, but you're trying to figure out how to develop relationships with the local market in order to grow your company?

In today's Bokeh podcast, the refreshingly passionate Yanek and Sasha Wasio share how they planned and executed a move from one major market to another, and reached profitability within just two months of the move! We talk about the significance of strategy in running a successful business, creative approaches to marketing, and the importance of developing relationships to catapult the growth of business.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer's Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer.

Show Notes:

WASIOphotography.com

WASIOfaces.com

The Wasio's Instagram account

The Wasio's YouTube channel

Marketing Video

Tuesdays Together

The Starbucks Experience

Onward

E-Myth Revisited


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Are your ready to get your life back by outsourcing your editing, but nervous about making the leap? In today's Bokeh podcast episode, Nathan Holritz - former wedding photographer and current owner at Photographer's Edit - discusses what it means to outsource your editing, the benefits of outsourcing your image editing, common apprehensions to outsourcing editing (and their potential solutions), and the actual process involved in outsourcing your image editing. 

You can learn more about Photographer's Edit at photographersedit.com, and you can also find Nathan online at nathanholritz.com.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer's Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer.


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Am I being too pushy? Am I charging too much? Am I charging too little? Does the client even want this product?   Do you find it easy to get stuck in your head when trying to sell your photography? In today's Bokeh podcast episode, Tina Doshi shares three simple ways to improve your sales process, including one step that will enable you to overcome the self doubt that is inhibiting your sales! Listen in to take your business to the next level!    You can find Tina online at ksdweddings.com, at tinashahdoshi.com, and on Instagram @ksdweddings. You can also find the free resource Tina put together for the Bokeh podcast listeners at tinashahdoshi.com/bokeh.   The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer's Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer.


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

“That’s the thing, friend - It’s not just about you anymore. Getting organized, creating a system, and taking back your time is about every single person and every single relationship in your life. I’m here to tell you that you don’t have to quit a 9-5 to work 24-7. That you don’t have to sacrifice your dream life, or any relationships, for your dream job.”   Does that quote resonate with you? Curious to know how to run a successful business, while still focusing on the important relationships in your life? Listen in to this Bokeh podcast interview with Laura Neff to learn more!    You can find Laura online at imlauralee.com, lauraleecreative.com, and on Instagram @lauraleecreative.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer's Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer.


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Do you lie awake in bed, mind racing with all of the things that you have to get done for your business the next day? Are you having a difficult time keeping up with all that you have to get done, wasting lots of time because of the disorganization? 

In this episode of the Bokeh podcast, Nathan Holritz - host of the Bokeh podcast and CEO at Photographer's Edit - shares how you can be well on your way to a calmer mind and a more productive work day by applying just a few simple principles and utilizing one very powerful tool! 

You can find Nathan online at nathanholritz.com, and on Instagram @nathanholritz.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer's Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. 


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

What if you could sell your photographic artwork more effectively, AND have extra time in your day to dedicate to the important people in your life? You can, and in the this episode of the Bokeh podcast, the lovely Sarah Petty shares how!   Listen in as Sarah talks about building a business that serves her focus on family, the mental block that keeps many photographers from making more money, 3 steps to becoming a better salesperson immediately, and much more!

You can find Sarah online at sarahpetty.com and thejoyofmarketing.com, and on Instagram at @sarahpetty14.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer's Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer. 


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Nathan Siner is nothing if not committed to prioritizing his family, and he and his wife, Ashley, have done an amazing job of creating a photography business that supports that focus. But family life isn’t always easy, and Nathan has faced growing pains as a parent this year. In this episode of the Bokeh podcast, Nathan shares his recent struggles as a parent of two young children, the lessons he’s learned through those struggles, and how those lessons have translated to being a better photography business owner.

You can find Nathan and Ashley online at thesiners.com, and on Instagram @nathansiner_dad and @ashley_siner. 

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer's Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer.


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

From his personal relationships to the way he starts and runs his businesses, Gavin Wade is an all-in kind of guy. Listen in to today’s Bokeh’s podcast as Gavin shares how this hyper-focus not only led to an amazing relationship and partnership with his wife, Erin, but two wonderful businesses, and a decision to photograph in JPEG instead of RAW. Learn how Gavin made the decision about this controversial format, and how he maintains quality and consistency in his work despite its possible shortcomings!

Website: Gavin Wade Photography, CloudSpot
IG: @gavinwadephoto

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer's Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer.


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Morgan Holland has a bubbly, energetic personality paired with a sense for business that you can’t help but love and admire! She’s been an event planner in Chattanooga, TN for over 10 years, and the owner of Soirees for almost as long. In this endearing episode of the Bokeh podcast, Morgan shares how to best approach what is the most important business relationship a wedding photographer can develop, their relationship with wedding planners. You’ll love Morgan’s stories of not only some of the horrors of working with wedding photographers, but also about some of her best experiences, and bonus: you’ll learn what made the difference!

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer's Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer.


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

In this episode of the Bokeh podcast, Makayla and David Harris discuss just what it means to stay true to yourself while running a successful business.

They tackle this with one key step: decide what your values are and define yourself with them. When you’re building a business, it’s important to decide what’s important to you and let that shine through in your work – especially in something so personal as photography. 

“Your brand doesn’t always have to be perfectly polished. You can sprinkle in a little personality in there as well.” - Makayla Harris

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer's Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer.


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

“You only live life once, so you might as well do it as loud as possible.” So says today’s Bokeh podcast guest, Carrie Swails. A photographer and a blogger, Carrie has not only learned to leverage her personality to attract a unique client, but has created a popular blog (over 8 million unique visitors!) called Photography Awesomesauce. In this Bokeh podcast episode, Carrie discusses the significance of being yourself in business, the value of blogging in 2017, how important Pinterest can be in that process, and how automation can help you create more freedom as a business owner.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer's Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer.


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

The primary benefit of running your own business is being your own boss, and yet so many photographers let their business run their lives. In this Bokeh podcast episode, Matt Grazier shares how he and his wife, Enna, have been proactive in creating a photography business that enables the life they want as they prioritize time with family, and time building community in the photography industry.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer's Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer.


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Knowing who your clients are is half the job of marketing, and part of attracting that client is establishing a clear brand position. In today’s Bokeh podcast episode, Petronella Lugemwa recounts her fascinating journey from Uganda, to getting an MBA, to becoming a wedding photographer, and shares how her unique story enabled her to clearly establish her clear brand position as a photographer.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer's Edit: Custom Post-Production for theWedding and Portrait Photographer.


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

You're probably on Instagram, but do you know how to effectively use the social media platform to build your photography business? In this episode, Lacey Oltman walks us through how to build a purpose-driven Instagram account, and then how to create more compelling Instagram posts - both for the purpose of attracting the right client for your business!

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer's Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer.


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

There is strength in numbers. Just ask Andrew Barlow, who manages Shoot and Share, a photography community of over 30,000! In this Bokeh podcast episode, Andrew explains what it takes to create a real community, how community engagement can help build your business, and why personal success doesn't always equate with personal fulfillment.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer's Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer.


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

What if someone told you that the key to a long photography career wasn’t about the art of photography? In this Bokeh podcast episode, Luke Edmonson shares how he found his own path in photography, his perspective on working with family members, and the big idea that has enabled a legacy of successful family of photographers.

The Bokeh podcast is brought to you by Photographer's Edit: Custom Post-Production for the Wedding and Portrait Photographer.


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

It's not what you know. It's who you know. And no one can tell you better than Kenny Kim, a photographer who's carved his niche in the destination wedding business. In this Bokeh podcast episode, Kenny shares how relationships have helped fast-track his business and made him the go-to photographer for destination weddings.

This podcast is brought to you by photographersedit.com, custom post-production for the wedding and portrait photographer.


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Don't try and do it all yourself. Being a business owner requires you delegate responsibility. In this Bokeh podcast episode Rachel Solomon offers her advice on how to delegate. She talks about the fear of losing creative control, the editing chair of death, and the practical value of outsourcing services.

This podcast is brought to you by photographersedit.com, custom post-production for the wedding and port


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

They say a photo is worth a thousand words. So that makes a gallery of photos a pretty long novel! In this Bokeh podcast episode Jessie Alexis Evans, one of the founders of Photo Native, offers some advice on how to tell a good story though photography. Hear Jessie discuss how she made her business flourish, broke down barriers, and gotten the shot no one else did.

This podcast is brought to you by photographersedit.com, custom post-production for the wedding and portrait photographer.


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Have you ever wondered why your website isn’t bringing in more business? In today’s Bokeh podcast episode, CEO Todd Watson of Showit, shares three steps to creating a more effective website. These tips are bound to help you develop your photography business more effectively.

This podcast is brought to you by photographersedit.com, custom post-production for the wedding and portrait photographer.

View Details

What does it take to build a high-end wedding photography business in a small market? John and Lindsey Bamber share their key to building a thriving business in Southeast Tennessee, while still prioritizing connection with each other and their two children! 

This podcast is brought to you by photographersedit.com, custom post-production for the wedding and portrait photographer. 


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Starting and running a successful photography business doesn't have to be extremely complicated. In fact, many times it's just about applying a few basic principles consistently!

In this episode, CEO of Photographer's Edit and veteran wedding photographer, Nathan Holritz, shares 5 simple steps to running a successful photography business in the form of an email he wrote to a photographer friend. 

This podcast is brought to you by photographersedit.com, custom post-production for the wedding and portrait photographer. 


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

It's a new year, and time to set some fresh goals, right? Or is that really how you should be approaching goal setting for yourself and your photography business? What if you could live a life of constant improvement, a life that doesn't constantly require hitting the reset button at the beginning of each year? 

In this episode of the Bokeh podcast, Nathan Holritz, CEO of photographersedit.com, lends a different perspective to the topic of setting goals that will enable you to see consistent growth in your life and photography business - not just at the beginning of the year, but throughout this year and beyond! 

This podcast is brought to you by photographersedit.com, custom post-production for the wedding and portrait photographer. 


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

It's easy to assume that you have to run your photography business like everyone else in order to stay competitive, but today's interview will make you reconsider that perspective! 

Bethany O'Bryant is a wedding photographer based in North Georgia, and she has decided that a simple approach to business is what will give her the most freedom as an individual, wife, and mother of four. Listen in as she describes how she has created a successful business while minimizing complication and stress! You can also see Bethany's beautiful imagery at instagram.com/obryantphotography. 

This podcast is brought to you by photographersedit.com, custom post-production for the wedding and portrait photographer.


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

It's so easy to get distracted by the busy-ness that is running a photography business, and miss out on creating memories for yourself and those closest to you. Nathan Holritz, CEO of Photographer's Edit, shares a few personal thoughts on the topic as it relates to the topic during this holiday season. 

You can follow Nathan at fb.com/nathanholritz. 

This podcast is brought to you by photographersedit.com, custom post-production for the wedding and portrait photographer.


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

As a business owner, keeping it simple is not just a point of view, but a way of life! Taking on more than necessary can keep you from reaching the goals that will leave you most satisfied, and leave your burnt out in business and life. 

In this episode of the Bokeh podcast, hear how Shaun Austin, photographer and CEO of KISS Books, has pursued simplicity in both his personal and business life, resulting in a more satisfying existence as as an entrepreneur. You can find Shaun on Facebook at facebook.com/shaunaustin and KISS Books at kiss.us.

This podcast is brought to you by photographersedit.com, custom post-production for the wedding and portrait photographer.

View Details

Makayla and David Harris work together in their enterprise, doing both photography and videography. They've taken long approach to working with their clients, perpetuating the relationship well beyond the wedding. Listen to them talk about their five-year journey developing out their different business segments. All this, so they can spend more time together doing something they love. You can find Makayla and David on Facebook at www.facebook.com/theharrisco.

This podcast is brought to you by photographersedit.com, custom post-production for the wedding and portrait photographer.

View Details

Zach Gray has taught the business of photography and is ready to share some words of wisdom with you. Hear his three part process of qualifying leads, giving the best experience, and efficiently delivering the final product. Learn how you can streamline your photography business to success. To get more information, check Zach out at www.zachandjody.com.

This podcast is brought to you by photographersedit.com, custom post-production for the wedding and portrait photographer.


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Andrejka Hirschegger jet sets between Michigan, Florida, and California as a destination wedding photographer. Hear what she has to say about marketing in multiple markets, setting expectations for her clients, and using Post It Notes to keep track of it all. You can check out Andrejka's portfolio at www.andrejkaphotography.com, and photos of her life on the road at www.instagram.com/andrejkas_gypsylife.

This podcast is brought to you by photographersedit.com, custom post-production for the wedding and portrait photographer.


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Tomas Flint is a wedding photographer who understands his work is not just about expressing himself through photography. It's about the client and their experience. Or maybe a little bit of both. View Tomas' portfolio at www.tomasflint.com.

This podcast is brought to you by photographersedit.com, custom post-production for the wedding and portrait photographer.


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Does your photography business feel a bit chaotic? Do you feel like you're left with little to no time at the end of the work day or week for yourself and those closest to you? In part 2 of this two-part series on gaining more freedom and flexibility back in your life as a business owner, Nathan Holritz, CEO of Photographer's Edit, shares 5 areas of your photography business where you can implement simple systems to save an amazing amount of time and get your life back! 

This podcast is brought to you by photographersedit.com, custom post-production for the wedding and portrait photographer.


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Does your photography business feel a bit chaotic? Do you feel like you're left with little to no time at the end of the work day or week for yourself and those closest to you? Listen in as Nathan Holritz, CEO of Photographer's Edit, shares two simple yet powerful principles that will give you more focus and free time immediately! 

This podcast is brought to you by photographersedit.com, custom post-production for the wedding and portrait photographer.


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Listen in as Grant and Sara Dotson from dotson-studios.com share how they went from shooting 20-30 weddings a year, to focusing on commercial photography and capitalizing on the additional time it gave them with their kids and each other. And be sure to look out for the incredible advice Grant gives on speaking your client's language! 

This podcast is brought to you by photographersedit.com, custom post-production for the wedding and portrait photographer.


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Today we welcome Caressa Rogers, a destination wedding and portrait photographer based in Chattanooga, TN. Have you ever dreamed of building a destination photography business that not only allows you to make a good living, but to enjoy seeing the world at the same time? Tune in as Caressa shares her approach to building a destination client base, and explains how she's added a creative personal touch to the experience she creates for her clients. 

This podcast is brought to you by photographersedit.com, custom post-production for the wedding and portrait photographer.


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

I had so much fun interviewing my dear friends, Rich and Heather Smith of richsmithphotography.com for this episode! We took a little walk back in time, discussed how the industry has changed over the last decade, conversed about the ever-popular topic of developing your photography style, and Rich even tells the story about how he made his first clients cry. I promise it was a good thing! 

This podcast is brought to you by photographersedit.com, custom post-production for the wedding and portrait photographer.


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Today we get to connect with Lacey Oltman, a destination wedding photographer from San Diego. Lacey has only been a professional photographer for 3 years, but already displays the wisdom of a seasoned pro. She shares a refreshing perspective on how to attract the right clients to your business, while also communicating a passion for prioritizing her family that is just infectious (I almost broke down, reading a blog post she wrote to her husband). You can see Lacey's work at laceyo.photography, or find her on Instagram at laceyophotography. 

This podcast is brought to you by photographersedit.com, custom post-production for the wedding and portrait photographer.


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Meet Chad DiBlasio, a talented wedding photographer from just outside Columbus, Ohio. Chad and I dive into conversation about building a photography brand, and learning how to naturally motivate your clients to talk about you. You can learn more about Chad and get a glimpse of his photography at diblasiophoto.com.

This podcast is brought to you by photographersedit.com, custom post-production for the wedding and portrait photographer.


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

I want to introduce you to my new friends, the vibrant Nathan and Ashley Siner! Nathan and Ashley are based in the Indianapolis market, and have a wonderful perspective on prioritizing family (they have two young children) while simultaneously providing a memorable experience for their wedding photography clients.  

This podcast is brought to you by photographersedit.com, custom post-production for the wedding and portrait photographer.


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

I (Nathan Holritz) normally interview our guests, but today, the roles have been reversed. My 14-year-old son steps in as the interviewer and asks me some of the questions that you all submitted for this unique episode. Among various topics, we delve into my definition of success, how I got started in business, and why I wear black t-shirts all the time. 

This podcast is brought to you by photographersedit.com, custom post-production for the wedding and portrait photographer.


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Meet my wonderful friend, Nicole Goddard, and be inspired by her conscious choice to create more freedom for herself as an entrepreneur, live for the now, and travel the world! 

This podcast is brought to you by photographersedit.com, custom post-production for the wedding and portrait photographer.


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Let me introduce you to a photographer whose infectious passion for taking care of her female clients will inspire you to invest in creating a better experience for your clients.  

This podcast is brought to you by photographersedit.com, post-production for the wedding and portrait photographer.


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

How does being a Starbucks manager make you a better photography business owner? Listen in as Ashley Gerrity from ashleygerrityphotography.com shares some of the valuable management skills that allowed her to go from 0-50 weddings a year in a surprisingly short amount of time, still work a full-time job, and have a healthy marriage through it all. 

This podcast is brought to you by photographersedit.com, post-production for the wedding and portrait photographer.


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

View Details

Many thanks to Dee and Kris Robinson of deeandkrisphotography.com for their willingness to be the first interview for this new podcast, but secondly for their beautiful vulnerability and transparency as we discussed such a wide range of topics. Much love to you both!

This podcast is brought to you by photographersedit.com, post-production for the wedding and portrait photographer.


See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.